Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D12-363 - OLD NAVY - TENANT IMPROVEMENTOLD NAVY 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY D12 -363 City oikukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206- 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 2623049110 .Address: 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Suite No: Project Name: OLD NAVY Permit Number: D12 -363 Issue Date: 01/28/2013 Permit Expires On: 07/27/2013 Owner: Name: KIR TUKWILA 050 LLC Address: C/0 IUMCO REALTY CORP , 3333 NEW HYDE PARK RD # 100 PO BOX 5020 11042 Contact Person: Name: JAMES MATTHEWS Address: 13400 RIVERSIDE DR #202 , SHERMAN OAKS CA 91423 Contractor: Name: I C E BUILDERS INC Address: 421 E CERRITOS AVE , ANAHEIM CA 92805 Contractor License No: ICEBUI *007D7 Lender: Name: GAP INC. Address: 2 FOLSOM ST , SAN FRANSISCO CA 94105 Phone: 818 786 -8960 Phone: 714 491 -1317 Expiration Date: 05/28/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT TO EXISTING RETAIL STORE INCLUSIVE OF NEW STOREFRONT Value of Construction: $283,123.00 Fees Collected: $4,937.84 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: VB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -363 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read an governing this work will be compli N N N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. End Time_ : Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Private: Profit: N Private: Date: Public: Non - Profit: N Public: o 4`t ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances whether specified herein or not. e to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached The granting of this permit does not p construction o th . S}"a•rmance of work. to this permit Signatur Print Name: Date:O (?e/ 1 This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ***BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -363 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 7: Insulating materials, where exposed as i ed in buildings of any type of construction, milli have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke dev ent index of not more than 450. Where faci are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV, or V construction, the flame spread and smoke - developed limitations do not apply to facings, that are installed behind and in substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish. 8: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Thkwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 11: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431- 3670). 12: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 13: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 14: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 15: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 16: Install mechanical stops at 4 ft. intervals along the length of the rolling shelving units so that when the units are pushed together, a 6 inch transverse flue space is maintained at every 4 ft. Contact Al Metzler at 206 - 971 -8718 for additional information. 17: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 18: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 19: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 20: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 21: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 22: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -363 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IF hapter 10) 25: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and ot er operating devices on doors required to be essible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 26: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 27: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 28: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. if an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 29: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 30: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of 1 foot -candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot -candle (1 lux) measured along the path of egress at floor level. lilumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot -candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot -candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A maximum -to- minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (IFC 1006.4) 31: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 32: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 33: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 34: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 35: Storage shall be maintained 2 feet or more below the ceiling in nonsprinklered areas of buildings or a minimum of 18 inches below sprinkler head deflectors in sprinldered areas of buildings. (IFC 315.2.1) 36: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible /visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2328. 37: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 38: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (EEC 104.2) 39: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 40: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 41: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -363 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 m Table No. 803.5 of the International Buil ode. 42: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed m a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 43: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 44: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 45: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -363 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov • Building Permit No. Project No. .Date Application Accepted: Date ApplicationExpires • (For ofce use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: 17470 Southcenter Parkway Tenant Name: Old Navy King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 2623049110 Suite Number: New Tenant: PROPERTY OWNER Name: Kimco Address: Parkway Supercenter City: Tukwila State: WA Zip: 98188 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: James Matthews (Permit Place Inc) Address: 13400 Riverside Dr #202 City: Sherman Oaks State: CA Zip: 91423 Phone: (8 18) 786 -8960 Fax: (8 18) 688 -8018 Email: jatthews @permitplace.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Company Name: WD Partners Company Name: Architect Name: John Miologos Address: Address: 7007 Discovery Blvd fo��0 4\. City: Dublin State: OH City: State: 634 -7777 Zip: Phone: Fax: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Email: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:1Applications \Forms- Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8.9 -I I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Floor: 1 ❑ Yes m ..No ARCHITECT•OF RECORD Company Name: WD Partners Company Name: Architect Name: John Miologos ' I ' Address: 7007 Discovery Blvd fo��0 4\. City: Dublin State: OH Zip: 43017 Phone: (614) 634 -7000 Fax: (614) 634 -7777 Email: emmy.mclees @wdpartners.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Name: Company Name: ' I ' Engineer Name: fo��0 4\. Address: City: State: C44 City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Email: LENDER/BOND .ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) , Name: 1 In ' I ' Address: fo��0 4\. City: State: C44 Zip:N Page 1 of 4 BUILDING .PERMIT INFORMATION — 206431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 283,123 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Tenant Improvement to exist. "Old Navy" Retail store (see cover sheet for detailed scope of work) Existing Building Valuation: $ Will there be new rack storage? ® Yes ❑.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below . • Existing ' • . •InteriorReniodel• Addition to .... Existing Structure New •• Type of Construction-per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC_ la` Floor: • 19,420 19,420 V (nonrated) M 2 4- 1Ioo "r' 3rd Floor. Floors ' •thin Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached. Garage Attached Carport •. Detached Carport Covered"Debk; • : ::. • ' ' ' Uncovered'Deck • • PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes Z No If "yes ", explain: Floor area of accessory dwelling: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers ® Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes 0 No If `yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1 /2 "x 11" paper including quantifies and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line \2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8 -9 -1 I.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORI Signature: Print Name: James Matthews Mailing Address: 13400 Riverside Dr #202 H:\Applications \Forms - Applications On Line\2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8- 9- 11.docx Revised: August 2011 bh Date: 11/13/2012 Day Telephone: (818) 786 -8960 Sherman Oaks CA 91423 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT ParcelNo.: 2623049110 Permit Number: D12 -363 Address: 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 11/16/2012 Applicant: OLD NAVY Issue Date: Receipt No.: R13 -00590 Payment Amount: $2,994.40 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 01/28/2013 12:50 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Payee: ICE BUILDERS, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 124838 2,994.40 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES 000.322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 640.237.114 Total: $2,994.40 2,989.90 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 01 -28 -2013 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.eov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 2623049110 Permit Number: D12 -363 Address: 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 11/16/2012 Applicant: OLD NAVY Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -03134 Payment Amount: $1,943.44 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 11/16/2012 10:21 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $2,994.40 Payee: WD PARTNERS TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 79377 1,943.44 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 1,943.44 Total: $1,943.44 rinr. Rart.Pint -OR Printed• 11 -1R -2017 4.0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT N CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 F. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: 0 (> NA-VV Type Inspection: nlA -L,6o: (6.66 Address: r1 6 5 ess 1,� pdikLuAID S'at e Called: Sp ecia�Instructions: / . a_ M,.. mgr / 3 p.m. Requester: Phone 3 co o - 3 lob' —9`13/ Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: 6/1-3 IDate:�_ 13 ❑ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRE : Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit Da PERMIT NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -367 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: !1 p ‘\.1 ^ r Typplif Irsp ction:A Address: ��1�10 sa Date Called: j3AJJ Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. �— ,, r S /� �� ,`a m� p.m. Requester: i Phone No: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Th Jee P nASs S I■6f li.L,, t 0 DI /t InspectcC Dat--- 7 . ( 3 ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Alb "7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit. INSPECTION NO. . PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431-3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431-2451 Project: Oki() (Olkd Type o . spectionL. Address: il■e00 S Date Called: Special Instructions: I Date Wanted: •. 4) P.m. Requester: • • Phone No: (tO 6 ' o4 's. ciq3 ( ElApproved per applicable codes. ErCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Arr-rfADy /4646 1■16A ektek 1,T ftW f,‘AL4-4 lnspec Dater: (to REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspeCtiont;feemust be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to seh.ei1410ieint.pection. INSPECTION RECORD k INSPECTIO //�� Retain a copy with permi 12 -3163 NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION d� 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: ` /v V TYprjln spe cki -i.7 v +V 6 Address:,_ l O sc 1 G� Date .Calle K ' • AG w3 NIY Ap Special Instructions:„. �-�- p-�� .D13‘..- 0 le_ fe-A-C-PCS liAe_ ia L.% -'7 " f Date Wanted:. /, 3riir Requester: L e4 it..e re ezPi�.� / i (_, A seT) Ph e 1 304 qg 3) ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS:,D Yc t`- .6,i(aK -%A J /',`H U5- ,ak._SUs -ee Off-k- n) sc-kPcQ J(P Jvt4-6410 E-1/4"-e-k : c-- £-b' 4 A!-e w ry tiS 6.U51e-1\..,1-1-1,1 -11,. Use �j M 0 1\cceff T ..e e. � - ®^e' 1lMUSi e Sw.td/ T-o ate, oc- g8 iif/sf Qec_4J12.. A A u e-SS: (p 1 ci,A e it p �: re's ; i" i I. A -e, ve,si -: t (-o r f 4r'.I t: 4 P L e4 it..e re ezPi�.� / i (_, A seT) f r ( ,;w r l c r . f L _ .. _ � 1 Will t'O,) ,m-1) L(lkP-i 2.t- t ,u:r ekte" `J� `t eJ of v 2 i-; e e0 i u w;tf k e need a �x x ect Date 7 4 ' 3 A 1 t n REINSPECTION FEE REQWIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 0/` 60/ 14.^n P6 S (e d ^C LI /; r. _A VA bkf Skft 144)A 4t9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. ,� ,/ CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION • `'/ (206) 431 -3670 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: 0 (6 IvAd Type o sp \v A- .D u: 1� 1 k Address: r-� " 6 se__N kW Date Called: Special Instructions: p 7 Date Wanted:. % a.m. 4` 1.A '(3 P•mm Requester: Pho No �, _304 , ►93I Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: '34e 0 K..- SJS... ..., f� , A e CD Oet(1 e MfI • 1)1 t‘Tr vo 4 o r-- &11.I3 o(‘____- Nk A_6 Ipector: Q (J ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date:A - Z4 13 • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTI I N NO. PERMIT N0: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: 010 kI Type of Inspection: �� kAl 8 Address: �� / ® 56th Date rd. *.`.4 `t A6 Special In stu cti ons: ed: / � mW Date W - Pam Requester: Phone No: /nd -30' _ - C 19.3 t_ Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Instor: Date � Fi REINSPECTION FEE REQUIR next inspection: fee must be. paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule "reinspection. r' INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit � 2 -343 • PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 !AZ.. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: 1 �� 01 N Type of Inspection n: IU Address: 114 ? o S I Date Called: Special Instructions: �! Date Wa ed:. j �m� (� p.m. Requester: Phi (400 _3 494 ,9453 / JApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1/74- 6 t. Md,� ,? Err Dat s- 0 " REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Ins ector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 42. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: I 43 Type Inspectioi : Add �e£s: Q ri41 _Se Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: /_ > &'.�a.r -�- ` p.m. Requester: Ph e (� _304 -•- f I Sit ElApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r) - --- iiic . 0 rate3_ Z (3 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD t �3/ Retain a copy with permit J (Q INSPE TION N0. PERMIT NO. a CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 R' Project] / r a Type /n� specs; on: - 1 gr� • Cor o s Address: i --H -704 ce_ plitg(Lav Date Called: } , JrcQel- UJe FI`.Aq r1 Special Instructions: (Date Wanted ' _/ a.m. p.m. Requester: Phie47:6 ....3 04 __ f Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: /' fd/k" - 1 gr� • Cor o s C /SUS tt1U ' MA a) INV() cm QJ(L, S,Aej v/ LALAILJ JrcQel- UJe FI`.Aq r1 ,,, i Instbector: Date:3 _ 13 ri REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECT! NO. INSPECTION RECORD � Z —3(3 Retain a copy with permit U �D PERMIT NO. ,. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188. (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 ' Project: CD J NJ Type of Inspection. t� uu. fA` 6 � 1 Addrtes�si, � O SC ititri4mAy , Date Called: . Special I`nn`sttructions: Date Wan Z / — ��a m. p.m. Requester: v\ aA AI, PteaO'304 �q3( EjApproved per applicable codes. Il Corrections required prior to approval. 8 COMMENTS: -119 . - Ole c. 12-0.111-1 o K S IJ ..j 2c 7-40 v\ aA AI, or— c.-,J0- Je,, - de,-F, tiid 5 JL ? T7) EX e_77,1___ CA3‘ % In(pector: Date ") J n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Projec A �s,� !' 1° Special Instructions: ti Type of Inspe tion: Date Called: Date Wante . .:a,m 4. " � S � f� p.m. Requester: ElApproved per applicable codes. P3 ',©- 36)4 -C` 3/ n Corrections required prior to approval. p/A- 614- . ?U 330J-1-7-. 3 / uL x� i 7‘ 1 t -,fir--46 0 1 (-k( U iii CO MMENTS: 411/ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. In ector: Date: d INSPECTION RECORD ` Z �3 Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. cit( CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 ti'ir._ (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Prop' b . / /V TyprfrIn� pe1ctpioit 4. 4 lo. \ F1 , Address : SC pAttcl Date CalleeC•'— A ) c - (r`a0r 0 ii- tt\ 0.Ae s ? J' Special Instructions: Y Date Want e¢ G.m„ p.m. Requester: P3(00 - 364 -8931 EiApproved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. } ' COMMENTS: F1 , i‘ 0�- Dik-e_ S- f c ll SKL -- E� r t-4-. i — O i` ReSNdOitg A ) c - (r`a0r 0 ii- tt\ 0.Ae s ? J' .)& J ic..._. lvtAIb e.brr4 r on.e .0ie oa, QdJ - fZ rN_odA j i Inspect • r: Date: ❑ REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. fir. - .A- 1 . -a- • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa: 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project: , L NAVry Typpe/of Inspection: J '. Address: ) 7O 76 Suite #: S. c . 1314 Cont /act Person:- . Special Instructions: Monitor: Phone No.: • -A- Approved per apfilicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1L i - c rro • rtrA-v- J. o,rs. 3N S P • Needs Shift Inspection: . Sprinklers: c)-- Date: S--. ) - Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: , 1 Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type :. • Inspector: IA c)-- Date: S--. ) - f Hrs.: '9- , (V v $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUM ERS /3 0/25 CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila. Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 INSPECTION NUMBER Project: �q 1. 5prin k%, rna..1 —OK Fire Alarm: F11.- rnm / -- 0 t< Type of 7ctk/ Address: Suite #: /7170 14 eeth /' L1 . - o ♦ - . of l .rte (' / e , Contacf n: Special Instructions: . i Phone Flo.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1. 5prin k%, rna..1 —OK Fire Alarm: F11.- rnm / -- 0 t< Monitor: 3. P7P64.9:_c►% 51,4,c ofavo _ Occupancy Type: L1 . - o ♦ - . of l .rte (' / e , Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: , 7(�7c) Date: y/2.. 9/I/ --k Hrs.: /. T $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • • { • INSPECTION NUMBER 8 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit . -0.my•. • r Dia -361 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: 01b /v►AVT Type of Inspection: L.,fp s l,i1,1,ti.. Address: 1 —79 7 0 S (.. Suite #: Contact Person: • Special Instructions: Phone No.: i Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: . Av9 r...c.?s -t k. A,J A I1 c4 ik , s,JS ,,/ -e_p60 12644, i311 S 4Jats►„u5 Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: / S --L Date: Via. // /, Hrs.: L.( M , iv $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule-.a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: I Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit /3 - r: o r/ -- �' 3 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 ProjectC /�� ��/� Sprinklers: . Typeegf..Inspection: Address: I 7 (.1 7 v Suite #: S P Contact Person: Special Instructions: . SitvAte -e. F-12_s.d Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. I�/ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: H . SitvAte -e. F-12_s.d t s5ez.e... . 51-r 11 . tu r.e Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: /)i ^ c r s- L, Date: y k,1(3 Hrs.: 1 $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: 1 Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • { 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential LTG -INT Interior Lighting Summary 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Project Info Protect Address SCOTaCENTER PINT. & MIRRLER BLVD. TuisahA, Washington 3 - Pill out this line on PRJ -SUM Applicant Name: W8 Partners ApplicantAddress: 7007 Discovery BLVD, DUBLIN, osxo 43017 Applicant Phone: 614 - 634 -7000 Date Revised December2010 11/27/2012 For Building Department Use 'Fru Project Description !Compliance Option Alteration Exceptions ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting and space use not changed (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 0 Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. ❑ New Building ❑Addition D Alterations ^"g4sduded Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. CApy I0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Occupancy Description Sales area Footnote 10 Mchaw6ise Display REVIEWED FOR CODE C Allowed E.Watts per ft2 " 1.33 1.40 Gross Interior Area in ft2 19420 Allowed x Area 8506 25829 11908 nFT. 1 2 71117 "" From Table 15-1 (over) - document all efotallinthnifIfthisal.PA BUILDING DIVISION , Proposed Lighting Wattage Location (floor plan/room #) Sates /stock Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Total Allowed Watts Watts/ Fixture 37737 F2- BSI14/DIR/W Sales /stock Office Sales F7- 4SYM /DIR 220 9 6 RP2 92 Watts Proposed 46 44 20240 414 P -PIT Hallway 217 3 3 129 Rostra= F5 Reatroom Sales F5 6 6 23 46 46 264 387 69 276 276 20amp /1 Pole Current Limiting Circuit Breaker REC N.� 4 CIT Y OF TtLA PERMIT CENTER Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Mowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 2400 IWC4MPLETE 9600 31526 Notes: number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fxdure, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For line voltage track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. For low voltage track lighting list the transformer rated wattage. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts/Fixture blank. D12- 3(P3 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Form for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential LTG -INT Interior Lighting Summary (back) 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Fomis for Nonresideniial and Multifamily Residential Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouse or Parking Garage Q Other Revised December 2010 f Qualification checklist Note: if occupancy type is 'Other and fixture answer is checked. the number of fixtures In the space Is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. if not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fodures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T-1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T-8, or CFL lamps, and d) hand -wired electronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in CFL fixtures and tracking lighting do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps < 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. TABLE 15-1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) LPA (Wife) Use' Automotive facility 0.85 Use Office buildings, office/administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals institutions, museums, banks. churches)6 LPA` (Wlft`) 0.91 Convention center 1.10 Courthouse Cafeterias, fast food establishments °, restaurants/bars6 Dormitory 1.10 Parking garages Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.20 Police and fire stations 0.20 0.90 0.90 0.85 Dweling Units 1.00 Exercise center 0.95 Gymnasia, assembly spaces Health care clinic Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 0.95 1.00 Post office Retail' °, retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet radc shelving) School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers Theater, motion picture Theater, performing arts 1.20 Transportation 1.00 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.25 0.80 Hotel/motel Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified °laboratory° shall meet office and other appropriate categories) Laundries Libraries° 1.00 Warehouses 0.50 1.62 Workshops 1.20 1.20 1.20 Manufacturing facility Museum 1.20 1.00 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 1.10 0.80 Footnotes for Table 15-1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 20 feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by no per foot of ceiling height above 12 feet 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by 2% per foot of ceiling height above 9 feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft2 with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.1 w/ft2 may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport toumament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 Wfft2. 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three- quarter - height partitions (transparent or opaque) and lighting for free- standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt An additional lighting power allowance is allowed for merchandise display luminaires installed In retail sales areas that are specifically designed and directed to highlight merchandise. The following additional wattages apply: i. 0.6 watts per square foot of sales floor area not listed in items ii and iii below, ii. 1.4 watts per square foot of furniture, dothing, cosmetics or artwork floor area; or iii. 2.5 watts per square foot of jewelry, crystal or china floor area. The specified floor area for items!, ii, or iii above, and the adjoining circulation paths shall be identified and specified on building plans. Calculate the additional power allowance by multiplying the above LPDs by the sales floor area for each department excluding major circulation paths. The total additional lighting power allowance is the sum of allowances for sales categories I. if, or iii plus an additional 1,000 watts for each separate tenant larger than 250 square feet in area. The additional wattage is allowed only if the merchandise display luminaires comply with all of the following: (a) Located on ceiling - mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). (b) Adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed and automatically controlled, separately from the general lighting, to be honed off during nonbusiness hours. This additional power shall be used only for the specified luminaires and shall not be used for any other purpose. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, Indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. November 21, 2012 • City of Tukwila Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director James Matthews Permit Place Inc 13400 Riverside Dr, #202 Sherman Oaks, CA 91423 RE: Incomplete Letter #1 Development Permit Application D12 -363 Old Navy —17470 Southcenter Py Dear Mr. Matthews, This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on November 16, 2012 is determined to be incomplete. Before your application can continue the plan review process the attached/following items from the following department(s) need(s) to be addressed: Building Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 433 -7163 if you have questions concerning the attached comments. 1. Provide a completed 2009 Washington State Non- Residential Energy Code Lighting Budget Summary form. Please address the comment above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans (only the updated/changed sheets), specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, En . res File: D12 -363 11 an W: (Permit Centerllncomplete Letters12012ID/2 -363 Incomplete Letter #l.docx 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax 206 - 431 -3665 ERMli COORD COP* PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -363. DATE: 1.1/28/1.2 PROJECT NAME: OLD NAVY SITE ADDRESS: 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: °per C, 13 t Building 1 ision Public Works Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete �] DUE DATE: 11/29/12 Incomplete ❑ Not Applicable ❑ Comments: Permit Center Use Onl ' t INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUESITHURS ROUTING: I. Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required ❑ APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DUE DATE: 12/27/12 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ DATE: . Permit Center Use Only:• a ° • .. • . ••• .. •...: L';'• ,•i..'. CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: %Imo ad000 lama PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -363 DATE: 11/16/1.2 PROJECT NAME: OLD NAVY SITE ADDRESS: 17470 SOUTHCENTER PY X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: I�� �1' Building" Division 12 DAM ON flIV `\1— Public Works Fire Prevention Structural inn pJC 1[.n.12- Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator ❑ DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 11/20/12 Complete ❑ Incomplete 14 Comments: Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only " ' INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: I LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUESITHURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Structural Review Required n No further Review Required ❑ DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 12/18/12 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions ❑ Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: • Permit Center. Use_Only .:;;;�' CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.eov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: tab d 28, "i'-' ► Z- Plan Check/Permit Number: D12-363 ® Response to Incomplete Letter # _1_ ❑ Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Old Navy Project Address: 17470 Southcenter Py Contact Person: Tp t.Ats Summary of Revision: P IZ 0 ‘.1 ryeD fTV nrxwilA NOV 2 8 2012 PiEAM1rCEA Phone Number: g l k 4 S-4 3Q4 3 i. o ct W Sfifr 1 f.- u Ij� cS to rut t, 911/4.) rZ— 30 A- A, 4411"1 Sheet Number(s): tJ (A — tib G 0f•-6. E- -rb "t trt�ls "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: tA, Entered in Permits Plus on 1A1(1,1> II� CM Jsersyennifer•m10eslnaptRevision Submittal Form,doc Revised: May 2011 Contractors or Tradespeop7. ter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L81 to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name I C E BUILDERS INC UBI No. 602013848 Phone 7144911317 Status Active Address 421 E Cerritos Ave License No. ICEBUI'007D7 Suite /Apt. License Type Construction Contractor City Anaheim Effective Date 5/3/2000 State CA Expiration Date 5/28/2013 Zip 92805 Suspend Date County Out Of State Specialty 1 General Business Type Corporation Specialty 2 Unused Parent Company Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status INDUSCE014KG INDUSTRIAL CONTRNG ENGNRS INC Construction Contractor General Unused 5/7/1999 5/1/2000 Archived BROWNCC995BW BROWNCO CONSTRUCTION CO INC Construction Contractor General Unused 2/1/2001 3/25/2010 Expired Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date MOORE, ROBERT A President 05/03/2000 Amount SILVER, BRIAN YOUNG Treasurer 04 /18/2005 TB2.651- 289605 -022 GRAY, CC HOWARD Vice President 10/18/2004 04/18 /2005 PARKER, J SCOTT Vice President 10/18/2004 04/18 /2005 PYLE, GERALD G Vice President 05/03/2000 04/18 /2005 KINGSBURY, ROBERT E Vice President 01/01/1980 10/18/2004 SILVER, BRIAN YOUNG Secretary 01/01/1980 05/03/2000 Bond Information Page 1 of 2 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 2 TRAVELERS CAS ft SURETY 515103800949 05/23/2002 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 05/28/2002 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 14 Liberty Mutual Fire Insurance TB2.651- 289605 -022 10/01/2012 10/01/2013 $1,000,000.00 10 /11/2012 13 LIBERTY MUTUAL FIRE INS CO TB2651289605021 10/01/2011 10/01/2012 $1,000,000.00 10/03/2011 12 LIBERTY MUTUAL INS CO TB2651289605029 10/01/2009 10/01/2011 $1,000,000.00 10/12/2010 11 TRAVELERS INDEMNITY CO OF AME VTC2JC05786B9611ND08 10/01/2007 10/01/2009 $1,000,000.0009 /29/2008 10 TRAVELERS INDEM VTC23C05786B961TIL05 10/01/2006 10/01/2008 $1,000,000.00 10/04/2007 https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 01/28/2013 'O.N.E.' SCOPE OF WORK 1. STOREFRONT - DEMO (E) STOREFRONT AND INSTALL (N) STOREFRONT AS SHOWN IN PLANS - INSTALL (N) FILM ON ARCH OR TRANSOM WINDOWS AND REMOVE MUNTINS 2. SALES AREA - REMOVE (E) WALLS AS SHOWN IN PLANS - PATCH AND REPAIR (E) WALLS AFTER DEMO WORK - BUILD (N) FULL HEIGHT WALL BETWEEN SALES AREA AND BACK OF HOUSE - BUILD (N) PARTIAL HEIGHT WALLS AT SALES AREA AND BACK OF HOUSE - INSTALL (N) MARKETING GRIDS AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 3. PAINT STORE - HIGH DUST, VACUUM & CLEAN ALL SURFACES ABOVE 101 -0" A.F.F. (INCLUDE TOP OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND HVAC UNITS/DUCTS PRIOR TO PAINTING) - PAINT (E) SALES AREA WALLS & (E) COLUMNS BELOW FROM FLOOR TO CEILING BEHIND BOOTHSETS. - PAINT (E) CEILING STRUCTURE & OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS AS NOTED. - PAINT WALLS @ MANAGERS OFFICE AND EMPLOYEE AREA / BOH PER DRAWINGS - PAINT GYP. BD WALLS AND CEILING IN TOILET ROOMS & CORRIDOR 4. FITTING ROOMS - REMOVE (E) FITTING ROOM PRE -FAB PARTITIONS, DOORS, BENCHES & MIRRORS - INSTALL (N) FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS, DOORS, GRAB BARS, BENCHES, MIRRORS, HOOKS & INTERIOR GRAPHICS - INSTALL (N) FITTING ROOM PODS - PROVIDE POWER FOR (N) FITTING ROOMS - INSTALL (N) FLOOR MATS - INSTALL (N) BLUE METAL PANEL AND LARGE MIRROR 5. BOOTHSETS - REMOVE & SALVAGE (E) BOOTHSETS AS SHOWN IN SALES AREA - INSTALL BOTH (N) AND (E) BOOTHSETS TO CREATE O.N.E. ' LAYOUT, MODIFY AND INSTALL PER DETAILS AS SHOWN (ALL BOOTHSETS TO BE ASSEMBLED ON SITE) - INSTALL FILLER PANELS PER DRAWINGS - INSTALL SHELVES AND BRACKETS PER DETAILS - INSTALL (N) BASICS WALL AND BASICS WALL MIRROR - INSTALL (N) MID FLOOR FRAMES 6. LIGHTING - REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) PENDANT LIGHTS. - REMOVE & SALVAGE (E) FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, TRACK LIGHTING & SUSPENSION HARDWARE IN THE SALES, FITTING ROOM, AND CASHWRAP. - INSTALL (N) TRACK LIGHTS IN SALES AREA. - INSTALL (N/(R) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AS NOTED - INSTALL (N) PENDANTS AT FITTING ROOM AREAS - INSTALL (N) REFLECTORS ON ALL FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES (SALES AREA) AND STOCKROOM - ABANDON (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHTS IN REMIT SPACE 7. CASHWRAPS - REMOVE (E) CASHWRAPS & (E) CUSTOMER SERVICE AREA - INSTALL (N) CASHWRAPS (INCLUDES CREDENZA, ACCESSORY FIXTURES, BOOTHSETS, FASTLANE FIXTURES & STANCHIONS), COORDINATE WITH GST AND CASHWRAP VENDOR - INSTALL (N) VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORMS AT CASHWRAP - PROVIDE POWER FOR (N) CASHWRAP, CREDENZA, & REFRIGERATORS 8. BACK OF HOUSE - INSTALL (N) KITCHENETTE WITH EMPLOYEE COUNTER - PROVIDE PLUMBING FOR (N) SINK - INSTALL (N) HIGH DENSITY SHELVING UNITS - INSTALL (N) HANGRODS AND WALL STANDARDS AS SHOWN IN DRAWINGS - RELOCATE (E) LOCKERS - RELOCATE (E) TIMECLOCK - MANAGERS OFFICE EXPANKO FLOORING a TOILET ROOMS - REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) TOILET BOOM FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, AND PARTITIONS PER PLAN. - BUILD NEW RESTROOMS PER PLAN, PROVIDE PLUMBING FOR (N) FIXTURES, AND INSTALL ALL NEW RESTROOM ACCESSORIES. - REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) DRINKING FOUNTAINS - PROVIDE PLUMBING FOR (N) DRINKING FOUNTAIN AND INSTALL PER PLANS. - PROVIDE PLUMBING FOR (N) MOP SINK AND WATER HEATER PER PLANS. 10. INTERIOR SIGNAGE - REMOVE (E) FITTING ROOM WAYFINDING SIGNAGE - REMOVE (E) FITTING ROOM HANGING ELEMENT - INSTALL (N) NON - ILLUMINATED WAYFINDING SIGNAGE: FITTING ROOM, CASHWRAP, RESTROOM & QUICK CHANGE, G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR 11. EXTERIOR SIGNAGE - REPLACE (E) EXTERIOR SIGNAGE WITH (N) SIGNAGE, G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR. (STOREFRONT SIGNS, SIDE/REAR SIGN, BLADE SIGNS, MONUMENT AND PYLON SIGNS) 12. GRAPHICS - INSTALL (N) INTERIOR GRAPHICS PER PLANS, G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR 13. ADDITIONAL SCOPE OF WORK - BUILD BARRICADE FOR STOREFRONT WORK PAINT AND INSTALL BANNER. COORDINATE WITH VENDOR FOR BANNER INSTALLATION - BUILD (N) DEMISING WALL - REMOVE (E) MANAGERS OFFICE AND INSTALL (N) MANAGERS OFFICE (INCLUDES SHELVING & STANDARDS, SAFE CABINET, MANAGER'S DESK AND BOOTHSETS) - REMOVE (E) EMPLOYEE AREA AND INSTALL (N) EMPLOYEE AREA (INCLUDES KITCHENETTE, SINK, MICROWAVE, FRIDGE WITH PLUMBING, LOCKERS, TIME CLOCK) - INSTALL NEW SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM AT SELECTED AREAS - REMOVE & RE- INSTALL LP EQUIPMENT. G.C. TO COORDINATE WORK & SCOPE W/ VENDOR - ADD (N) SPEAKERS BY PLAYNETWORK. G.C. TO COORDINATE WORK &SCOPE W/ VENDOR - GC TO PERFORM "FINAL CLEAN" OF ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY (N) WORK @ COMPLETION OF ALL WORK SEPAR ATw: Pi_ ;';' s REQUIRED OR: Mechanical .j Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVIio'°1 NOTES: - DRAWINGS MAY INCLUDE WORK NOT LISTED IN SCOPE OF WORK. - SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE PERM T . SHOWN HERE FOR REFERENCE ONLY DRAWING INDEX PROJECT TEAM TENANT 'ti;ONSTRUCTION- GAP INC ONE HAS ,,CN ST SAN FRANCISCO. CA 94105 DN'AC i ,REG MCRRISON TELE 415-"1:3-4110 !- MA L.Gr I : MCRPISON @GAP.COM TENANT '!':::TORE DESIGN: OLD NAVY STORE RF DESIGN 550 TERP'• RANC ;'S BLVD SAN r RA ..,,ISC0 CA 94158 r RE I ONER: STEPHEN BARONIAN TEL: ^ 1 5 12 -1293 FAX (-1' ':2 -2901 EMS 'HEN _BARONIAN@GARCOM LANDLOR. CARMEN _1 CKER KIM 0 REALTY PARKWAY SUPERCENTER T,KV'IIF 98188 TEL ?2 -3511 EMAIL K :;KERLc K MCOREALTY.COM ARCHITECT: WD PARTNERS 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD. DUBLIN, OHIO 43017 CONTACT: EMMY MCLEES TEL: (614) 634 -7000 FAX: (614) 634 -7777 EMAIL: EMMY.MCLEES @WDPARTNERS.COM ELECTRICAL /PLUMBING/ MECHANICAL ENGINEER: WD PARTNERS 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD. DUBLIN, OHIO43017 CONTACTS: JEFF BOLYARD TEL: (614) 634 -7234 FAX: (614) 634 -7777 EMAIL: JEFF.BOLYARD @WDPARTNERS.COM VICINITY MAP REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the ecope cf work without prior approve/ of Tukwila Building Division. Nara Revisions will require a new plan submittal • and may include additional plan review fees. 41111111111111116 PARKWAY SUPERCENTER 17470 SOUTHCENTER PKWY TUKWILA,WA 98188 STORE NO.: 5359 SHEET SHEET TITLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION BUILDING DEPARTMENT: CITY OF TUKWILA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 6300,SOUTH CENTER BLVD, #100,TUKWILA,WA 98188 TEL: 206 - 431 -3670 FAX:206- 431 -3665 CODE INFORMATION ARCHITECTURAL C0 -0 C0 -1 CO -2 CO-2A REVISIONS A 7)(\ nn PROJECT INFORMATION GENERAL NOTES, RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX, SUBMITTALS DOOR TYPES, HARDWARE & ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES EXTERIOR DOOR SCHEDULES, HARDWARE & DETAILS C0 -3 ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE D1-0b PLANNING APPROVED • No changes'can be made to these plans without approval from the Planning Division of DCD Approved By: 9/1 A Date: , I OLD NAVY # 5359 0 -c T fesday Merning� d � 11 Cost Pius pavVM L11 Pot entialAvailabititr ADA CODE CONFORMANCE FLAME SPREAD RATINGS EXISTING FULLY NEW /UPGRADE DETAILS COMPLYING TO COMPLYING IN DRAWING 1. AT LEAST ONE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. NOTE: THIS SHOULD BE THE PRIMARY ENTRANCE. ADDITIONAL UPGRADE MAY BE REQ'D. IF IT'S NOT. Brand Division LEVEL 0 (Baser nt/Cellar) C2-0 • LEVEL 3 (within stare area) 2. AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO THE AREA OF REMODEL ■ ■ C2 -0 3. ONLY ONE OF EACH TOILET ROOM UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED TOTAL • Al -0ci I • 4. VISUALJAURAL ALARM • • C2 -0 5. ACCESSIBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN • • 00 -3 i 6. ADA- COMPLIANT SIGNAGE • • C0 -3 7. OTHERS: DESCRIBE MEANS OF COMPLIANCE: I.E. PARKING SPACES; ELEVATORS. STAIRS, ETC. -I THIS PROJECT WILL COMPLY WITH ALL AMERICAN WITH DISABILITIES ACT REGULATIONS AND ALL LOCAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2" ABOVE THE FLOOR, EDGE TO BE BEVELED WC, H A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. ALONG ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AND AT EMERGENCY EGRESS CONDITIONS. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AND OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, 8.5 LBS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS. PROVIDE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (ISA) AT 60" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ON STRIKE SIDE WALL AT ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOOR(S). SYMBOL SHAPE AND CONTRASTING COLORS SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE A MINIMUM 3' -0" WIDE X 6' -8" HIGH. PROVIDE 18" CLEAR SPACE ON STRIKE /PULL SIDE OF INTERIOR DOORS, 12" CLEAR SPACE ON STRIKE /PUSH SIDE OF INTERIOR DOORS. PROVIDE ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE ON RESTROOM DOORS TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAi -- STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. HOT WATER PIPES AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED TO CONFORM WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9. PROVIDE CLOTHING HOOK AT 40" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR IN ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM(S). 10. ALL CUSTOMER SERVICE CHECKSTANDS SHALL CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY AND ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. SEE CASHWRAP SHEET FOR CLEAR DIMENSIONS AND COUNTER HEIGHTS.' GYPSUM HEARD US 8~ X" GYP BD WITH 3 -5/8" X 20 GA. METAL STUDS; ASTM E -84 UNDER THE MILL: BURTON ACT. IT HAS A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 15, FUEL CONTRIBUTION OF 15, AND SMOKE DENSITY OF O. Ci N7ACJ -:,7-EVE MUNOZ, U.S. GYPSUM ASSOCIATION (415) 792 -4400 PAINT 1N ON WALL HAS A :Y LA` CON "ACS OTHER SURFACES: SHERWIN - WILLIAMS PAINT; ASTM E -84 UNDER THE MILL- BURTON ACT. IT SPREAD RATING OF 10, FUEL CONTRIBUTION OF 15, AND SMOKE DENSITY OF O. 'AN SCHNEEMAN (216) 566 -1765 OR CELL (216) 214 -1606 PLASTIC LAMINATE SEE VENL; L S BELOW: ASTM E -84 WITH A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 100 AND SMOKE RATING OF 35. (CAN ..LC F T 7 R6838 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS 1 CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD OF 20 AND A SMOKE D VE LOPED OF 15.) CONTACIS STEVE TYACK, WILSON ART (916) 837 -3831 / SHIRLEY DEHART, NEVAMAR (800) 254 -0778 LIESL REA.. E -;RMICA (415)'956 -7742 MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD MEDTE C PORATION: FORMALDEHYDE -FREE WOOD -BASED PANEL PRODUCT (SHELVING). CONFORMS TO ASTM D ,7 -87 -25 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL TEST 723 OR ASTM E -84 (CAN /ULC BLBT7.R6838 FOR THE !.OWING CLASS 1 CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD OF 20 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 25) CONTACT. 1EDITE CORPORATION (541) 773 -2522 MELAMINE ON i ASH' JRAP SURFACES. TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL962. IT HAS A FLAME SPREAD RATING OE 75 S SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 55. (CAN/ULC BLBT7.R6838 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS 1 CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD OF 15 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 20) CON TACT MARK REXROAT ( MARK.REXROAT @IDXLOUISVILLE.COM) STAINLESS .$ i EFL STAINLESS STEEL WAINSCOT PROVIDED SHOULD BE FABRICATED FROM FIRE RATED MATERIALS TESTED IN A:CORDAIN C E- WITH ASTM- E84 -01 (CANIULC S102.2 FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS 1 CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD Or 25 OR LESS & SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 450 OR LESS. NOTES: - BUILDING IS EQUIPPED WITH (E) SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ANY CHANGES TO THESE SYSTEMS WILL REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT. OA APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: 1. BUILDING CODE: 2. MECHANICAL CODE: 3. PLUMBING CODE: 4. ENERGY CONSERVATION: 5. FIRE SAFETY CODE: 6. ACCESSIBILITY CODE: 7. ELECTRICAL: IBC 2009 (W/ WA AMEND.) IMC 2009 (W/ WA AMEND.) UPC 2009 (W/ WA AMEND.) 2009 WA STATE ENERGY CODE 2009 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE ICC /ANSI A117.1 -2003 NEC 2008 (W/ WA AMEND.) BUILDING CLASSIFICATION: 1. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V- NONRATED 2. BUILDING USE GROUP: RETAIL O. BUILDING DESCRIPTION: 1. NUMBER OF FLOORS IN BUILDING: 2. FLOORS OF PROPOSED RENOVATION: 3. HISTORIC /ARCHITECTURALLY SIGNIFICANT BUILDING? ❑ 4. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT RENOVATION? 5. PROPOSED STRUCTURAL ALTERATIONS? ❑ 6. ENERGY CALCULATION ATTACHED? ❑ 01 01 YES OSQUARE FOOTAGE: NO 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of "Icuk�noiia BUILDINGG1 ®'VISION 3. PROPOSED OCCUPANCY: M- MERCANTILE 4. SEISMIC ZONE: 3 YES 7. TOILET FACILITIES PROVIDED? El 8. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM? 9. FIRE SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS? ❑ NO 0 0 Current Square Footage Breakdown Brand Division LEVEL 0 (Baser nt/Cellar) LEVEL 1 (within store area) LEVEL 2 (within store area LEVEL 3 (within stare area) Total Square Footage SALES AREA it ( hcludes sales areas: cashwrap areas. display areas, adjacent closets as well as public elevator, stairs and entry vestibules) BR / Old Navy !Outlet,' Athleta; Plpedime 171 SQFT / 100 16,520 TOTAL 576 16,520 GAP (Adult) 0 GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby/Mat) 0 FITTING ROOM AREA ( hcludes fitting room areas associated corridor, shoves and edpirurg closets) BR! Old Navy 'Outlet ! Athleta' Plpedime 491 491 GAP (Adult) 0 GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby /Mat) 0 1 ATTACHED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA / "Back-of-house" area ncludes stock and'or staging areas managers office . employee area 4 toilet rooms, conveyor'du b aiter, exit corridors and adjacent MEP/Cash/LP/Training rooms) 3 BR / Old Navy! Outlet! AthletaI PiperIrme 2,409 2,409 GAP (Adult) o GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby,Mat) 0 i REMOTE STOCK / PROCESSING AREA (Stock area In other areas of the center. i e. separate from the store) BR ! Old Navy! Outlet! Athlete! Plpedime 0 GAP (Adult) 0 GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby Mat) 0 OTHER IMPROVED (hcludes excessive exit comdors. excessive 1r MEP /phone rooms, RM'DM office, RM /DM conference room, RM!DM toilet room and RMIDM extcorndor) BR! Od Navy! Outlet / Athleta! Plpedime 0 GAP (Adult) 0 GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby/Mat) 0 15 TOTAL IMPROVED (t +2 +3 +4) TOTAL 0 19,420 0 0 19,420 UNIMPROVED (Unoccupied and undeveloped areas within lease lines) BR! Old Navy! Outlet! Athleta! Piper-lime 0 GAP (Adult) 0 GAP (Body) 0 GAP (Kids) 0 GAP (Baby /Mat) 0 7 TOTAL IMPROVABLE (5 +5) Overall TOTAL 0 19,420 0 0 19,420 Total Stock / Processing Areas divided by Total Improved (section 3 divided by section 5) = 0% OOCCUPANCY LOAD: PER TABLE: 1004.1.1 (IBC 2009) EXITS REQUIRED: MERCANTILE (SALES) 17011 SQFT / 30 = 567 STORAGE 2238 SOFT/ 300 = 7 BUSINESS 171 SQFT / 100 = 2 TOTAL 576 @PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS: PER TABLE: 2902.1 (IBC 2009) TOTAL OCCUPANCY: 576/ 2 288 MEN & WOMEN FIXTURE W.C. MALE LAVATORY MALE W.C. FEMALE LAVATORY FEMALE DRINKING FOUNTAINS MOP SINK REQUIRED PROVIDED OEGRESS REQUIREMENTS: PER TABLE: 1016.1 (IBC 2009) EXITS REQUIRED: EXITS PROVIDED: 3 TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED: 250' D1 -1b EGRESS FLOOR PLAN DEMO FLOOR PLAN DEMO FLOOR PLAN DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1-Oci CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN Al -Ocii Al -0fi Al -Ofii Al -1a CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN Al -1b REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A1-2a LOSS PREVENTION PLAN A1-2b LOSS PREVENTION PLAN A2 -0 DEMO STOREFRONT PLAN & ELEVATION A2 -1 NEW STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION A3 -0 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3 -1 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A4 -0 PARTITION DETAILS & WALL TYPES A5 -0 ENTRY AREA ENLARGED PLAN & DETAILS A6 -0 ENLARGED CASHWRAP AREA PLAN & CASHWRAP DETAILS A6 -1 CASHWRAP AREA DETAILS CASHWRAP DETAILS GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STO M^ L , TORE LOCATION: cc 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: A7 -0 ENLARGED FITTING ROOM PLAN & RCP A7 -1 FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS A7 -2 ENLARGED FITTING ROOM POD PLANS & DETAILS A8 -0 BOOTHSET ENLARGED PLANS & DETAILS BOOTHSET DETAILS A8 -2 BASICS WALL & SHOP DIVIDER DETAILS A9 -0a STOCK /PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS A9 -0b STOCK /PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN ELEVATIONS & DETAILS A9 -1 STOCK/PROCESSING AREA ELEVATIONS & DETAILS A9 -2 ENLARGED EMPLOYEE AREA PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAI A10 -0a TOILET ROOM ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & SCHEDULES A10-0b TOILET ROOM ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & A10-1 SCHEDULES PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 ARCS TOILET ROOM DETAILS A11 -0 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE DETAILS A11 -1 INTERIOR SIGNAGE DETAILS 1 I r OGOS OF ASHINGTON Al2 -0 INTERIOR GRAPHICS /PAINT (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) A13 -1 SPECIFICATIONS A13-2 A13-3 A13 -4 A13-5 A13-6 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS OV 1 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM M0 -1 MECHANICAL NOTES AND LEGENDS M1D -0 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN MECHANICAL PLAN ISSUE TYPE: M4 -0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES MECHANICAL DETAILS WIRING DIAGRAMS 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERM IT /LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 P1 -0 PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES, AND LEGENDS MPF13 -0 MPF13 -1 MPF13 -2 PLUMBING PLANS, RISERS, AND SCHEDULES PLUMBING DETAILS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS F1 -0 FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN ELECTRICAL EDI -1 4-0 E5-0 E• • E8-0 E9-0 E9-1 E9-3 E9-4 E9-5 E13-0 E13 -1 ipoKstivreloaommisnaelwiD 1 R.:11•111 :al= •1.X!LT :l,] :•mad_`` i:lIN I'! i •Ira:r��.-T . . _ IiiriliirJi�ii�iiiiiiliiiiil�i '�W�iilil' . I a_•... . ...h �:.�.. %. lTaa�•J�r_� ma�z.��:m ►^7#►TimalmilfiLfri / /1171111�I� 1111111I11/av' _-__- REVISIONS: EAS DETAILS A HWRAP DETAIL ELE RI AL DETAIL POWER RISE AND SCH DULES PANEL SCHEDULES ELECTRICAL DETAILS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICA IONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY ►F' TUKWILA NOV 16 2012 PER CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 1 (& 1 URINAL) 1 1 1 per xi 5; I . T-8 PIMMI _ - I'i �/ 11 MI r/► 1=11I IN 11■111vWAI i/S1si Ulf ww• Ili // !WM -i_AI r TITLE SHEET: PROJECT INFORMATION / SCOPE OF WORK SHEET NUMBER: CO -0 SHOP DWG. 1 PRODUCT SUBMITTAL AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS GENERAL NOTES RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX !ITEMS NOT FOUND IN THIS MATRIX ARE TO BE PROVIDED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ARCHITECTURAL/ STRUCTURAL ELEMENT DESIGNED AND /OR DESIGNATED BY: SUBMITTAL REVIEWED BY: INSPECTION REQUIRED /BY: ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM! WINDOW MULLION SYSTEM ARCHITECT/ STORE DESIGN/ FABRICATOR ARCHITECT/ STORE DESIGN NO SIGNAGE ARCHITECT/ STORE DESIGN ARCHITECT NO %Zeit/iii�.���.��i�.�.�s� a 77 LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING STRUCTURAL ENG. POST CONSTRUCTION AS BUILTS GC SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS SUBCONTRACTOR GRAPHIC PACKAGE FABRICATOR ,Ard ffiv ZMZ. 7 HVAC CONTROLS CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS (NOT REQ'D FOR OWNER PROVIDED VENSTAR CONTROLS) (SEE MO -1 FOR DETAILS) QUALIFIED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR STRUCTURAL ENG. ARCHITECT /OWNER GC ARCHITECT TESTING LAB NO NO NO '• .1' 4, MEP ENGINEER/ GAP ENGINEERING NO HVAC CONTROLS WIRING DIAGRAMS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION (NOT REQ'D FOR OWNER PROVIDED VENSTAR CONTROLS) (SEE MO -1 FOR DETAILS) QUALIFIED CONTROLS CONTRACTOR MEP ENGINEER/ GAP ENGINEERING NO DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION HVAC CONTRACTOR MEP ENGINEER/ GAP ENGINEERING NO 3RODUCT DATA FOR HVAC EQUIP. THAT IS NOT OWNER FURNISHED OR LANDLORD FURNISHED HVAC CONTRACTOR MEP ENGINEER/ GAP ENGINEERING NO ELECTRICAL GEAR AND LIGHTING CONTROLS SUBMITTALS IF NOT PROVIDED BY LOEB ELECTRIC HVAC CONTRACTOR MEP ENGINEER/ GAP ENGINEERING NO ABBREVIATIONS & ACT ADJ. A.F.F. ALUM. ARCH. BD. BLDG. BLK. BLKG. BM. BOT. CAB. CEM. CER. CLG. CLKG. CLR. COL. CONC. CONT. CPM DBL. DET. DIA. DIM. DN. DR. DS. DWG. (E) E.R. EA. EAS ELEV. ELEC. EMER. EQ. E.W.C. F.E. F.O. F.O.F. F.O.S. AND ANGLE AT CENTERLINE DIAMETER POUND OR NUMBER ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ADJUSTABLE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ALUMINUM ARCHITECTURAL BOARD BUILDING BLOCK BLOCKING BEAM BOTTOM CABINET CEMENT CERAMIC CEILING CAULKING CLEAR COLUMN CONCRETE CONTINUOUS CONTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER DOUBLE DETAIL DIAMETER DIMENSION DOWN DOOR DOWNSPOUT DRAWING EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD EACH ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE ELEVATION ELECTRICAL EMERGENCY EQUAL ELEC. WATER COOLER ARE EXTINGUISHER FACE OF FACE OF FINISH FACE OF STUDS F.R.P. FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PANEL FINISH F.O. F.O.F. F.O.S. F/F F.R. F.S. FIN. FIT. RM. FL. FLUOR. FT. F.V. G.B. G.C. GA. GL. GYP. H. H.C. H.M. HC. HDWD. HORIZ. HGT. HR. H.T. HVAC I.D. INSUL. JT. LAM LB(S). LL LT. M. MAX. MECH. MFR. MGR. MIN. MISC MTL. N. N.I.C. N.T.S. NO. NOM. FACE OF FACE OF FINISH FACE OF STUDS FINISH TO FINISH FIRE RETARDANT FULL SIZE FINISH FITTING ROOM FLOOR FLUORESCENT FOOT, FEET FIELD VERIFY GRAB BAR GENERAL CONTRACTOR GAUGE GLASS GYPSUM HIGH HOLLOW CORE HOLLOW METAL HANDICAPPED HARDWOOD HORIZONTAL HEIGHT HOUR HANGER -TIGHT UNIT HEATING VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING INSIDE DIAMETER INSULATION JOINT LAMINATE POUND(S) LANDLORD LIGHT MIRROR MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER MANAGER MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS METAL NORTH NOT IN CONTRACT NOT TO SCALE NEW NUMBER NOMINAL O.D. OFI O.N. OPNG. OPP. P.LAM. PL. PLAS. PLYWD. PR. PT. R. RAD. REF. REG. REQ'D. RESIL. RM. S. S.C. S.S. SCHED. SHT. SIM. SPEC. SQ. STD. STL. STOR. SUSP. S.W.I.P. T.C. TI T.O. TEL. THK. TYP. U.O.N. VERT. V.I.F. W. W/ W/C W/0 W/R WD. WT. OUTSIDE DIAMETER OWNER FURNISHED ITEM OLD NAVY OPENING OPPOSITE PLASTIC LAMINATE PLATE PLASTER PLYWOOD PAIR POINT RISER RADIUS REFERENCE REGISTER REQUIRED RESILIENT ROOM SOUTH SOLID CORE STAINLESS STEEL SCHEDULE SHEET SIMILAR SPECIFICATION SQUARE STANDARD STEEL STORAGE SUSPENDED STORE WIRELESS & WIRED INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECT TIME CLOCK TENANT IMPROVEMENT TOP OF TELEPHONE THICK TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD WEST WITH WATER CLOSET WITHOUT WATER RESISTANT WOOD WEIGHT PLAN LEGEND D REVISION SYMBOL DIMENSION TO STUD (U.O.N.) DENOTES INFORMATION NOT APPLICABLE TO - - ----j SCOPE OF WORK DETAIL REFERENCE X ELEVATION REFERENCE XX SECTION REFERENCE KEYNOTE REFERENCE FINISH REFERENCE DOOR REFERENCE GENERAL NOTES THE EXISTING CONDITIONS IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ARE BASED ON: DRAWINGS DATED: 07/09/98 REVISIONS DATED: 09/20/01 PREPARED BY: WINZLER AND KELLY CONSULTING ENGINEERS AND FIELD SURVEY BY WD PARTNERS ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE (E) CONDITIONS DOCUMENTS AND THE ACTUAL FIELD DOCUMENTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. REGULATIONS 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE EVIDENCE OF CURRENT WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ON FILE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. BEFORE COMMENCING WITH THE WORK, THE G. C. SHALL SHOW EVIDENCE OF ALL THE INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH ALL LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH SAME. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE LOCAL CODES AND PROCEDURES AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS. . SIGN CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN SIGN PERMITS FROM BUILDING DEPARTMENT AS APPLICABLE. AN IDENTIFYING STICKER MAY BE INSTALLED, PROVIDING IT CANNOT BE SEEN BY PASSERSBY. . THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE CONSTRUCTION COMMENCES. . ALL CONDUIT, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES AND AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE WORK ALL EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES AND ALARMS IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN TYPE, NUMBER AND LOCATIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. JOB SITE OPERATIONS 1. DURING ALL PHASES OF WORK DO NOT DISTURB THE DELIVERIES AND FUNCTIONS OF ADJACENT AND NEIGHBORING TENANTS. 2. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT, CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION UPON THE COMPLETION OF HIS WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. AREA OF WORK TO BE DUSTED, SWEPT AND MOPPED TO SAME CONDITION AS START OF WORK. ALL WASTE, RUBBISH AND EXCESS MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PROMPTLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH, INCLUDING TRASH GENERATED FROM OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND BY OWNER'S CONTRACTORS FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. 3. ALL EXISTING WORK NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION, U.O.N. PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. 4. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED IMPROVEMENTS, INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL, U.O.N. ITEM w z re 0 z w COMMENTS ITEM O 0 I w w V) J Z • 1-- LLm ?m REDUCTION co H 0 cc 0 Lu COMMENTS BARRICADE / GRAPHICS MARKETING GRAPHICS INFORMATIONAL GRAPHICS BARRICADE BARRICADE GRAPHICS LIGHTING MARKETING BANNER - ON ELLIPSE 0 O V G G O V O G L1-3 / ACIP /J /O / ©/ .1 ,z//// GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 6 MARKETING BANNER - OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION 4' OR 8' LINEAR STRIP FIXTURE 4' OR 8' LINEAR STRIP FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY PACK 4' OR 8' SINGLE LINEAR STRIP FIXTURE KEYLESS PORCELAIN SOCKET WITH WIRE GUARD O G O G 3 0 G 3 0 G 3 STOREFRONT/ENTRY F,•,,�L,�t�c EL; • • • • raT- // / / /II W /!I'/.!alerKl ie / //// /M .u.r fl i J l aii7` .41 L72I Wil W ag/111 // / G - 4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLOURESCENT O G 3 STOREFRONT STEEL FRAME ALUM. STOREFRONT MULLION SYSTEM STOREFRONT GLAZING CONCRETE CURB PORTAL FACADE FINISH - EIFS FACADE FINISH - METAL PANELS WINDOW GRAPHICS - STOREFRONT VINYL STRIPES •4474-1:, -0271'615-50' LOADING / SERVICE G 0 G G 0 G G G Iv1G10111 AdMIVAMIEVYMYYZ 4' SURFACE MOUNTED FLOURESCENT WITH EMERGENCY PACK 0 G 3 N) EXIT SIGNS 0 G 3 TRACK LIGHTING 0 G 3 LINEAR STRIP REFLECTORS (SYMMETRICAL AND DIRECT) O G FITTING ROOM PENDANT FIXTURES 0 G 3 FITTING ROOM PENDANT SHADE O G 1 EMPLOYEE AREA PENDANTS CASHWRAPS CASHWRAP - POWER O G G 3/4" REVEALS BY GC LOCK CORES FOR CREDENZA O G CREDENZA RFVIFWFD FOR 4TH & 54" H ACCESSORY FIXTURES CASHWRAP COOLER SHROUDS CASHWRAP COOLERS CASHWRAP COOLER - POWER LL's ._:� % . ' - ►r Ji7 / / / / / / / / / / / / /.i /Jil /JiIIOII /I '1�T.�.► .Ltr/ /// AS APPLICABLE EXIT DOOR AND HARDWARE I INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION STANCHIONS ANGLED FASTLANE CABINETS DEC 12 2012 G G G 1 10 10 18 FLEX FASTLANE CABINETS FILLER FASTLANE FIXTURES (N) DEMISING WALL L L PETTY CASH SAFE (N) FULL HEIGHT WALL @ SALES / BOH G G ANTI- FATIGUE MAT City of Tukwiia BUILDING DiVISI (N) PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL @ SALES / BOH WHERE APPLICABLE G G SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM G POWER POLES G G G G G G G 10 10 10 10 14 19 1 re LLI r2c ce CL clo cc z Lu cf) CO DO NOT GLUE MAT TO CONCRETE PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 MICROTOPPING SLAB REPAIR SYSTEM G G WHERE APPLICABLE MATERIALS 1. WHEN CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS DELIVERY OF ALL ITEMS NOTED ON PLANS WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR NOT IN CONTRACT, HE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR LOSS AND /OR DAMAGE TO THESE ITEMS. 2 G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO PROVIDE A TIMELY ARRIVAL OF ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT & OTHER SUCH ITEMS TO BE UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT (OWNER- PROVIDED OR OTHERWISE). G.C. SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING WITHIN 5 DAYS OF DATE OF APPROVED WORK AUTHORIZATION OF THOSE ITEMS THAT MAY NOT BE READILY AVAILABLE. IF NOTIFICATION IS NOT PROVIDED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, THE G.C. ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER ORDERING AND FOLLOW -UP OF SPECIFIED ITEMS AND WILL PURSUE WHATEVER MEANS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 3. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE AVAILABILITY OF ALL SPECIFIED ITEMS SO AS NOT TO CREATE A HARDSHIP TO THE OWNER AND NOT DELAY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. NO EXTENSION OF TIME SHALL BE PERMITTED. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE, INVENTORY, STORE AND SECURE ANY OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS (OFI) SUPPLIED AND DELIVERED TO THE JOBSITE, OR OTHER AGREED UPON LOCATION, AND FORWARD THE RECEIVING DOCUMENT(S) TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE - SEE PRE -BID LETTER FOR DETAILS REGARDING OWNER- FURNISHED ITEMS. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE WITH STORE MANAGER ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT OF EACH COLOR FOR FUTURE TOUCH -UP WORK. 6 NO SUBSTITUTIONS OF ANY MATERIALS OR ITEMS SPECIFIED IN THE DOCUMENTS ARE PERMITTED, U.O.N. AND APPROVED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 7. ANY WOOD CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL NOT EXCEED A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 AT EXIT CORRIDORS. BUILDING ENVELOPE 1. ALL OPENINGS, FLASHINGS, COUNTER FLASHINGS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE WATERTIGHT. 2 ALL OPEN JOINTS, PENETRATIONS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE SEALED, CAULKED, GASKETED OR WEATHERSTRIPPED TO LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE. 3. USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A ROUND ALL PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, OUTLETS, SWITCHES, ETC. ON BOTH SIDES OF CROSSING / PENETRATING WALLS WITH THERMAL AND ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. 4. ALL SAW CUTTING AND CORING LOCATIONS SHALL BE REVIEWED AND COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD PRIOR TO CUTTING/ CORING. STRUCTURE/DECK PREPARATION WORK E E EXPOSED CEILING E E INTERIOR DOORS AND HARDWARE G G PAINT G 4 BACK OF HOUSE (INCLUDES MANAGER'S OFFICE, PROCESSING AREA & EMPLOYEE AREA) SHELVES AND STANDARDS (tD PROCESSING AREA / MGR'S DESK 0 G 11 - EMPLOYEE LOCKERS O G 13 RECYCLING ROLL -OFF PROGRAM 21 GC TO RECYCLE CONST. DEBRIS AND ORDER BOTH RECYCLING & WASTE CONTAINERS THROUGH VENDOR. SWIP EQUIPMENT O G 4 EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK 0 G 4 MISC. OFFICE EQUIPMENT G 2, 4 MOBILE SHELVING G 2 11 DROP SAFE 0 G 14 MANAGER'S OFFICE SAFE WITH COIN TRAY 14 SALES AREA ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (EAS) V 2, 4 17 PRE -WIRED BY GC ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM (EAS) - POWER G G 2, 4 PEOPLE COUNTER 0 V 2, 4 14 MUSIC SYSTEM 0 V 2, 4 12 BL'RGLAR ALARM O V 2, 4 16 f .iii`r�J. .J� .�..J L / / / / /// / /.�I /.mil MANAGER'S DESK G I HANGRODS 0 . S• T 3 /1 i' a t i / / / /// / // // / /// /. 1 I/ J i l A I/ I �..TL ..-r:4// 11 G G KITCHENETTE 20 CONSULTANT INFO: COMPLETE NI/CABINETS, SINK, FAUCET, PROFESSIONAL STAMP: MICROWAVE OVEN & REFRIDGERATOR MARKETING GRIDS O G 10 TOILET ROOM ARROW HOOKS O G 5 VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORM 10 A7,1 .�I.11 rA_Ca'.J�i 7/////////////x /// 0 // . ►�'i4.Afff i1// 15 - CCTV SHOPKICK TRANSMITTER taro A.CEIYA/ .;iJriJ'�'�3.s1�- -ii dIT 'J IF.s7// /J /.7I /OI /ALFOl..1'' �►� / / // // .�F�el T.1�...-/V. Aj:I ' :Airy f:ig / / / / / /t ✓ JI /e /OEo - flE 1///// TOILET ROOM GRAB BARS G G LOCKABLE DISPLAY CASE 0 G LEDGE FOR CELL PHONE CHARGING G EMPLOYEE LOCKERS COAT CUBBY 13 24 POWER BY GC FITTING ROOMS CORKBOARD BACKSPLASH FITTING ROOM O G FITTING ROOM HC O G 5 FITTING ROOM DOORS / FRAMES 1 DOOR HARDWARE 0 G 5 ITEM w 0 w 0 COMMENTS BY CC Rs, BOLTS SUPPLIED INTERIOR SIGNAGE FITTING ROOM MIRROR 0 G 5 CASHWRAP EXIT SIGN FITTING ROOM GRAB BAR G 8 CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN O V 2 7 FITTING ROOM POD 11 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN WITH ARROW 1 O V 2 7 GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL ARCHITECT INFO: UNISTRUT FOR HANGING SIGN FITTING ROOM POD MIRROR G 11 FITTING ROOM FLOOR MATS O G 19 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE 2 0 V 2 D0 NOT GLUE MATS TO CONCRETE, SEE FITTING ROOM POD SIGNAGE FINISH SCIEDULE FOR PURCHASING INFO 'I GOTTA GO' SIGNAGE DRAWINGS 1 ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, VENDORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE COMPLETE SET OF DOCUMENTS AS SHOWN IN THE SHEET INDEX. FAILURE TO REVIEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WILL NOT RELIEVE ANY CONTRACTORS, SUB - CONTRACTORS, VENDORS OR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS FROM PERFORMING WORK OR PROVIDING MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS PROJECT AS DEFINED WITHIN THE DOCUMENTS AT TIME OF BID. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER CONTRACTORS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S ATTENTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 3. SHOULD A CONFLICT EXIST BETWEEN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND /OR THE SPECIFICATIONS THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE INFORMED OF THIS DISCREPANCY IMMEDIATELY, AT WHICH TIME OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL PROVIDE DIRECTION AS TO HOW TO PROCEED. 4 INSPECT SITE AND VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE COMMENCING WITH CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDLORD IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE ANY SIGNIFICANT DISCREPENCIES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DRAWINGS. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER DRAWINGS FOR LAYOUT DIMENSIONS AND NUMBER OF ITEMS PROVIDED. UPON DISCOVERY OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DRAWINGS, OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY NOTIFIED IN WRITING. IF ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS APPEAR IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING OF SUCH ERRORS OR OMISSIONS. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF EXTERIOR MASONRY, CONCRETE COLUMNS OR GRID LINES AND FACE OF STUD UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DETAILED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL DOCUMENTS, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM WORK IS BUILDABLE AS SHOWN. ANY CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS, ETC. SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REPORTED TO THE ARCHITECT / OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF ANY WORK IN QUESTION. 10. COLUMN CENTER LINE (OR GRID LINES) ARE SHOWN FOR DIMENSIONS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 11. A COPY OF LANDLORD- APPROVED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS MUST BE ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 12. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND TENANT ARE THE SAME FOR PURPOSES OF THESE DRAWINGS. 13. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 14. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL IN FIELD. FITTING ROOM HOOKS O G 5 3 0 V 2 O V 2 7 HC FITTING ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE 0 V 2 6 FITTING ROOM BENCH O G 5 FITTING ROOM POD CURTAINS & HOOKS O G 11 1/4 "445/81'Wx907/TH MIRROR 0 G 5 'PRIVATE' SIGN Loriii-T11:52FITMAIIIAAWAVAIIWM41/1"ArAgirjAr49% }&%1W111 'EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY' SIGN BLUE METAL PANEL WITH MOUNTING SCREWS 0 5 'NO MERCHANDISE BEYOND THIS POINT SIGN 2 MIRROR J- CHANNELS, SCREWS, MIRROR MASTIC HC WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE BOOTHSETS FILLER PANELS O 11 ANCHORS, BOLTS SUPPLIED BY GC 10' & 12' "L" FIXTURE O G 11 END PANEL FOR 10' & 12' "L "FIXTURE 10' & 12 "T" FIXTURE END PANEL FOR 10' & 17 T FIXTURE O G 11 HC MEN'S TOILET ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 WHERE APPLICABLE 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T O G 11 O G 11 BOOTHSET SHELF & BRACKETS G 11 +16 SHELVES 77" H SHOP DIVIDERS O G 10 BASICS WALL FIXTURE 2' -6" X 7'-6" BASICS WALL MIRRORS 10' END PANEL MIRRORS 10' END MIRRORS O G O G 0 G 11 11 11 11 GENERAL HVAC OLD NAVY ELLIPSE SIGN OLD NAVY BLADE SIGN "OLD NAVY" WINDOW DECAL SITE SPECIFIC WINDOW DECAL 4 4 BLKG. & ELEC. BY LL DECAL TO READ - "tukwila" SURFACE APPLIED GRAPHICS ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS GENERAL PLUMBING REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS FITTING ROOM INTERIOR GRAPHICS - (2) 'LOVE rr & (1) 'NOT FOR ME ELLIPSE LOGOS - (1) OLD NAVY QUICK CHANGE INTERIOR GRAPHICS 1211.X.iNaiight-21tird12/ 7. FAY/ MY/ rid PrA I% A 1 O V 2 6 SMALL VOICE OF STORE GRAPHIC 6 NO SMOKING GRAPHIC 2 2 6 REVISIONS: GENERAL ELECTRICAL / DATA / TELEPHONE REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS VINYL CAUTION SIGN LIFE SAFETY REFER TO ELECTRICAL. DRAWINGS bP3&3 REFRIGERATOP SHROUD GRAPHIC EMPLOYEE AREA PARK GRAPHIC MANAGER'S OFFICE QUOTE BUBBLE GRAPHIC EMPLOYEE CABINET QUOTE BUBBLE GRAPHIC (SET OF 2) 1 1 1 2 2 2 6 6 6 KEY NOTES VENDOR LIST AND CONTACT INFORMATION RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX GENERAL NOTES 1. THIS RE` PONSIB!_TY MATRIX DELINEATES: - OWNER. AND LANDLORD FURNISHED ITEMS OWNER ANDLORD, OWNER'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR & VENDOR INSTALLATION RESPONSIBILITY - ITEMS TC BE PURCHASED THROUGH DESIGNATED NATIONAL SUPPLIERS 2. SEE MEP DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 3 GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNLOADING OWNER FURNISHED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS, U.O.N. DEFINITIONS = --ANG -_RD • = ` EN'-RAL- CONTRACTOR O -_ OWN E R - GAP.. '!NC. V =VEN'L)':)F- E - EXIST :NC) FURNISH - MEANS SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT, FREIGHT ON BOARD TRUCK UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. INSTALL - DESCRIBES OPERATIONS AT PROJECT. FROM INSPECTION AND UNLOADING TO COMPLETION IN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. 1. G.C. REQUIRED TO PURCHASE FROM SUPPLIERS WITH WHOM OWNER HAS PRICING AGREEMENT. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PURCHASE AND DELIVERY. 2. G.C. TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE, DELIVERY, & INSTALLATION WITH VENDOR. 3. ITEM DELIVERY SCHEDULED BY OWNER FOR LAST WEEK OF CONSTRUCTION. 4. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL PIPE SUPPORT, BLOCKING AND ELECTRICAL PER SHEET A1-1 6. REUSE (E) BOOTHSETS AS SHOWN IN PLANS. PROVIDE (N) AS REQUIRED. 7. REUSE (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES AS SHOWN IN PLANS. PROVIDE (N) AS REQUIRED. 8. GC TO COORDINATE WITH OWNER CONTRACTED VENDOR FOR RECYCLING PROCESS. 1. RDS -mn, RETAIL DESIGN SERVICES; JAY STEMLER, (763) 633 -3003, jstemler ©rds- mn.com 2. OLDCASTLE GLASS; OSCAR LOPEZ, (972) 750 -5565, olopez@oldcastlebe.com 3. CAPITOL LIGHTING (US); PAULA PROTEAU, (800) 242 -1230 - UNION LIGHTING (CAN); DONNA HALTRECT, (514) 340 -5000 x111 4. SHERWIN - WILLIAMS; RYAN SCHNEEMAN, (216) 566 -1765 ofc, (216) 214 -1606 cell, ryan.schneeman @sherwin.com 5. TARRANT; MELISSA STEWART, (817) 922 -5000 x1315, melissa.stewart@leggett.com 6. GRIFFIN MEDIA; SARA GRIFFIN, (650) 325 -7989 7. WALTON SIGNS; TOM LEWIS, (210) 933 -1410 8. HUNDLEY HARDWARE; DAN RODHAM, (415) 777- 5050 x208, drodham@emhh.com 9. OVERHEAD DOOR; RICK MAZZANTI, (916) 934 -6129, rick_mazzanti@overheaddoor.com 10. CARLSON STORE FIXTURES; CARLA COPPESS, ( 763) 504 -3810, ccoppess@carlsonJPM.com 11. SYNDICATE SYSTEMS; LARRY MUSIAL, (708) 205 -1008, Iar.Ieggett@sbcglobal.net 12. PLAYNETWORK; LELAND GILBERT (425) 629 -2759, Igilbert@playnetwork.com 13. REPUBLIC STORAGE SYSTEMS Co; JACK CRUVER, (253) 857 -6155, jcruver@republicstorage.com 14. CORPORATE SAFE SPECIALISTS; LISA MARTH, 708 371 -4200, marthl(?co • •ratesafe.com 16. ADT; CHRISTINE CERTEZA, (614) 527-3610, ccerteza@adtcom 17. CHECKPOINT SYSTEMS, INC; DAWN ROBERSON, (952) 227-5302, 18. WESTERN PACIFIC DISTRIBUTERS INC; MIKE PALM, (510) 732-0100 19. MAT DEPOT; GARY LADER, (804) 426-5500, gader@matdepot.com 21. SLM; MELISSA SCHAFER, (267) 429-7412 ofc, (267) 640-1553 cell, jo,",:r.:,,7-,_ :440:7. . 0-y-49r. r" K. '. %. 1 :r. r r. ' ;;T;1 1%4 E r 24. SHOPKICK; DIANA QUACH, (654) 641-8993, diana@shopkick.com 25. MORGAN LI: JONATHAN ROSENBAND, 773-710-7207 CITY OF TIJIMILA PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: GENERAL NOTES, RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX, SUBMITTALS SHEET NUMBER: DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR TYPES & HARDWARE SCHEDULES - DOORS PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY GC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DOOR HARDWARE BY VENDOR MARK LOCATION ENTRY (NEW) ENTRY (NEW) SALES / PROCESSING AREA CORRIDOR / PROCESSING AREA OFFICE WOMEN'S TOILET JANITOR CLOSET DOOR TYPE TYPE Al (SEE C0-2A) TYPE Al (SEE C0 -2A) TYPE H TYPE J TYPE M TYPE E TYPE F DOOR TYPE E - TOILET ROOMS (MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY) MEN'S TOILET TYPE E EXIT (EXISTING) EXIT (NEW) TYPE Al (SEE CO -2A) (SIM.) FINISH LEGEND CODE DESCRIPTION WALL BASE B1 NON -COVED BASE - ROPPE PINNACLE, TYPE TS 5" -193 BLACK BROWN ` 1i�•r♦ t ,r`,SIVi��,�3'in fe ; iArtrr , ► . ; .r-^v-.lr�yC',`,�'C�i rr,� ,+,riec 1 4,j j!•444 . i�� ailAtika ►�l�Z"�.�►'tili��►���y1S r matetNitta �', aitatibiletkib .�i�� j PAINT (NO SUBSTITUTIONS) HANDICAP .SIGN W BRAILLE. CONTRAS I1NCS COLOR RAISED LETTERING & BACKC HAIND - BY VENDOR FOR CAi : RNIA ONLY. TOILET ROOM STN UV; COL C)R c;`'N./IBOL AND cACKGR ;,.iND - BY VENDOR COAT H' - OK AT SINGLE OCCUPANCY ONLY (TOILET ROOM SIDE; PUSH PL_A "E AND PULL AT MULTI- OCCUPANT SS KICK PLATE AT PUSH SPE ONLY 1" DOOR !JNDERCUT 2' -10" DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) ! MATERIAL j KICK PLATE 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 -3/4" S.C.WD. s STEEL MATERIAL MTL. JAMB 1 /- HEAD 1/- SILL LOCK CORE FIRE RATING LABEL COMMENTS: DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 EA PUSH -PULL PLATE PUSH PLATE: IVES 8200- 8 -US26D 3 -1/2" X 15" PULL PLATE: IVES 8303- 8 -US26D 3 -1/2" X 15" 1 1/2 PR 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA 1 SET 1 EA 1 EA BUTT HINGES McKINNEY TA2714 4 -1/2" X 4-1/2" 626, or HAGER BB1279 4 -1/2" X 4 -1/2" 626, or STANLEY FBB179N 4-1/2" x 4 -1/2" 626 CLOSER NORTON 8501 ALUM or STANLEY D3551 ALUM DOOR STOP DON -JO 1450 -626 or TRIMCO 1231 626 or IVES 441 -PA26 HANDICAP SIGN (CALIFORNIA ONLY) BY VENDOR, SEE A11 -1 HANDICAP SIGN BY VENDOR, SEE A11 -1 DOOR TYPE H - CORRIDOR / PROCESSING AREA (NOT FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS) DOOR WITH PASSAGE LEVER DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION I- vl SS KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES 2' -10" "PRIVATE" SIGN , SEE A1-2 & 4/A11 -1 HARDWARE CONTACT: HUNDLEY HARDWARE - DAN RODHAM (415) 777 -5050 EXT- 208 DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) (1) 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 -3/4" MATERIAL S.C.WD. KICK PLATE S.STEEL MATER IAL JAMB HEAD SILL LOCK CORE FIRE RATING LABEL MTL. 1 /- 1 /- COMMENTS: DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 EA LOCKSET TRILOGY - DL 2700 IC 26D FINISH WITH BEST IC 17626 11/2 PR 1 EA 1 EA 2 SETS 2 EA BUTT HINGES McKINNEY TA2714 4 -1/2" X 4-1/2" 626, or HAGER BB1279 4-1/2" X 4 -1/2° 626, or STANLEY FBB179N 4 -1/2" x 4-1/2" 626 CLOSER NORTON 8501 ALUM or STANLEY D3551 ALUM DOOR STOP DON-JO 1450-626 or TRIMCO 1201 626 or IVES 444 -PA26 SILENCERS GJ64, GRAY FINISH, 3 PER DOOR LEAF KICK PLATE 32" H X 34" W X 630. BURNISH EDGES SMOOTH, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES, BY VENDOR SILENCERS GJ64, GRAY FINISH, 3 PER DOOR LEAF KICK PLATE 10" H X 34" W X 630. BURNISH EDGES SMOOTH, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES, BY VENDOR DOOR TYPE J - SALES / PROCESSING AREA (NOT FOR EMERGENCY EGRESS) SEAL (RATED DOORS ONLY) PEMKO S88D17 DOOR TYPE F - JANITOR CLOSET P1 P2 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 EGGSHELL - SW7647 "CRUSHED ICE" SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, WATERBORNE ACRYLIC DRYFALL FLAT (B30W651) ,TINTED TO SW7672 "KNITTING NEEDLES" P3 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SEMIGLOSS - SW7069'IRON ORE" P4 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 EGGSHELL - SW7102 "WHITE FLOUR" P6 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 EGGSHELL - SW7672 "KNITTING NEEDLES" 1 P7 1 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 EGGSHELL SW6787 "FOUNTAIN" P10 SHERWIN- WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 EGGSHELL - SW6414 "RICE PADDY" P11 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 SEMI GLOSS - SW7102 "WHITE FLOUR" P12 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, SUPERPAINT EXTERIOR, FLAT TO MATCH " PANTONE COOL GRAY 10C" P20 P21 P22 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SATIN - TINTED TO PANTONE 307C "OLD NAVY PROJECT ONE BLUE" SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SATIN - TINTED TO PANTONE 2955C "OLD NAVY DARK BLUE" SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SATIN - TINTED TO PANTONE 2995C "OLD NAVY HAPPY BLUE" P23 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SATIN - TINTED TO PANTONE 116C "OLD NAVY YELLOW" pr-2-41 SHERWIN- WILLIAMS, DURATION HOME SATIN - TINTED TO PANTONE 368C "OLD NAVY GREEN" P30 DRYVIT EIFS TO MATCH "OLD NAVY LIGHT GREY" , OLNA011021 - TINTED TO OC-68 SEE SPECS P31 EXTERIOR STEEL - SERWIN WILLIAMS DTM ACRYLIC COATING, B660100 SERIES (GLOSS) - TINTED TO 1461 SEE SPECS. - OVER KEM KROMIK METAL PRIMER, B50AZ6 (GRAY) 2-3/4 ` {A: SET SS K PLATE AT TOILET ROOM SIDE ONLY 2' -10" DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) MATERIAL KICK PLATE MATERIAL JAMB HEAD SILL LOCK CORE FIRE RATING LABEL 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 -3/4' S.C.WD. S.STEEL MTL. 1 /- 1 /- 1 COMMENTS: DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 EA 1 1/2 PR 1 EA 1 SET 1 EA 1 EA 1 EA LOCKSET TRILOGY - DL 2700IC 260 FINISH W/ BEST IC 17626 BUTT HINGES McKINNEY TA2714 4 -1/2" X 4-1/2" 626, or HAGER BB1279 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" 626, or STANLEY FBB179N 4-1/2" x 4 -1/2" 626 CLOSER NORTON 8501 ALUM or STANLEY D3551 ALUM DOOR STOP SILENCERS DON-J0 1450 -626 or TRIMCO 1231 626 or IVES 441 -PA26 GJ64, GRAY FINISH, 3 PER DOOR LEAF v a W "PRIVATE" SIGN , SEE A1-2 & 4/A11 -1 SS KICK PLATE ON BOTH SIDES 3' -10" DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION DOOR INFORMATION NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) (1) 4' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 -3/4" LMATER IAL S.C.WD. FRAME INFORMATION KICK PLATE S.STEEL MATERIAL MTL. JAMB I HEAD 1/- 1/- SILL LOCK CORE FIRE RATING LABEL COMMENTS: DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION ui STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 LC) STORE LOCATION: LLI LU ce CL cc —J ors — CCI QTY. 1 EA 2 PR ITEM LOCKSET BUTT HINGES DESCRIPTION TRILOGY - DL 2700 IC 26D FINISH WITH BEST IC 17626 McKINNEY TA2714 4 -1/2" X 4-1/2" 626, or HAGER BB1279 4-1/2" X 4 -1/2" 626, or STANLEY FBB179N 4 -1/2" x 41/2" 626 1 EA ' CLOSER 1 EA DOOR STOP 2 SETS SILENCERS 2 EA KICK PLATE NORTON 8501 ALUM or STANLEY D3551 ALUM PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 DON -JO 1450 -626 or TRIMCO 1201 626 or IVES 444-PA26 GJ64, GRAY FINISH, 3 PER DOOR LEAF 32" H X 46" W X 630. BURNISH EDGES SMOOTH, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES, BY VENDOR SEAL (RATED DOORS ONLY) PEMKO S88D KICK PLATE 32" H X 34" W X 630. BURNISH EDGES SMOOTH, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES, BY VENDOR DOOR TYPE M - OFFICE P32 1 SHERWIN WILLIAMS, EMERALD EXTERIOR LATEX GLOSS - K49 SERIES - HIGH REFLECTIVE WHITE P40 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, ALL SURFACE ENAMEL LATEX - PACKAGE SAFETY RED P41 SHERWIN - WILLIAMS, ALL SURFACE ENAMEL LATEX -, PACKAGE SAFETY YELLOW P421 SHERWIN- WILLIAMS, PRO -GREEN 200 LOW VOC 200 PRIMER - DRYWALL PRIMER CEILING CL1 2' X Z X 3/4" ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE, CIRRUS CLG ANGLED TEGULAR #584 FIBERGLASS, "STEEL GRID" ARMSTRONG W/ HUMIGUARD PLUS, COLOR: WHITE STEEL GRID ARMSTRONG PRELUDE ML (XL FOR SEISMIC CONDITIONS) #7300 SERIES GRID, 15/16" COLOR: WHITE FLOOR FINISH S1 CONCRETE BEAD -BLAST & SEALER - FLORIC POLYTECH, ON -2000 CLEARSEAL S2 CONCRETE FILLER - FLORIC POLYTECH, SRP -100 S3 CONCRETE FLOOR - DIAMOND POLISH (SEE SPECS.) ! kr.aSrifn; ZS: ilT ; Z_GSASSL ZSS%iSS%S%SS5SiSS55%S ISMS 55 SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM - SEE SPECS. S6 CONCRETE SEALER - STONE TECHNOLOGIES CORP, CONCRETE SEALER X -1 (FOR ALL EXPOSED CONCRETE COLUMNS & BEAMS ONLY, U.N.O,) SEE SPECS, S7 EXPANKO XCR4 CORK/RUBBER FLOORING, PRODUCT #SO- EXXCR4, COLOR: METAL CT1023, 24" X 24" X 2.5MM, CONTACT: MAT DEPOT, GARY LADER, (804) 426 -5500, gaderrmatdepot.com, HENRY 425 FLOOR ADHESIVE BY G.C. T1 TILE - DAL -TILE PLAZA NOVA - GRAY 12" TILE. GROUT - MAPEI "02 - PEWTER" WITH SEALER PLASTIC LAMINATE PL1 FORMICA "WHITE" #/9949 -90 MATT PL21 FORMICA "WHITE" #949 -90 POLISHED PL3 FORMICA "GRAPHITE" #837 -58 MATT 1PL41 1PL81 1 PL9 1 FORMICA "VIBRANT GREEN" #6901 -90 POLISHED FORMICA "NATURAL CANE #6930 -NT BOBRICK SLATE GREY D91 (TOILET ROOM PARTITIONS ONLY FLOOR MAT LEH 'SURF CITY' 36" 0 MAT WAINSCOT W1 INPRO - ENVIROGT G2 SERIES - WALL PANELS - #0280 SHIPROCK AS INDICATED ON PLANS (SALES AREA, TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR, TOILET ROOMS, EXIT CORRIDOR, AND BOH) UP TO 3'- 6 "A.F.F.; FLAT PAINTED ALUMINUM TOP CAP, TRIM AND INSIDE CORNER ( SEE SPECS) MFR RECOMMENDED SEALANT AT SEAMS (COLOR TO MATCH PANELS). W2 1W31 L W9 MASONITE/MARLITE WHITE PEBBLE SURFACE P -100 (FRP) 330.343.6621 (JANITOR'S CLOSET ONLY) PAINTED 2.5" ALUMINUM L, EXPOSED SCREWS 12" O.C., UP TO 3' -6" A.F.F. SUBWAY TILE UP TO 4' -6" A.F.F. GC BUILT WAINSCOT WI0 Y4" NATURAL CORK - APPLIED TO %" FIBER BOARD PANELS WITH LOCTITE POWER GRAB MOLDING AND PANELING ADHESIVE, FLA PAINTED ALUMINUM TRIM (ALL EDGES) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 12" X 17.5" X 1/8" CLEAR PLASTIC "CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY" HOLDER @ OFFICE SIDE COAT HOOK @a OFFICE SIDE VIEWER 2 -3/4" BACKSET 1" UNDERCUT (VIEW FROM INSIDE OF OFFICE) EQ. EQ 10 DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) MATERIAL KICK PLATE MATERIAL 3' -0" X 7' -0" X 1 -3/4" S.C.WD. MTL. JAMB I HEAD 1/- 1/- SILL LOCK CORE FIRE RATING LABEL COMMENTS: DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION CONSULTANT INFO: QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION 1 EA LOCKSET BEST 73KC7R15D -S3 626, 2 3/4" BACKSET W/ BEST 7 -PIN ADAPTER AND INTERCHANGEABLE CONSTRUCTION CORE AND KEY 1 1/2 PR BUTT HINGES McKINNEY TA2714 4 -1/2" X 4 -1/2" 626, or HAGER BB1279 4-1/2" X 4 -1/2" 626, or STANLEY FBB179N 4 -1/2" x 4-1/2" 626 1 EA CLOSER NORTON 8501 ALUM or STANLEY D3551 ALUM 1 EA COAT HOOK ASI 0745 -Z, MOUNT AT 4' -0" A.F.F. 1 EA 1 SET VIEWER ENTRY SCOPE U -9917; MOUNT © 4' -10" A.F.F SILENCERS GJ64, GRAY FINISH, 3 PER DOOR LEAF 1 EA SEAL (RATED DOORS ONLY) PEMKO SBBD 1 EA CLEAR PLASTIC CERTIFICATE HOLDER 12" X 17.5" X 1/8 "; MOUNT HORIZONTALLY, CENTERLINE @ 5'-6" A.F.F. 1 EA DOORSTOP DON-JO 1450 -626 or TRIMCO 1201 626 or IVES 444 -PA26 1 EA DOORSTOP (SAFE) IVES -DOOR STOP NO. 407 1/2 w /626 FINISH PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 NREGISTER ARCHI WALL TILE T1 SUBWAY TILE T2 ACCENT TILE 1 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE T3 ACCENT TILE 2 AREA FLOOR WALLS CEILING DOORS MATERIAL BASE MATERIAL MATER IAL HEIGHT SALES AREA (E) SEALED CONCRETE TO REMAIN. ARDEX SPECIFIC AREAS INDICATED ON Al-Of. BEAD BLAST & SEAL (N) ARDEX. BEAD BLAST & RESEAL (E) CONC. THAT DOES NOT RECEIVE ARDEX. VINYL BASE ON EXPOSED WALLS, EXTEND 2" BEHIND BOOTHSETS B2 GYP. BD. P1 1 P8 1 P9 SEE NOTE 1 EXPOSED P2 NOTE 2 - PAINT DECK AND CEILING ELEMENTS DOOR FRAME P3 P3 REMARKS DET /SHT DOORS AND FRAMES ON BACK WALL TO MATCH ADJOINING WALL COLOR - SEE INT. ELEV A3 -0 & A3 -1 *PAINT COLUMNS P1 WAINSCOT W1 WITH VINYL BASE B2 AS INDICATED ON PLANS. 3/A4 -0 A3 -0 VEST'BULE FITTING R'' ''MS (E) SEALED CONCRETE GYP. BD. P1 EXIST (E) SEALED CONCRETE EXPOSED P2 SEE NOTE 2 PAINT COLUMNS P1 STOCK PP::CESSING AREA EMPLOYEE AREA EXIT OOR, ` F (E) SEALED CONCRETE VINYL BASE 1 B2 GYP. BD. P1 1 wi SEE NOTE 1 EXPOSED P2 SEE NOTE 2 P3 P3 (E) SEALED CONCRETE VINYL BASE B2 GYP. BD. P1 1 P4 1 P7 (E) SEALED CONCRETE VINYL BASE , 62 GYP. BD. P41W1 SEE NOTE 1 TOILET RCr,r,MS . WOMEN TOILET R'. °UM - MEN TCiL E _CORF-n.;O; MANA GER . OrrziCE IAN :?R' NOTES. (E) SEALED CONCRETE c1 OR (E) SEALED CONCRETE S1 OR' S5 (E) SEALED CONCRETE ST OR S5 (N) CORK /RUBBER FLOORING ,gi VINYL BASE j B2 GYP. BD. ( P4 I W1 1 PL91 EXPOSED EXPOSED GYP. BD. P2 P2 SEE NOTE 2 SEE NOTE 2 P3 P3 PAIN r I-LOOR & WALL WARNING GRAPHICS @ ELECTRICAL PANELS P41 G.C. TO BEAD BLAST AND N FLOOR OF ALL SEALERS IN AREA OF NEW FLOORING ONLY P3 P3 P4 9' -5" P3 VINYL BASE B2 GYP. BD. P4 1 wi 1 PL9 GYP. BD. P4 9, -5" P3 P3 VINYL BASE B2 GYP. BD. P4 1 P7 1 W1 SEE 1 EXPOSED P2 SEE NOTE 2 P3 P3 VINYL BASE B2 GYP. BD. P1 IP10 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE CL1 9, -5" P3 P3 (E) SEALED CONCRETE VINYL BASE B2 GYP. BD. (P1 1 W2 GYP. BD. - NO PAINT 9' -5" P3 P3 G.C. TO BEAD BLAST AND CLEAN FLOOR OF ALL SEALERS IN AREA OF NEW FLOORING ONLY 3/A4 -0 A9 -0 A9 -2 A10-0 A10-0 A10-0 A10 -0 A9 -0 A10 -0 WALLS TO BE PAINTED FLOOR TO CEILING / DECK U.O.N. PAINT DUCTS & CEILING. DO NOT PAINT SIGN DROPS, UNISTRUT & THREADED RODS. 5/8" GYP. BD. ON 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS - PROVIDE TYPE 'X' AT RATED PARTITION 3-5/8" 20 GA. STRUCTURAL STUD - ANCHOR TOP AND BOTTOM OR DOUBLE 20 GA. STUD CLEAR CAULK METAL FRAME - KNOCK -DOWN DRYWALL 16 GA. DOUBLE RABBET WITH COMPRESSION ANCHORS DOOR 1 ti Q 1� 3(93 " N ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 REVISIONS: CITY OF TUKWILA PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: DOOR TYPES, HARDWARE & ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES HEAD /JAMB KNOCK DOWN FRAME SCALE: SHEET NUMBER: CO-2 ** DETAILS ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY ** NOTES._ 1 IN TE ?IOR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONT. DOOR TYPES & HARDWARE SCHEDULES - DOORS PROVIDED & INSTALLED BY GC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DOOR TYPE Al - (E) DOUBLE ENTRY DOORS OM DOOR AND FRAME INFORMATION ALUM /GLASS ENTRY DOOR INFORMATION FRAME INFORMATION LOCK CORE FIRE RLABELL DOOR GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 ED NOMINAL SIZE (WxHxD) MATERIAL KICK PLATE MATERIAL JAMB HEAD I SILL PR 3' -0" X 7' -8 1/2" X 1 3/4" ALUM. -- ALUM. 7 /- 5 /- I 4 /- 2 -- A I I \ 10 COMMENTS: FIELD VERIFY SIZE @SITE SPECIFIC PROJECTS. DOOR HARDWARE INFORMATION DOOR PULLS DOOR PUSH I ; INDv��_'�? OUTDOOR CARPET WHERE METAL TRACK AND ND =; BEAR O MALL TILE FLOOR. ANY DAMAGED MALL TILE SHALL BE REPLACED �; EX RIJR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE BAIT INSULATION AS NEEDS ,FOR CLIMATIC CONDITIONS. NOTE: STOREFRONT GLAZING TUBES QTY. ITEM DESCRIPTION \ PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF BARRICADE, G.C. TO PAPER STOREFRONT WITH WHITE BUTCHER PAPER WITH CLEAR TAPE ON SEAMS IF REQUIRED. G C. TO CONFIRM REQUIREMENT WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1 SET S LOCKSET STRAIGHT THROW ROUND BOLT WITH BEST 7 PIN MORTISE CYLINDER 1 E7 ��0 \� • TRUCTION CORES AND TWO CONTROL KEYS. LOCK ON ACTIVE LEAF WITH THUME,3 TU ® ► TIVE LEAF TO HAVE DUMMY CYLINDER ON OUTSIDE. INSTALL LOCKSET @ 42" AFi�AD TAMS RITE MS 1850 (N) VESTIBULE COMPONENTS ARE TO MATCH (E) GLAZING SYSTEM. VENDOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL ASSEMBLIES MEET APPLICABLE STRUCTURAL & WINDLOAD REQUIREMENTS. GC SHALL FURNISH AND /� INSTALL STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE CURBS AS REQUIRED 1IRED BEYOND 1 SET DOOR PULL HANDLE ROCKWOOD RM3301 - FOR LENGTH SEE DETAIL 1 / - TO ALIGN W L a O0' ' X 3" PROJECTION, CLEAR ANODIZED - 4 POST MOUNTING - PER ROCKWOOD A ' Rte` RS -04 -031.2 � � CONTACT: RUSS BUNGARD 800 - 458 -2424 (X 129) ��,, • �' _n, 1 SET DOOR PUSH BARS ��� ROCKWOOD RM3112 - 31 1/16 "L X 1 1/4 "D. X 2 ,,\4■ , LE\ \PER ROCKWOOD ����� MANUFACTURING DRAWING #RS 04 031.2 CONTACT: RUSS BUNGARD 80045824\'\\\ MOUNTING POSTS TYP. OF 4 G.C. TO PROVIDE SIGNAGE @ DOOR 2 CONTINUOUS SETS GEAR HINGES VISTAWALL: PROVIDED BY DCO- KAWNEER: HAGER, ROTON ����� U� • '4- 01 y : FRAME NOT LESS THAN 1" HIGH 2 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE BY DOOR MANUFACTUEF\V 6 CL�\ �� ER - RICKWOOD 570 W/O PLATE CONTRASTING * *CONTRACTOR NOTE* 1 EA THRESHOLD ' VISTAWALL T 9 STD. �,�' � LETTERS "DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" GC AND OLD NAVY CPM TO COORDINATE NEW ENTRY DOORS PRIOR TO ORDERING. ENTRY DOORS SHOULD MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND FINISHES. USE THE DETAILS / SPEC'S ON THIS SHEET FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY 2 EA OVERHEAD CLOSER 1 EA SIGN 1 DOOR OPERATIN SYSTEM ***\‘ ,��4M" DORMA RTS -8 \ D ` "Ex, W/ CLOSER COVER PLATE, 626 FINISH (NOT REQUIRED AT DO PETE �.S � PE�tATING SYSTEM) � �� EXT. PROFILE OF BLDG. ��� ; . Cb ZED ' LD E 149 "THESE DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESSS ��� ° �NE��� �� T BESAM "POWER SWING" HANDICAPPED ACCESS DOOR OPERATING SYSTEM AT • p IR \ D �. (INCLUDE A 1 3/4" OR 4" OPENER COVERPLATE AS REQ'D PER CODE) FINISH - CLEAR �'� ��,� ,D. �� ° H PLATE BESAM P/N :75 -02 -280. COORDINATE HARDWARE WITH HARDWARE SUPPLIER ������." INTERIOR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE 2013 O.N.E. Q1-Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 2 EA F, Qb *LL FB -14 OR KAWNEER EQUAL 1 EA WALL CY-3 OR KAWNEER EQUAL VISQUEEN DUST BARRIER OVER 25 GA. X 3 5/8" METAL STUDS AT 24" O.C. SECURE TO (E) BULKHEAD. AFTER REMOVAL OF SUPPORTS, PATCH AND PAINT (E) FASCIA TO MATCH EXISTING. SEE 1/- FOR DETAILS (A �\ 1 EA D Y CYLI yE ' (INACTIVE LEA) NOT USED SCALE: 12 - VISTAWALL CY 4 OR KAWNEER EQUAL R CODE COMPLIANCE • - 81/8" DEC 1 2 2012 c� City of Tukwila SALES BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTANT INFO: EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE 3/4" CDX 8 - SMOOTH ONE SIDE WOOD FRAMING. (SMOOTH EXTERIOR), PRIME AND cik VARIES PLYWOOD OVER SIDE TO FACE PAINT. � 63/8" EXTERIOR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE ALTERNATE CDX PLYWOOD PANEL OVER WOOD FRAMING. I\t SALES EXTERIOR BAR PUSH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 4 r \ — T.O. BARRICADE GC ENTRY DOORS GLAZING ONT ''`' FIN BEYOND }� GC TO COORDINATE AND INSTALL VENDOR SUPLL ED COORDINATE AND INSTALL VENDOR SUPPLIED BANNER. INTERIOR & AIM BANNER. z O E 0 z 0 v� Jr PROFESSIONAL STAMP: -' 8 0„ N N �I _I r ;. K ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM 8.-0.: I I I —� �� 1 1 1 6266 REGISTER • ARCHI N f • OGOS ATE OF HINGTON NOV 12 2012 . Cr) .' T.O. DOOR SUB -FRAME ,, ,� ._... ..._.. . w < SUB -FRAME T.O. DOOR PULL 0 " L o N EXTERIOR 3/4" CDX PLYWOOD � FRAMING. w Q PAINT PITERIOR), LOCATIONS: PROVIDE SMOOTH ONE SIDE OVER WOOD (SMOOTH SIDE TO PRIME AND 4 1/4" __� EXTERIOR LOCATIONS PAINT cok 0,-0" P1 „ A.F.F. BY GC. 4 1/4° �., ( I ! �•� __- LOS TO DO S DOOR " LS m LOCK CYLINDER, COORDINATE RELATION ALIGN INTERIOR LOCATIONS: PROVIDE 3 -5/8" X 25 GA. METAL. STUD 1 1/8" ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTERS.COM v T.Q GRADE : ; ::{ PULL ill DIM. TO BE DETERMINED BRACING AND BOTTOM STRUTS AT 10' -0" 0.0, MAX. SECURE - 3'-0" MIN. BOTTOM STRUTS WITH SANDBAGS, AS REQ'D. / �, BY CPM DOOR 1 1/8" 6 3/8" 1 1/8" 1 4' -0„ / PREFERRED LEASE LINE ►� ( ALUM. STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR EXTERIOR ENTRY BARRICADE ELEVATION SCALE: 11 ENTRY BARRICADE SECTION SCALE: 8 ENTRY DOOR HEAD SCALE: 5 SECTION THRU DOOR CENTER STILE SCALE 2 3 -1 -0 6 -11-0" 1/4 -1 -0 " 1/4 10 ,' ISSUE TYPE: > SALE R VEST BULE. PULL PUL © _ AXONOMETRIC OF STOREFRONT END COND. SALES : CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT /LL: 11/09/12 WHF RE OCCURS y 3/42 1/2° 1 3/4; v END CAP i ` ( DOOR B.O. DOOR EXTERIOR 0111111111e ALUM. STOREFRONT FILLER PANEL @ P " H BUTTON FOR HANDICAP �— ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM ALUM. THRESHOLD �\ 4 1/4 DOOR PULL _ EXPOSED ENDS 3/4" CONDUIT FOR EAS, WHERE OCCURS, ., - - -- o �� o a POST ENTRY DOOR GLAZING ALIGN WITH SILL@ SCREEN BELOW ALUM. STOREFRONT ..,. -;- SEE ELECTRICAL FOR CONDUIT LOCATION J BOX AT BOTTOM OF MULLION (OCCURS ONE �._)R OPERATOR. SEE ELEC CONDUIT, ELEC SG C�. \ REVISIONS R WED CITY TUK ItA NnV b 212 PERMIT CENTER — — ENTRY DOOR - - SIDE ONLY ), SEE ELEC. ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM SIDE STOREFRONT , `^ �� �!ii • \ ao M \ v \ v ALUM. THRESHOLD' SALES / LOCK CYLINDER, COORDINATE WITH DOOR TO ENSURE FUNCTIONALITY ALIGN SCREEN BELOW STOREFRONT DOOR OF ALUM. FIN THRESHOLD ON CONTINUOUS BEAD 0' 0" i I I g ago — Q " N� ALUM. ENTRY c . Co co `O — : v ~ ! 1 �� 1_I I w C V LINE BEYOND ALUM. \2' 4 1/2" — — — — 2'-4 1/2 / �� e _ u i .;_. ` o / 0 1 i i �.� SET SEALANT CONCRETE �i ITV - ii - ` 141 DRAWN BY: EM/ — — — — ALUM. STOREFRONT T \ " " Q T \ \ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 ENTRY DOOR 1/2" CONDUIT. SEE ELEC SIDEWALK TITLE SHEET: EXTERIOR DOOR SCHEDULES, HARDWARE DETAILS MULLION COVER EXTERIOR ... - FRONT ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION Q _ CONC. SLAB PUSH BUTTON FOR HANDICAP DOOR OPERATOR, SEE ELEC v CONC. BASE BELOW ,� 1/2" 1 3/4" 2 1/2 " " AT 2 x2 CUSTOM ENDCAP EACH ENTRY DOOR JAMB A..- 3 (9 MULLION COVER EXTERIOR SHEET NUMBER: CO-2A SCALE: 10 SCALE: 7 ENTRY DOOR SILL SCALE: 4 ENTRY DOOR PUSH / PULL SCALE: 1 3 10 „ , " 1/2 10 ENTRY DOOR JAMB 3 -1-0 " ENTRY DOOR JAMB 3 =1 -0 ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE ()WALKS AND SIDEWALKS A. WALKS AND SIDEWALKS SHALL HAVE A CONTINUOUS COMMON SURFACE NOT INTERRUPTED BY STEPS OR BY ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH, AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4 FEET IN WIDTH. REDUCTION B. SURFACES WITH A SLOPE OF LESS THAN 6 PERCENT GRADIENT SHALL BE AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THAT DESCRIBED AS A MEDIUM SALTED FINISH. C. SURFACES WITH A SLOPE OF 6 PERCENT GRADIENT OR GREATER SHALL BE SLIP - RESISTANT. D. SURFACE CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4 INCH PER FOOT. E. WALKS, SIDEWALKS AND PEDESTRIAN WAYS SHALL BE FREE OF GRATING WHENEVER POSSIBLE. FOR GRATINGS LOCATED IN THE SURFACE OF ANY OF THESE AREAS, GRID OPENINGS IN GRATINGS SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE PROMINENT DIRECTION OF TRAVEL, AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2" IN SIZE. F. WHEN THE SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL OF ANY WALK EXCEEDS 1 VERTICAL TO 20 HORIZONTAL IT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS FOR PEDESTRIAN RAMPS. G. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2 INCH. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVEL DO OCCUR, THEY SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2 EXCEPT THAT LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL. WHEN CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH ARE NECESSARY COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS FOR CURB RAMPS. H. WALKS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A LEVEL AREA NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES BY 60 INCHES AT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK, AND NOT LESS THAN 48 INCHES WIDE BY 44 INCHES DEEP THAT A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS AWAY FROM THE WALK. SUCH WALKS SHALL EXTEND 24 INCHES TO THE SIDE OF THE STRIKE EDGE OF A DOOR OR GATE THAT SWINGS TOWARD THE WALK. I. ALL WALKS WITH CONTINUOUS GRADIENTS SHALL HAVE LEVEL AREAS OF AT LEAST 5 FEET IN LENGTH AT INTERVALS OF AT LEAST EVERY 400 FEET. J. IF A WALK CROSSES OR ADJOINS A VEHICULAR WAY, AND THE WALKING SURFACES ARE NOT SEPARATED BY CURBS, RAILINGS OR OTHER ELEMENTS BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND VEHICULAR AREAS, THE BOUNDARY BETWEEN THE AREAS SHALL BE DEFINED BY A CONTINUOUS DETECTABLE WARNING WHICH IS 36 INCHES WIDE. SEE DETECTABLE WARNING TEXTURE DETAIL. ()TACTILE SIGNAGE A. SIGNS IDENTIFYING PERMANENT ROOMS OR SPACES OR PROVIDING INFORMATION OR DIRECTION, TO INCLUDE RAISED CHARACTERS, CONTRACTED GRADE 11 BRAILLE AND PICTURIAL SYMBOLS. B. WHEN SIGNS IDENTIFY, OR GIVE INFORMATION ABOUT ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND FEATURE OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL INCLUDE THE APPROPRIATE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY OR PICTOGRAM, WITH THE EQUIVALENT VISUAL AND TACTILE DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE OUTSIDE BORDER OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE MINIMUM 6" IN HEIGHT. C. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE, STANDARD SANS SERIF FONT. VISUAL CHARACTERS TO HAVE A WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATION OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 MEASURED BY THE WIDTH OF AN UPPERCASE 0 & THE HEIGHT OF AN UPPER CASE I & A STROKE WIDTH -TO- HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN1:5 & 1 &10 MEASURED BY THE WIDTH OF AN UPPERCASE I. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND BACKGROUNDS SHALL HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. D. TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE UPPERCASE, STANDARD SANS SERIF FONT, RAISED 1/32" OFF THE BACKGROUND. THE HEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE BETWEEN 5/8" AND 2 ". CHARACTERS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE II BRAILLE LOCATED 3/8 MIN. BELOW BOTTOM EDGE OF CHARACTER. E. GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL HAVE DOMED OR ROUNDED DOTS RAISED 1/40" OFF THE BACKGROUND, WITH DOTS SPACED 1/10" WITH -IN CELLS, AND 2/10" BETWEEN CELLS. F. TACTILE SIGNS SHALL BE MOUNTED 48" MINIMUM, TO THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE LETTER, AND 60" MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE LETTER. AN 18" X 18" CLEAR SPACE IS REQUIRED IN FRONT OF THE TACTILE SIGN, BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING. WHERE SIGNS ARE MOUNTED AT DOORS, THE SIGN SHALL BE ON THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE SIGNS ARE MOUNTED AT DOUBLE DOORS, OR WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE, THE SIGN SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY THE RIGHT SIDE. @RAMPS A. ANY PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE CONSIDERED A RAMP IF ITS SLOPE IS GREATER THAN 1:20 (1:12 MAXIMUM) B. 1:12 SLOPED RAMPS WITH LENGTH GREATER THAN 72" SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES. C. THE TOP LANDINGS ON A RAMP MUST BE AT LEAST 60 INCHES IN DEPTH. D. IF A DOOR SWINGS ONTO A TOP LANDING, THE MIN. LANDING DIMENSION SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 42 INCHES CLEAR PLUS THE WIDTH OF THE DOOR. E. THE TOP LANDING SHALL HAVE A WIDTH NOT LESS THAN ITS DEPTH. F. THE TOP LANDING SHALL EXTEND NOT LESS THAN 24- INCHES BEYOND THE STRIKE SIDE OF THE DOOR AT EXTERIOR RAMPS AND 18- INCHES AT INTERIOR RAMPS. G. THE BOTTOM LANDING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 60 INCHES DEEP H. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT TURNS AND WHENEVER THE CHANGE IN LEVEL EXCEEDS 30 INCHES. I. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS ON RAMPS SHALL HAVE A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN 5'-0 ". WHERE A CHANGE IN RAMP DIRECTION OCCURS, A MINIMUM 72" BY 72" LANDING SHALL BE PROVIDED. J. RAMPS SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 4' -0" WIDE. RAMPS SERVING A PRIMARY ENTRANCE FOR AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 300 OR MORE PEOPLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 5' -0" WIDE. 3' MAX..# I I ( 60" MIN. , � 1 I RAM DOWP N LANDING AT RAMP K. HANDRAILS SHALL BE PLACED ON EACH SIDE OF EACH RAMP AND SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THE FULL LENGTH OF THE RAMP. HANDRAILS SHALL BE 34 TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE RAMP SURFACE AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT BEYOND THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE RAMP. 24" EXTERIOR 18" INTERIOR L. SURFACES OF RAMPS SHALL BE SLIP- RESISTANT. M. RAMPS & LANDINGS WITH DROP OFFS SHALL HAVE CURBS, WALLS, RAILING OR PROJECTING SURFACES THAT PREVENT PEOPLE FROM SLIPPING OFF THE RAMP. CURB SHALL BE A MIN. 2" IN HEIGHT. MAXIMUM ELEVATION CHANGE BETWEEN LANDINGS IS 30 ". STAIRS A. STAIRWAYS SHALL HAVE HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE. HANDRAILS MUST BE 1 1/4 INCHES TO 2 INCHES IN CROSS SECTIONAL DIMENSION AND 1 1/2 INCHES CLEAR FROM THE WALL. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH. HANDRAILS SHALL NOT ROTATE IN THEIR FITTINGS. B. EXTERIOR STAIRS: CAST IRON (NON -SKID) STAIR NOSINGS MIN. 2" WIDE CONTRASTING COLOR STRIPE AT UPPER APPROACH AND AT EVERY TREAD. C. INTERIOR STAIRS: MINIMUM 2 INCH WIDE CONTRASTING COLOR STRIPE AT UPPER APPROACH AND LOWER TREAD OF EACH FLIGHT OF STAIRS TO BE LOCATED 1 INCH FROM NOSING. STRIPE TO BE AS SLIP - RESISTANT AS STAIR TREADS. T A IRS HANuRAiL . DOORS A. LATCHES AND LOCKSETS: PROVIDE LEVER TYPE, PUSH- PULL OR PANIC TYPE HARDWARE 34 INCHES TO 48 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR. 60° R =1/2° MAX. 1 1/2" MAX. 1 1/2' MAX. PROVIDE SECOND SET OF HANDRAILS AT 24" (61) WHEN CHILDREN ARE PRIMARY USERS. TW = TREAD WIDTH (11" MIN.) NOTE: MINIMUM STAIR WIDTH = 36' NOTE: ALL STAIRS TO HAVE CLOSED RISERS. R =1/2" MAX. 4 1 1/2" MAX. OVERLAP B. ADJUSTABLE CLOSURE PROVIDED WITH MAXIMUM PRESSURE FOR OPENING DOORS AS FOLLOWS: INTERIOR DOORS - 5 POUNDS PRESSURE EXTERIOR DOORS - 8.5 POUNDS PRESSURE FIRE DOORS - PER ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY DOOR CLOSURES TO BE ADJUSTED TO CLOSE FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEG IN NOT LESS THAN 5 SECONDS TO A POINT 12" FROM LATCH. ADJUST CLOSURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND TEST DOOR COMPLIANCE. C. FLOOR LEVEL AT DOORS 1 THRESHOLDS: THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2 INCH LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOOR WAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4 INCH AND 1/2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. (SEE BELOW). THRESHOLDS 2 2. LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING: THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA ON EACH SIDE OF AN EXIT DOOR. THE LEVEL AREAS SHALL BE AS SHOWN BELOW. THE SPACE BETWEEN TWO CONSECUTIVE DOOR OPENING (VESTIBULE) SHALL PROVIDE 48 INCHES OF CLEAR SPACE FROM ANY DOOR OPENING INTO SUCH SPACE (SEE BELOW). I-PULL SIDE 1 L 1 1 Lx 9 I ' /r-1- 24" MIN. ter? CC Ce. ZI0 zr,Q f 1 LPUSHSIDE_ J LATCH APPROACH z1CD r PULL SIDE 1 1 ! i 1 1 118' MIN. z1 of t r PULL SIDE -1 X= 36"MINIF Y = 60° OR X = 42' MIN IF Y = 54" PROVIDE THIS ADDITIONAL SPACE IF DOOR IS EQUIPPED WITH BOTH A LATCH (PUSH SIRE) AND A CLOSER. ., 1,12" MIN. PINT APPROACH LPUSH SIDE) 54" MIN. X HINGE APPROACH VESTIBULE 10" MIN. BOTTOM RAIL OR PROVIDE KICK PLATE SPACE IS NECESSARY TO ALLOW BACKING AND TURNING SPACE FOR A WHEELCHAIR TO CLEAR THE IN- SWINGING DOOR. D. DOOR WIDTH & HEIGHT: 3 FEET WIDE AND 6 FEET 8 INCHES HIGH. CLEAR WIDTH: 32 INCHES MINIMUM WITH DOOR OPEN 90 DEG. MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DOOR TO THE OPPOSITE STOP. E. THE BOTTOM 10 INCHES OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. ()PROTRUDING OBJECTS: KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE A. PROJECTIONS FROM WALLS WITH LEADING EDGE BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE FLOOR MAY PROJECT 4" MAXIMUM. LEADING EDGE AT OR BELOW 27" MAY PROJECT ANY AMOUNT. FREE STANDING PROJECTIONS WITH LEADING EDGE BETWEEN 27" AND 80" ABOVE FLOOR MAY PROJECT 12" MAX. PROJECTIONS MAY NOT REDUCE MANEUVERING SPACE, OR CLEAR WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE. B. HEAD ROOM: 80" MINIMUM. ELECTRICAL 18" -19" 6" 8" MIN EAR CLEAR 17" MIN DEPTH c,p,I ,t 7010 MMus, AMRsh"", A. ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLES (15, 20 AND 30 AMPS) SHALL BE AT LEAST 15 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. B. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS, APPLIANCES, COOLING, HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3 FEET NOR MORE THAN 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR. C. FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX ABOVE THE FLOOR, GROUND OR SIDEWALK. ()PUBLIC TELEPHONES A. A CLEAR FLOOR OR GROUND SPACE AT LEAST 30 INCHES IN BY 48 INCHES THAT ALLOWS EITHER A FORWARD OR PARALLEL APPROACH BY A PERSON USING A WHEELCHAIR SHALL BE PROVIDED AT TELEPHONES. BASES, ENCLOSURES, AND FIXED SEATS SHALL NOT IMPEDE APPROACHES BY PEOPLE WHO USE WHEELCHAIRS. B. THE HIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF THE TELEPHONE SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 48 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. @DRINKING FOUNTAINS A. PROVIDE HI -LOW DRINKING FOUNTAIN, 17 INCHES TO 19 INCHES IN DEPTH WITH CLEAR KNEE SPACE BETWEEN BOTTOM OF APRON AND FLOOR NOT LESS THAN 27 INCHES HIGH, 30 INCHES WIDE AND PROJECTING 8 INCHES UNDER FRONT EDGE OF FOUNTAIN. B. SPOUT OUTLET FOR LOWER FOUNTAIN TO BE 36 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE FLOOR. SPOUT OUTLET FOR UPPER FOUNTAIN TO BE BETWEEN 38 INCHES AND 43 INCHES ABOVE FLOOR. C. BUBBLER TO BE ACTIVATED BY A HAND OPERATED LEVER LOCATED WITHIN 6 INCHES OF THE FRONT OF THE FOUNTAIN OR BY A PUSH BAR ALONG THE FRONT OF THE FOUNTAIN. D. BUBBLER TO PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 4 INCHES HIGH AND BE LOCATED 5 INCHES MAXIMUM FROM FRONT OF UNIT. w zo m ►� • N W 15" MIN. 'S 5" MAX. POUT CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ®SANITARY FACILITIES A. GEOMETRICAL SYMBOLS 6" MAXI L 8" MIN. DRINKING FOUNTAINS 1. DOORWAYS LEADING TO MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES, SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4 INCH THICK WITH EDGES, 12 INCHES LONG AND VERTEX POINTING UPWARD. WOMEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4 INCH THICK WITH EDGES, 12 INCH IN DIAMETER. 2. UNISEX SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4 INCH THICK, 12 INCH DIAMETER, WITH A 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12 INCH DIAMETER. 3. GEOMETRIC (CIRCLE AND TRIANGLE) SYMBOLS ON SANITARY DOORS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF 60" AND THEIR COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT. 4. RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN CONFORMANCE TO ANSI SECTION 703.4.2 AND ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE II BRAILLE PER ANSI 703.5 AND SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE SUCH THAT BRAILLE IS BETWEEN 40" AND 60" ABOVE FINISHED SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. 5. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS). PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES (152 MM) IN HEIGHT. B. ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC CLOSING DEVICE. THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE COMPARTMENT DOOR SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A LOOP OR U- SHAPED HANDLE IMMEDIATELY BELOW THE LATCH. THE LATCH SHALL BE FLIP -OVER STYLE, SLIDING, OR OTHER HARDWARE NOT REQUIRING THE USER TO GRASP OR TWIST. C. WATER CLOSET: FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE OPERABLE BY AN OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH A MINIMUM OPERATING FORCE OF 5 LB/F OR BY A LOW VOLTAGE BUTTON. THE HANDLE OR BUTTON IS TO BE LOCATED ON THE WIDE SIDE SO AS TO BE OPERABLE WITHOUT REQUIRING EXCESSIVE BODY MOVEMENT. D. URINALS: PROVIDE ALL WALL HUNG URINALS WITH ELONGATED RIM. FLUSH CONTROLS ARE TO BE HAND OPERATED AND ARE TO MEET THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AS THE FLUSH CONTROLS FOR THE WATER CLOSET AND ARE TO BE A MAXIMUM OF 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. RIM ELEVATION TO BE 17 INCHES A.F.F. E. LAVATORY: PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES WIDE, TO 8 INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. PROVIDE FOR THE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE, TO 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND 17 INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES X 48 INCHES IN FRONT OF LAVATORY. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY EXTEND INTO KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDERNEATH THE LAVATORY. INSULATE HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE ALLOWED UNDER LAVATORIES. FAUCET CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE NECESSARY TO OPERATE CONTROLS IS NOT TO EXCEED 5 LB/F. F. LAVATORY: PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30 INCHES WIDE, TO 8 INCHES MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. PROVIDE FOR THE CLEARANCE AT LEAST 30 INCHES WIDE, TO 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND 17 INCHES DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30 INCHES X 48 INCHES IN FRONT OF LAVATORY. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY EXTEND INTO KNEE AND TOE SPACE UNDERNEATH THE LAVATORY. INSULATE HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ARE ALLOWED UNDER LAVATORIES. FAUCET CONTROLS ARE REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE NECESSARY TO OPERATE CONTROLS IS NOT TO EXCEED 5 LB /F. G. ACCESSORIES: WHERE TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKIN AND WASTE RECEPTACLES AND SIMILAR DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES ARE PROVIDED, AT LEAST ONE OF EACH TYPE IS TO BE LOCATED WITH ALL OPERABLE PARTS, INCLUDING COIN SLOTS, WITHIN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. MOUNT MIRRORS WITH THE BOTTOM EDGE NO MORE THAN 40 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. LOCATE TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS ON THE WALL WITHIN 7" MIN TO 9" MAX. FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. H. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, FASTENERS, AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE AMERICAN DISABILITIES ACT. I. SINGLE ACCOMMODATION: A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF AT LEAST 60 INCHES IN DIAMETER IS REQUIRED FOR SINGLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET ROOMS. TOILET ACCESSORIES 30'X48" MIN. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SHOWN DASHED 36' BAR MIN. 42' BAR MIN. 32" TO ACE OF DOOR 5'-0" 0 2', MIN. \ 60' MIN, DIA. 1 /MIN' 7` 18" MIN. TOILET ROOM PLAN MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION 18"MIN. 18" ACY LOCK ON DOOR 32" MIN. CLR. 40" 7"-9" TOILET STALL MULTIPLE ACCOMMODATION PRIVACY TOILET 14" -1/2" CLR 1T NOTE: THESE FIGURES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY AND DO NOT DELINEATE THE ONLY MEANS OF COMPLIANCE. REFER TO PLANS FOR EXACT LAYOUT OF TOILET ROOMS. ®UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD /SIDE REACH A. GEOMETRICAL SYMBOLS VERTICAL GRAB BAR 42' GRAB BAR ROLL PAPER HOLDER WITHOUT STOPS 1. WHERE A FORWARD REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX. AND THE LOW FORWARD REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2. WHERE A PARALLEL APPROACH TO AN ELEMENT AND THE SIDE REACH IS UNOBSTRUCTED, THE HIGH SIDE REACH SHALL BE 48 INCHES MAX. AND THE LOW SIDE REACH SHALL BE 15 INCHES MIN. ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2A. EXCEPTION: EXISTING ELEMENTS SHALL BE PERMITTED AT 54 INCHES MAX. ABOVE THE FLOOR. FORWARD b REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 a_ w M 12 in co STORE LOCATION: cc W J Z ors 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 JOH REGISTERED ARCHITECT NOV 1 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R u CITY__ voilm) NFlV 112012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE - OPTION ANSI SHEET NUMBER: CO -3 • CORRIDOR 120 SQ. FT. TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR 220 SQ. FT. STOCK/ PROCESSING AREA -2 MEN 220 SQ. FT. 3' 11 EXIT 3 1 1 1 JANITOR CLOSET 220 SQ. FT. EMPLOYEE F,- WOMEN AREA 169 SQ. FT. 374 SQ. FT. 3' -O" 4 1 l 854 SQ. FT. U rL 1- - - MANAGER'S OFFICE TEL DISTANCE = 127' -6" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA -1 O M CASHWRAP 778 SQ. FT. 7, a0.1 qj lea 4 rc1' J v 11a,r. a / ,_�y - ,L,e,, /OOH 1€ i.1e- / ,. s �.J Ioo6.,/ J .1, .._MM 1 - - - El cj EGRESS FLOOR PLAN i I I I I'. I I I I 3344° . CLEAR FITTING RO 4' MS 491 SQ. FT. - th esassmale //A En TRAVEL DISTANCE = 102' -6" w FIRE SPRINKLER / ALARM NOTE: THIS BUILDING IS CURRENTLY EQUIPPED WITH A FIRE SPRINKLER/ALARM SYSTEM. ANY CHANGES TO THE SYSTEM WILL BE DONE UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. SEE MECHANICAL FOR TENANT INSTALLED SPRINKLERS. 3' -8 1/2" c) 3' -2" SCALE 7 118" =11 -0" 1 IIw U z 0, 0 JI 34" CLEAR P. 1 L - - - LEGEND NNUN EXIT 1 ENTRI EXIT 2 1 1 1 /led ,si(5 1 !I (1/41 24 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I� 3�3 1_ EXIT 4 r)Jtsrr(%r' e/rn e,r4 ems? t,A7 le/fro S 5 .lyp, :Fail re ,` 1-s 9 e� , REDUCTION CAD NON GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w 1- Z w U w 0 L.L CL cc w J Z 2 ots 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M STA 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: wi 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: AREA SQ FOOTAGE OCC. LOAD CALCULATION EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MERCANTILE (INCLUDES SALES AREAS, CASHWRAP AREAS, DISPLAY AREAS, ADJACENT CLOSETS, FITTING ROOMS, RESTROOMS, EXIT CORRIDOR, TOILET ROOM VESTIBULE, ENTRY VESTIBULE) 17,011 SF 17,011 /30= 567occ. 567 occx .2" = 113" STORAGE (INCLUDES STOCK / PROCESSING AREA, ELECTRICAL AREA , EMPLOYEE AREA) 2,238 SF 2,238/300 = 7 occ. 7 occ x.2 " =1" TRAVEL DISTANCE MAXIMUM EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE ALLOWED PER IBC 2009 (W/ WA AMEND.), TABLE 1016.1 250 LINEAR FT. BUSINESS (INCLUDES MANAGER'S DESK AREA, MANAGERS OFFICE, DM OFFICE, TRAINING ROOM) 171 SF 171 /100 =2occ. 2 occ. x .2" = 0.4" EXIT DOOR #: 1 72" PROVIDED EXIT DOOR #: 2 72" PROVIDED EXIT DOOR #: 3 36" PROVIDED EXIT DOOR #: 4 36" PROVIDED 1- -- mw PATH OF TRAVEL - MINIMUM 36" WIDE. 32" WIDE @ DOORS FOR MAXIMUM OF 24" DEEP. 0 HATCHED LIGHTING FIXTURES REPRESENT EMERGENCY LIGHTING. SEE ELECTRICAL FOR MORE INFO. HORN WITH STROBE LIGHT MOUNTED @ 80" AFF. SEE SHEET E0-1 Rcc,eivEu CITY OF T)KWILA NM 1.6 2012 PERMIT CENTER MANUAL PULL STATION. SEE SHEET E0 -1 DRAWN BY: EMI RB STROBE WALL MOUNTED @ 80" A.F.F. SEE SHEET EO -1 NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 STROBE LIGHT CEILLING MOUNTED. SEE SHEET E0 -1 LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL MOUNT @ 60" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE TOTAL 19,420 SF 576 OCCUPANTS 114.4" REQUIRED 216" PROVIDED FIRE EXTINGUISHER, MOUNT HANDLE @ 48' A.F.F. TITLE SHEET: EGRESS FLOOR PLAN EGRESS PROVIDED IS GREATER THAN REQUIRED ANNUN ANNUNCIATOR - MOUNT BOTTOM @ 48" MAX. SHEET NUMBER: C2 -0 7------N, 0 G D B 0 RECYCLING PROCESS NOTES: 25-0" 25 0, 25-0" 25-0" 25-0" 25-0" - GC TO CONTACT SLM, THE REQUIRED WASTE AND RECYCLE VENDOR, FOR COORDINATION OF ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION ROLL OFF DUMP/RETURNS. SPECIFIC RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH REGIONAL AREA. - GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION AND SORTING OF RECYCLABLES AS REQUIRED AND INSTRUCTED BY SLM. ©OD 176' -6" J •.a 11 L 99'- 7T-33A" GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 il ' - - II I I I 1 1 I 1 R R R R R R F R R R R R R R R R R R R 0 1 2 1 1 CD I I 11 STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 CD I I I I ., , TYP. I—+-1 TYP. F—+—tITYP. 1 1 1 I—+-1 I I I TYP. I I R 1 1 II I >1 .I " 1 1 Dz4 1 >1 iI i> 1 11 C� TYP. T1`P F+H 1 1 1 LIJ TYP. F + 1 1 1 Ll TYP. F+H 1 1 1 1 L.1J IRI I--I IRI (E) SALES AREA _ ►CATION: KWAY SUI -ICENTER PKV ILA, WA 0 TYP. I FL 00 _ _ N " 24 (E) ENTRY R 1 rT'I 1 1 1 I—+.—I IiT' -I 1 1 I I I— +-1 IRI 1 F÷i__ 1 1 1 I F—+—I 1 I I I 1'i R R R R R R i t 1 R R R R R — - -�T -- --L- I I 1 F+-1 I 1 I I 1 1 R R R R R LJ T S1 r R 1 rT"� 1 1 I I-+-I _L _ _L � _L __—_- + "T' 1 1 1 -- —_--_ _ � , 1 . , I- +—I Dzo 1 1 D20 1>1 I D20 i>1 I p 2 0 1>1 1 TYP. I I I Co I> 11 TYP. 0 , TYP. F+—I l I I -J L1 TYP. L i_+_1 I l 1 L1 TYP. I L + 1 1 1 TYP. F+-1 I I I L11 F TYP. 1_ _1 2013 0. N . E. Q1-Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 L1J I I J I I I I L1J I Ft 1 CONSULTANT INFO: IRI -i . O i w Z J w E- w z w Eo .:._ SEE D1-0b (E) EMPLOYEE Q Q Q RI TYP. CD TYP. ,� g-9 : • � , RI REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.. APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I� 1 _ 0 \ • 00 ( E ) CASHWRAP -1 —I 1 -I r T 1 I R I I—+41 rT'I I R I 1 F+H r T I R I— +- PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 0 TYP. 1 � n -I— ` r T T- r-1 1 LL _I •1 1 1 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT / r T � I I-141 ' JOHN , •1 , STA ' ' -4- ,Ae 7 _ -6-1-71-1--1-1 ? w `g 1- W Z " CM �I 1 1 1 $3 1 it 151 1 191 1 _ n LLJ•1 r 122012 I .� GYP. >1 ,� TYP. + --� Dzo O Dzo O 1 TYP. F+-1 TYP. F+-1 1 1 Ld 1 _ L J ..1_,..1 M ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM I II —I 1—i--1 0 P I I I IRI F—+ I Ds I R I j1 1 R 1 I—+-1 I R I T 1 I IRI I—+-1 I R I ••-r--1-1--1-1 I LLJ •I— D51 I1 .( (E) WOMEN IrRRmRmR++RrnRmpmRmR J -� - — 1 R - T_T_T -1 -i- -}- -�- - f- T= T- T= - T T T T + - + - �- - + - -r nom- •I I w w N + + R I 1 I- L� J -'� -}- - -� -T_T -T - --I- -�- -I- -�- - N SEE D1-0b MATCHLINE A R R R 5N-1— R R R I + ^ LLJ 0 V L D29 ®� ® 1/ ! I R 1 I I 1 D21} t . + "6-1-71-1— —1-1 O �� ©0 0 I. '+ TYP. TYP. TYP. TYP. — LL n �� J M 1 1 �J I _— I / L R S 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ii _.....� \ TYP. O ( I I I ISSUE TYPE: MATCHLINE I li 1 r r`s + + 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 DEMO FLOOR PLAN vSCALE KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTI"A ON SHELL `I.% ,`� D7 �' � - • • :�!► r • jiriiiir P ` • • . i ' • • : 3% • . • c/�, REMOVE (E) "OLD NAVY ELLIPSE FLOOR LOGO & CASHWRAP STRIPING, IF APPLICABLE, WITHIN PRESCRIBED AREA FROM FLOOR. COMPLETELY CLEAN ALL ADHESIVE / PAINT RESIDUE FROM FLOOR. BEAD BLAST AREA TO BE WIDTH OF VESTIBULE. SEAL PREPPED AREA W/ , S1 j EPDXY SEALER. GC TO � � AlfAii � Arlizea *�. �///// REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) MICROWAVE & REFRIGERATOR. D ' EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" STOCK EELOW FINISHED FLOOR PROCESSING ILL WITH CONCRETE LL SEE DETAIL (12/A&2) -PATCH & REPAIRALL DAMAGEDAREATO MATCH CONSTRUCTION FINISHES S1 (E) LEASE LINE (r,;\ DEAMAGED AREAS TO MATCH (E) CONC. SLAB REPAIR ALL CRACKS AND I ,I� • r� 411,r 0 (E) NEUTRAL PIER OR PILASTER REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) 'T' &'L' SALES AREA SHELVING UNITS AND END GRID PANELS. TAP EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" BELOW FINISHED FLOOR & FILL WITH CONCRETE FILLER, SEE 12/A8 -2. PATCH & REPAIR ALL DAMAGED AREA TO MATCH (E) SLAB. D29 O ® BEAD -BLAST & SEAL PRESCRIBED AREA. S1 , LEVEL WITH S4 OR S5 AS REQUIRED WITHIN REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) KITCHENETTE. PATCH / REPAIR FLOOR S1 REVISIONS: O (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM O AT END OF CONSTRUCTION. G.C. TO REMOVE, RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF ALL OBSOLETE FLOOR FIXTURES AS INDICATED BY CPM. ELECTRICAL O(E) ENTRY :(EVENDOR COORDINATE REMOVAL / RE- INSTALLATION OF FAS PEDESTAL WITH GAP TO AVOID DAMAGE FROM FLOOR SGOPE OF WORK. REMOVE & OF (E) 3 WAY MIRROR D4.. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) WAINSCOT AND/OR CORNER GUARDS AS REQ'D AT NEW GRAPHIC COLUMN LOCATIONS - PREP SURFACES TO RECEIVE (N) GRAPHICS, SEE Al -2. FIXTURES E1 (E) DOOR BUZZER TO BE REMOVED CITY PI i'UKIMLA NOV b 2012 PERMIT CENTER OC7,1,1i.,17)i)0(1)Ef/iPili/A41r- / / / / / / /// • • �' • ' •� . F. • T.. • c ►, • - • - 22 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) FITTING ROOM BENCH TOPS TYP. ALL FITTING ROOMS - PATCH AND REPAIR WALL TO REMAIN REMOVE &DICHODE OF (E) VINYL BASE (a� (E) ROOMS TO RECEIVE (N) PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE ON CO-2 F34 (E) EMPLOYEE LOCKERS TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 (E) VENDING MACHINE TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 r� ,`i ' `, / • • I ' ' • ' • = : = : I '-0 '-1 •'�' ' " • • . , • . I • ' • -�, •' ' A REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) PREFABRICATED FITTING RM PARTITIONS DOORS & HARDWARE - PATCH &REPAIR WALL TO REMAIN REMOVE &DISPOSE OF (E) CASHWRAPS ONLY AFTER NEW CASHWRAPS ARE OPEN AND FULLY OPERATIONAL - COORDINATE QUANTITY OF TEMPORARY CAHSWRAPS WITH CPM PRIOR TO REMOVAL. BEAD -BLAST & O Q (E) FILM AND VINYL LOGOS (a) STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) TOILET ROOM &'PRIVATE' SIGNAGE FROM (E) DOORS &I OR WALLS. PATCH/ REPAIR/ PREPARE (E) SURFACE TO RECEIVE (N) SIGNS. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR. ) I '� �` ���1 �P�?% y+''r Q��7i�7 4171 i j 727, i�s j REMOVE & SALVAGE (E) CASHWRAP PETTY CASH SAFE FOR USE IN (N) ® ® (E) TIME CLOCK TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS & FLOOR STRIPES INDICATING 3'-0" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF PANELS DEMOLITION / �`►'�� • �/�• `' 1j/�/////�/,144$00 • • • 3% i • , ► . " • . ' , , , , � r ,79,r• :, - •, j ,' i " (E) TRANSFORMER & PANEL TO BE RELOCATED, SEE ELECTRICAL. SEAL S1 , LEVEL WITH S4 OR S5 AS REQUIRED WITH PRESCRIBED AREA. Qi O �3� REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) GYP METAL STUD WALL AND ASSOCIATED DOORS AS SHOWN PATCH ANDREPAIRFLOOR TOACHIEVE ASMOOTH CONT.SURFACE W/ ADJ. FLOOR FINISH. GRIND CONS AS NECESSARY & BEAD-BLAST WITHIN DRAWN BY: EM /SM FINISH TO MATCH (E) ADJACENT FINISH �� - - . ',id" • - • ' • ` ' - - '�j}y - ► �� C REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E)'L' & T SALES AREA SHELVING UNITS. TAP EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" BELOW FINISHED r T r —, FLOOR & RLL WITH CONCRETE FILLER, SEE 12/A8 -2. I 1 I RELOCATE PERA1 -0AND REPLACE BACK PANELS WITH (N) R L R OWNER PROVIDED PANELS, L 11 DED COROPLAST ANELS, SEE CO-2 FOR Fpm �GENDAND COUNTS. PLUMBING NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 V NV . • .. ' • • • • 7 • , - .: r g • A jr, � REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN �+ ,�, ii .. ,`, . ' , NW • r �, s . TTT T Li i� P1 O O R NKLER SY RISER OR WATER MAIN (E) SPRINKLER SYSTEM ADJ WISHES SSHALL TCH SMOOTH TITLE DEMO FLOOR PLAN ALI�SURFACE BE & CONT N 0 SuNGREMOVE & SALVAGE (E) WAINSCOT TO REUSE IF NEEDED. ' T • ' ' ' •'' • • ' ■ ■ ,' • ��, • ,� • , 4 , : '' • ` • ' 0 �/ R EMOVE &DISPOSED OF (E) DOOR, DOOR FRAME AND HARDWARE. INFILL OPENING WITH GLAZING TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES, SEE A2 -0 P5 (E) MOP SINK TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 �(�'���� r �� - �,� - � , =5457i��v REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) 1' BOOTHSET TO BE I— T" RELOCATED AND MODIFIED TO AN 'L' FIXTURE. 1 M 1 I SEE 1/A8 -3 L _Li REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) DESK & SHELVING AT MANAGERS OFFICE & TRAINING ROOM. GC TO COORDINATE W! STORE MANAGER & RELOCATE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO (N) OFFICE. GC TO RELOCATE MANAGERS OFFICE SAFE. D51 C� (E) GLAZING (SHOWN DASHED) TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF LOSS PREVENTION F46 . iya, .. (� ►" A: " ' �� , 0 _ REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) PLUMBING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. (E} EAS PEDESTALS TO BE REMOVED &DISPOSED OF _ (E) EAS PEDESTALS TO BE RELOCATED I SHEET NUMBER: D 1 -Oa DEMO FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES (E) EMPLOYEE (E) WOMEN SEE D1-0a MATCHLINE P. RTRTR L8 l8 L8 L8 L' L-' ht� IRI 1 1 R _L^J J_ J I TYP. TYP. rt1 L R A� R � R +T+ RI 1 I-+-I LIR1I rT IRI L1J TYP. RI J (E) JANITOR CLOSET TYP. TYP. 1 TYP. T —T +1+ T T T T --f--+— +-+ R R o 1=-1} 7:111. L.LJ T T T —1 — + --H — + — J_^_L J_ J TYP. 1 I LL_J n-- •1 1 1 J ♦LJ TYP. ♦rTT —r� LL_J 4 n,— el 1 1 LLJ �I n -- al I I IA1 —LJ __ RECYCLING PROCESS NOTES: - GC TO CONTACT SLM, THE REQUIRED WASTE AND RECYCLE VENDOR, FOR COORDINATION OF ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION ROLL OFF DUMP/RETURNS. - SLM WILL PROVIDE STORE SPECIFIC RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH REGIONAL AREA. - GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION AND SORTING OF RECYCLABLES AS REQUIRED AND INSTRUCTED BY SLM. 1( SEE D1 -0a MATCHLINE - - (E) TOILET RM VESTIBULE (E) MEN 1 (E) ENTRY TYP. (E) MANAGER'S OFFICE 0 0 ;tN;i • (E) STOCK / PROCESSING AREA 0CD00 I- TY P 1 ! (E) FITTING ROOMS CID DEMO FLOOR PLAN 00 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: LL w w V w 0 Q cc 0 5 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 'Ad 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 1 /8" =1' -0" KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION SHELL S1 (E) LEASE LINE S2 (E) NEUTRAL PIER OR PILASTER (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM (E) ENTRY DEMOLITION FS4)4°°: p • • t.• KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION KEY DESCRIPTION i#5209)9/X49)0E5W / REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) MICROWAVE & REFRIGERATOR. D28 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) STOCK SHELVING AT PROCESSING AREA TAP EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" BELOW FINISHED FLOOR & FILL WITH CONCRETE FILLER - SEE DETAIL (12/M -2) - PATCH & REPAIR ALL DAMAGED AREA TO MATCH (E) SLAB CONSTRUCTION FINISHES (E) CONCRETE SLAB W/ SEALER. PATCH & REPAIR ALL CRACKS AND DAMAGED AREAS TO MATCH (E) CONC. SLAB REMOVE (E) "OLD NAVY" ELLIPSE FLOOR LOGO & CASHWRAP STRIPING, IF APPLICABLE, WITHIN PRESCRIBED AREA FROM FLOOR. COMPLETELY CLEAN ALL ADHESIVE / PAINT RESIDUE FROM FLOOR. BEAD BLAST AREA TO BE WIDTH OF VESTIBULE. SEAL PREPPED AREA W /'S J EPDXY SEALER. GC TO COORDINATE REMOVAL / RE- INSTALLATION OF EAS PEDESTAL WITH GAP VENDOR TO AVOID DAMAGE FROM FLOOR SCOPE OF WORK. DZO REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) 'T' & 'L' SALES AREA SHELVING UNITS AND END GRID PANELS. TAP EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" BELOW FINISHED FLOOR & FILL WITH CONCRETE FILLER, SEE 12/A8 -2. PATCH & REPAIR ALL DAMAGED AREA TO MATCH (E) SLAB. D29 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) KITCHENETTE. PATCH / REPAIR FLOOR S1 BEAD - BLAST & SEAL S1 , LEVEL WITH S4 OR S5 AS REQUIRED WITHIN PRESCRIBED AREA 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 )40657tX/HRY z D30 AT END OF CONSTRUCTION. G.C. TO REMOVE, RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF ALL OBSOLETE FLOOR FIXTURES AS INDICATED BY CPM. ELECTRICAL REVISIONS: REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) 3 WAY MIRROR REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) WAINSCOT AND/OR CORNER GUARDS AS REQ'D AT NEW GRAPHIC COLUMN LOCATIONS - PREP SURFACES TO RECEIVE (N) GRAPHICS, SEE A1-2. FIXTURES E1 (E) DOOR BUZZER TO BE REMOVED Ire $•'•. - QV •417M221,7 DOORS AS SURFACE W/ 4 ' Iry . i • - , • r • REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) GYP METAL STUD WALL AND ASSOCIATED SHOWN - PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR TO ACHIEVE A SMOOTH CONT. ADJ. FLOOR FINISH. GRIND CONC AS NECESSARY & BEAD-BLAST WITHIN PRESCRIBED AREA. SEAL WITH PATCH & REPAIR WALLS & CEILING TO MATCH ADJ FINISHES. ALL SURFACES SHALL BE SMOOTH & CONTINUOUS. REMOVE & SALVAGE (E) WAINSCOT TO REUSE IF NEEDED. 40 rA,rd Or; 40" S1 0 Adi rer4 .1'6" tfri" D22 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) FITTING ROOM BENCH TOPS TYP. ALL FITTING ROOMS - PATCH AND REPAIR WALL TO REMAIN REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) VINYL BASE (a3 (E) ROOMS TO RECEIVE (N) PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE ON CO-2 F34 (E) EMPLOYEE LOCKERS TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 (E) VENDING MACHINE TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) PREFABRICATED FITTING RM PARTITIONS, DOORS & HARDWARE - PATCH & REPAIR WALL TO REMAIN O (E) FILM AND VINYL LOGOS © STOREFRONT TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) CASHWRAPS ONLY AFTER NEW CASHWRAPS _ ARE OPEN AND FULLY OPERATIONAL - COORDINATE QUANTITY OF TEMPORARY CAHSWRAPS WITH CPM PRIOR TO REMOVAL. BEAD -BLAST & SEAL S1 , LEVEL WITH S4 OR 55I AS REQUIRED WITH PRESCRIBED AREA. FINISH TO MATCH (E) ADJACENT FINISH Fifiro �� - •�� .� . , - �► FardEF:177171r. 4'4r; r Adt Art ti rzozajz=zrez REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) TOILET ROOM &'PRIVATE' SIGNAGE FROM (E) DOORS &I OR WALLS. PATCH/ REPAIR/ PREPARE (E) SURFACE TO RECEIVE (N) SIGNS. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) DRINKING FOUNTAIN REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) PLUMBING TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) DESK & SHELVING AT MANAGERS OFFICE & TRAINING ROOM. GC TO COORDINATE W/ STORE MANAGER & RELOCATE NECESSARY EQUIPMENT TO (N) OFFICE. GC TO RELOCATE MANAGER'S OFFICE SAFE. D5O D51 REMOVE & DISPOSED OF (E) DOOR, DOOR FRAME AND HARDWARE. INFILL OPENING WITH GLAZING TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES, SEE A2-0 d i i � � / i >i REMOVE & SALVAGE (E) CASHWRAP PETTY CASH SAFE FOR USE IN (N) CREDENZA (E) TIME CLOCK TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 (E) ELECTRICAL PANELS & FLOOR STRIPES INDICATING 3' -0° CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF PANELS RgWVED CITY OF TUKWILA Nlly 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER =7 A Mr P 4,4=7 (E) TRANSFORMER & PANEL TO BE RELOCATED, SEE ELECTRICAL. (E) GLAZING (SHOWN DASHED) TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF (E) EAS PEDESTALS TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) 'L' & T SALES AREA SHELVING UNITS. TAP EXPOSED ANCHOR BOLTS 1/4" BELOW FINISHED r T 1 _ FLOOR & FILL WITH CONCRETE FILLER, SEE 12/A8-2. r R RELOCATE PER A1-0 AND REPLACE BACK PANELS WITH (N) I R 1 I L OWNER PROVIDED COROPLAST PANELS, SEE CO-2 FOR L 1 J FIXTURE LEGEND AND COUNTS. 6 h Effi 461 W9 414 44775 cr2 REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) T BOOTHSET TO BE ET —I RELOCATED AND MODIFIED TO AN 'L' FIXTURE. 1 M 1 1 SEE 1/A8-3 PLUMBING (E) SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER OR WATER MAIN DRAWN BY: EM /SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 P5 (E) MOP SINK TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-0 LOSS PREVENTION P1 (E) EAS PEDESTALS TO BE RELOCATED TITLE SHEET: DEMO FLOOR PLAN DEMO FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES SHEET NUMBER: D1-Ob RECYCLING PROCESS NOTES: - GC TO CONTACT SLM, THE REQUIRED WASTE AND RECYCLE VENDOR, FOR COORDINATION OF ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION ROLL OFF DUMP /RETURNS. - SLM WILL PROVIDE STORE SPECIFIC RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH REGIONAL AREA. - GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION AND SORTING OF RECYCLABLES AS REQUIRED AND INSTRUCTED BY SLM. SEE DI -1b MATCHLINE (E) EMPLOYEE 8' -0° 00 TYP. TYP. „JJ,J,J „ /,,,,J,,,J,J/,,, ,/,JJJ,,,J,,,,,/J./ „/J,/ TYP. JJ,,,, „// ,,,,,,,,,JJ,,,J,,,,,,,J, , REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION D34 (E) SALES AREA 00 NOTE: GC TO PARTNER WITH CPM FOR CONSTRUCTION RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: GC TO FINALIZE & COORDINATE SPEAKERS FINAL LOCATION WITH VENDOR TYP. \\ y TYP. 1.10 TYP. ∎I/ ' V ■1,/ _ - J,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Q',,//„//,,,,,,,/,,,,,,,,,/,,,,,,,,,,,,,,/,,,,,,,,,,/,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, n n n „,,,,,,,,,J,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ////iu.,iiiii/iiii 77//////////// zZ///////////iiiiin.u//// .,/,/////////iiiiiii /vii/Y/17/1///7///////// z7///////////////////// //i/ /////////7/7/17 /7////////., i//////iiiiiiiii // z%///////////iiiii/// ///ii/ ////////////iiiiiu//////i ZW/ZIY/7///////////// NOTE: GC TO PARTNER WITH CPM FOR CONSTRUCTION RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: GC TO FINALIZE & COORDINATE SPEAKERS FINAL LOCATION WITH VENDOR tI7 TYP. .fi TYP. fi t1J t17 fi 9 t17 9- fi r TYP. \\ y -1.' ,v ∎I/ ' V ■1,/ _ - L11 O 1--t CD , ..n tI7 TYP. .fi TYP. fi t1J t17 fi 9 t17 9- fi r -r -1.' ,v ∎I/ ' V ■1,/ L11 O 1--t El TYP. El TYP. D16 TYP. %JJ / / / / /J / / / / / / / /J / /// //// %/ /J/ /JJJ /JJJ // / / / / / //,JJ/ %J /// /JJJ, /. % /J /J, / /J / /J// %J,JJ,/J//J,I/„/,J//,AWi //J /IJJ/ / / / //1/, /J/JJ / / /// %J / / / // / // /J// / / / / / / / /J /// %JJJ / / / / / /J / / / / / / // / /.. %/ %J /J / /, // / / // / /J / / / / / //Y// %JJJJJ / / /JJ / / /// / . /. J / / / / //s / /J /J / / / / / / / / / / / / / /J / / / /// / / / /J / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// % / / / / / / / / / / /J / / / / / / / / / / //. % / / / / / / / /JJ / / / / / / / / / / / / /// % / / / / / /JJ / / /J / / / / / / / / / / /// % / / /! /J / / / /J / / / / / / / / /J /s // / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// I / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// % / / / / / / / / / / / /J / / / / / / / / / /// /, / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /J / / / //J ' .V.<AJ, I ID TYP. /,,, /, / //, -- „J „ /, / „// 8' -O” 00 D TYP. TYP. - T Y - e ///////////,'//// / /iii TYP. TYP. T T DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. EY DESCRIPTION SYM. KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. SHELL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL (E) MAIN STREET PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES (E) EXTERIOR AWNING SYSTEM • REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) FITTING ROOM WAYFINDING SIGNAGE & PIPE SUPPORTS. 47rP tr• s • 4i: `g of DEMOLITION , 1==mm:02z ,d-A or A REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) CASHWRAP POWER POLE AND SIGNAGE REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) SUSPENDED SIGNAGE AND SUPPORTS. TAKE POWERBACK TO "J" BOX REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) CEILING FANS & SUPPORTS. TAKE POWER BACK TO J -BOX. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) POWER STRUT, SUPPORTS & MOUNTING BRACKETS AT MAINSTREET (E) CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF • (e ; '1# • # :60 - • 7 7 �'� *., •'� .•�k' .� .- T;3' r a'(�j� l "ri • : -r. • s'T�� 1WV/ � ii i'r / / / /�i�► '... . '.� .�.�..��'� .l.�_ L23 (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO BE RELOCATED D41 UM =IC INS CZ= (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF, LAMPS TO BE SALVAGED AND USED IN NEW FIXTURES. D34 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) SPEAKERS REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. MAINTAIN CIRCUITS FOR NEW SIGN IN SAME LOCATION . GC TO COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR 1.27 (E) MUSIC SPEAKER TO BE ABANDONED IN REMIT AREA (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED MECHANICAL / PLUMBING LIGHTING OrMfr- .441474,4W ,12"165.2r 14:7,27. "thrir ■Priar A rirg FIZZalei Ati2 TAMIZZ/v Affi IMATivrtMi9 6f 7 15 (E) HVAC DUCTS TO REMAIN. VERIFY HEIGHT IN FIELD - NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF DUCTS ARE LOWER THAN13' -0” AFF AT SALES AREA REMOVE (E) SUPPLY AIR GRILLES. THE ASSOCIATED DUCT OPENINGS SHALL BE REUSED AS APPLICABLE PER NEW WORK. SEE MECH. DRAWINGS. LSJ (E) CEILING MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING TO BE ABANDONED IN REMIT AREA (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN 4 o� tkc="7ilii�i7i//ii7%9i ,zSi REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. RELOCATE PER A1-1, SEE SYMBOLS LEGEND FOR FIXTURE COUNTS. (E) WATER HEATER TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-1 rod (X-V,93 (E) ENTRY (E) CASHWRAP OPEN SEE D1 -1b MATCHLINE GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 vi w 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: W z W V W 0 C/) Q W -J z oes IZ ce 0 0 z W 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTER ARCHI TE OF OS NGTON ov 1 Lr LU lZ ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: SCALE 1/8” =1' -0” 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. • PROVIDE & MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING & GUARD RAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY ADVISORY TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING, WORKERS ,& PEDESTRIANS. 3. ARRANGE & PAY FOR DISCONNECT, REMOVING & CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITH AREAS OF DEMOLITION, DISCONNECT & STUB OFF. NOTIFY THE AFFECTED UTILITY CO.D & BUILDING MANAGER IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. 4. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. 5. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE & RECYCLE. 6. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY & CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK & MAXIMIZE RECYCLING &/OR SALVAGE OF MATERIALS, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXIST. BUILDING. PROTECT EXIST. FOUNDATIONS & SUPPORTING STRUCT. MEMBERS. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 7. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURSIDICTION. 8. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 9. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. 10. IN AN OPEN STORE ALL STORE DEMOLITION WORK SHOULD BE CORDINATED WITH THE STORE MANAGER SO AS NOT TO DISRUPT STORE OPERATIONS. AREAS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CORDONED OFF TO PREVENT DEBRIS AND DUST FROM GOING INTO THE REMAINING SALES FLOOR. ACCESS TO STOCKROOM MUST BE MAINTAINED. 11. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FROM SITE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LEAVE SITE IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO THE GAP PROJECT MANAGER. 12. ALL EXISTING WORK NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. 13. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED IMPROVEMENTS, NOT PART OF SCHEME, INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL IMPROVEMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 14. EXISTING WORK: WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF GAP AND THE RETURN OF PROPER CREDIT, EXISTING WORK WHICH FITS THE SCHEME MAY BE RE -USED. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL, IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, PERFORM ANY AND ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, RESTORING, REPAIRING AND THE LIKE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND RESTORE ANY DAMAGED SURFACES RESULTING FROM THE WORK TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. ALL ROOF PATCHING SHALL RETURN AREA TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. 16. GC TO VERIFY & COORDINATE, AS NEEDED, ANY OFFSITE STORAGE LOCATION FOR ANY LIFTS DURING STORE HOURS. (STOCK ROOM MAY BE USED IF SPACE ALLOWS, VERIFY WITH STORE MANAGER AND CPM). 17. DURING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE W/ G.C. IF SPRINKLER HEADS NEED TO BE SHIFTED OR IF LIGHTS CAN SHIFT AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW CLEAR AREA FOR SPRAY. ANY CHANGES TO (E) SPRINKLER / ALARM SYSTEM MUST BE PERMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. 18. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES (OLD OR NEW) MUST BE OPERATIONAL TO ENSURE PUBLIC AREAS ARE WELL LIT DURING STORE OPEN HOURS. DEFINITIONS: REMOVE & DISPOSE OF: USED FOR BRAND SPECIFIC ITEMS THAT ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED BY OLD NAVY AND SHOULD BE RECYCLED AND DISPOSED OF. REMOVE & SALVAGE: USED FOR ITEMS TO BE SAVED AND RETURNED TO THE STORE MANAGER FOR RE -USE. 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: crrvo TKIU Nnv 16.2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO RCP KEY NOTES GENERAL DEMO NOTES SHEET NUMBER: D1 -1a RECYCLING PROCESS NOTES: - GC TO CONTACT SLM, THE REQUIRED WASTE AND RECYCLE VENDOR, FOR COORDINATION OF ALL NECESSARY CONSTRUCTION ROLL OFF DUMP /RETURNS. - SLM WILL PROVIDE STORE SPECIFIC RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH REGIONAL AREA. - GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NECESSARY SEPARATION AND SORTING OF RECYCLABLES AS REQUIRED AND INSTRUCTED BY SLM. (E) EMPLOYEE 00 (E) WOMEN 00 SEE D1 -la MATCHLINE 8' -0° 8' -0" (E) JANITOR CLOSET 8' -0" ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,„,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, „,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,f,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, „,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,;,,,,,,,,,,. , , , , , , . , -.0./.6917/W/16, 031 D35 M6 (E) TOILET RM VESTIBULE 8' -0" 000 (E) MEN 8' -0° 000 (E) MANAGER'S OFFICE 8' -0" 000 (E) STOCK / PROCESSING AREA OPEN TYP = = = Eijf= = = = =_= LJ = = = = = = = = = = = = = D3 TYP. to r 95, TYP. TYP. = == == En� = = == = _= E4 -1 = = == = ===== == === ===== ===== ==== = = = = == TYP. - = t17 n © TYP. t17 1 037 TYP. \ 17 TYP. TYP. PROPOSED LEASLINE 0- TYP. TYP. TYP == = =z = =— =_ == TYP. 1✓ REMIT SPACE L (Li?- TYP. TYP. 1 IL NOTE: GC TO PARTNER WITH CPM FOR CONSTRUCTION RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS. NOTE: GC TO FINALIZE & COORDINATE SPEAKERS FINAL LOCATION WITH VENDOR (E) FITTING ROOMS OPEN DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SEE D1 -la MATCHLINE (E) ENTRY REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ( 3 SCALE GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 Cr) LO STORE LOCATION: w w 0 W CL Q Q CL ce W —J Z 2 ces 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: wd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 1/8" =1'-0" KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. SHELL (E) EXTERIOR AWNING SYSTEM DEMOLITION REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL (E) MAIN STREET PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) FITTING ROOM WAYFINDING SIGNAGE & PIPE SUPPORTS. r . • Loy% P,Artirire,-17-"i - 0,7"102-04517•719;a7 arr LW' • - 4.441=101.12/ REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) CASHWRAP POWER POLE AND SIGNAGE c� D41 • REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE. MAINTAIN CIRCUITS FOR NEW SIGN IN SAME LOCATION . GC TO COORDINATE WITH SIGN VENDOR Aieo a a a A' A J" P7,45.7 JAI O(E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO BE RELOCATED XeitYr=i1=1'1"174521EY L27 (E) MUSIC SPEAKER TO BE ABANDONED IN REMIT AREA (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF (E) SUSPENDED SIGNAGE AND SUPPORTS. TAKE POWERBACK TO "J" BOX MECHANICAL / PLUMBING REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) CEILING FANS & SUPPORTS. TAKE POWER BACK TO J -BOX. REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) POWER STRUT, SUPPORTS & MOUNTING BRACKETS AT MAINSTREET a LIGHTING D31 (E) CEILING TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF 657:1470 "4= 474517" (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED & DISPOSED OF, LAMPS TO BE SALVAGED AND USED IN NEW FIXTURES. WAI rif A eriZarflir a Art9V A 0ZV �. ��.��iii���i�s�Il"iFri'iii� /mil/ A 11r2=427 4.40=7:4/ A FAMNAHrZierf: 1§-7" AdeAdr " ' M5 M6 (E) HVAC DUCTS TO REMAIN. VERIFY HEIGHT IN FIELD - NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF DUCTS ARE LOWER THAN13' -0” AFF AT SALES AREA REMOVE (E) SUPPLY AIR GRILLES. THE ASSOCIATED DUCT OPENINGS SHALL BE REUSED AS APPLICABLE PER NEW WORK. SEE MECH. DRAWINGS. D34 REMOVE & DISPOSE OF (E) SPEAKERS L_I (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN (E) WATER HEATER TO BE RELOCATED PER A1-1 rafire;f77,ri�liil>i/i7 17-031 (E) CEILING MOUNTED FLUORESCENT LIGHTING TO BE ABANDONED IN REMIT AREA REMOVE AND SALVAGE (E) FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURES. RELOCATE PER A1-1, SEE SYMBOLS LEGEND FOR FIXTURE COUNTS. 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ALL DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 2 PROVIDE & MAINTAIN BARRICADES, LIGHTING & GUARD RAILS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY ADVISORY TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF BUILDING, WORKERS ,& PEDESTRIANS. 3 ARRANGE & PAY FOR DISCONNECT, REMOVING & CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITH AREAS OF DEMOLITION, DISCONNECT & STUB OFF. NOTIFY THE AFFECTED UTILITY CO.D & BUILDING MANAGER IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. 4. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. 5. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED. IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE & RECYCLE. 6. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY & CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK & MAXIMIZE RECYCLING &IOR SALVAGE OF MATERIALS, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXIST. BUILDING. PROTECT EXIST. FOUNDATIONS & SUPPORTING STRUCT. MEMBERS. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 7. PERFORM DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURSIDICTION. 8. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 9. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. 10. IN AN OPEN STORE ALL STORE DEMOLITION WORK SHOULD BE CORDINATED WITH THE STORE MANAGER SO AS NOT TO DISRUPT STORE OPERATIONS. AREAS OF NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CORDONED OFF TO PREVENT DEBRIS AND DUST FROM GOING INTO THE REMAINING SALES FLOOR. ACCESS TO STOCKROOM MUST BE MAINTAINED. 11. REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIALS, TOOLS & EQUIPMENT FROM SITE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. LEAVE SITE IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO THE GAP PROJECT MANAGER. 12. ALL EXISTING WORK NOT IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. PROTECT WORK FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM THIS WORK. 13. REMOVE ALL ABANDONED IMPROVEMENTS, NOT PART OF SCHEME, INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL IMPROVEMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 14. EXISTING WORK: WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF GAP AND THE RETURN OF PROPER CREDIT, EXISTING WORK WHICH FITS THE SCHEME MAY BE RE -USED. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL, IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, PERFORM ANY AND ALL CUTTING, PATCHING, RESTORING, REPAIRING AND THE LIKE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK AND RESTORE ANY DAMAGED SURFACES RESULTING FROM THE WORK TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. ALL ROOF PATCHING SHALL RETURN AREA TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. 16. GC TO VERIFY & COORDINATE, AS NEEDED, ANY OFFSITE STORAGE LOCATION FOR ANY LIFTS DURING STORE HOURS. (STOCK ROOM MAY BE USED IF SPACE ALLOWS, VERIFY WITH STORE MANAGER AND CPM). 17. DURING CONSTRUCTION, COORDINATE W/ G.C. IF SPRINKLER HEADS NEED TO BE SHIFTED OR IF LIGHTS CAN SHIFT AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW CLEAR AREA FOR SPRAY. ANY CHANGES TO (E) SPRINKLER / ALARM SYSTEM MUST BE PERMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER. 18. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES (OLD OR NEW) MUST BE OPERATIONAL TO ENSURE PUBLIC AREAS ARE WELL LIT DURING STORE OPEN HOURS. DEFINITIONS: REMOVE & DISPOSE OF: USED FOR BRAND SPECIFIC ITEMS THAT ARE NO LONGER REQUIRED BY OLD NAVY AND SHOULD BE RECYCLED AND DISPOSED OF. REMOVE & SALVAGE: USED FOR ITEMS TO BE SAVED AND RETURNED TO THE STORE MANAGER FOR RE -USE. 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CTYOFTt KMiA NfV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DEMO RCP KEY NOTES GENERAL DEMO NOTES SHEET NUMBER: D1 -1b JANITOR CLOSET rr 220 SQ. FT. 0m 6' -6" 9'-6 1/2 6' -7 1/8" I ir ...--,01111111111. MANAGER'S OFFICE 171 SQ. FT. STOCK / PROCESSING AREA -1 1010 SQ. FT. oar a S14 Ij FN8 6" /8" 7 15' -5 5/8" 16' -0" 3414 3/8" GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANOISCO, CA 94105 CORRIDOR 0 © �$mml1 Q 26' -11 1/2" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CONSULTANT INFO: Ma ma PROFESSIONAL STAMP: SMALL 16' -0" GRAPHIC jOF BOOTHSETS l GRAPHIC [OF I ENTRY JOHN M STA NOV 12 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: FITTING ROOMS SEE Al -Ocii MATCHLINE SEE A1-Ocii MATCHLINE 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: SCALE FLOOR PLAN 1/8" =1' -0" 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 EY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT EY DESCRIPTION SHELL O FIRE EXTINGUISHER. COORD. LOCATION AS REQUIRED BY LOC 3 / A9-2 FIRE MARSHAL. COORD. LOCATION W/ COLUMN GRAPHICS S1 (E) LEASE LINE (E) NEUTRAL PIER OR PILASTER (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM (E) EXTERIOR SOFFIT SYSTEM / LINE OF (E) SOFFIT ABOVE /110 ' • Mr • d • A110 rein I • Tc jpyre • :„.4071,":„9"Figlreopr.. As Ar ® N1 4 & 5 / 5/A A10 -1 �,�'� I. C • N1 CO-2 4 &5/A10 -1 fad ill 7 & 8 /A10-1 STOCK/PROCESSING AREA TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO BE PAINTED PER FINIS SCHEDULE. T -0" H WALL OPENING " LEDGE FOR CELL PHONE CHARGING MOUNTED TO ALIGN W/ HEIGHT OF COUNTER TOP. 7 / A9 -1 EXPOSED WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL BASE WAINSCOT W1 FROM TOP OF SLAB TO 3'-6" A.F.F. APPLY B2 AT BASE OF WAINSCOT. (N) CORNER GUARD STANCHION GRAPHIC (FACTORY FINISH), BY STANCHION VENDOR FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS (FACTORY FINISH), BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR HANDICAP FITTING ROOM SIGN @ 5' -0" AFF DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT 6 / Al2-0 (3,) MANAGERS OFFICE WHITE ERASE QUOTE BUBBLE 18 / Al2-0 ELECTRICAL 1 &2/A7-1 Ei (N) DOOR BUZZER SEE ELEC. 5 / A11 -1 SEE ELEC. FITTING ROOM INTERIOR GRAPHICS (SET OF 3) 91Al2-0 "VOICE OF THE STORE" GRAPHIC APPLIED OVER METAL PANEL 3 / Al2 -0 FITTING ROOM POD CURTAINS 13 / Al -Ocii DISPLAY CASE FINISHES PAINT PERIMETER WALLS P1 PER FINISH SCHEDULE, U.O.N. CLEAN & VACUUM DUST FROM ALL SURFACES BEFORE PAINTING. DO NOT BLO DUST. (E) CONCRETE FLOOR PAINT WALL FLOOR TO DECK AT BOYS AREA APPLY WALL GUARD W6 TO FRONT WALL FROM FITTING ROOM POD INTERIOR GRAPHIC 10/ A1-Ocii NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING TRANSFORMER. ELECTRICAL PANELS - PAINT STRIPES INDICATING 3' -0" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF PANELS COMPLETE SET OF AS -BUILT DWGS IN PLASTIC TUBE SECURED TO WALL. SEND SECOND SET TO GAP PROJECT MANAGER 8 / A9-0 SEE ELEC. 1 / A9-0 SEE ELEC. 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4 -0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE C0-2 FOR ROOM FINISH, DOOR SCHEDULES & FIXTURE LEGEND. 6. SEE A1-2 FOR GRAPHICS. REVISIONS: Aar / / /.0 //AVAZ/1(7,07*� � '! / / /// %'femme CORNER OF SIDEWALL TO EDGE OF STOREFRONT CUBE GRAPHIC 17 / Al2-0 RE IVEt3 CITY Tl7KWLA wnv 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER 3/A3-0 (N) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 1 /A2 -1 PAINT WALL FLOOR TO DECK AT GIRLS AREA 3/A3-0 CONSTRUCTION (N) WALL TO B.O. DECK SHOWN HATCHED. 2/A4 -0 PROCESSING AREA DOOR OMANAGERS WORK STATION 9 / A9 -0 FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES RESTROOM CORRIDOR AND MEN'S & WOMEN'S RESTROOM TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. GRAPHICS Gee 0 STOREFRONT WINDOW DECALS MANAGERS OFFICE TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. SEE 1/A9-0 EMPLOYEE AREA TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. SEE 1 1 A9 -2 PRIVATE SIGN 4 / A11 -1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 3 & 12/A10-1 5/A11 -0 EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY SIGN 1 / A11 -1 MOP SINK 11 / A10-1 -* - -;4124=f- AroM NO SMOKING GRAPHIC (EXTERIOR) Q 5'-0" AFF 2 / Al2-0 VINYL CAUTION SIGN 16/Al2 -0 "OLD NAVY" ELLIPSE GRAPHIC 121Al2-0 40.77,1" 'Me 401.4c72=7 AV A GRAPHIC NOTES: 1. PHASE CORNER STRIPE PAINTING SO THAT STRIPES EXTEND BEHIND BOOTHSETS TO FLOOR 2. ALL GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE ARE VENDOR SUPPLIED & VENDOR INSTALLED. CONTACT VENDOR. 3. GC TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT & GRAPHIC VENDOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 4. (E) EXIT OR BOH DOORS. G.C. TO PAINT AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. DRAWN BY: EM /SM A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: NOTES SEE Al -Oci MATCHLINE 4" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA -2 4' -0" a aar���ama�aa�� _ G28 TYP. 854 SQ. FT. 28'-3 7/8" Al S "ate.. •s� 12 A4 -0 S REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION S3 SEE A1-Oci MATCHLINE 1 (9 146' -2 3/4" S SALES AREA 14793 SQ. FT. J S S REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: SOUTHCENTER P > CO I- 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: %6266 REGISTERED ARCHITE TEOFW ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM 2 FLOOR PLAN EY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT EY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY SHELL (E) LEASE LINE (E) NEUTRAL PIER OR PILASTER (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM FIRE EXTINGUISHER. COORD. LOCATION AS REQUIRED BY LOC FIRE MARSHAL. COORD. LOCATION W/ COLUMN GRAPHICS 3 / A9 -2 STOCK/PROCESSING AREA TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. C0-2 STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO BE PAINTED PER FINIS SCHEDULE. 1 / A2 -0 d7r= AVArateWEISTEMYM (E) EXTERIOR SOFFIT SYSTEM / LINE OF (E) SOFFIT ABOVE LEDGE FOR CELL PHONE CHARGING MOUNTED TO ALIGN W/ HEIGHT OF COUNTER TOP. EXPOSED WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL BASE WAINSCOT APPLY W1 C0 -2 4hte CO -2 485/A10-1 FROM TOP OF SLAB TO 3'-6" A.F.F. CO -2 AT BASE OF WAINSCOT. 4 &5/A10 -1 DESCRIPTION DET /SHT DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY STANCHION GRAPHIC (FACTORY FINISH), BY STANCHION VENDOR FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS (FACTORY FINISH), BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR HANDICAP FITTING ROOM SIGN @ 5' -0" AFF 61Al2-0 DESCRIPTION DET /SHT MANAGERS OFFICE WHITE ERASE QUOTE BUBBLE 18 / Al2 -0 ELECTRICAL 1 &21A7-1 5 / A11 -1 FITTING ROOM INTERIOR GRAPHICS (SET OF 3) 91Al2-0 "VOICE OF THE STORE" GRAPHIC APPLIED OVER METAL PANEL 3 / Al2 -0 (N) CORNER GUARD 7 &8/A10 -1 FITTING ROOM POD CURTAINS 13 / A1-Ocii AV A 192= Zite/MY A rA A tiP7=1W V A (E) CONCRETE FLOOR DISPLAY CASE FINISHES PAINT PERIMETER WALLS P1 PER FINISH SCHEDULE, U.O.N. CLEAN & VACUUM DUST FROM ALL SURFACES BEFORE PAINTING. DO NOT BLO DUST. *fr. 12.027 411 AM= FITTING ROOM POD INTERIOR GRAPHIC 10 / A1-0cii (N) DOOR BUZZER NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING PANEL. NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING TRANSFORMER. ELECTRICAL PANELS - PAINT STRIPES INDICATING 3'-0" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF PANELS COMPLETE SET OF AS -BUILT DW(GS IN PLASTIC TUBE SECURED TO WALL. SEND SECOND SET TO GAP PROJECT MANAGER SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC. 8 A9-0 SEE ELEC. 1 / A9-0 SEE ELEC. .c;727 AVAr Ar14,40 :.-;7417 AfitiWOMANY 4.c= Ar A APPLY WALL GUARD W6 TO FRONT WALL FROM CORNER OF SIDEWALL TO EDGE OF STOREFRONT CUBE GRAPHIC 17 / Al2 -0 (N) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM GRAPHICS CONSTRUCTION (N) WALL TO B.O. DECK SHOWN HATCHED. 2/A4-0 PROCESSING AREA DOOR MANAGER'S WORK STATION 9/A9-0 RESTROOM CORRIDOR AND MEN'S & WOMEN'S RESTROOM TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. STOREFRONT WINDOW DECALS RIVATE SIGN 41A11 -1 PLUMBING (E) SPRINKLER SYSTEM RISER OR WATER MAIN 0 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 5/A11 -0 MERGENCY EXIT ONLY SIGN INYL CAUTION SIGN 1 / A11 -1 MOP SINK 16 / Al2 -0 MANAGER'S OFFICE TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. SEE 1 1 A9-0 EMPLOYEE AREA TO BE PAINTED PER FINISH SCHEDULE. SEE 1 / A9 -2 NO SMOKING GRAPHIC (EXTERIOR) @ 5'-O" AFF � 21Al2-0 ID NAVY" ELLIPSE GRAPHIC 12/M2 -0 r 9 r A PIM = Ar A FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES SCALE 1/8" =1' -0" ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4-0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE CO-2 FOR ROOM FINISH, DOOR SCHEDULES & FIXTURE LEGEND. 6. SEE A1-2 FOR GRAPHICS. btx, I. GRAPHIC NOTES: 1. PHASE CORNER STRIPE PAINTING SO THAT STRIPES EXTEND BEHIND BOOTHSETS TO FLOOR 2. ALL GRAPHICS AND SIGNAGE ARE VENDOR SUPPLIED & VENDOR INSTALLED. CONTACT VENDOR. 3. GC TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT & GRAPHIC VENDOR OF ANY DISCREPANCIES 4. (E) EXIT OR BOH DOORS. G.C. TO PAINT AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS. NOTES 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITY TUKWILA NM 162012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM /SM A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN SHEET NUMBER: A1-Ocii GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 IEP- 10T -Sr SEE A1-0fi MATCHLINE 13' -7 314" STORE LOCATION: w z w cc U w C/) d a c LU -J 2 oes SOUTHCENTER P >> J EP -MiF -S EP -112T-S 7' -71/8" OF BOOTHSET/ FITTING ROOM 10'-4 7/8" 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: MaLFM� _asp 20' -1" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA -2 BS -1ULx 7 (R) (E OF BOOTHSET/ FITTING ROOM EP- OF BASIS WALL OF BOOTHSET/ FITTING ROOM PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITE ARCHITECT INFO:NOV 12 2012 FLOOR PLAN 1/8 " =1' -0" DESCRIPTION FIXTURES DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY _W)777///////////1 s CASHWRAP / CREDENZA LOCATION A6-0 & A6-1 10' -0" H END MIRROR DESCRIPTION DET /SHT ACCESSORIES FIXTURE COOLER & COOLER SHROUD A6 -0 CAP VOID SPACE WITH WIRE MESH 6 / A8 -2 3 /A6 -2 ® BASICS WALL 1 & 41A8-2 BOOTHSET MOUNTED ANGLED FAST LANE CABINET FAST LANE STANCHION ANGLED CUBE FIXTURE 1/A6-2 A6-0& 2/A6-2 7/A64 WALL MOUNTED SHELVING & HANG RODS 6 A9-1 DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL DET /SHT DESCRIPTION SYMBOL 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4-0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE CO-2 FOR ROOM FINISH, DOOR SCHEDULES & FIXTURE LEGEND. 6. SEE A1-2 FOR GRAPHICS. DROP SAFE LOCATION / MANAGERS OFFICE SAFE LOCATION, INSTALLED BY GC A6 -0 & 91A9-0 A6-0 CASHWRAP PETTY CASH SAFE WALKIE TALKIE AND V.C. LOCATION. A6-0 SEE ELEC. FIXT. COUNT DESCRIPTION SYMBOL 1 FIXT. COUNT 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 NEW 10' -0" HIGH BOOTHSET (N) LOCATION OF (E) EMPLOYEE AREA TABLES AND CHAIRS 0 2'-6" X T-6" MIRROR, MOUNTED AT 6" AFF 8 / A8 -0 F46 COAT HANGING CUBBY RACETRACK SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY - THIS IS NOT A PATTERN OR GRAPHIC VOICE OF STORE MIRROR F47 6-0" H END PANEL ATTACHED TO WALL QUICK CHANGE FITTING ROOM POD W/ SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN ABOVE SHOP DIVIDERS 7 / A9-2 A8-0 5 /A8O ROUTE (1) 1/2" ELEC. CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO BEHIND FITTING ROOMS WHERE INDICATED. INSTALL / ROUTE CONDUIT AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO BACKSIDE OF F.R. WALL TO POWER LIGHTING IN DESIGNATED OPENINGS 81A7-0 SEE ELEC. RELOCATED 10'-0" HIGH BOOTHSET. ALL RELOCATED FIXTURES TO RECEIVE (N) REPLACEMENT PANEL PACKAGE BS-•1X voiniew LOCATION FOR (N) REFRIGERATOR & (N) MICROWAVE, BY OWNER, SEE ELEC. FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS Fo m 6 84 22 1/A9-2 0 PREFABRICATED FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS A7 -0 UPSTOCK FIXTURE (N) LOCATION OF (E) VENDING MACHINE RELOCATED BOOTHSET TO RECEIVE MODIFICATION PACKAGE FROM 1' TO' L", SEE A8-3. RELOCATED FIXTURES TO RECIEVE (N) REPLACEMENT PANEL PACKAGE 5 RELOCATED BOOTHSETS TO RECEIVE (N) 24' EXTENSION PER DETAIL 12/A8 -1 AND MODIFICATION PACKAGE FROM T' TO I", SEE 11A8 -3. FIXTURE NOT TO RECEIVE SHELVES, BACK PANEL OR BASE PANEL. FOR BACK OF HOUSE LOCATION ONLY. REVISIONS: 7 NEW MID -FLOOR FRAMES SHOP DIVIDERS ON CASTERS. GC TO ASSEMBLE IN FIELD DESCRIPTION SYMBOL (N) LOCATION OF (E) PLAYNETWORK SYSTEM NEW 10' -0" BOOTHSET WITH ANGLE TOP FASTLANE CABINET, SEE 1/A6 -2 DTIJ SHEET CITY OF TUKVYILA NOV 1 n 2012 . PERMIT CENTER BW -AC XX END PANEL EP -10L EP -1 OT BOOTHSET LAYOUT STARTING POINT END PANEL FOR 10' -0" H "L" FIXTURE 5A/A8 -1 END PANEL FOR 10' -0" H "T" FIXTURE END PANEL FOR 12 -0" H "L" FIXTURE END PANEL FOR 17-0" H "T" FIXTURE 4A/A8 -1 5A / A8-1 VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORM AT CASHWRAP A6 -2 FINISHES F33 PREFABRICATED KITCHENETTE WITH SINK 1 1A9 -2 (N) LOCATION OF (E) EMPLOYEE LOCKERS - F34 SECURE TO WALL. CLEAR FLOOR SPACE PER UNIT: 12 "W X 15 "D. 6 LOCKERS HIGH (N) LOCATION OF (E) TIME CLOCK 9 / A9 -1 END PANEL WITH SHELF EP -10T -S FITTING ROOM 36" DIAMETER FLOOR MAT FM1 (TYP. 12) ROUTE ELEC. CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO POWER POLE AT THIS LOCATION TO PROVIDE POWER FOR FIXTURES AT CASHWRAP. 7 &8/A9 -1 LOSS PREVENTION ETAS PEDISTAL LOCATION ROUTE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO POWER POLE TO POWER CREDENZA ROUTE ELEC. CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO POWER POLE TO PROVIDE POWER FOR COOLER. SEE A6-0 SEE A6-0 SEE A6-0 END PANEL WITH MIRROR EP -102 -M EP -10T -M END PANEL FOR SHOP DIVIDERS 1O' -0" H FILLER PANEL 2/A8-2 2 &3/A8 -1 HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. HATCHED F36 AREA OF FLOOR TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" 11 / A9 -1 697 NEST -A -FLEX AREA/OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT AREA, SYMBOL FOR REFERENCE ONLY; NOT A FLOOR GRAPHIC RELOCATED BOOTHSETS TO RECEIVE (N) 24' EXTENSION PER DETAIL 121A8 -1 AND RECEIVE (N) REPLACEMENT PANEL PACKAGE BASICS WALL BOOTHSETS TO RECEIVE TOP CAP AND END PANEL (SHOWN DASHED) PER DETAIL 1/A8.2 & 4/AB -2 24 42" HIGH, 10' -0" LONG ACCESSORY FIXTURE 42" / 54" HIGH, 4' -0 LONG ACCESSORY FIXTURE 'AF -42BL J 1 FASTLANE STANCHION AF-42A1 1AF -54A) 4- 5/A8 -1 9/A6 -1 9/A6 -1 STANCHION A. 2/A6 -2 DRAWN BY: EM /SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: FIXTURE FLOOR PLAN (CONSTRUCTION OPTION) 9 UPSTOCK HANGROD UPSTK 9/A8 -2 GC TO VERIFY COUNT WITH VENDOR. SEE A8-0, A8-1 & A8-2 FOR BOOTHSET DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES NOTES FIXTURE LEGEND A1-Ofii CORRIDOR OPEN TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR OPEN MEN JANITOR CLOSET WOMEN 9, -5" 9, -5" 000 TYP TYP EMPLOYEE AREA OPEN EQ ,41 s p i T TYP E Ea EQ MANAGER'S OFFICE 9' -5" C7 EQ 1-0" 5' -0 "I EQ , �_.... -ter. OFSHOP /TRACT ��� I0 L24 zeezdrez - i r-- ■ OF LIGHT ON BOOTHS - _ TYP. 14' -2" TYP. 0 TYP. STOCK / PROCESSING AREA -1 OPEN TYP. 0 FITTING ROOMS OPEN 20F SHOP / TRACK /SPEAKER 10' -10" EQ OF SHOP 1 TRACK /SPEAKER 25' -1" 20F SHOP 1 TRACK /SPEAKER. 18' -11" ,i vii ///////iiiii ✓iuuiii / 33'-1" TYP. TYP. ti SALES AREA 14 OPEN CASHWRAP 4'10' -6" • i ALIGN 5' -2" TYP. SEE Al -lb MATCHLINE 16' -3" EQ ,[ I TYP. 4'10" 1 13'-10" cs 4.-0" • y •� 6 TYP. 10'-7" EQ.E 13T -'10" LENGTH OF UNISTRUT 7' -5" 4'• 0" �. • • 12' -7" 2 TYP. 13' -8" /// i/ i%// H////!//// IX/ ////// ! / /!! / / / /H ////. /!A/ / / / / / //// /y! /. / /./ / / / / // /N / / / / / / /I/ C'1 w 0 w w 4'-0" 12' -7" 4'40" 12' -6" 1 TYP. EQ.D 4'. 0" 14' -1" E9 E9 4' -0" TYP 12' -6" III —£r 4' -0" EQ.0 4' -3" 1' -2" OF BOOTHSETS 1 TRACK /SPEAKER ... • 4'-0" 5' -0" 4' • • • " 5' -0" 1, 4' -0" TYP. 4' -0" 16' -5" 4' -0" ti EQ.0 12' -0" o\ E y : " EQ.B 4' 0" 12' -0" 143' -3" LENGTH OF UNIST U 1'• M A • •� 4' -0 ".. EQ. TYP. TYP. 1' -6" TYP. 1' -2" TYP. NOTE: IF EXISTING UNISTRUT IS ALREADY PAINTED, PAINT ALL UNISTRUT TO MATCH P2 NOTE: GC TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS FORS. OF BOOTHSETS & TRACKLIGHTS NOTE: DO NOT PAINT CEILING DROPS/ LIGHTING SUSPENSION HARDWARE U.O.N. NOTE: ALL DUCTS ARE SHOWN ON THIS RCP FOR CLEARANCE COORDINATION W/ VARYING CEILING & ROOF SLOPES AND TO CORDINATE W/ NEW LIGHTING NOTE: G.C. MUST COORDINATE WALL STANDARD COUNT WITH L &P FOR HANG ROD DETAILS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4' -6" EQ � EQ ■i■Iz■■ ••■ ■■ ■ ■ ■S.7 ■■■ `f '44" UM ■ ■ ■.:u EI:1 ZEN ■A. C■■ !I ■.:■■ ■■■ S■■ S■■■ Q ■■ ••11 ••• ■ ■ ■S■■ ■■ ■c ■■ •• o■.. !1■■ �■: TYP. 6'-4" 14' -1' 0 TYP. EQ.A EQ.A 4' 0" EQ FLOOR PLAN SEE Al -lb MATCHLINE SCALE REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 a re 0000047990 w T w M o STORE LOCATION: w w U w d N Q CL 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFONC) V 1 2 2012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DET /SHT SHELL (E) ENTRY VESTIBULE CEILING (E) EXTERIOR AWNING SYSTEM (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN ■rlIcgr 4fliOM Ar 0 ILLUMINATE BLADE SIGN CONSTRUCTION GYP. BOARD CEILING W/ CEILING JOISTS, CENTER LIGHTING U.O.N. SEE ELEC 8/ A11 -0 0 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE C7 PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE. MOUNT (2) ROWS OF UNISTRUT AS SHOWN AT 12'-0" A.F.F. A4-0 CO -2 1/A9 -1 FINISHES PAINT EXPOSED ROOF STRUCTURE / DECK / DUCTWORK PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CO -2 N1 PAINT GYP. CEILING PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CO -2 LIGHTING t4/.0" /r�J iiri�i'/�'iii'��rr' i /i'�i: 0���/�,�, "� ��f�i JV f 4' -0" OR 8' -0" LONG FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE . MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" A.F.F. SYMMETRICAL REFLECTORS ON SALES AREA & STOCK AREA FIXTURES, UON. 4'-0" OR 8'-0" LONG FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" AF.F. REFLECTOR TO BE LOCATED TO DIRECT LIGHT ON WALLS/BASICS WALLS. REFLECTOR LOCATION INDICATED BY BOLD LINE ON PLAN. A2 -0 & 4 / A11-0 SEE ELEC F.R. PENDANT LIGHTS BY VENDOR, TYP. OF (3). BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 9' -6" AFF, BOTTOM OF SHADE AT 9' -0" AFF - PROVIDE UNISTRUTS AS SHOWN FOR FIXTURE SUPPORT 7 A7-0 & 10 /A11-0 Prrffit4 .._ life __A, mrzz 4-14-0:0,:oe,Pieo** 4-4*.ev,:.skey I- rK: r oirws":„.40,,remthat".,AA-,,), rdi,„ __. * I �'T _• f'rZrfC lamirr,,t vrrAf r-i!grel (rrrar inrs� w • .11.-1' f,, r A / A/ td °AZ O SEE ELEC it i/ . y".„ / p A f ern, e :. am. .i s , fAWATCC4( RECEPTACLE FOR SHOPKICK TRANSMITTER MOUNTED TO TRACK. 0 160-4 - ifIre erydrijrziri- • */ Ara rArze TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 18" O.C. - MOUNT BOTTOM OF TRACK AT 11' -0" A.F.F. MOUNT TRACKS TO CONTINUOUS UNISTRUT. TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 18" O.C. - WALL MOUNT TRACK TO SOFFIT OVER STOREFRONT. SURFACE MOUNTED OU ED FLOORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR • • • • • • I I 2' x 2' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR PORCELAIN SOCKET FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC L25 L26 (N) PEOPLE COUNTER (N) LOCATION OF (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN. SUSPEND B.O. FIXTURE AT 11' -0' AFF, SURFACE MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 7'.6" AFF. (N) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN. SUSPEND B.O. FIXTURE AT 11' -O" AFF, SURFACE MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 7' -6" AFF. (N) MUSIC SPEAKER. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SPEAKER AT 13' -0 A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT (N) LOCATION OF (E) MUSIC SPEAKER. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SPEAKER AT 13' -0" A.F.F. GRAPHICS G4 G5 CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7' -6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT CASHWRAP EXIT SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7'-6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT FITTING ROOM POD SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. 4 A5-0 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT TOILET ROOM SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. CENTERED IN OPENING. �—t 8/Al2 -0 & 61 A11 -1 8/Al2-0 & 61A11 -1 8 / Al2 -0 MECHANICAL DUCTWORK SEE MECH. LVJ 24"x24" ACCESS PANEL SEE MECH. �-1 8 /Al2 -0 & 6 / A11 -1 m SUPPLY DIFFUSER SEE MECH. RETURN DIFFUSER SEE MECH. 8/Al2 -0 SEE ELEC. G7 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN WITH ARROW. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7-8" AF.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT. I- 8 /Al2-08i 6 A11 -1 SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC & 12/A11 -1 SEE ELEC & 12 / A11 -1 rrloggr7:007rinr,a17-rirave e eywfrosr jrzarlfrif 4614.02.; 4P it/A1 RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER i prereriMrartrOn15,7"47,1 i' 77754TP";1750:4W .• `'J;�r « . , ..r'� ►,7 'r.`' +i' :l J.` ;, +,''-,Yw: T'r;`'1'.Tr 4° J - ....pe ��, ,„„„.„„, SEE ELEC & 10/A10 -1 L31 FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES 17" 0 BOH PENDANT FIXTURE, MOUNT UNISTRUT AT 12' -0" A.F.F. FO" SUPPORT SHOWN DASHED, B.O. FIXTURE TO BE AT T -6" A.F.F. O G9 3' X 4' MARKETING GRIDS, MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" A.F.F. TYP. OF (2) 7 / A11 -1 EXHAUST DIFFUSER SEE MECH. W///90/151)07//i DESCRIPTION MEP E9 DROP POWER AT THIS LOCATION FOR F.R. LIGHTS. RUN (1) 3/4" ELEC. CONDUIT ALONG SIDES & BACK OF ROOMS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS 8 / A7-0 SEE ELEC. RELOCATED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 12'.O" AFF ACCESS POINT, J -BOX BY G.C., SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC. NEW FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 12'-0" AFF. 1 1 P6 WATER HEATER ON PLATFORM, MOUNTED ABOVE MOP SINK - SEE MECHANICAL SEE ELEC. 101 11 /A10-1 SEE PLUMB EXISTING FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE X COUNT 8' -0" QTY: XX 4' -0" QTY: XX 8' -0" QTY: XX QTY: XX 8' -0" QTY: XX 4' -0" QTY: XX 1/8" =11-0" 1. ALL DIMENSIONS FOR LOCATING FIXTURES ARE FROM FACE OF WALL FINISH TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE U.O.N. 2. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH DECK, U.O.N. 3. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED PERTINENT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED HEIGHTS A.F.F. 4. ARCHITECTURAL DWGS DETERMINE LOCATION OF LUMINAIRES AND SUPERCEED MEP. 5. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBERS KEYED TO FIXTURE TYPE ON LEGEND THIS PAGE. 6. ADDITIONAL HANGER AND SAFETY WIRES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS & DUCTWORK, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES, TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. 7. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DIFFUSER LOCATIONS. 8. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR SOUND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND SCOPE OF WORK. 9. REAR EXIT DOOR EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES TO CONNECT WITH LL ELECTRICAL PANEL. 10. (E) LAMPS TO BE REUSED IN (N) FIXTURES. 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: tu CITY R iv :1K1MLA Nnv 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SYMBOLS LEGEND GENERAL NOTES SHEET NUMBER: Al -1a SALES AREA N1 OPEN S S E OF BOOTHSETS / TRACK / SPEAKERS It r 1' -2" 1' -6" NOTE: G.C. MUST COORDINATE WALL STANDARD COUNT WITH L &P FOR HANG ROD DETAILS SEE A1-lb MATCHLINE STOCK / PROCESSING AREA —2 4,10" EQ.E 13' -10 "' , 4' -0" 13' -8" 6' -7" ■� V.VkW •.sa E w iA ALIGN, TYP C OF SHOP / TRACK / SPEAKERS 9' -8" 9' -8" TYP. • • • 4' -0" EQ.E EQ,E p £ A T EQ.D 0 TYP. 14' -0" EO.D EQ.D *Om 14' -1" L 4' -0" S TYP. OF LIGHTS ON BOOTHS C9 (V EQ.0 12' -0" EQ.0 EQ.B EQ.B REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Eb.A 6' -4" TYP. Iy41-01 1Iy I 143' -3" LENGTH OF UNISTRU kVAILVW TYP. 12' -0" 14' -1" EQ.A • 1, 4' -0" EQ.A TYP. Et') 114 TYP. NOTE: IF EXISTING UNISTRUT IS ALREADY PAINTED, PAINT ALL UNISTRUT TO MATCH P2 NOTE: GC TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS FOR qi. OF BOOTHSETS & TRACKLIGHTS NOTE: DO NOT PAINT CEILING DROPS/ LIGHTING SUSPENSION HARDWARE U.O.N. NOTE: ALL DUCTS ARE SHOWN ON THIS RCP FOR CLEARANCE COORDINATION W/ VARYING CEILING & ROOF SLOPES AND TO CORDINATE W/ NEW LIGHTING TT— • • �T< ' -0" 3' -0" 4' -0" 3' -0" 4' -0" 1 1 3' -11" C OF SHOP I TRACK / SPEAKERS S ALIGN S 10' -6" 7'-8" C OF SHOP / TRACK/ SPEAKERS 1'-5" co: SHOP / TRACK/ SPEAKERS r REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 REPS. I.D.: STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 L TORE LOCATION: w z w U W CL CL W J Z SOUTHCENTER P 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: nes REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M OV 1 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: FLOOR PLAN SCALE =1' -0" KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SYM. DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SHELL (E) ENTRY VESTIBULE CEILING O (E) EXTERIOR AWNING SYSTEM 15 (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN 0 ILLUMINATE BLADE SIGN • SEE ELEC ir Z./ :VA CONSTRUCTION L9 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE GYP. BOARD CEILING W/ CEILING JOISTS, CENTER LIGHTING U.O.N. C7 O PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE. MOUNT (2) ROWS OF UNISTRUT AS SHOWN AT 12' -0" A.F.F. A4-0 CO -2 1 / A9 -1 4' -0" OR 8' -0" LONG FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE . MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" A.F.F. SYMMETRICAL REFLECTORS ON SALES AREA & STOCK AREA FIXTURES, UON. 8/ A11-0 A2 -0 & 4/ A11-0 SEE ELEC FINISHES PAINT EXPOSED ROOF STRUCTURE / DECK / DUCTWORK PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CO -2 N1 PAINT GYP. CEILING PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CO -2 LIGHTING 4'-0" OR 8'-0" LONG FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" AF.F. REFLECTOR TO BE LOCATED TO DIRECT LIGHT ON WALLS/BASICS WALLS. REFLECTOR LOCATION INDICATED BY BOLD LINE ON PLAN. SEE ELEC SYM. DET /SHT F.R. PENDANT LIGHTS BY VENDOR, TYP. OF (3). BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 9'-6" AFF, BOTTOM OF SHADE AT 9' -0" AFF - PROVIDE UNISTRUTS AS SHOWN FOR FIXTURE SUPPORT 0 7 I A7 -0 & 101A11-0 KEY DESCRIPTION GRAPHICS SYM. DET /SHT SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MECHANICAL DUCTWORK DET /SHT SEE MECH. G2 CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7' -6• A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT r r r / • , /JJJ / :# / `7 (N) PEOPLE COUNTER 4 A5-0 ✓1:: 'irtrS �J�iiriiiii /�'iii���iiii/% RECEPTACLE FOR SHOPKICK TRANSMITTER MOUNTED TO TRACK. 4,fi, to' U'441' frfenti FLOOR PLAN KEY NOTES 0 SEE ELEC TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 18" O.C. - MOUNT BOTTOM OF TRACK AT 11' -0" A.F.F. MOUNT TRACKS TO CONTINUOUS UNISTRUT. TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 18" O.C. - WALL MOUNT TRACK TO SOFFIT OVER STOREFRONT. V ♦ T • SURFACE MOUNTED FLOURESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR I I L17 2' x 2' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR r Frew PORCELAIN SOCKET FIXTURE WITH MOTION SENSOR SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC SEE ELEC (N) LOCATION OF (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN. SUSPEND B.O. FIXTURE AT 11' -0. AFF, SURFACE MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 7 %6" AFF. (N) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN. SUSPEND B.O. FIXTURE AT 11' -0" AFF, SURFACE MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 7' -0" AFF. (N) MUSIC SPEAKER. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SPEAKER AT 13'-0 A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT (N) LOCATION OF (E) MUSIC SPEAKER. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SPEAKER AT 13' -0" A.F.F. SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC & 12 /A11 -1 SEE ELEC & 12 / A11 -1 ge %���' �A o/ � V Ai,6 RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER SEE ELEC & 10/A10 -1 r � .9 ,,- stie - *+.; ,fed' �i ,tie 4 rerr 11,1 4 it.#, /49 do''. 17" 0 BOH PENDANT FIXTURE, MOUNT UNISTRUT AT 12'-0" A.F.F. FO SUPPORT SHOWN DASHED, B.O. FIXTURE TO BE AT 7' -6" A.F.F. SEE ELEC. 8/Al2 -0 & 6 / A11 -1 CASHWRAP EXIT SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7'-6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT 8 Al 2-0 & 6 A11 -1 Vigot974037§157A-AfrZ, FITTING ROOM POD SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8' -0" A.F.F. FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT 81Al2-0 8/Al2 -0 & 61A11 -1 LVJ v 24"x24" ACCESS PANEL SUPPLY DIFFUSER RETURN DIFFUSER TOILET ROOM SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT G6 8'-6" A.F.F. CENTERED IN OPENING. G7 G9 81Al2-0 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN WITH ARROW. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 78" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT. 3' X 4' MARKETING GRIDS, MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" A.F.F. TYP. OF (2) MEP I- -I 8 /Al2-0 & 6 / A11 -1 7 / A11 -1 EXHAUST DIFFUSER SEE MECH. SEE MECH. SEE MECH. SEE MECH. DROP POWER AT THIS LOCATION FOR F.R. LIGHTS. RUN (1) 3/4" ELEC. CONDUIT ALONG SIDES & BACK OF ROOMS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS ACCESS POINT, J -BOX BY G.C., SEE ELEC. 8 A7-0 SEE ELEC. SEE ELEC. DESCRIPTION RELOCATED FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 12' -0" AFF EZZZZZZZZI NEW FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, MOUNT B.O. FIXTURE AT 12' -0" AFF. 1 1 /, X COUNT 8' -0" QTY: XX 4' -0" QTY: XX 8' -0" QTY: XX QTY: XX WATER HEATER ON PLATFORM, MOUNTED ABOVE MOP SINK - SEE MECHANICAL (Ol 11 /A10-1 SEE PLUMB EXISTING FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE 8' -0" QTY: XX 4' QTY: XX " SYMBOLS LEGEND 1. ALL DIMENSIONS FOR LOCATING FIXTURES ARE FROM FACE OF WALL FINISH TO CENTERLINE OF FIXTURE U.O.N. 2. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH DECK, U.O.N. 3. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, CEILINGS AND RELATED PERTINENT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED HEIGHTS A.F.F. 4. ARCHITECTURAL DWGS DETERMINE LOCATION OF LUMINAIRES AND SUPERCEED MEP. 5. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBERS KEYED TO FIXTURE TYPE ON LEGEND THIS PAGE. 6. ADDITIONAL HANGER AND SAFETY WIRES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS & DUCTWORK, AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES, TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. 7. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DIFFUSER LOCATIONS. 8. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR SOUND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND SCOPE OF WORK. 9. REAR EXIT DOOR EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURES TO CONNECT WITH LL ELECTRICAL PANEL. 10. (E) LAMPS TO BE REUSED IN (N) FIXTURES. GENERAL NOTES 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT /LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RECEIVED CITY o TUKWILA 1 6 2012_ PERMIT CEI4TER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET NUMBER: Al -1b �GJ (E) EXIT EMPLOYEE AREA MANAGER'S OFFICE MEN WOMEN STOCK I PROCESSING AREA JANITOR CLOSET CORRIDOR REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 0 FITTING ROOMS SALES AREA = = �- --- - - ---- w z w cc U W cc a CL w oesJ z ---- - - - -- TYP. =1=2_-_--. CASHWRAP 9 • ■ r� 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: OF 12) REGISTERED ARCHITECT F1 • NOV 1 2 2012 ®TYP. ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, 01-143017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM SEE Al -2b MATCHLINE I I 'J I 'I I; NOTE : RELOCATE (E) SECURITY CAMERA EQUIPMENT - COORDINATE W/ GAP VENDOR SEE A1-2b MATCHLI NE ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 NOTE: VENDOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF CAMERAS WITH GC SO THAT THERE ARE NO SIGHT LINES INTO FITTING ROOMS OR FITTING ROOM PODS N LOSS PREVENTION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: REVISIONS: 1/8" = 1' -0" DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT GENERAL NOTES: LOSS PREVENTION 360 PIR - MOTION DETECTOR LONG RANGE PIR Atedorirederf/7A" 35' PIR EAS FIN LOCATION ONE (1) MONITOR & INTELLEX ON MANAGER'S DESK dDIZAV " - 7.7ANY Aware/ OPTIONAL - TEN (10) BOLLARDS 8' -0" O.C. AT STOREFRONT ENTRY GLAZING 1. LOSS PREVENTION - FULL PACKAGE. 2. ON SOLID GLASS DOORS WHERE CI EMBEDDED CONTACTS CANNOT BE USED SUBSTITUTE WITH WIRELESS CONTACTS. RECESSED CONTACT (D /C EMBEDDED) (USE ON NEW DOORS OR SLIDING DOORS) =Me AMA/ SURFACE CONTACT (D /C SURFACE) (USE ON EXISTING DOORS) ONE (1) CAMERA FOR EVERY TWO (2) POS UNITS Arof="rp"- Ave" AariliN07-0 I". GLASS BREAK KEYPAD MOUNTED (aa 44" MIN. / 48" MAX. A.F.F. BURGLAR ALARM CONTROL PANEL 4 "X4 SOUNDER MOUNTED ABOVE CASHWRAP & ABOVE BACP, COORDINATE WITH VENDOR LOSS PREVENTION PLAN KEYNOTES Ao5fr 0 OPTIONAL - ANTI- GRAFFITI FILM GLASS BREAKS NOT USED IN ENCLOSED MALLS. 4. GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. Mnv 16 2012_ -_ PERMIT CENTER 1512P274717 Air ONE (1) CAMERA AT SAFE (MANAGER'S DESK/CASHWRAP) ONE (1) CAMERA AT EXIT LEADING TO EXTERIOR HOLD UP BUTTON LOCATION IN BACKWRAP & UNDER MANAGER'S DESK SEE ELEC. DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 PiZoleZZZ,Sev .Are" Affir OPTIONAL - SIX (6) ADDITIONAL CAMERAS THROUGHOUT STORE - PAN, TILT, ZOOM (PTZ) - WOMEN'S (FRONT), MEN'S (FRONT), WOMEN'S (MIDDLE), MEN'S (MIDDLE), GIRLS (PROCESSING AREA ENTRANCE), BOYS (T.R. ENTRANCE) TITLE SHEET: LOSS PREVENTION b 1?N44 'Y9 FULL PACKAGE SHEET NUMBER: A1-2a SEE Al -2a MATCHLINE STOCK / PROCESSING AREA to t NOTE : RELOCATE (E) SECURITY CAMERA EQUIPMENT - COORDINATE W/ GAP VENDOR NOTE: VENDOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF CAMERAS WITH GC SO THAT THERE ARE NO SIGHT LINES INTO FITTING ROOMS OR FITTING ROOM PODS S S S S S REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1 (E) EXIT LOSS PREVENTION FLOOR PLAN SCALE: ©111) HIM?' GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w z w U w d Q CL cc W J z_ 2 oes SOUTHCENTER P J m 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 1/8" = 1' -0" REVISIONS: KEY DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION LEGEND DET /SHT GENERAL NOTES: LOSS PREVENTION LONG RANGE PIR LR cps 35' PIR 360 PIR - MOTION DETECTOR 0 PY ��i9///// i�///// H//// H///////// 1. �'. a� ^�3r�T���O //////�/1�1//// a ONE (1) MONITOR & INTELLEX ON MANAGERS DESK EAS FIN LOCATION OPTIONAL - TEN (10) BOLLARDS 8' -0" O.C. AT STOREFRONT ENTRY GLAZING RECESSED CONTACT (DIC EMBEDDED) SURFACE CONTACT (D /C SURFACE) (USE ON NEW DOORS OR SLIDING DOORS) (USE ON EXISTING DOORS) Arifeir Zjinfilr fle. =Tr Al V OPTIONAL - ANTI- GRAFFITI FILM ONE (1) CAMERA FOR EVERY TWO (2) POS UNITS iti=2=5,4,1V Aro=r••40:40L4T "iro=rt -9"- AA% iffiraorer viriZeZZZA7 ARV P24 HOLD UP BUTTON LOCATION IN BACKWRAP & UNDER MANAGER'S DESK GLASS BREAK ONE (1) CAMERA AT SAFE (MANAGER'S DESK/CASHWRAP) KEYPAD MOUNTED @ 44" MIN. / 48" MAX. A.F.F. KP LP1 ONE (1) CAMERA AT EXIT LEADING TO EXTERIOR BURGLAR ALARM CONTROL PANEL BACP 4 "X4" SOUNDER MOUNTED ABOVE CASHWRAP & ABOVE BACP, COORDINATE WITH VENDOR LOSS PREVENTION PLAN KEYNOTES SEE ELEC. OPTIONAL - SIX (6) ADDITIONAL CAMERAS THROUGHOUT STORE - PAN, TILT, ZOOM (PTZ) - WOMEN'S (FRONT), MEN'S (FRONT), WOMEN'S (MIDDLE), MEN'S (MIDDLE), GIRLS (PROCESSING AREA ENTRANCE), BOYS (T.R. ENTRANCE) 1. LOSS PREVENTION - FULL PACKAGE. 2. ON SOLID GLASS DOORS WHERE 0 EMBEDDED CONTACTS CANNOT BE USED SUBSTITUTE WITH WIRELESS CONTACTS. 3. C3 GLASS BREAKS NOT USED IN ENCLOSED MALLS. 4. GC TO PROVIDE CONDUIT WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. 3 RcgEIVED CITY oF i IKWILA env 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EMI NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: LOSS PREVENTION FULL PACKAGE SHEET NUMBER: Al -2b NOTE: GC TO POWER WASH ENTIRE STOREFRONT PRIOR TO PAINTING. (E) ENTRY TO BE REPLACED W/ STOREFRONT SYSTEM TO MATCH EXISTING 35' -1 2" (VIF) 90' -4 5/8" (VIF) REMIT FRONTAGE OLD NAVY FRONTAGE REMOVE (E) SIGN REMOVE ALL MULLIONS AT ARCH STOREFRONT. REPAIR AND /OR REPLACE FROSTED FILM AS REQUIRED. PATCH AND REPAIR EIFS STOREFRONT AS REQUIRED REMOVE ALL TRANSOM MULLIONS- TYP. J1L��1L�L 1 11 1 11 _o_ 7. / • ��r� Tj j/i j j /i //� (E) METAL PANEL BELOW GLAZING TO REMAIN TYP.THROUGHOUT EXISTING DEMO EXISTING DEMO DEMO jr EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN �1yI��L IIII, L===JII\ 111 _iiiL1L1 DEMO STOREFRONT 1 1 1 I 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 %j jj %j j%� jji ��j %j j %�j j%� j%j j %� /j / % /ji Si %�� % %�i%l ,// ////////, /.�� / /..�i %�ri /. EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN V+11' -0 "AFF 8.0 METAL CANOPY AND T.O WINDOW SYSTEM dk +2'- 0" AFF T.O.METAL PANEL V+01- 0" AFF FINISH FLOOR REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: LL W z W V W CL Lu I— Z U o cn CO 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: FRONT ELEVATION - DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/8" =1' -0" 5' -7 5/8" REMOVE (E) DOOR AND RELOCATE AS PER NEW PLAN 10' -9 178" 7' -2" 6' -0° 5' -9 1/2" 24' -6" 30' -4" 23'-11" REMOVE (E) DOOR AND RELOCATE AS PER NEW PLAN (E) STRUCTURAL COLUMN TO REMAIN (E) CANOPY TO REMAIN • 4 45' -0 3/4" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION J 77 77 77 7,7 77r • 1 II :I • 55' -0" 1I mom momm mm. oama mmaiimm ammo ammo ammo ommo mar amma ammo omm PATCH AND REPAIR EIFS STOREFRONT AS REQUIRED 24' -11 3/8" 24 PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN MIO 1-,,,' AV 12 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: cn- Tt 1 D _LA Nnv 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: DEMO EXTERIOR ELEVATION AND PLAN PLAN DEMOLITION SCALE: 1/8" =1' -Ou SHEET NUMBER: A2 -0 LEASE LINE J (S "5 CI ----/"\- / /� / \ \ \ / / I /\ / / // \ /S15 // S15 / S3 / / \ \ \ \ / / / � / ///21/>//' , � /ji _ 0 EXISTING NEW STOREFRONT / a LEASE LINE J EXIST / vE.W ��'///� /iii/, ( 7 S15 (S "5 r EXIST / vE.W ��'///� /iii/, ( 7 S15 @'1- i/ ----/"\- / /� / \ \ \ / / I /\ / / // \ \ \ // I 12 -6" NEW EXISTING STOREFRONT NEW ENTRY NEW STOREFRONT S3 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila UILDING DIVISION EXISTING STOREFRONT S3 ji +35 '- 0" AFF T.O.ARCH IV+29 '- 6" AFF T.0 PLASTER ' +11'- 0" AFF IV B.O METAL CANOPY AND T.0 WINDOW SYSTEM +2'- 0" AFF T.O.METAL PANEL +0'- 0" AFF FINISH FLOOR REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 0 cc J z 2 oes 0 H w 0 °m 1— 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 FRONT ELEVATION - NEW SCALE: TY u 111 0 II IN L _JLE�_ 3.1r ®a JL.- EE�,�_... ®�...M — = 111 III Il MM.= ... MIME .•-. WM. ..IM. _ a was rM. tam/La. -IM.. m. uir..r• 20' -4" OF ENTRY 1/8" =1' -0" 1J «- 3t�3 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M STA ARCHITECT INFO: V 12 2012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN KEPI DESCRIPTION SCALE: 1/8" =1' -0' 1 RE EtVED CITY OF TIJKWLA_ ►env 1 t 2012 PERMIT CENTER DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION SHELL FINISHES ELECTRICAL LIGHTING IDET/SHT KEY' DESCRIPTION GRAPHICS DET /SHT DRAWN BY: EM/ RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 (E) LEASE LINE (E) EXTERIOR SOFFIT SYSTEM / LINE OF (E) SOFFIT ABOVE (E) NEUTRAL PIER LINE OF (E) CANOPY ABOVE (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM (N) ALUMINIUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM METAL PANEL RUNNING ALL ALONG STOREFRONT TO MATCH EXISTING FN1 (E) EXTERIOR FINISH SYSTEM TO REMAIN PAINT P30 THROUGHOUT ALL STOREFRONT METAL TO BE WIRE BRUSHED TO REMOVE ALL RUST AND LOOSE PAINT_ PAINT P31 USING ONE COAT OF THE SPECIFIED PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF THE PAINT. El (E) DOOR BUZZER, MOUNTED @ 48" A.F.F. SEE ELEC. (E) EXTERIOR LIGHTING INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 41A11-0 G1 STOREFRONT WINDOW DECALS STOREFRONT STRIPE GRAPHICS BY VENDOR 51A11 -0 5 / Al2 -0 BLADE SIGN 8/A11 -0 NO SMOKING GRAPHIC (EXTERIOR) © 5' -0" AFF 2 / Al2 -0 TITLE SHEET: EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS INSIDE OF BREEZEWAY TO BE PAINT P32 EAS FIN LOCATION KEYNOTES SHEET NUMBER: A2 -1 24 c. LOGO $ BOOTHSETS 23 27'-4" (V.I.F.) !\. B.O. (E) STRUCTURE I TYP.a 13' -O" A.F.F. 1 _ TYP 0 ® L11 / 0 0 ® 0 ® ® ® GAP INC. ECTURE CORPORATE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 �_ B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12'0" A. - I - - P1 1-> L14 B.O. UNISTRUT U T $ 11' -0" A.F.F. . TYP. TYP. B.O. TRACKS 0 r 10' -0" A.F.F. T.O. BOOTHSETS 0 IlD 01-0" A.F.F r i MINIMMIIIII UI KV co @ ,_ 0 0 lip 0 FINISH FLOOR 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION (BACK WALL) SCALE: 3 3/16" -1' -0" 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 OTYP. I�TYP. 24 2T-4" (V.I.F.) 1 l I I I B.O. (E) STRUCTURE TYP. 13' -0" A.F.F. T I I I 1 1 1 i 49 LH 0 ® 0 0 0 'i2 TYP. OD ® 0 ,__, ® 0 0 0 CONSULTANT INFO: B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12' -0" A.F.F. - -- ,_ —, —, ® B.O. UNISTRUT 11` -0" A.F.F. v - B.O. TRACKS 0 10'-0" A.F.F. PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITEC , JOHN M , • .�.. - -. STATE -• j' ,; 7 I iv 12 2012 T.O. BOOTHSETS 0 0 II _ � 1 � �IJ C,`� N col Ni FINISH FLOOR 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION (CASHWRAP) SCALE: 2 ARCHITECT INFO: W:1 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T W D PARTN E RS.COM 3/16" - 1' -O is TYP. 24 23 i TYP. 27'-4" (V.I.F.) �W► --- •- •----- •- • -• -•- - - -•- - •-• -• -•- _ _ -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -• - - - - I I I I I I I I 1 B.O. (E) STRUCTURE I I L14� L11 0 L1, 0 ® ® ® ® REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 • City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION <-1 P11-> *' ® '�✓ H P1 1-> . B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12-0" A.F.F. ISSUE TYPE: . 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT /LL: 11/09/12 , " v B.O. UNISTRUT 11'-0" A.F.F. 0 E X I 7 P1 'z 'z te; =� =- `. - B.O. TRACKS 10' -0" A.F.F. T.O. BOOTHSETS 0 F15 1 p b I .0.. 1 "414 (49, 4." II? - . 0 CD TYP. TYP. 0 NP' © 0 0 / / �) \ \ \ \ i\ �/ / / / \ \ \ \ \ O / 0, \ \ 10 / / REVISIONS: \ / :.' �• .• ..'.' ''. . •. .'•. .' �.'•. .' • • . ''. '...'. • :.' '♦. .'' _ . : �'•' :' '.'•..'� .•'. ..•'. ..'. . . ... _•••' . . . .•' ..'... ....•' . ...'•.' . ..••• R ,}� ,}� FINISH FLOO tai 0 Wr e 0 4 0 INTERIOR ELEVATION (FRONT WALL) SCALE: 1 R EIYEL7 CITY i1)KYIALA Nov 1 b 2012 PERMIT 3/16" -1' -0" KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT EY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT'KEY DESCRIPTION DET /SHT SHELL /CONSTRUCTION O COOLER & COOLER SHROUD 3 /A62 F26 2 -6 X 7 -6 MIRROR, MOUNTED AT 6 AFF 8 / A8-0 A7 -2 Ni N1 1 WAINSCOTIWII FROM TOP OF SLAB TO 4' -0" A.F.F. APPLY 1 B21 AT BASE OF WAINSCOT. CORNER GUARD, SEE PLAN C0-2 4 & 51 Al 0-1 - G7 O G8 FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL SIGN WITH ARROW. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7' .8" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT. A.F.F. TYP. OF MARKETING GRIDS. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 12' -0" 8/Al2 -0 & 6 / A11 -1 7 / A11 -1 ® ® FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR MOUNT BOTTOM AT 131-T A.F.F. DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR MOUNT FIXNSRETIGHTRTO STRUCTURE. Al -1 &ELEC SEE ELEC 124 O O (N ILLUMINAItur�nalun .5wrrwurs.vruwrttAl 11'-0"AFF,SURFACE MOUNT 6.0 FIXTURE AT T -0" AFF. AT MUSIC 310" A.F.F. SPEAKER. GC 0 PROVIDE $OINSTALL SPEAKER SEE 1 Al1-1 S3 (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - F4 MOUNTED ANGLED FAST LANE CABINET 1 / A6 -2 MOUNTED SIGN ABOVE ROOM POD W/ SURFACE DRAWN BY EM/ RB S7 SCHEDULE N, PAINT TO DECK PER FINISH 3/A4-0 F5 FAST LANE STANCHION A6-0 /6A6 F29 PREFABRICATED FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS A7-0 CORNER OF SIDEWALL/TO EDGE OF STOREFRONT. 61 A5-0 � A► �VA///Are �ire y 1/��/�I' � � i''; 0 '.4 y ' ; e �i �� A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 C8 MOUNT 2 ROWS OF UNISTRUT AS SHOWN AT 12-0 A.F.F. " - ® 10' -0" H "L" BOOTHSET FIXTURE A8 -0 LA7, / s • ArArigrarCriglipla GRAPHICS G31 "OLD NAVY' ELLIPSE GRAPHIC 12 / Al2-O ® TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 18" O.C. - WALL MOUNT TRACK TO VERTICAL SURFACE r ABOVE STOREFRONT. SEE ELEC MEP /LOSS PREVENTION TITLE SHEET: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS . (N) ALUMINIUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - 0 10' -0" H "T" BOOTHSET FIXTURE A8 -0 0 VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORM A6-1 CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT T-0 A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT 8 / Al2 -0 $ 6 /A11-1 LIC HTING F.R. PENDANT LIGHTS, TYP. OF (3 }. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE AT 9' -0" AFF, BOTTOM OF SHADE AT 9'-0" AFF - PROVIDE UNISTRUTS 7 / A7 -0 $ 10 / A1 1 -0J n TRANSFER GRILLS, PAINT TO MATCH WALL SEE MECH. FIXTURES 0 12' -0" H "L" BOOTHSET FIXTURE A8 -0 FINISHES G3 CASHWRAP 7.-6" F GIT TON. VENDOR BR TO MOUNT NTI B.O. SIN 8 / Al2-0 & L3 SHOPKICK TRANSMITTER SEE ELEC id*�' 4417,417147 WI , , P1 EAS FIN LOCATION A5-0 F1 CASHWRAP / CREDENZA LOCATION A6-0 & A6-1 0 END PANELS A8 -1 DUCTWORKO PER FINISH SCHEDURE /DECK/ CO-2 MOUINGB.O S SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. TO SURFACE 8 /Al2-0 L5 (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN SEE ELEC `/ Ara", ��������� CPAS EHWRAP, V E TO SUAL PROVIDE SPLA�AREAS, & PROJE OR SAT SEE ELEC F2 ACCESSORIES FIXTURE A6 -0 F22 MIRRORED END PANEL 4 &5 /A8-1 N1 EXPOSED WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL BASE 4 & 5�A10 -1 �J B O. SIGN AT 8'-0" A.F.F. CENTERED IN OPENING. 81 Al2-0 ® A.F.F. SYN LMEIRICAL REFLECTORS ONSALESAREA F�IXNRESONLY, UON A1-1 & ELEC O (E) PEOPLE COUNTER 4/A5-0 0 KEYPAD MOUNTED @ 44" MIN. / 48" MAX. A.F.F. " " SEE ELEC SHEET NUMBER: A3 -0 KEY NOTES 'I" MA Alek 1P1-> MLA "-IN TV Alr'nf r '7/1/ F16 INTERIOR ELEVATION (CENTER) F22 o e TYP. HEAYAVAT NVAiATA. 3/16" - 1' -0" ci a 0000047990 J oes Z 27' -4" .I.F. B.O. (E) STRUCTUR 13' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12' -0" A.F.F. oar MLIPAT GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 B.O. UNISTRUT 11. -0" A.F.F. B.O. TRACKS 10' -0" A.F.F. T.O. BOOTHSETS 0, -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR SCALE: 0' -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR "WY Ilrfr "MEW 'V 'WA 4-1 171H> 2 \ / OPEN F15 INTERIOR ELEVATION (LEFT WALL) . 2T-4" (V.I.F.) B.O. (E) STRUCTURE AE 13'-0" A.F.F. 7 B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12' -0" A.F.F. B.O. UNISTRUT 11. -0" A.F.F. !B.O. TRACKS r10' -0" A.F.F. T.O. BOOTHSETS 0' -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR N1 \ \ \ \ \ \ \ „„, ALAILAAAAAAAAAlirr e t VM V V V W M /-- NIVIANYAI ►�AVATATAAV HP11--> NVAA P F15 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 27'-4" (V.I.F.) B.O. (E) STRUCTURE OPENING: 2013 13' -0" A.F.F. B.O. SPEAKERS B.O. FLUOR LIGHTS 12' -0" A.F.F. B.O. UNISTRUT 11' -0" A.F.F. B.O. TRACKS 10' -0" A.F.F. T.O. BOOTHSETS NI. AA. AVATIV' <-1 P11--- F28 INTERIOR ELEVATION (RIGHT WALL) REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0' -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR SCALE: CONSULTANT INFO: 3/16" -1' -0" PROFESSIONAL STAMP: -VVV H P1 H WV 0'-0" A.F.F. ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS_COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: SCALE: FINISH FLOOR 3/16" -1' -0" KEY DESCRIPTION SHELL / CONSTRUCTION DET /SHT KEY (E) ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM (E) COLUMN, PAINT TO DECK PER FINISH SCHEDULE MOUNT 2 ROWS OF UNISTRUT AS SHOWN AT 12' -0" A.F.F. (N) ALUMINIUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 3 /A4-0 F3 DESCRIPTION COOLER & COOLER SHROUD DET /SHT BOOTHSET MOUNTED ANGLED FAST LANE CABINET FAST LANE STANCHION 1014" H "L" BOOTHSET FIXTURE KEY 3 / A6 -2 F26 7 1 / A6 -2 F28 A6 -0 & 21 A6 -2 A8-0 10' -0" H "T" BOOTHSET FIXTURE FIXTURES 12' -O" H "L" BOOTHSET FIXTURE F1 F2 CASHWRAP / CREDENZA LOCATION A6 -0 & A6 -1 END PANELS ACCESSORIES FIXTURE KEY NOTES A6-0 F22 MIRRORED END PANEL A8 -0 A8 -0 A8 -1 4 &5/A8 -1 F29 DESCRIPTION 2' -6" X T -6" MIRROR, MOUNTED AT 6" AFF QUICK CHANGE FITTING ROOM POD W/ SURFACE MOUNTED SIGN ABOVE PREFABRICATED FITTING ROOM PARTITIONS DET /SHT 8 / A8 -0 A7 -2 A7-0 0019Zfir. • 4=4 VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORM A6-1 KEY DESCRIPTION N1 AINS • ®F`0 T•PO 5 s T04 -0'A. APPLY B2 AT BASE OF WAINSCOT. CORNER GUARD, SEE PLAN DET /SHT APPLY WALL GUARDITA TO FRONT WALL FROM CORNER OF SIDEWALL TO EDGE OF STOREFRONT. GRAPHICS CO-2 4 &51A10 -1 6 / A5-0 KEY FINISHES PAINT EXPOSED ROOF STRUCTURE 1 DECK/ DUCTWORK PER FINISH SCHEDULE. CO -2 EXPOSED WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL BASE CO -2 4 &5/A10 -1 CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT T -6' A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT CASHWRAP EXIT SIGN. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 7'-6" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT FITTING ROOM POD SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. TOILET ROOM SIGN. VENDOR TO SURFACE MOUNT B.O. SIGN AT 8'-6" A.F.F. CENTERED IN OPENING. 8/Al2 -0 & 6 / A11 -1 8 / Al2 -0 & 6 / A11 -1 8 / Al2 -0 8 /Al2-0 DESCRIPTION F IN ' • • DTI • NAL I WITH ' ' •W. VEND ` • • U • B.O. SIGN AT 71-0" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT. 1- I, �•1 DET /SHT 8 /A1 -0 & 6/A11 -1 711%11-'1 KEY DESCRIPTION UO 4= ' :' STRIP ti RE REFLECTOR. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 13'-0" A.F.F. 4'-0" OR 8' -0' LONG SINGLE TUBE FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE WITH DET /SHT KEY DESCRIPTION A.F.F. TYP. OF X iii+ DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR . MOUNT FIXTURE TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. r• 4"-XiMi." --IFAV474 WA 'Aid 74Z1511111M1,4117:1M2 :"Alri r.' i ' ' ' . ; •All .%/1.) • r r, . . Ale -V- 'Ma EIVAIW- TRACK W/ HEADS EVERY 1W O.C. - WALL MOUNT TRACK TO VERTICAL SURFACE 6" ABOVE STOREFRONT. F.R. P DAN LI H ' , TYP. •T • • • XTURE T AFF, BOTTOM OF SHADE AT 9'-0' AFF - PROVIDE UNISTRUTS ,-.41 [VI 411°,4 476111474W21 0 ..477- ' . . . 4 r• - , 4.-fd. VA YA i ;II fir ,19, 1 Ar$ WZ A1-1 & ELEC SEE ELEC L24 L25 "13'-' ;WI jpiefairAM FAX, 1 'r 1 7 C',' I•'•; I ;,• ► 1' 11'4YAFF,SURFACE MOUNT B.0 FIXTURE AT T-6" AFF. MUSIC SPEAKER. VENDOR TO MOUNT B.O. SPEAKER AT 13' -0" A.F.F. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL UNISTRUT 1 DET /SHT SEE ELEC & 121 A11 -1 0 "OLD NAVY" ELLIPSE GRAPHIC LIC HTING 12 / Al2-0 SHOPKICK TRANSMITTER SEE ELEC (E) ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN 4'-0' 0R 8'e LONG FLUORESCENT STRIP FIXTURE. MOUNT BOTTOM AT 131-0' A.F.F. SYMMETRICAL REFLECTORS ON SALES AREA FIXTURES ONLY, UON. SEE ELEC A1-1 & ELEC SEE ELEC MEP / LOSS PREVENTION CITY OFI11 KWILA NOV 1 a 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EMI RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 7 / A7 -0 & 10/A11-0 M4 (E) PEOPLE COUNTER 4 / A5-0 TRANSFER GRILLS, PAINT TO MATCH WALL TITLE SHEET: SEE MECH. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS EAS FIN LOCATION •• WER •• ET • PR • DE •• RF • R ALL FIXTURE AT CASHWRAP, VISUAL DISPLAY AREAS, & PROJECTOR. A5-0 SEE ELEC KEYPAD MOUNTED ( 44" MIN. / 48" MAX. A.F.F. SEE ELEC SHEET NUMBER: A3 -1 0 X' -XX" A.F.F. - @ DEMISING WALL - MAX. NO GRAPHIC AT "I" COLUMNS DE f- _.`LOTION TRACK NOTE: B.O. (E) STRUCTURE, V.I.F. . ft CONT. SEALANT, TOP AND BOTTOM OF PARTITION, BOTH SIDES �� r, �� TRACK ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE ASSEMBLY PER U.L. NO. HW -S -0012 [ GAP INC. CORPORATE 1 HARRISON SAN FRANCISCO HON ARCHITECTURE STREET CA 94105 (E) GYP. BD. ENCLOSED, CONCRETE OR I I 11 A- TACHMENT PER SCHEDULE SAI MATERIAL I N '. MATERIAL OF BUILDING 2 FASTENERS METAL TRACK, TOP AND BOTTOM; ANCHOR TO ADJACENT STRUCTURE/SLAB. C WALL GYP.�,�_ CONCRETE SLAB (2) 0.145" DIA HILTI X -DNI UNIVERSAL PAF 16" OC 1 114" EMBED) C� ( ) TUBE STEEL COLUMN. PAINT P1 DECK T.O. WAINSCOT TO BOTTOM OF DECK, U.G.N. !NG METAL DECK (2) #10-16 SCREWS @ 16" OC )ii'. '�( 1� i E ---- PAINT ANY CONDUIT ON DEFLECTION HEAD (WHERE OCCURS) ( SEA_ANT W. BACKER ROD 1 LAYER TYPE "'X" GYP. BD. FA , TEN STUD TO RUNNER W -` METAL DECK W/ CONCRETE 2 0.145" DIA HILTI X-DNI UNIVERSAL O PAF @ 16" OC (1 -1/4" EMBED) COLUMN P1 �,x '� �� q� _ F--- it FINISHED CEILING (WHERE OCCURS) (E) EXPOSED PIPE COLUMN. N ' { DEMISING BD. @ REMIT SPACE BY G.C. TAPING & FINISHING ON REMIT SIDE EY OTHERS. BATT INSULATION.. METAL DECK W/ LIGHTWEIGHT FILL (ZONOLITE, GYPSUM) 2 #12 14 X 1" HWH TRAXX /2 IN SUB - DRILLED HOLES u 10 -16 SCREW PER FLANGE 1 r" DEFLECTION SPACE DO NOT FASTEN RUNNER. STUDS. OR GYP. BD. TO COMP. TRACK) 2C.- CiAUGE CONT TRACK TO MATCH WALL STUD WIDTH ,� PAINT P1 TO BOTTOM OF DECK, U.O.N. 0 9'-5" A.F.F. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT WHERE OCCURS. CENTER ON COLUMNS B.O. CEILING LINE 518" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. OVER METAL STUDS, SEE WALL TYPE. TRACK ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE 6B WHEN OCCURS. SEE 1;- WALL BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE PAINT TO MATCH COLUMN. j } )I I .. >V/ )i ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE B 1 -HOUR RATED 1.1 WALL ANCHOR, SEE DET. WAINSCOT W1 & 5 8 CONSTRUCTION OF(E) FULL - HEIGHT WALL FASTENERS AT CONT. ANGLE FASTENERS AT BRACING CORNER GUARDS W4 A10 -1 A10 6A/ CONCRETE SLAB AMER: �9 CATION: <WAY SUI -CENTER PKV ILA, WA -1 @ ALL GYP BD COLUMNS J -BOX AND COVER PLATE, SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. CENTER ON COLUMN. BRICK HILTI X -DNI UNIVERSAL POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS BRACING NOT REQUIRED (E) +0' -0" A.F.F. 011111 �} 1 ',:4UGE CONT DEFLECTION TRACK W ? 1:2" MINIMUM DEEP LEGS A `ACHMENT PER SCHEDULE I— CMU HILTI X -DNI UNIVERSAL POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS BRACING NOT REQUIRED Y FINISH FLOOR Q CONCRETE HILTI X DNI UNIVERSAL POWDER ACTUATED FASTENERS BRACING NOT REQUIRED . 1 tiV �h! ' FASTEN STUD TO RUNNER Wi - w o r 1. ALL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE TO BE ATTACHED TO BOTTOM CHORD OF STEEL, TRUSS OR TO A HORIZONTAL MOUNTING PLATE RUNNING BETWEEN THE BOTTOM CHORD OF STEEL TRUSSES. 2. 1 -HR RATED WALL ASSEMBLY SHALL COMPLY WITH U.L. NO. U419,"' ICBO NO. ESR -1338 3. ALL PENETRATIONS TO BE SEALED PER U.L. 3 -5/8" MTL. STUD W /GYP. BD. #12 -14 X 1 -1/4" TO EACH STUD 3" X 3" X 20 GA. CLIP ANGLE X 0'-3" ,1 10 -16 SCREW PER FLANGE 20 `..-iAUGE CONT TRACK TO MA H WALL STUD 0 +0' -0" A.F.F. / 6" MTL. STUD W /GYP. BD. SAME 2 #8 -18 X 1/2" HWH TEKS /2 NON COVED BASE AT FURRED COLUMNS `' WIDTH A NONRATED WOOD #10 X 2'-2"L TO EACH WALL STUD IN SUB - DRILLED HOLES BRACE AND TRACK WEBS 2013 O.N.E. Q1-Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 SEE A1-2 FOR GRAPHICS LOCATION � ° COLUMN DETAILS SCALE: 3 1 -HOUR RATED PARTITION SCALE: 12 DEFLECTION TRACK SCALE: 9 ATTACHMENT @ TOP OF WALL 6A 1-1/2" = 1' -0" 3" = 1' -0" 1" = 1' -0" J -MOLD ON TOP OF GYP. BD. N> +10' -0" A.F.F. CLIP ANGLE AT WALL, -, �X' -XX" A.F.F. @ SALES AREA MAXI CONSULTANT INFO: METAL STUDS DOUBLE STUD @ SIDES OF OPENINGS CUT & BEND FLANGE OF BRACING ATTACH TO WALL STUDS W/ (2) #8 -18 SCREWS 20 GAUGE BRACING Te NOTES: ON 1 - FOR r LENGTH. H, HEIGHT, PLATE:. AND NUMBER. MANUFACTURERS. . SHEET METAL SCREWS TO BLOCKING PLATE. ARE CONTINUOUS AT 1. SEE TYPICAL WALL FRAMING GAUGE OF STUDS, VERIFY LOCATION OF BLOCKING 2. REQ'D WITH ACCESSORY USE #12 SELF TAPPING WHEN ATTACHING ITEMS 3. WALL STUD FLANGES BLOCKING PLATE. 16 GA. MIN. MTL. TRACK B.O. (E) STRUCTURE, V.I.F. (E) STRUCTURE ABOVE -�- TYP. - ATTACH TO RUNNER WITH #10 x 1 1/2" SHEET METAL SCREWS 10 GA. VERTICAL HANGER /` 9 TOP AND BOTTOM 6" MTL. STUD, 20 GA. @ 24" O.C. TO FRAME ALL GYP. CEILINGS, WHERE OCCURS. NOT TO EXCEED 11' -4" SPAN. y �" . T.O. WALL Y MATCH WALL STUD DEPTH - ATTACH TO BLOCKING W/ (3) #8 -18 SCREWS / 0 _ CONT. TRACK TOP & BOTTOM ATTACH PER SCHEDULE - 3 ' STOP GYP. BD. AT 10' -0" A.F.F. AT WALL BETWEEN SALES € . ) WIRE AT 4' -0" 0.C. TIED TO STRUCTURE \ MAIN RUNNER METAL STUDS (3} #8 18 LOW PROFILE " , 0 0 A, 0 0 0 ,,�. DOUBLE 9' S" A.F.F. PROFESSIONAL STAMP: AREA AND RESTROOMS/ MGR. ° .' "" " " OFC. FINISHED CEILING PER SCHEDULE, STUD @ SIDES OF OPENINGS LINE OF SEE 5! FOR ACT � BAT SOUND INSULATION (WHERE € - FINISHED CEILING PER SCHEDULE, ?,r ~" SCREWS IPRIP o , CROSS RUNNER REVIEWS® CODE FOR COMPLIANCE SEE 5/- FOR ACT MTL STUDS. W/ 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. �� R��I���� ARCHITECT ��'� •r 0 0 iii SEE 1/ SEE 10B/- A FINSH �.___...�_� :° I I WALL BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM SCHEDULE CONCRETE : .........._...+_ 6" 16 GAUGE CONT TRACK CK BLOCKING I - 1' +0'-0" �y 10 (E) SLAB v APPRO'/ED DEC 1 2 2012 Cltj/ Of TUICWIIa (600T125-54) NOTCH A STUD FINISH FLOOR r II','` ✓' -I`` ` ` ;`'f ' A ROUND A BLOCKING PLATE B FRAMING MIN ELEVATION BLOCKING DETAILS SCALE: 11 NON -RATED PARTITION W / CLG. JOIST SCALE: 8 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE :UIL$a *IV! `ION . NON -RATED PARTITION SCALE: 2 N.T.S. 1.1/2" =1,_0" 3„ =1,�„ 1.1/2" =1,_0" ISSUE TYPE: MTL. STUD FRAMING, TYP. WALL LEGEND 1 / - FOR SIZE, GAUGE & SPACING 1 1 x 1 -1/2" x 16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE LE 1/4" LESS THAN STUD WIDTH ATTACH W/ (2) #10 SCREWS PER CONNECTION 1 -1/2" 16 GAUGE U- CHANNEL LOCATE @ 4' -0" O.C. OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE SEE ,f GYP. NOTE: WALL HATCH DESCRIPTION AT WALLS WITH GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE ONLY PROVIDE BRIDGING AS PER DETAIL 10B/A4 -0. ,I 4t* ( 0 14' -0" A.F.F. MAX. WITHOUT DIAGONAL BRACING r 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 `'•��} ; 3;.: •;f`'. ' I (E) PARTITION WALL TO BE REMOVED BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 G C t STRUCTURE RUCTURE. V.l.F. MAX. AND 12" FROM EACH END. )° A.F.F (6" ABOVE CEILING LINE) :: 16 �� - N ' B.O. (E) STRUCTURE, V.I.F. ( ) + + + + (N) NON -RATED PARTITION WALL TO 10' -0 ". 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 24" ? "" "° " O.C. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. WALL AT MOP SINK TO HAVE 5/8" WATER (E) STRUCTURE ABOVE (SEE 6/- FOR FASTENER TYPE) DIAGONAL RESISTANT GYP. BD. ON MOP SINK SIDE. SEE 8/ -. FURRED WALL r 2" , N-. 20 GA. MTL. CLIP (N) FULL HEIGHT NON RATED PARTITION. 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" � � x2' A� _���E- ATTACH @ EACH STUD SEE A ! !ACHMENT SCHEDULE bA FOR FASTENER TYPE 2 CA MIN MTL. TRACK �� 'F�` ` 6" MTL. STUD WHERE OCCURS, 20 GA. @ 24" 0.C. TO FRAME ALL CEILINGS. NOT TO P EXCEED 11' -4" SPAN. ; . O.C. MAX. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. MAX HEIGHT 17-0 AFF. SEE 2/ -. ALTERNATING BRACING AT 48" O.C. SEE SCHEDULE 6B FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE +10' 0" A.F.F. (N) FURRED PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL TO 10' 0 ". 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS REVISIONS: J -MOLD @ TOP OF GYP.BD. -� '' > - T.O. WALL 24" O.C. MAX. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. ON ONE SIDE. SEE 7/- " 'AND BOTTOM ._02 ' ' A F.F (N) PLUMBING WALL TO 10' -0 ". 6" 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 24" O.C. W/5/8" WAVED CITY Tl1K4MLJ4 ■11U 16 2012 PERMIT CENTEF 20 GA. UNPUNCHED METAL TRACK, FASTEN DIAGONAL BRACING WITH TWO (2) #8 SELF TAPPING SCREWS :~ ; 1 ,`` _ ml T WATER RESISTANT GYP. BD. AT RESTROOM SIDE & 5/8 GYP. BD. AT .;_ NON RESTROOM SIDE. SEE 8/ " CEILING LINE (WHERE OCCURS ) F \ SHED CEILING PER SCHEDULE, il`.._.,..0 TYPICAL BRIDGING DETAIL SCALE: 10B € _ _ (N) NON -RATED PARTITION WALL TO 10' -0 ". 3 5/8" 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 24" N.T.S. I ! ' , '.:: O.C. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES. BRACE WALL USING ALTERNATING '_ Sam 5 FOR ACT MTL STUDS. SEE WALL TYPES 5/8" GYP BD (ONE OR BOTH SIDES) SEE ELEVATIONS FOR FINISHES FINISHED CEILING (VARIES BY LOCATION} DIAGONAL BRACING AT 48" O.C. SEE 4/ -. l GAUGE CONT. TRACK MATCH WALL STUD #10 -16 SCREW PER FLANGE. TYP. MT' STUDS & GYP. BD. WALL SYSTEM. sE (E) WALL TO REMAIN. PATCH AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. WALL BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE , c \ 3 I _ 20 TO WIDTH (1) �_ 1 - FOR SPECIFIC WALL Rb ' UIREMENTS ', ; BATT INSULATION, -- - - — ;- �- ; WALL ANCHOR, SEE DET. 6B/- BATT INSULATION � WHEN OCCURS. SEE 1/- � ,. NT. METAL BRIDGING SYSTEM, SEE 10B/ `- �������� ����� (N) FULL HEIGHT 1 -HOUR RATED PARTITION. 6' 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. MAX. W/ 5/8" GYP. BD., ON OLD NAVY SIDE AND REMIT SIDE, TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. MAX HEIGHT 26' -0" AFF. SEE 12/ -. WALL BASE, SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ,� , DRAWN BY: EM/SM WALL ANCHOR. SEE DET. WHEN OCCURS. SEE 1/- � BLOCKING REQUIRMENT: 6B/ WALL BASE SEE FINISH SCHEDULE A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 1 OA ' I IV MTL. STUD TRACK ANCHOR TO FLOOR SLAB . ;li PROVIDE BLOCKING AT ALL WALL- MOUNTED ITEMS. SEE 11/- BATT INSULATION: , , -, ;� TITLE SHEET' PARTITION DETAILS AND WALLTYP ES v 1 $FINISH TRACK ATTACHMENT PER SCHEDULE STUD FINISH <!SH FLUOR .. FINIS FLOOR f``' `' ." I ' , PROVIDE R -11 BATT INSULATION AT MANAGER'S DESK AND ALL RESTROOM WALLS, U.O.N. to) ( 4)........ +0'-0" 0 FINISH FLOOR SHEET NUMBER: A4 -p BOTTOM TRACK DETAIL :,, 10A FURRED PARTITION W / OPTIONAL CLG. JOIST 1IcJ. 7 PARTIAL HT. N.R. PARTITION 1 BRACING ASCALE: 4 WALL TYPES 1 1.1/2„ 1 --0" N.T.S. GYP. BD. WALL CONTINUOUS NO VC IMPACT BUMPER NON -PVC COVE CONTINUOUS RETAIN #10 X 1 -3/4" SHEET METAL SCREW WITH ALLIGATOR ANCHOR LUM WAL DI NOT USED SCALE: 12 NOT USED SCALE: WALL GUARD DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1' -0" EAS PEDESTAL WITH 2x4 J -BOX IN SLAB - SEE ELEC. J -BOX SAW CUT 1" TRENCH (2) 3/4" CONDUIT J -BOX VESTIBULE UM. DOOR AND DOOR SUBFRAME J -BOX & PEDESTAL VESTIBULE GLAZING SYSTEM, TYP. (E) 3/4" CONDUITS (OCCURS ONE SIDE ONLY) NOTE: SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. JAMB AT ENTRY AREA SCALE: GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 u) a Lir STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) CY) LC) STORE LOCATION: cc eaW 1 z 1 1/2" =1'-0" 3 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 NOT USED SCALE: 11 PEOPLE COUNTER, SEE ELEC. EXIT SIGN SALES CHECKPOINT 'LIBERTY PEDESTAL MODEL 'PX ", TYP. OF (3), BOLTED TO FLOOR WITH ANCHORS. PEDESTALS & MOUNTING HARDWARE J -BOX AT EACH PEDESTAL, FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR, SEE 1/- FOR LOCATIONS (E) CONCRETE SLAB 1' -6" SAW CUT 1" TRENCH FOR (2) RECESSED 3/4 "0 CONDUITS 2'-4" (2)3/4 "0 CONDUIT IN MULLION, SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR CONDUIT LOCATIONS EXTERIOR (2)314" 0 CONDUIT - SEE ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR CONDUIT LOCATIONS J BOX. SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR CONDUIT LOCATION, CHECKPOINT 'LIBERTY' PEDESTAL, MODEL 'PX'. TYP. OF (3), BOLTED TO FLOOR WITH ANCHORS NOTE: SEE ELEC. DWGS. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. SALES AREA 2' -5 3/8" MAX. 1'-6" HOLD DOOR BUZZER II EXTERIOR i•N SAW CUT 1" WIDE BY 3 -1/4" DEEP TRENCH FOR (2) RECESSED 3/4 "0 CONDUITS AND 2x4 J -BOX EA. EAS PEDESTAL - SAW CUT TO BE STRAIGHT W/ SQUARED ENDS. AT COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL WORK, FILL TRENCH W/ CONC. TO MATCH (E) CONCRETE. SURFACE SHALL BE SMOOTH. SEE 5/A9 -1 & SPECS. W 1- Z w w O E3� REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b 4),:3 ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE (EAS) INSTALLATION NOTES - FULL INSTALLATION: ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 120 VOLT, 24 HOUR DEDICATED OUTLET ABOVE THE ENTRY SOFFIT IN THE BULKHEAD SPACE. LOCATION OF POWER PACK AND OUTLET TO BE COORDINATED WITH EAS CONTRACTOR, OWNER AND ARCHITECT. CONDUIT TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN DOOR JAMB OR OTHERWISE TOTALLY HIDDEN FROM VIEW. 2. CONTRACTOR SUPERINTENDENT WILL COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF EAS SYSTEM. 3. EAS INSTALLATION SCHEDULE SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH EAS GAP COMMAND CENTER (800)570 -8652. 4. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE RETURN AIR GRILL (PREFERRED OPTION) OR ACCESS PANEL AT ENTRY SOFFIT OF CEILING ADJACENT TO DEDICATED OUTLET. SIZE: COORDINATE SIZE WITH GAP ENG., LOCATION AND TYPE WITH GAP ARCHITECT. 5. EAS SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE ARRIVAL OF ANY SHIPMENTS. 6. EAS CONTACT: FOR CHECKPOINT EAS ISSUES; CONTACT EAS GAP COMMAND CENTER (800)570 -8652. FOR GAP INC. LOSS PREVENTION ISSUES CONTACT ANDREW PERRY (415) 832 -2995 NOT USED SCALE: 10 ENTRY AREA SECTION DETAIL SCALE: 1 1/2" =11-0" ENTRY AREA ENLARGED PLAN & NOTES SCALE: CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN MIO STA ARCHITECT I FO: 2012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R6gEIVED CITY IOF TUKVMLA NfV _1 t 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM /SM A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ENTRY AREA ENLARGED PLAN & DETAILS 1/2" = 1' -0" SHEET NUMBER: A5 -0 2' -2 7/8" EACH CABINET EACH HAS FOUR LEVELERS NO E: DO NOT SCREW COUNTERTOP OR ADJACENT CABINETS TO ADA UNIT - NEEDS TO BE REMOVABLE WIREWAY 1 METAL TRAY WITH DIVIDER GLIDING PULL -OUT DRAWER FOR DESENSITIZER , -- EACH CABINET EACH HAS FOUR LEVELERS \.\ \S\ WIREWAY CASHWRAP SECTION (ADA SCALE: 1 1/2" =11-0" 12 CASHWRAP SECTION SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' -0" 3' -0" ADA UNIT t—� 4— 7 NOTES: 1. CASHWRAP SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION / ASSEMBLY. 2. CASWRAP MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. 3. CASHWRAP VENDOR CONTACT: JAY STEMLER RETAIL DESIGN SERVICES (763) 633 -3003 4. IF PAINTING REQUIRED AT CASHWRAP (BLUE PANELS), PAINT TO MATCH SHERWIN WILLIAMS PLS8 -70235 OLD NAVY 2010 BLUE 09T -0887. 3' -0" STANDARD UNIT CASHWRAP ELEVATION SCALE: 1 /2" =11-0" STANDARD VENDOR SUPPLIED CASHWRAP POD OLD NAVY LOGO 3' -0" STANDARD UNIT Nit ADA ACCESSIBLE CASHWRAP POD 3' -0" ADA REMOVEABLE UM 0 N COOLER AND COOLER SHROUD, SEE 3/A6 2 STANCHION STARTING POINT STANCHION, SEE 2/A6 -2 FOR DETAILS 42 "Hx10'W ACCESSORY FIXTURE. SEE 9/A6 -1 FOR DETAILS 42 "Hx4'W ACCESSORY FIXTURE. SEE 9/A6 -1 FOR DETAILS ROUTE ELEC. CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO POWER POLE AT THIS LOCATION TO PROVIDE POWER TO COOLER. PROVIDE FLOOR MOUNTED RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO POWER POLE BY GC. ATTACH TO ACCESSORY FIXTURE UPRIGHT. BRACE TO +��\ STRUCTURE WITH THREADED ROD, SEE 7/A6 -2 FILLER PANEL 42"1-1x 10'W ACCESSORY FIXTURE. SEE 9/A6 -1 FOR DETAILS CASHWRAP ENTRY SIGN ABOVE 3' -6" EQ EQ 5' -0" 12' -4" 54" H x 4' W ACCESSORY FIXTURE. SEE9 /A6 2 FILLER PANEL 2' -4" 0 ANGLED TOP FASTLANE CABINET, TYP., SEE 1/A6-2 • SWINGING DOORS—c„,,, COOLER AND COOLER SHROUD, SEE 3/A6 -2 ROUTE ELEC. CONDUIT FROM ABOVE TO POWER POLE AT THIS LOCATION TO PROVIDE POWER TO RIGHT COOLER. PROVIDE FLOOR MOUNTED RECEPTACLE MOUNTED TO POWER POLE BY GC. ATTACH TO ACCESSORY FIXTURE UPRIGHT. BRACE TO STRUCTURE WITH THREADED ROD, SEE 7/A6 -2 EQ 10' -0" 10' -0" 10' -0" NOTES TO G.C: - GC TO INSTALL REFRIGERATOR. PUSH TO BACK OF SHROUD AND FEED POWER CORD THROUGH GROMMETS IN SHROUD. - CUT WIRE CHASE ON LEFT REFRIGERATOR SHROUD AND AT ADJACENT CUBE FIXTURE TOE KICK FOR ACCESS TO OUTLET, UNLESS ALREADY PROVIDED. - DO NOT CUT WIRE CHASES ON CASHWRAP OR CREDENZA, USE PROVIDED CHASES ONLY. N 10 L BOOTHSET FIXTURE, TYP. ROUTE 1/2" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT THROUGH VENDOR PROVIDED POWER POLE ATTACHED TO BOOTHSET. ROUTE CONDUIT TO CREDENZA AND WOMEN'S COOLER, SEE 10/A6 -2. HOLD UP BUTTON, SEE 1/A6 -1 3' -2" 5' -0" CLEAR CLEAR ANGLED TOP FASTLANE CABINET, TYP., SEE Q 1/A6 -2 9'-3" ( 10' -0" . ■■■E..., EQ. EQ. CASHWRAP EXIT SIGN ABOVE 10' -0" 10' -0" ENTRY VISUAL DISPLAY PLATFORM, SEE 7/A6 -2 / NEW 10' -0" T �/ BOOTHSET FIXTURE, TYP. 0 2' -0" X 28' -0" ANTI- FATIGUE MAT SHOWN DASHED CREDENZA VOLUME CONTROL LOCATION WALKIE- TALKIES LOCATION RELOCATED (E) SAFE INSTALLED BY G.C. REVIEWED F OR CODE COMPLIANCE DEC 12 2012 BUILDING Tukwila w DIVISION 1)(„)-w?; GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 V, M LC) STORE LOCATION: Et w z w Ct U w a Q CL cc J eel z 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERE ARCHI ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, 01-143017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: ctr Ttv} V1ILA pJnv 1 -6 2012_ PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM /SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ENLARGED CASHWRAP AREA PLAN & CASHWRAP DETAILS CASHWRAP ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0" 7 ENLARGED CASHWRAP AREA PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" SHEET NUMBER: A6 -0 10' -2 3/4" ©ID MI GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 BACK PANEL 4' -1 1/4" 2'-0 1/4" 4' -1 114" 1„ TY STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 BASE WELDMENT 5i'16 "18X1" DIA. LEVELER • SLEEVE FLANGE, TYP. •` 1 7 j ( x; BASE WELDMENT 5/16 "18 LEVELER CATION: KWAY SUI -CENTER PIN ILA, WA BACK PANEL I 1' -7" NOTES: SLOT CENTERS LOT CENTER 42 "H x 10' -0 "W FRONT ELEVATION 42 "H x 10' -OEW 1. CREDENZA SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION /ASSEMBLY. 2. FIXTURES MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. 3. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR CASHWRAP & CREDENZA POWER 1 DATA SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 3' -10" 3' -10" SIDE ELEVATION 1 1f4" TYP. ' SLOT CENTERS 1 1/4" TYP. H 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 � SLOT CENTERS � 4' -5 1 /2" / �' ; I j 3 " — BASE WELDMENT 1/4" 20 X 1" DIA. LEVELER NOT USED SCALE: 9 NOT USED SCALE: 3 SLEEVE FLANGE, TYP. al 3' -5 3/8" SLEEVE FLANGE TYP. \ \ • - BASE WELDMENT 5/16" 18 LEVELER BACK SIDE (2) QUAD CAPSCREW, JOINT CONNECTOR, STAFAST #BB142035UHD PWH RECEPTACLES OR EQ POLISHED MOUNTING J-BOX BOLTS PROVIDED BY TARRANT WALKIE ELECTRICA NUT, NYLOCK, 1/4 -20 UNC, CHASE STANDARD PROVIDED BY TARRANT GROMMET PLYWOOD HOLE ELECTRICAL ROLLING & FOR TALKIES MOUNTING BRACKET PROVIDED BY TARRANT CONSULTANT INFO: NOTE: ELECTRICAL SUB TO PROVIDE CONDUIT AND CONNECTIONS TO J -BOX (2) QUAD — N = I_ N Z '` RECEPTACLES LOCATION FOR 'Z\a��;,,,, WALKIE- TALKIES �� \v\��� S �� \\ ����l ELECTRICAL CHASE ' k a� N a k 1 „,.,,, 1' k 4' -1 1/4" \ 4' -1 1/4" L 1' -7" 1' 1.-T1 42 "H x 4' -0 "W FRONT ELEVATION ,� ,I' ,�' '! ( 'I 54 "H x 4' -0 "W 42 "H x 41-0"W 54 "H x 4' -0"W SIDE ELEVATION��� v.;.,, A\ ��a,s�� avaaaa� .�.a�os��.aaa�v...�uaa,�,����� PROFESSIONAL STAMP: F266 REGISTER ARCHI ,. • c OS ATE r ti ..�TON e o�a�oaoom�o�v���a�o�����o��w��asvo�m�s���aoao�a�v�o����� 1111 = 1'-7" J -BOX FOR VOLUME CONTROL = �� 00 00 mo 00 00 _ 1" 1 0 @16" A.F.F. MOUNTING BINS BY OTHERS PANEL ... �. ..�._ �.�. �.�.� .._ . 1 1 /8" 1 1/8" �e� ACCESSORIES FIXTURE DETAILS SCALE: 1 /2„ 1'-0" Ch �.�..� Z �° o '- ILL ELECTRICAL 11 0 L. WIRE ACCESS GROMMET HOLE �k CHASE �� 'W WA e SWINGING SWINGING 11” DOORS 11' 0" SAFE co r REMOVABLE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.70007 WDPARTNERS.COM SHELF AT UNIT SAFE ONLY ON APPROVED FRONT SIDE 3/4" 3/4" 1 1 2" 3 4" 3 4 DEC 12 2011 City of Tukwila BUILD ING DIVISION E.Q. E.Q. E.Q. E Q. E.Q. Q. I E � i E \ �1 A B \ r. co _ - ..uw....n...... «... -: .e_�.,.w..,.:;m.. ..d..,.,,_ _ I . s ... ... .........�' _r,:........w ..,r ..?y. \ cn N �, N 2'- 41/4" ' 2'- 41,4" CREDENZA SECTION SCALE- CREDENZA SECTION SCALE: 2 1 —1 0 - — 5 - 3/8 —1 -0 ISSUE TYPE in CV _ _., .mm �.�, �;� ��� �F i ii _ _-__�- ��..�r Et , i = "' N N OTES: LOCKS FOR CREDENZA ORDERED BY STORE GENERAL MANAGER �_� � :� t ®x� ; E o 100 /o CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 LOCKS FOR CREDENZA ORDERED BY STORE GENERAL MANAGER. A _�' N O DISPLAY AREA AT CASHWRAP POWER POLE J/BOOTHSET FIXTURES BOOTHSET FIXTURES . ..: ..,... r - w..�„_ DISPLAY AREA FLOOR MOUNTING TWO PIECES BOLTED TOGETHER AT JOBSITE _OC HER FIELD WITH 5.-16- 18X3" VENDOR NUTS. NOTE:KEEP BOLT 0 I : : I ' I 1 i METAL TRIM/ BINS, ADHERE WITH CLEAR SEALANT 411:1111 411:1111 I ' Iv I ' 1 ' ' PLATES, AT CASHWRAP TYP. BOLT UNi 5 ,N PRCViDED BOA AND 5i16 18 OCATION NO •, ,)-ER THAN 7B v v METAL TRIM/ BINS, 5" FROM FLOOR. BLUE METAL 2' -41/4" 2' -41/4" WALKIE- TALKIE LOCATION IDOORS� 1' -7 7/8" TYP. ADHERE WITH CLEAR SEALANT LOCK PROVIDED @ OTHERS CABINET i I REVISIONS: CIT� �KiMI.� NnV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTEE ANGLE, TYP. _ ONLY \ cV N 411111111 T ♦ I VY ( FRONT ELEVATION - Mr HOLD BUTTON, MOUNTED TO SHELF J a co Q AND a> cn DISPLAY AREA 11' -0" O SIDE ELEVATION AT CASHWRAP " — / DISPLAY AREA AT CASHWRAP I r -, (E) SALVAGED RELOCATED SAFE FINGER PULL FROM ^ DRAWN BY: EM /SM A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 FINGER PULL 54" FIXTURE ACCESSORY \ 20 1/2" x 4' ANGLED CABINET ROLLING BINS BY OTHERS VOLUME CONTROL LOCATION UP B.O. ROLLING BINS BY OTHERS 20 1/2" x 4' ANGLED CABINET TITLE SHEET: CASHWRAP AREA DETAILS (E) CASHWRAP ( )1i' 3 3 SHEET NUMBER: A6 -1 SCALE: SCALE. 1 CREDENZA FRONT ELEVATION DISPLAY PLATFORM DETAILS 1/2 =1 -0 NOTES: MB KIM/ FASTLANE FIXTURES SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION /ASSEMBLY. p I ( T N ADJ SHELVING r GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 W/ WHITE ABS � RETAINER op i' ipl �� �' __I 2.-9" '�. TOP p� `1 GC TO INSTALL _ �■ �� REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 1 2 2 12 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION • 1 • • REFRIGERATOR '� ! SHELVING TO DIMENSIONS NOTED. J —■ ' REFRIGERATOR SHOWN IN SHROUD FOR , r ,I� �■ • ■ • - REFERENCE r VENTING PANEL BOTTOM • ■ - �� • 1 INTERIOR OF r WIRE CHASE REFRIGERATOR n REAR FRONT RIGHT AXON 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08 /10/12 OPENING: 2013 NOT USED SCALE: 12 NOT USED SCALE: 9 COOLER SHROUD SCALE: 3 POWER CONDUIT. SEE ELEC. GC. TO BRACE POWER 3" GC TO ANCHOR STANCH ION TYP. SQ. TO SLAB WITH VENDOR CONSULTANT INFO: ° SUPPLIED ANCHORS PER VENDOR INSTRUCTIONS POWER CONDUIT, SEE ELEC. ATTACH POWER POLE TO wF11 o 4 1/2" • POLE TO STRUCTURE PROV DE UNISTRUT ROD. REQUIRED. PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 1/4" 20 AVK INSERT 1/4 "- 20 AVK INSERT 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITEC J. - �" OF ' "I, TON , �'f 3 1 Iv/ I VENDOR PROVIDED POWER POLE ATTACHED TO BOOTHSET BY G.C. STAGE CASHWRAP /ACCESSORY FIXTURE PER VENDOR INSTRUCTIONS. SEE DETAILS 4 &71 -. .' e \` BASE PLATE ARCHITECT INFO: VW 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM NOT USED SCALE: 8 POWER POLE BRACING DETAIL SCALE: 5 SURFACE MOUNTED STANCHION SCALE: 2 ELEVATION 3„ _ 1, 0„ 3 „_ 11-0” ISSUE TYPE: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I 1 1 �- ( — ACCESSORY FIXTURE POWER POLE MOUNTED TO ACCESSORY FIXTURE UPRIGHT. BRACE c TO STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH THREADED ROD, SEE 5/ -. RUN CONDUIT FROM STRUCTURE TO POWER POLE. SURFACE MOUNT POWER RECEPTACLE TO POWER POLE. MEN'S COOLER SHROUD SHOWN DASHEEPTAD. POWER CORD TO RUN TO RECLE. ` 4' -0° 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 BOOTHSET 4,1 3/4 "k CUSTOM WHITE POWDER COATED BOOTHSET CUSTOM ANGLED CABINET G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR FOR SHOP DRAWINGS. INSTALL PER VENDOR RECOMMENDATIONS / ® O l = / CUSTOM WHITE POWDER COATED BOOTHSET ATTACH POWER POLE TO BOOTHSET UPRIGHT - ALIGN WITH NOTCH IN STAGE. REVISIONS: ,® ®• = R Ytl� CITY ��� NnV 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTEF A POWER CASHWRAP (4) #12 BRACE W/ THREADED POLE ATTACHES TO TOP USING PANHEAD SCREWS TO STRUCTURE / UNISTRUT ROD. SEE 7/- PLAN CUSTOM ANGLED CABINET 0 STAGE DRAWN BY: EM /SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: CASHWRAP DETAILS __ I. 0 0 SIDE FRONT SHEET NUMBER: A6-2 SCALE: 10 SCALE: POWER POLE DETAIL @ CASHWRAP SCALE: SCALE: ANGLED TOP FASTLANE CABINET 1 POWER AT MEN'S COOLER POWER POLE BRACING AT DISPLAY PLATFORM 3,,o„ NOT USED SCALE: 12 NOT USED SCALE: DROP POWER HERE FOP FITTING ROOM LIGHTS. RUN (1) 3/4" ELEC CONDUITS ALONG SIDES AND BACK OF ROOMS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS. INSTALL ONE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE PER MIRROR ASSEMBLY IN CUTOUT PROVIDED. DROP POWER HERE FOR FITTING ROOM LIGHTS. RUN ELEC. CONDUITS ALONG SIDES AND BACK OF ROOMS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS. INSTALL ONE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE PER MIRROR ASSEMBLY IN CUTOUT PROVIDED. USE ONLY VENDOR SUPPLIED HARDWARE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT DETIAL @ FITTING ROOMS SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" 36" DIA. FIXTURES - MOUNT BOTTOM OF FIXTURE SHADE @ 9' -0" AFF. VIA CABLES FROM UNISTRUT, SEE 10/A11 -0 (N) OR RELOCATED SPEAKER LOCATION 311/4. -- N OF LIGHTING 3' -0" OF LIGHTING OF AND UNISTRUT LIGHTING 3' -0" EQ. R (2) 4' -0r' UNISTRUT CHANNEL TO BE MOUNTED AS SHOWN (BY G.0 ). MO'_ NT UNISTRUT AS TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE SEE 12/A11 -1 EQ. (2) 10' -0" UNISTRUT C -IANNELS TO BE MOUNTED AS SHOWN (BY G.C.). MOUNT UNISTRUT AS TIGHT TO THE STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE. SEE 12/A11 -1 LIGHT FIXTURES & FI ING ROOM CORRIDOR ENLARGED FITTING ROOM REFLECTED CEILING PLAN marti SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 'T END PANEL WITH SHELVES CAP VOID WITH WIRE MESH NOTES: 1. FITTING ROOMS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION / ASSEMBLY, 2. ALL FITTING ROOMS MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. 3. ELECTRICAL WORK FOR FITTING ROOM'S LIGHTING AND GRAB BAR BLOCKING SHOULD BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO BOOTHSET FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 10' T FIXTURES, TYP. 'T END PANEL FILLER PANEL SEE 2 & 3/A8 -1 FOR DETAILS AT CORNER FILLER PANELS INSTALL FR DOORS WITH GRAPHICS LABELED A, B, C,D PER LAYOUT SHOWN ON A7 -1 FURNISH AND INSTALL CLEAR SEALANT AT GAPS AROUND ALL THE FITTING ROOMS - TYP. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL MIRROR IN VENDOR PROVIDED FRAME PER VENDOR'S INSTRUCTIONS TO THE INTERIOR SIDES OF BOTH ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM DOORS. LIGHT FIXTURES, EACH SIDE OF MIRROR, TYP. MIRROR, TYP. RUN (1) 3/4R ELEC. CONDUIT ALONG SIDES AND BACK OF ROOMS FOR MIRRORS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS. SEE 8/- 6' -0" 4'4" CLEAR, TYP. 'L' END PANEL FILLER PANELS SHELVES HANG BARS T END PANEL W/ SHELVES FILLER PANEL CAP VOID WITH WIRE MESH POWER DROP FOR F.R. MIRROR - (N) ARROW HOOKS INSTALLED BY G.C. FIT. RM. NO: 1 FIT. RM. NO: 2 FIT. RM. NO: 3 FIT. RM. NO: 4 PROCESSING AREA FR MAT FR MAT FR MAT MIRRORED 'L' END PANEL REAR VIEW MIRROR BY VENDOR, MOUNTED @ 5' -0' A.F.F. BY G.C. 8' -0" FILLER PANEL BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR WHERE NECESSARY 'L' END PANEL 'T END PANEL z ca Q FITTING ROOM MIRROR MOUNTED TO INTERIOR FACE OF DOOR BENCH, TYP HOOKS, TYP ANCHOR LOCATION, SEE 11/A7 -2 2' -10" FLOOR MOUNTED DOOR STOP FLOOR MAT FITTING ROOMS FITTING ROOM MIRROR MOUNTED TO INTERIOR FACE OF DOOR WIRE MESH @ 8' -0" AFF,: WHERE 8' -0" PANELS OCCUR MIRRORED '12 END PANEL 8'-O" FILLER PANEL BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR WHERE NECESSARY FLOOR MOUNTED a/ DOOR STOP 8' -O" FILLER PANEL BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR WHERE NECESSARY C.L. OF HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE SIGN MOUNTED @ 5' -0" AFF DOOR HARDWARE TYP. FLOOR MOUNTED DOOR STOP C.L. OF H ACCESS( MOUNTER AFF DiCAP LE SIGN 5'-O" MIRRORED 'L' END PANEL z Q oar U(LIN GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w Z w 0 IJ� w 0 w Z U 1- 0 fn co' ci 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: 2'- 'I0".CLR 44 5/8 "W x 90 7/8 "H VOICE OF THE STORE MIRROR LOCATION, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, PROVIDED BY VENDOR. VOICE OF THE STORE' BLUE MARKETING METAL PANEL. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. (N) ARROW HOOKS INSTALLED BY G.C. WIRE MESH @ 8' -0" AFF„ WHERE 8' -0" PANELS OCCUR (N) ARROW HOOKS INSTALLED BY G.C. 3" 1 BEN H 24 "X 48" MIN. MIRROR CAP VOID WITH WIRE, MESH FILLER 2' -7" FR MAT FIT. RM. FIT. RM. FIT. RM. NO: 8 NO: 7 ,, NO: 6 FIT. RM. NO: 5 'L' END PANEL CAP VOID WITH WIRE MESH GC TO INSTALL GRAB BARS AND 4" X 4" METAL PLATE BLOCKING. FILLER PANEL 10' L FIXTURE, TYP. CO wa CO coH z m Z UV wore O W LL J o oD GC PROVIDE CONDUIT AT OPENINGS BEHIND EACH MIRROR. GC TO INSTALL GRAB BARS AND 4" X 4" METAL PLATE BLOCKING. RUN (1) 3/4" ELEC. CONDUIT ALONG SIDES & BACK OF ROOMS FOR MIRRORS & KEEP CONDUIT TIGHT TO FITTING ROOMS. SEE 8/- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 POWER DROP FOR F.R. MIRROR FILLER PANEL CAP VOID WITH WIRE MESH 10' T FIXTLIJRES, TYP. T END PANEL W/ SHELVES 'T END P W/ SHEL City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 7 (ENLARGED FITTING ROOM AREA FLOOR PLAN D11� 3�3 SCALE: 1/2" =11-0" PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITEC ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITY 1KV+LA Nnv 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTEF DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ENLARGED FITTING ROOM PLAN AND RCP SHEET NUMBER: A7 -0 MARKETING FRAME. PROVIDED BY VENDOR. INSTALLED BY GC EQ. GC TO SEAL ALL EDGES WITH CLEAR SEALANT GC TO SEAL CUTOUT W/ CLEAR SEALANT. INSTALLATION TO BE CLEAN & SMOOTH AROUND EDGES - TYP. BOTH SIDES FITTING ROOM BENCH J -BOX & CONDUIT LOCATED BEHIND MIRROR. BY GC FITTING ROOM MIRROR ASSEMBLY GC TO SEAL ALL CABINET EDGES WITH CLEAR SEALANT ITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. GC TO SEAL CUTOUT W/ CLEAR SEALANT. INSTALLATION TO BE CLEAN & SMOOTH AROUND EDGES - TYP. BOTH SIDES HOOK GRAPHICS BY VENDOR 1'-6" 1' -6" O Q Q �Q FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. OF (3) 9 3/4" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION t 3' -1" L FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. i9 irD GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 z 0 2i w 0 cn w 1- z w U ce w 0 Q ce CL W J z oS Lu H 0 0 W 2 Ci J m FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 12 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 11-0" 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 3 OPENING: 2013 GRAB BAR AND BLOCKING BY G.C. \ 0 in 9' -4 1/4" i , 1 O D HOOK GRAPHICS �•s 6 o 1' -6" o 1'- 91/2" i P I BY VENDOR 1 2' -0" C Iti / oio0 \ o 0 o o o i 0 i 0 0 o o o o o o o o FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. OF (3) 4' -0" ■ iie1 Ill 01 D a MARKETING FRAME BY VENDOR, INSTALL BY GC. e . FITT NG ROOM BENCH G(/ `/ CLEAR SEAL ALL EDGES. ' -4 1/4" GC TO CLEAR SEAL ALL EDGES. FITTING ROOM MIRROR ASSEMBLY UNIVERISAL HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE, SEE 5/A11 -1 FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS TO BE APPLIED OFFSITE BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR. UNIVERISAL HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE, SEE 5/A11 -1 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL NOTES: 1. FITTING ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALL FITTING ROOMS MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" _ -0" 11 HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/T = 1' -0" FITTING ROOM ELEVATION (FRONT FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. L: O 5' -2" I EQ. 11----_-_, EQ. D 2' -0" C Iti / \ r /g / / / / / / � \ iie1 Ill 01 r $ 0 / fol i 1 MARKETING FRAME BY VENDOR, INSTALL BY GC. e . -- FITTING ROOM MIRROR ASSEMBLY UNIVERISAL HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE, SEE 5/A11 -1 FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS TO BE APPLIED OFFSITE BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR. UNIVERISAL HANDICAPPED SIGNAGE, SEE 5/A11 -1 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL NOTES: 1. FITTING ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALL FITTING ROOMS MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" _ -0" 11 HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/T = 1' -0" FITTING ROOM ELEVATION (FRONT FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. L: O 5' -2" GC TO SEAL CUTOUT W/ CLEAR SEALANT. INSTALLATION TO BE CLEAN & SMOOTH AROUND EDGES - TYP. BOTH SIDES LIGHT FIXTURES, EACH SIDE OF MIRROR. TYP. FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. GRAB BAR AND BLOCKING BY G.C. 5' -2" EQ EQ 010 -2 3,-D" 2' -7" 2' -0" FITTING ROOM BENCH q 0 — REAR VIEW MIRROR BY VENDOR @ 5' -0" A.F.F. INSTALLED BY G.C. FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS TO BE APPLIED OFFSITE BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR. 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL NOTES: 1. FITTING ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALL FITTING ROOMS MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 10 HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M ST OU 1 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R `t) CITY OFI1E {V I LA Nf1V 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A7 -1 I D \ \ \ L Q ---"4– \ r /g / / / / / / � \ GC TO SEAL CUTOUT W/ CLEAR SEALANT. INSTALLATION TO BE CLEAN & SMOOTH AROUND EDGES - TYP. BOTH SIDES LIGHT FIXTURES, EACH SIDE OF MIRROR. TYP. FITTING ROOM HOOKS, TYP. GRAB BAR AND BLOCKING BY G.C. 5' -2" EQ EQ 010 -2 3,-D" 2' -7" 2' -0" FITTING ROOM BENCH q 0 — REAR VIEW MIRROR BY VENDOR @ 5' -0" A.F.F. INSTALLED BY G.C. FITTING ROOM DOOR GRAPHICS TO BE APPLIED OFFSITE BY FITTING ROOM VENDOR. 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL NOTES: 1. FITTING ROOMS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. ALL FITTING ROOMS MUST BE INSTALLED LEVEL & PLUMB. HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" 10 HC FITTING ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/2" = FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM MIRROR PANEL SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M ST OU 1 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R `t) CITY OFI1E {V I LA Nf1V 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/SM NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: FITTING ROOM ELEVATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A7 -1 FIT G ROOM POD CURTAIN - G.C. ' CURTAI ' ''OD ©ID HIM' GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 GRAPHIC TO IN LL PER MANUFACTURER'S 4B - 13" INSTRU ONS FITT G ROOM v PIT BACK PANEL f TH MIRROR I ' LOCATION OF ARROW HOOK A ✓ GRAPHIC "L" FIXTURE VELCRO FOR •♦� CURTAIN 1 5A STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 t m q_OF I 12" Cl `= It a; 8' 0 "' H FITTING ROOM POD END PANEL 8' -0" H FITTING p ROOM POD END = 1101. 4p ' l� CURTAIN HOOK `/ ' ................... . PANEL MIRROR ►CATION: <WAY SUI -ICENTER PKV ILA, WA /1 Q CURTAIN HOOK ARROW ,.OK EQ. 2' -0" EQ. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 4'-0" E) DEM NG ® • WALL 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 ENLARGED PLAN - PERIMETER FITTING ROOM POD WITH END PANEL MIRROR SCALE: 12 FITTING ROOM POD SECTION SCALE: 3 - 1/2" = l'-0" CONSULTANT INFO: 1/4" X 1 1/2" ROUNDED HEAD NAIL -IN ANCHOR PIN BOLT DRIVE 1/4" DRILL SIZE: FASTENALL 0 #50506 VENDOR PROVIDED, G.C. INSTALLED FITTING RM POST LEG (BY VENDOR) PLAN VIEW 0 PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGIS_ ARCTER y %' 82r6; J• . , - CC 0L. (1F 4-' ,: FITTING RM. POST LEG VENDOR) Q NOT USED SCALE: J (BY 1/4" X 1 1/2" ROUNDED HEAD NAIL ANCHOR FITTING ROOM POD BACK PANEL DEMISING 0 ' -IN PIN BOLT DRIVE 1/4" DRILL SIZE: FASTENALL #50506 VENDOR PROVIDED, G.C. INSTALLED I I — — EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB VERIFY CONDITION IN HELD , ARCHITECT INFO: lAd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM SECTION UNIVERSAL LEVELER PLATE GYP. BD. WALL 12'- 0 "H "L" FIXTURE { 10' "L" FIXTURE / { (E) "L" 1G/ � � 12' -0" H FIXTURE, BEYOND CURTAIN ROD NOT USED SCALE: ^ L FITTING ROOM ANCHORAGE SCALE: 1 4'a % I I ' - - n - , n 3 —1 -0 ,/ ISSUE TYPE: FITTING ROOM POD CURTAIN - G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S 4B 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM POD SIDE PANEL 8' -0" H FITTING ROOM POD END PANEL c.- CURTAIN ROD FITTING ROOM POD BACK PANEL WITH INSTRUCTIONS CURTAIN ROD 0 i g. / MIRROR BEYOND FITTING ROOM POD BACK PANEL WITH MIRROR LOCATION OF VELCRO "L" FOR CURTAIN ` ....., 4A REVISIONS: FIXTURE `� J—_LFIXTURE - r `� � es\ ARROW HOOK (E) WALL CITY OF 'i'i)K1MEA Nnv 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTE6 , `, 3 : O w \ �1� �' - CURTAIN HOOK z 8' -0" H FITTING 8' 0" H FITTING ROOM POD END = PANEL C) 2' -2" ) A ROOM POD END PANEL \ : '' C. ir 0 _ — — — — CURTAIN HOOK ARROW HOOK EQ. 2' -0" EQ. ® SIDE VIEW DRAWN BY: EM/ : FRONT VIEW O • A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 / / / 4' -0" (E) DEMISING WALL TITLE SHEET: ENLARGED FITTING ROOM POD PLANS AND DETAILS / to) i )47,. 1.1", 61 3 SHEET NUMBER: A7-2 NOT USED SCALE: SCALE: 4 ENLARGED PLAN - PERIMETER SCALE: 1 1" ELEVATIONS - PERIMETER FITTING ROOM POD v2p = 1�-0" r 108 CROSS MEMBER 0.236" THICK COROPLAST PANEL FRAME 3/4 WHITE PARTICLE " BOARD O \ ,,, ° `" 1114111111111N111 ' i1? 10A qe � i O -U co ® m : ® Z "L" H FIXTURE TYP, 10' -0" SEE 6 / -. ANCHOR CORNERS. A ALL CAD �� GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 A WIRE MESH AS 1O' -0" THIS PLAN IS FOR REFERANCE ONLY. PLEASE SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR FIXTURE LAYOUT APPLICABLE, SEE 6/A8 -2 "L" END PANEL BOLT C) 0) 0 8 _ � uj 00 Li j CD �+ O w m z w O CO H � �/ IL L. TO FIXTURE - J 1 O c� O cn � 0 TO m _i 0 z I i I f c9 ' F- ' c� 0 � 0 m 0 z Q A Ie 1— J "Z _ _- �. 4:44.- ♦��♦i�.■ • ♦! ♦!..!!♦0. ♦ ♦! ♦!C i! ♦�� • ♦♦♦♦♦♦♦♦!!.; �0�00.0♦000 ♦♦!!!!!♦!! • � % % % % %O� %�� ♦♦!!♦!!!!♦ • !!!!!!•♦• �!!!♦♦!!♦♦. ♦♦ ♦♦♦! • Oi!i!i!iii ♦ ♦♦��• ♦•♦!♦ ♦♦•! ♦!•.�i •i ♦i0•i ♦i!ii! ••fit••••••••••• ..._ .......0:■ �: i 4 A 10I-OR A A 101_0" A A 10 -0 (� SHELF ATTACHED TO END PANEL AT "T" FIXTURE. 2/A8 -2 (SIM) v A A A A A A A8-2 �A ��, S 10B A8-2 ■ `/ t � � .211 - N.T.S. ANCHOR BOLTS, A F— 0 y A8 -2 �' � / TYP. "T" END PANEL 1O'-O" `c2 � O F � fA Ea. H ■■■ NOTES: - A DENOTES AN ANCHOR BOLT LOCATION SEE 11/A8 -2 ALL FREESTANDING FIXTURES TO BE ANCHORED ON ALL CORNERS - ALL DIMENSIONS "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES BOLT TO FIXTURE ►•000•COO•�,i ..:..o•V • ♦!♦♦!♦ • �'i ►......... ►•!•❖!•!•p..•p� ►00•••04 ►•••: �`.' ►•!. ::tti : — 2013 O.N.E. Q1 Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 0$/10/12 OPENING: 2013 "T' AXONOMETRIC VIEW - ' AXONOMETRIC VIEW • NTS "T" SIDE ELEVATION "T" FRONT ELEVATION g_,...____. "L" SIDE ELEVATION "L" ■ ► ❖: ❖00:•:O• rr n n n r n L & T FIXTURE - 12 -0 H SCALE: 7 A A �,�,�,�,�,�••, ►� " •.': 1/2" = 1' -0" :" .;:r \ w " D a �" ~ — FILLER PANEL CONSULTANT INFO: 4' 0° / :�, A 1 O' -O" A BOLT TO FIXTURE SEE 2 & 3/A8 -1 .tt• / \ 1 0 4 SALES AREA DETAILS ATEL FITTING ROOMS "T" END PANEL W/ CROSS MEMBER 0.236" THICK COROPLAST PANEL FRAME 3/4" WHITE PARTICLE ` BOARD ,� .e COROPLAST DIRECTIO 3 I li! N - s /COROPLAST DIRECTIO / A SHELVES, BOLT TO FIXTURE A , O m z /— c7 o 2 o m 0 Z i i'' o " i z o '- 1 ----'- 1 SHELF ATTACHED TO -- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 4' -0" �� REGISTERED �ROHITEC SOH �� _,. i NOV f 2 2012 END PANEL AT "T" FIXTURE. SEE 2/A8 -2 / TYP. ALL / "T" FIXTURES SHELF ATTACHED TO is, `v io "L" 12' -0" H FIXTURE END PANEL AT'Ts FIXTURE. SEE 2/A8 -2 BASICS WALL END PANEL 1 1 10A A8-2 i �"� 12' -0° 18- A8 -2 VIEW - N.T.S. ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM � A8-2 A \ ,� \ o " "T" AXONOMETRIC VIEW - N.T.S. 'T' SIDE ELEVATION kt "T" FRONT ELEVATION M "L" SIDE ELEVATION "L" AXONOMETRIC °T" 12' H 12' -0" � � U "L" & "T" FIXTURE - 10' -0" H SCALE: 1/2 - 1 -0 " < -0" FIXTURE WITH i• BASICS WALL TOPPER, SEE ISSUE TYPE: LA] 1/A8 -2 SHOP DIVIDER o 100 /o CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 SEE 2/A8 -2 FOR MORE DETAILS FIXTURE ON CASTERS, SEE 5/- & 2/A8 -2 TOP SUPPORT 3' -11 1/4" c 12 -0 " ao MIRROR � W ELDMENT 4' -1 3/4" li MIRROR FRAME I L.OUNTERSUNK 1 1 I I`/,/ EAD CAP 1 CL TO CL K II -' � __ a II ; ; CREW. PAINT ,D MATCH ;E=NTER STANDARD r` . REVISIONS: ATTACH "Z• 00 -- �' I' p r G ` . w 4 " iv co r` � SHELF ATTACHED TO A -- -- � . - - - - L:......1 •.. - RCEiVtR CITY FTf,_IICIMLA NOV 6 20 12 PERMIT CENTER 'WELDMENT POLYGAL END PANEL AT "T" TYP., SEE 7/- EXPOSED SALES AREA WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL 2' 9' 1 � `` ,7 1111100 -.).t.,_ I -�`'I ,_:,,ENTER °ANEL PRlGHT OTTER '1BE ::ASE PLATFORM WELDMENT - --1 -1ORT S1 EM vELER - r._.__. ► 12' -O" ;._. BASICS WALL END PANEL -6" x -6" BASICS WALL FIXTURE. SEE 2/A8 -2 MIRROR, SEE DETAILS /- BASE CLIPS TO "Z" BRACKET ON WALL - 2 PLACES Q ° !9 = 'I TYP. 'I J Q ii Z.11 w� �_ ..,. C DRAWN BY: EM /SM AlE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 _- ..__.�r_--- ---_ —� TITLE SHEET: BOOTHSET ENLARGED PLANS AND DETAILS _ .W:_�m_ ___ _ _ _ �- 3' -0" MIN. 3' -0" MIN. , 2" BASE PANEL -' - ' - VINYL BASE 1B1 OF FINISH FLOOR AXONOMETRIC VIEW-- N.T.S. SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION .FLO SHEET NUMBER: A8 -0 BASICS WALL MIRROR SCALE: 8 7' H SCALE: 5 SCALE:" 1 ENLARGED BOOTHSET PLAN 3/8 11-0" 1/2" = 1' -0" MID -FLOOR FRAME - -6" 1/2 — 11-0" 4" POST EXTENSION ♦�.� ' % "L" OR "T" I" 9A ••• ` ' I "L" CAP VOID SPACE "T" END W/ MESH WIRE, TYP. CORPORARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON SAN FRANCISCO, STREET CA 94105 � ` " I FIXTURE AS SHOWN ON PLAN NYLOC NUT TYP ® PANELS SEE 6/A8-2 e• II / �� Aidlipli I'rf" FIXTURE ••'•; , ••• x r' •��,•• , �,.•• � j ' �+ ` I� t II. :s:: II �� � �' JP � r, END PAN f'' II 1.1 "L" FIXTURE, TYP. ( ( 1 I INSTALL 3/4" �i TE FIXTURE o I I I �i� '' (i ♦ • Aft J ♦ ♦ II , �. ■ ptiD fj LONG 1/4 - 20 HEX HEAD BOLTS FILLER PANEL "" ::::::EL � "" v �q- L:::._ � . � I e 'E F::z::N JMBER: i9 CATION: KWAY SUI -ICENTER PKV ILA, WA 0.. •• • , . • 0, • .'' R"LFIURE CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BIJILDlNG DIVISION ill I 10B ••' 10B ...00 ` 0 v 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 A END PANEL 24" BOOTHSET EXTENSIONS SCALE: 12 CONNECTION DETAIL @ "L" & "T" FIXTURE SCALED 9 END PANEL @ "L" & "T" FIXTURES SCALE:, 6 FILLER PANELS @ FITTING ROOM SCALE: 3 3/8" = 1' -0" 3/8 = 11-0" 1 = 1 -0 3/8 = 11-0" ..•° °' S STRIP ® -OK INSTALL 3 %4' •00�• • �� 8 CAP VOID SPACE W/ MESH, TYP. SEE 6/A8 FILLER PANEL "L" FIXTURE FITTING ROOM WIRE -2 CONSULTANT INFO: " „ •' �� ,� • •,,i' '• Y ; ' ; � �` � • •' - *rte •'•• v BLANK END \� VERTICAL STRIPS & • V EN D i R HORIZONTAL & NUTS PROVIDED BY VENDOR A RELOCATE (E) • P RAIL FROM 10': "H BOO ET w Z N � W .1 4. 9 K \ \ ■ . � I ik 11 r,/ a' �. \ . - END PANEL --,,% •• PANEL "L" FIXTURE _ ,-, I SONG 14 20 �� I I HEX HEAD BOLTS �' I \.� :kii: L FIXTURE s ! 44► I I END PANEL "L" "T" FIXTURE PROFESSIONAL STAMP: WITH MIRROR B MIRROR END PANEL FILLER PANEL 1 6286 REGISTER %1 ARCH) • 'ti • c • �� IN6TOI+I . _.. / EXTENDERS PROVIDED BY VENDOR �� m = I z 0 *13 -1 �� A PANEL OR EXISTING 10' -0" H "L" OR , "T" BOOTHSET \� 00> WALL ARCHITECT INFO: lAd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000T WDPARTNERS.COM END EX : ING d' -0" H "L!' OR "T" BOOTHSET „ „ AT L FIXTURE AT L FIXTURE 24” 24 EXTENSION DETAIL SCALE: 11 " �� " �� END PANEL AT "L" & "T" FIXTURES SCALE: 8 END PANEL @ "L" FIXTURES SCALE: 5 FILLER PANELS @ FITTING ROOM SCALE: 2 N.T.S. 1" = 1' -0" 3/8" = 1' -0" 3/8" =1' -0" ISSUE TYPE: I I I i I 'T" 4S44 1 All BLANK •• -r PANEL END 1oc 96 ., "L" FIXTURE SHOWN ONIPLANE AS 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 v ••• • ' � •• ■ �' ; , � ; � ; -'r ••' �� .•••• END PANEL FRAME INSTALL 4 1/2'. HEX HEAD BOLT • v ` • • • ' •• ' . '�� ; �+ B T.' BOOTHSET MIRROR END PANEL v v FIXTURE AS : � FIXTURE AS SHOWN ON PLAN �' ( ` AT "T" FIXTURE r " " t ;/ � ; / / /i SHOWN ON PLAN END PANEL �" o r / =• ' �� I \ INSTALL 3/4" LONG 1/4 -20 HEX HEAD BOLTS END PANEL v END PANEL FRAME LIIIIIIIIIIM REVISIONS: �i '\ • 10A 11 & END R4CEIyE CITY F TI I LA K1N1 Nnv 1 e 2012 PERMIT CENTER I I I I I I WHERE OCCURS ■W/ ', I I QFIXTURE PANEL MOUNTING ��� .. �_ _ _ _ • IIIIIIIIMINP INSTALL 6 1 2 FIXTURE / END PANEL / HEX HEAD MIRROR ; ••''•r'` 1 -' -- ••� B BOLT FIXTURE MOUNTING "L" "T" DRAWN BY: EM/SM -- OR FIXTURE AS SHOWN ON PLAN \ =''�- •' `I A8 2 A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 ••••• ND #:; • BOOTHSET DETAILS L INSTALL 41 /2" fl ' _I b (7„..000-5 6.3 ADJACENT FIXTURES r T FIXTURE MOUNTING ,r r' SHEET NUMBER: A81 "L" & "T" PANEL MOUNTING SCALE: 10 CONNECTION DETAIL "T" FIXTURE SCALE: 7 PANEL 'T' FIXTURES SCALE: 4 ._ "L" FIXTURE CONNECTION scALE: 1 1 END @ 3/ 0 , @ "T" END PANEL j A 2 "x2" 14 -GAUGE GALV. STEEL CLOTH LID. MOUNT TO ANGLE WITH #12 PAN -HEAD SCREWS 6" O.C. PERPENDICULAR SHELVING UNITS/ FITTING ROOMS ALIGN CAD p CAP VOID SPACE "T" /: �! . Niiii,......voe, . W/ WIRE MESH TYP. SEE 6/- FILLER PANE!- "T" FIXTURE GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 v v v FIXTURE "T" 100"- " ONTINUOUS 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" JG> 20 GA METAL ANGLE LINE OF PARTITION, DEMISING WALL, OR FIXTURE CATION: KWAY SUI -CENTER PKV ILA, WA END PANEL "L" FIXTURE NOTE: ATTACH TOP OF WIRE MESH TO ALIGN WITH TOP OF ADJACENT FIXTURES OR FITTING ROOMS. (EX. 10' -0" FIXTURES OR 8' -0" FITTING ROOMS) 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 FILLER PANELS KIDS AREA @ SCALE: 13 NOT USED SCALE: g WIREMESH LID @ TOP OF VOID SCALE . 3/8 - 11-0" " CONSULTANT INFO: FILLER @ EXISTING HOLE ONLY. & REPAIR SURROUNDING SURFACE AS PATCH SHOULD NOT CREATE UNEVEN OR TRIP HAZARD, SEE SPECS. GENERAL NOTE: THESE DETAILS ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FOLLOW SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. (E) 4" CONCRETE SLAB CONCRETE CLEAN REQ'D.. SURFACE TOPPER, TYP �� (I — / � � - � �� �� FASTEN OTHER SCREW �� WITH BOLTS TOPPERS TO EACH 3/4" L, 1/4 -20 - III END SURFACE TO THE � / PANEL. GLOSSY SHOULD BE OUTSIDE e a, NOT USED ALE: a. °. "i % //A 4 da �� d �� (E) ANCHOR BOLT • • • . a - a 4 . a . a Q ° - BASIC WALL TOPPER, TYP. � •• , REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 1 2 212 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ,' 6288 REGISTERED ARCHlTEC J� �,�� DETAIL @ (E) ANCHOR BOLTS SCALE: 12 ARCHITECT INFO: 2012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.70007 WDPARTNERS.COM POST DIA. KWIK -BOLT "2" EMBEDDED 3" SLAB U.N.O. 1/A8 -0 FOR LAYOUT SLAB. CONDITION IN BASICS WALL END PANEL, GLOSSY SURFACE SHOULD TO THE OUTSIDE � >. BE � ' � \�� • /\ `/ �� 12' °T° SEE �� -0" HIGH FIXTURES, 7/A8 0 _.----- ��., , J . ` • . —� I FIXTURE LEG r . 3/8" ANCHOR IN CONC. SEE ANCHOR (E) CONCRETE r- ND PANEL. I !_OSSY SURFACE SHOULD BE TO OUTSIDE \ \ THE '. ;w A8 1 �,�� �'E;; ;�• �'��, r \� \ ; C ' 4%. ■ 10A ISSUE TYPE: ■, VERIFY FIELD ■, 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 ����� 1 ,07 TYP. FIXTURE ANCHOR @ FLOOR SCALE: 11 „ _ ,_ „ �_ � /i FLUSH REVISIONS: R I:lYE17 CITY i I1Eo Nnv 1 b 2012 FEPAAiT CE1dTEF A8-1 �is „ INSERT ANCHORS INTO FLOOR AT EACH ANCHOR PLATE. TIGHTEN BOLTS SECURELY, SEE 11/- f� 12 -0 HIGH "T" FIXTURES, SEE 7/A8 0 � DRAWN BY: EM/SM •,,.� - - -�, " " L FIXTURE 1 REAR "T" & "L" FIXTURE FRONT A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 0/ - —__ —_1 �y I" BOLT BOTTOM OF END PANEL TO FIXTURE LEGS USING (2) 2 -1/2" L, 3/8 - 16 HEX BOLTS TITLE BASICS WALL & SHOP DIVIDER DETAILS POST LEG DETAIL POST LEG DETAIL A B SHEET NUMBER: A8-2 "T" "L" LEG DETAILS SCALE: 10 SCALE: 4 �� SCALE: 12 -0 BASICS WALL AXON & DETAILS "_ ,_ " 1 12'-0" BASICS WALL AXON & DETAILS , „ 3/8 -1 -0 & FIXTURE 3" = 1' -0" G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SHELVING STANDARDS, SEE 3/A9 -1 2' x 2' SURVEILLANCE CAMERA BACKBOARD W/ IG QUAD (' 1 ITI ET `r9'-5" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLE FOR CAMERA 12" X 12" X 6" J -BOX TO RECEIVE CONDUIT FROM SURVEILLANCE CAMERAS 2" CONDUIT LINE RUNNING TO A REC. J -BOX 6 "X6 "X4 "D, LOC ABOVE WORK SURFACE (38" A.F.F.) 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH, SEE 9/A9 -2 EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY ADT SAFE PROVIDED BY OTHERS, LOCATED & SECURED BY GC JUNCTION BOX FY INISH FLOOR 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLES FOR SAFE AND PULL TRIGGER PLAY NETWORK SYSTEM, SEE ELEC —I HELVES & STANDARDS BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 71 (2) 4 -PLEX OUTLETS FOR CCTV EQUIP. HOLD - UP BUTTON. SEE ELEC. 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE` OR POS EQUIPMENT MANAGER'S OFFICE ELEVATIONS SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -O" 9A DOOR BUZZER 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLES FOR POS EQUIPMENT- 4 A9 -1 SHELVES & STANDARDS BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. -- I \ E--) P10 H „..r ! 1 1— I I I I - -'` I I i r i I LN -11 - +I*I i t ' RI , hI� ' w ,-- EN 7-7: " VINYL BASE, 2' -10” SEE 4/A10 -1 10' -2 1/2" 3,-4" 3' -2" 3' -2" WING WALL SUPPORTS @ EACH END AND AT MIDSPAN 15' -4 1/2" 71 (2) 4 -PLEX OUTLETS FOR CCTV EQUIP. HOLD - UP BUTTON. SEE ELEC. 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 4-PLEX RECEPTACLE` OR POS EQUIPMENT MANAGER'S OFFICE ELEVATIONS SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -O" 9A DOOR BUZZER 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLES FOR POS EQUIPMENT- 4 A9 -1 SHELVES & STANDARDS BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SHELVING STANDARDS, SEE 3/A9 -1 FURRED GYP. BD. WALL, SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - BOX PEOPLE COUNTER CONN. J- BOX VOLUME CONTROL 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANFUACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ROLLING CART, BY VENDOR WING WALL SUPPORTS @ EACH END AND AT MIDSPAN 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLES FOR POS EQUIPMENT 0, -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR -PLEX DATA JACKS SCALE: 3/8" = 11-0" 9B HVAC UNIT; BOTTOM MOUNTED AT 7-0" A.F.F. SEE MECH DRAWINGS. WHITE ERASE BUBBLE GRAPHIC BY VENDOR, SEE 19/Al2 -0 CL OF WALL 5' -0" P1 H 0 -v OAT HOOK " X 17.5" X 1/8" CLEAR 7- PLASTIC "CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY" HOLDER VIEWER r-THERMOSTAT E--1 P1 N N co O 2 o � 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 (3) RTU & UNIT HEATER T -STATS COORDINATE QUANTITY & LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL PRIOR TO ROUGHIN 9' -5• A.F.F. B.O. CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS MOUNTED AT 2' -0" O.C. BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C., - PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PER 3/A -91 3/4" X 14" MDF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES INSTALLED BY GC SAFE 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR 4. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4 -0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE C0 -2 FOR DOOR SCHEDULES. 10' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EMPLOYEE AREA SEE 1 /A9 -2 10' -9 1/2" F.O. WALL TO F.O. STUD 10' -1" CORK BACKSPLASH VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 n 11' -10" J U Z 2 w J 0a 0 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET 4/-2 -DIA: • I I GROMMET (1) OF (5) -1 Y El I 0 CC 0 U ch P10 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH, G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, SEE 9/A9 -2 0 P10 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, /f CENTERED ON WAL SEE 16/Al2 -0- 3-8" HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" A4 -0 J MANAGER'S OFFICE SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 1, 18" 1 CLEAR F 14" DEEP SHELVING ON SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C., SEE 3/A9 -1 MANAGER'S WORKSTATION BY G.0 PLAY NETWORK EQUIPMENT LOCATION CORNER GUAR SEE 8/A10 -1 RELOCATED (E) EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK- STOCK / PROCESSING AREA FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEE ROOM SEE 9/9 -0b FINISH SCHEDULE (N) DROP SAFE SECURED BY G.C. (N) SAFE OR (E) SAFE SECURED BY G.C. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" EQ. 12A A9 -1 12" CLR 5' -2 1/2" F--H P10 [--* I \ „_I 1 I J I r .-- t.___-''_7 —� L1._- ,.... //11111 - +I*I i t ' RI , hI� ' � " VINYL BASE, .........J 3-2" 3' -2" SEE 4/A10 -1 10' -2 1/2" G.C. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SHELVING STANDARDS, SEE 3/A9 -1 FURRED GYP. BD. WALL, SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE - BOX PEOPLE COUNTER CONN. J- BOX VOLUME CONTROL 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANFUACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS ROLLING CART, BY VENDOR WING WALL SUPPORTS @ EACH END AND AT MIDSPAN 4 -PLEX RECEPTACLES FOR POS EQUIPMENT 0, -0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR -PLEX DATA JACKS SCALE: 3/8" = 11-0" 9B HVAC UNIT; BOTTOM MOUNTED AT 7-0" A.F.F. SEE MECH DRAWINGS. WHITE ERASE BUBBLE GRAPHIC BY VENDOR, SEE 19/Al2 -0 CL OF WALL 5' -0" P1 H 0 -v OAT HOOK " X 17.5" X 1/8" CLEAR 7- PLASTIC "CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY" HOLDER VIEWER r-THERMOSTAT E--1 P1 N N co O 2 o � 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 (3) RTU & UNIT HEATER T -STATS COORDINATE QUANTITY & LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL PRIOR TO ROUGHIN 9' -5• A.F.F. B.O. CEILING SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS MOUNTED AT 2' -0" O.C. BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C., - PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PER 3/A -91 3/4" X 14" MDF ADJUSTABLE SHELVES INSTALLED BY GC SAFE 0'-0" A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR 4. GENERAL NOTES: 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4 -0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE C0 -2 FOR DOOR SCHEDULES. 10' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EMPLOYEE AREA SEE 1 /A9 -2 10' -9 1/2" F.O. WALL TO F.O. STUD 10' -1" CORK BACKSPLASH VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 n 11' -10" J U Z 2 w J 0a 0 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET 4/-2 -DIA: • I I GROMMET (1) OF (5) -1 Y El I 0 CC 0 U ch P10 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH, G.C. TO INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, SEE 9/A9 -2 0 P10 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, /f CENTERED ON WAL SEE 16/Al2 -0- 3-8" HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" A4 -0 J MANAGER'S OFFICE SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 1, 18" 1 CLEAR F 14" DEEP SHELVING ON SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C., SEE 3/A9 -1 MANAGER'S WORKSTATION BY G.0 PLAY NETWORK EQUIPMENT LOCATION CORNER GUAR SEE 8/A10 -1 RELOCATED (E) EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK- STOCK / PROCESSING AREA FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEE ROOM SEE 9/9 -0b FINISH SCHEDULE (N) DROP SAFE SECURED BY G.C. (N) SAFE OR (E) SAFE SECURED BY G.C. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" EQ. 12A A9 -1 12" CLR 5' -2 1/2" 63a L&Is� 9'-0" 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET EQ. EXPANKO CORK/RUBBER FLOORING FLOOR TRANSITION, SEE 3B /A9-1 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 1' -0" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 20'-1" 1' -T' F MANAGER'S OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" ENLARGED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA PLAN p 3 3 WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1-0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 O 0 w STORE NUMBER 0000047990 M STORE LOCATION: w Z w ce w 0 CL W oes SOUTHCENTER P 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6286 REGISTERE ARCHITE STREOF ARCHITECT IIN 2 1012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R CEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA N(1V 1 o 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EMI RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS SHEET NU BE -Oa " CV a 63a L&Is� 9'-0" 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET EQ. EXPANKO CORK/RUBBER FLOORING FLOOR TRANSITION, SEE 3B /A9-1 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 1' -0" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 20'-1" 1' -T' F MANAGER'S OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" ENLARGED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA PLAN p 3 3 WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1-0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 O 0 w STORE NUMBER 0000047990 M STORE LOCATION: w Z w ce w 0 CL W oes SOUTHCENTER P 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6286 REGISTERE ARCHITE STREOF ARCHITECT IIN 2 1012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R CEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA N(1V 1 o 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EMI RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS SHEET NU BE -Oa 9'-0" 12' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET EQ. EXPANKO CORK/RUBBER FLOORING FLOOR TRANSITION, SEE 3B /A9-1 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 1' -0" STOCK / PROCESSING AREA SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 20'-1" 1' -T' F MANAGER'S OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" ENLARGED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA PLAN p 3 3 WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 SCALE: 3/8" = 1-0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 O 0 w STORE NUMBER 0000047990 M STORE LOCATION: w Z w ce w 0 CL W oes SOUTHCENTER P 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6286 REGISTERE ARCHITE STREOF ARCHITECT IIN 2 1012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R CEIVED CITY OF TUKW ILA N(1V 1 o 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EMI RB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS SHEET NU BE -Oa GENERAL NOTES: STUD AT WALL 5/8" GYP. BOARD METAL BRACKET ATTACH TO STUD BEHIND GYP. BOARD. ATTACHMENT PER FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTRUCTIONS. 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 4. SEE A4 -0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE CO -2 FOR DOOR SCHEDULES. oar HEPAr GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 10' -0" 'L' BOOTHSET 20'-1" NOT USED SCALE: RELOCATED ELEC. PANEL'D',SEE ELEC. 12 FIRE EXTINGUISHER BLOCKING DETAIL U EXISTING PHONE BOARD SEE ELEC. (E) ELEC. PANELS, SEE / ELEC. F / DRAWING / TUBE n / i / c II / II / / u / / / EQ / EQ / NO STORAGE THIS AI' 4" VINYL BASE, -' SEE 4/A10 -1 TRANSFORMER, SEE ELEC. 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" BACKGROUND REMOVE ALL (E) FLOOR STRIPING AND PREPARE FLOOR FOR (N) 4" WIDE DIAGONAL STRIPING @ 3' -0" O.C. PAINTED rP751 l 1 12C A9 -1 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEE 9/- 5' -6" 3' -0" PHONE BOARD, (E) SEE ELEC. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 - LETTERING "PHANTOM STENCIL" PROFESSIONAL STAMP: LETTERING "PHANTOM STENCIL" REGISTERED ARCHITE 6'40" 3' -6" ELEC. PANELS, (E)SEE ELEC. OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WARNING GRAPHICS ELEVATION SCALE: WDPARTNERS.COM 3/8" = 1'-0" 16'-1" COMPLETE SET OF ASBUILT DWGS. IN PLASTIC TUBE SECURED TO WALL ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 WALL & SIGN 9. PRIVATE SIGN, SEE 4/A11 -1 ,-VIEWER RELOCATED (E) EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK RECEPTACLE FOR EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK, SEE ELEC. oo xoor s%"` RELOCATED TRANSFORMER, SEE ELEC. RELOCATED ELEC. PANEL 'D', SEE ELEC. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 REVISIONS: CORNER GUARD, SEE 8/A10 -1 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 R EIEt7 CITY T1VlKWLA env 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: MANAGER'S OFFICE EXTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 10 NOT USED SCALE: ENLARGED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" A9-Ob • U EXISTING PHONE BOARD SEE ELEC. (E) ELEC. PANELS, SEE / ELEC. F / DRAWING / TUBE n / i / c II / II / / u / / / EQ / EQ / NO STORAGE THIS AI' 4" VINYL BASE, -' SEE 4/A10 -1 TRANSFORMER, SEE ELEC. 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" HIGH DENSITY MOBILE SHELVING SYSTEM. FLOOR IN THIS AREA TO BE LEVELED WITHIN 1/8" BACKGROUND REMOVE ALL (E) FLOOR STRIPING AND PREPARE FLOOR FOR (N) 4" WIDE DIAGONAL STRIPING @ 3' -0" O.C. PAINTED rP751 l 1 12C A9 -1 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEE 9/- 5' -6" 3' -0" PHONE BOARD, (E) SEE ELEC. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 - LETTERING "PHANTOM STENCIL" PROFESSIONAL STAMP: LETTERING "PHANTOM STENCIL" REGISTERED ARCHITE 6'40" 3' -6" ELEC. PANELS, (E)SEE ELEC. OPERATIONAL EQUIPMENT 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WARNING GRAPHICS ELEVATION SCALE: WDPARTNERS.COM 3/8" = 1'-0" 16'-1" COMPLETE SET OF ASBUILT DWGS. IN PLASTIC TUBE SECURED TO WALL ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - SEE 16/Al2 -0 WALL & SIGN 9. PRIVATE SIGN, SEE 4/A11 -1 ,-VIEWER RELOCATED (E) EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK RECEPTACLE FOR EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK, SEE ELEC. oo xoor s%"` RELOCATED TRANSFORMER, SEE ELEC. RELOCATED ELEC. PANEL 'D', SEE ELEC. WALL MOUNTED HANGRODS, SEE 6/A9 -1 REVISIONS: CORNER GUARD, SEE 8/A10 -1 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 R EIEt7 CITY T1VlKWLA env 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: MANAGER'S OFFICE EXTERIOR ELEVATION SCALE: 3/8" = 10 NOT USED SCALE: ENLARGED STOCK / PROCESSING AREA PLAN SCALE: 3/8" = 1' -0" A9-Ob SHELF SUPPORT 1' -0" TIME CLOCK & ELECTRICAL OUTLET 1' -0" NI F) REDUCTION Illj BOTTOM OF SPRINKLER HEAD - TOP SHELF N z °, CONCRETE MIN. 1' -21/2" MIN. ■iI STOCKROOM CAB FLOOR 3/16 TAPCON ANCHORS DOOR (WHERE OCCURS) . �1 3/4" X 14" WHEAT BOARD -' FRAME BEYOND (WHERE OCCURS) MANAGER'S OFFICE /EMPLOYEE AREA . 1 5' -2" A.F.F. \ SHELVES WITH SMOOTH y \ cc - N T GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STATIONARY SHELVING / mg. 7 o T.O. TIME CLOCK LCD SCREEN I F.R.T. PLYWOOD BACKING REDUCER STRIP: _i o 0 FLOOR ATTACHEMENT 1 ROUNDED FRONT EDGE, TYP. MERCER #217 1/8" (COLOR: CHARCOAL CONCRETE THROUGH SHELF SUPPORT (4 CORNERS OF EACH SHELVING SECTION) ANTI -TIP HOOK z ° J 0 BRACKETS WITH FRONT BRACKET CLIP SCREWED TO SHELF (E) CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB 1/2" RESILIENT FLOORING 0 ii HANGROD, TYP. fJ $: ANTI -TIP CATCH SEE ELECTRICAL FOR POWER HANGROD ADAPTER 1" APART OF RAID ANNIIVAN■ �• RESILIENT FLOORING TO CONCRETE SCALE: 3B • z J - b D Ow ° MOBILE SHELVING / CARRIAGE I- ! \ rr � HANGROD BRACKET, MOUNTED @ 24" O.C. @ STANDARD, TYP. "_ , „ 3 1 -0 B FLOOR ATTACHEMENT Ik__ ILIA -I r,r''I 120" ZINC SURFACE - MOUNTED ) STANDARDS AT 24" O.C. MAX. ALIGN WITH BLOCKING ° 2 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD _ N a L� e.� ^�. & DATA REQUIREMENTS OVER MTL. STUDS. -' 3/8" SLEEVE / Q o `i- � � SCREWS, #14, 2 1/2" LENGTH MTL. STUD / MTL. STUD � BLK'G @EACH STANDARD - SEE DETAIL 3/- ) REVIEI'VED CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC City O' BUILDING FOR _ 2 2012 Tukwila DIVISION BY G.C. � EXPANSION ANCHOR •: -.-..._- s . .'f' J SURFACE MOUNTED SHELVING STANDARD ( 1 RAIL/ FLOOR ATTACHMENT FOR k :,: CONCRETE FIN. SECURE SHELVING STANDARD TO WALL FRAMING STUDS AND /OR METAL BLOCKING AS REQ'D A STANDARD INSTALLATIONS \. \ -,. (E) FINISHED FLOOR N 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 PER 11/4 -0 FLOOR FLR. \ \ MOBILE SHELVING UNIT DETAILS SCALE: 12 TIME CLOCK SCALE; 9 SHELVING / HANGROD SECTION SCALE: 6 PLAN DETAIL @ SHELVING STANDARD SCALE: 3A 3" = 1' -0" 1/2 - 1'-0" N.T.S. 1 = 1 '-0" 6„ SPACE. TYP BAR VERIFY DEPTH IN P1048 BRACKET EA. END OF P2000T CONSULTANT INFO: NOTES: FLUE STUD WALL - PROVIDE METAL STUD OR F.R. WOOD BLOCKING ' ' '` ''.. ,'. ,. / IGN (E) CONCRETE SLAB. FIELD. SEE A6 -0 FOR CASHWRAP TRENCH WIDTH TRUSS WEB 1. DETAIL FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS, COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH STORE MANAGER AS REQUIRED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOOR LEVELING SPECS. WOOD TRUSS WOOD BOTTOM CHORD 112" DIA. LAG BOLT, TYP. �_ / SEE D1 -0 FOR KIDS PROJECTOR TRENCH WIDTH CUTS ARE TO BE AT ANCHOR LOCATIONS SINGLE ROW EMPLOYEE LOCKER. CLEAN, STRAIGHT AND Nk CONSISTENT IN WIDTH. HANG 2' -6" HANG BAR 2' -6" 3' -0" 2' -6" 2' -6" SEE SPECIFICATIONS NEAR TOP OA WALL BOTTOM OF LOCKER AT EACH END OF ROW OF LOCKERS PLUS EVERY 0 Q Z \I, .I0l ■�9,_ k ` 8' -0" A.F.F. i , i == - - - - - T -.- - r ,--- SHELVNG UNIT EG BOARD BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. \ ` . f, PROFESSIONAL STAMP: TURASHELVING DETAIL 12 . A ' O'� ° REGISTERED ARCHITECT _ NOTE: A1008 CHANNEL NUT W/ FIRST SHELF STATIONARY SH T VING LOCKERS MUST BE ANCHORED SECURELY TO WALLS AND /OR FLOORS WITH FASTENERS AS PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. USE ANCHORS WITH MIN. 150 LB. PULL -OUT VALUE. IF WALL MATERIAL OR FASTENER WILL NOT ALLOW THIS VALUE; USE ENOUGH FASTENERS TO ACHIEVE THIS VALUE WITHIN THE 36" (MAXIMUM) HORIZONTAL SPACING. �t P2000T B'TWEEN WOOD TRUSSES SPRING & 3/8" DIA. BOLT " • , • �` OF '< F ; Nay, 1 ' 2012 O NOTE: ALL MATERIALS BY UNISTRUT, U.N.O. VAPOR (N) ELECTRICAL BARRIER CO Q - �� IUIT. SEE ELEC. P STL. JOIST WEB g��" ARCHITECT INFO: MCI 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000T WDPARTNERS.COM DWGS. FOR SIZE`. MINIMUM DIS • NCE BETWEEN GENERAL NO S: GENERAL . GC. TO VERIFY CON► TIONS HOWN IN AR ITECT DIRECTION. & SPECS.. - DETAIL REFLE• S TRENCH GUIDELI _ EXISTING CONDITION'' - IF EXISTING SLAB DIFFER FROM CONDITIONS DETAIL, GC. TO CONTACT IMMEDIATELY FOR - SEE ELEC. DWGS r SEE DETAIL 12A 1 - SEE DETAIL 12B/ --7*- FRONT ELEVATION % 1 12C / - -- CONTROL ' ONDUITS AND POWER CONDU __ SEE DETAIL r` ` \ r STL. JOIST BOTTOM CHORD P2000T B'WEEN STEEL JOISTS — OA P1063 W/ 3/8" DIA. THRU BOLT FLAT WASHER W /NUT BA FILL TRENCH WITH (N) CONC. POUR : R SPECIFICATIONS. SEAL TRENCH LOCATION AND LEVEL TO MATCH (E) ADJACENT FINISH. 0' -0" . FIN. FLR. MOBILE SHELVING UNIT ELEVATION SCALE: 11 LOCKER ANCHORING DETAIL SCALE: 8 SECTION THROUGH TRENCH SCALE: 5 CEILING MOUNTED HANGROD DETAILS SCALE:" 2 3 - 1 0 6" = V -0" 1 /8" = 1' -0" 3/4" = V -0" ISSUE TYPE: 4` EASY SILVER ALUMINUM TRAY PROVIDED AND BY GC. (SPEAK GC. ( (877) 812-9601) INTO BLOCKING 1" SELF TAPPING DOOR BUZZER MINELIF SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS BY VENDOR, MOUNTED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED INSTALL (2) HANG BARS PER UNIT AT TOP. START I I► +2` 10 "A.F.F. , "! P1177 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 BY G.C. AT 2' -0" O.C. - PROVIDE ���� 5'-r8,6.-7" F.F. A ---/ FRAMING FLOOR /ROOF DECK J SHELVING 3' -0" BELOW HELVNGII' 3/4" X 14" WHEATBOARD ADJUSTABLE SHELVES BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. 3/4" THICK CORK BACKSPLASH FACE OF WALL (3) 2 1/2" DIA. GROMMET HOLES W/ MOBILE SHELVING UNIT, 4 F SPEAK : SP- TRAY- �- (E) (E) (WOOD TRUSS) LOCATE UNISTRUT WITHIN (E) FRAMING (STEEL JOIST) -y T.O. SHELF BLOCKING PER „- CHALK INSTALLED EASY SCREW USING SCREWS. SEE PLAN FOR QUANTITIES I • ® 12" FROM TRUSS /JOIST 3/8" DIA. STEEL - 3" MIN. PANEL POINT THREADED ROD f ocE q -CO /� / / HHXN037EG 318" DIA. NUT P1063 TOP &BOTTOM OF �\ : ��,,1'1,..,,,,,,, \� I 11 A4 0 _ UNISTRUT WITH JAMBNUT +�■ 4 �' f'�� SECTION /AXON REVISIONS: WHITE VINYL GROMMET COVER 3/4" PLYWOOD COUNTER TOP, BACK SPLASH AND EDGE W/ PLASTIC �� 1 ►env 1_ b 2012 PERMIT CENTER 1_, INSTALL SUPPLIED PINS PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS EVENLY SPACE 6 SHELVES WITHIN MOBILE SHELVING IV / �- \ - � �� _' IP ( I • I ' �' !i" / ..• _ LAMINATE FINSH PL3. 2' 2" 3 P2000T BETWEEN EXISTING FRAMING .. ` - 2A BY G.C. iv 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" OPENING FOR N �� ' "' (A) !� �, \ \ —al.__ _ CONTINUOUS 2" X 2" MTL. ANGLE COUNTER SUPPORT. BLOCKING A9-1 2B = AS REQUIRED 4-PLEX DATA JACKS = M2037 SWIVEL HANGER @ SLOPED A9-1 _ ROOF CONDITION - CONTRACTOR = MAY USE FULL HEIGHT THREADED ROD @FLAT ROOF CONDITION ROD DIA. STEEL THREADED / _� I € U � PEG BOARD P.O.S. CONNECTIONS - RECESS IN WALL, SEE ELEC. DWGS. DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 3/4" THK. MDF WING WALL SUPPORTS W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE \ \ DIA. NUT HHXN037EG 3i$" = ROD @ 24" O.C. MAX. _� FINISH AT EACH END AND MIDSPAN _,--� 1' 0" T NOTES: 1. DETAIL FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 2. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURE'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS, COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH STORE MANAGER AS REQUIRED. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR FLOOR LEVELING SPECS. . BY VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. OPTIONAL DIAGONAL BRACING "" HHXN037EG 3/8 DIA. NUT TITLE SHEET: STOCK / PROCESSING AREA ELEVATIONS & DETAILS �- 3 -5; 8" FURRED OUT STUD WALL TO STOP AT10" EMPLOYEE PLAN AREA ALUMINUM CHALK TRAY TO BE RECESSED FULL HEIGHT SALES / STOCK ROOM WALL - SEE A4 -0 OF WORK SURFACE PL3 USING A1000 CHANNEL, STAGGERED, rim A1008 CHANNEL NUT W/ SPRING 12' -0" A.F.F. Ill BY G.C. T A1000 CHANNEL - CONT. HANGROD �, NOTE: ALL MATERIALS BY UNISTRUT, U.N.O. 4" VINYL BASE, �. SHEET NUMBER: A9- 1 SEE 4/A10 -1 SCALE: SHELF PLAN & AXON SCALE; 7 SCALE: SCALE: CEILING MOUNTED HANGROD 3 1 MANAGER'S OFFICE COUNTERTOP 4 1 MOBILE SHELVING UNIT 10 PHONE CHARGING — 3 `. '"i. 1 REDUCTION NOTE: WHITE ERASE ������_.�::� ::- ,��: >.:�::_:: 011D � INSTALL KITCHENETTE PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. (--I P4 I---� 0 PENDANT LIGHT MOUNTED LD NAVY PARK QUOTE BUBBLE GRAPHIC, BY VENDOR, SEE 18/Al2-0 PREFABRICATED KITCHENETTE COMPLETE WITH SINK, OVEN g, FAUCET, MICROWAVE REFRIGERATOR, SEE SPECS &PLUMBING AT 7' -6'-0 A.F.F. 10' -0" A.F.F. GRAPHIC BY VENDOR, SEE 15/Al2 0 �� P4 N P4 h i SURFACE MTii STANDARD , U ' GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 PREFABRICATED fV FLAT PAINTED ALUMINUM T.O. WALL/ PAINT LINE REFRIGERATOR TRIM ALL E± i -S I RAi RK KITCHENETTE, SEE P7 ijI 3 8" FIBERBOA D STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 1' -1" BACKING , J �' PROVIDE =BOX XTENDER Iln �' _� PLASTIC LAMINATE Pi 2' -1 1/4" � J '' U 1' -3" 2' -7" 2'-8" 2' -7" 1' -3" _ _ _ _ r SEE SPECS LINE OF REFRIGERATOR FRIDGE � _ \ t4 N / / / 0 \ k COUNTER TOP AND / + o \ ti FOR J -BOXES 4 :- CORK BOARD. COVE "PLATES TO BE FLUSH WI -1 NiSHE SURFACE. V RECEPTACLE FOR MICROWAVE MOUNTED @42A.F.F. MICROWAVE- 24' WIDE, VERIFY DEPTH BACKSPLASH ,T �, __.- _, >,�® - . NiR HANDLE TO BE ON KITCHENETTE SIDE. GC TO REVERSE WHEN NECESSARY PER MANUF. INSTRUCTIONS RECEPTACLE FOR 0' -0" A.F.F. EFRIGERATO' d V (BY VENDOR) \� DOOR PULL, - �— _I b iv "� t / / - O0 / A____ 0 c \ U CATION: KWAY SUI -CENTER PM ILA, WA P -LAM BACK SP ASH 8 — PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SOAP DISPENSER B ® _ PL1 ill® � h' BY VENDOR, TYP. N T ; E., \ OUTLETS TO HAVE S.S. PLATE COVERS, TYP. < < RECEPTACLES FOR VENDING MACHINES, SEE ELEC. 0'-0" A.F.F. cik \ ' �� � } i may- 4" PICTURE CELL FOR CHARGING, PL1 1/A9 LEDGE FOR FINISH FLOOR Y SEE ELEC. 2' -5112" 3' -0" y 3' -0" / FINISH FLOOR 4 "VINYL BASE, REFRIG 2%�� - __1/2" '1 COUNTER MOUNTED SINK `v ' " 8 10 OVERHANG -1 SEE 4/A10 -i - A ,SEE B / BY VENDOR, INSTALLED KITCHEN WIDTH BY G.C. PER VENDOR'S INSTRUCTIONS; SEAL 2013 O.N.E. Q 1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 4" VINYL BASE, B1 \ \ 2' -0 1/2" SLC 1 ION @ SCALE: 9 0 0 SINK WITH VENDOR PROVIDED CAULK SCALE: 3 SEE 4/A10 -1 SECTION @KITCHENETTE SCALE: 12 1'(�RK RC)ARn 3 " =1' -0" rn-TFEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE A`PI�RO® DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila 'BUILDING DIVISIQN 3" = 1 " =1�_0" CONSULTANT INFO: NOTE: KITCHENETTE PER INSTRUCTIONS G.C. TO BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. VINYL CAUTION SIGN, FOR CELL CHARGING INSTALL MANUFACTURER'S AND RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE CENTERED ON WALL - F---1 P4 ) 4" PICTURE LEDGE CORRIDOR WOMEN'S TOILET MOUNTED TO ALIGN WITH HEIGHT OF COUNTERTOP, SEE 16/Al2 -0 WALL & SIGN 1 I PREFABRICATED SEE SPECS VENDOR. BY G.C.) LAMINATE COUNTER BACKSPLASH MOUNTED SINK INSTALLED BY VENDOR'S SEAL SINK PROVIDED 3/4" PLYWOOD LAMINATE SEE 1 /A10 -0 SEE 1/A10 -0 BUILT BY G.C. PL1 I SEE 7/A9 -1 EMPLOYEE AREA CO - -r- 0 _ 0 KITCHENETTE, REFRIGERATOR 1' -10 1/2" 10' -3 1/2" 5' -2" PAINT EXTENT LINE 7' 2' -1 1/4" \� q SHOWN DASHED FAUCET INSTALLED (BY \ r co ( °4 l _ O "OT T STOR AREA \ � v \ `' , PROFESSIONAL STAMP: \ .. � A 1 0 to 1 1 V 1 1 ( ] I I DOOR STOP PAINT DOOR P3 ON BOTH SIDES MIN. CLR. \ 4' -0" I 1' -0• , . " N X 0 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN MIOL •,,, f STATEOFW- N' Alr A` 1 V i 2012 0' -0" A.F.F. FLOOR \ „� �� ��_" CLR. PLASTIC ) ` - - -�-_ �__ - - -- TOP AND (BY VENDOR) ( COUNTER P7 27" CLR. - , � �._ __ ~ " ,, O ; m ' REFABRICATED KITCHENEI I t COMPLETE WITH SINK, FAUCET, MICROWAVE OVEN & REFRIGERATOR, SEE SPECS PLUMBING, &ELECTRICAL ° 8" MIN. CLR. BY VENDOR, G.C. PER INSTRUCTIONS; WITH VENDOR CAULK REMOVABLE / '- j r-- - -- _� SALES � \ \ I - '_ D le % EMPLOYEE AREA r ARCHITECT INFO: W:I 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM AREA r SOAP DISPENSER, SEE RELOCATION OF ACCESSIBLE A10-0 FOR ACCESSORY SCHEDULE U Z WITH PLASTIC r 'APER - \ V LOCKER�� COAT HANGING � SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE °' .� �\ r O) TOWEL DISPENSER, ' SEE A10-0 FOR ACCESSORY SCHEDULE VINYL CAUTION SIGN, CENTERED ON WALL - 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4 /A10 1 \ V \ I I I 1 1 4" VINYL BASE, B1 2'-0 1/2" SEE 4/A10-1 Mr ` s SECTION @ SINK SCALE: 11 EMPLOYEE AREA ELEVATION SCALE: CUBBY 3/8 - 1 -0 „ 1-.1,-0" ISSUE TYPE: NOTE: 00 � ,— r 7 INCORPORATING LOCKERS FROM REPUBLIC STORAGE SYSTEMS LLC QUALIFY FOR LEED CREDIT(S) MR 4.1 & 4.2 RECYCLED CONTENT: POST- INDUSTRIAL AND PRE - CONSUMER CO Nlil 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 1 B!D/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 r P7 v O (y - \ \ � i IITRASH SEE 16/Al2 -0 U CAN, SEE A10 -0 FOR ACCESSORY SCHEDULE <--I P4 > v=.., > , . { I SINGLE ROW COAT CUBBY 10-9 1/2” E ICI STOCK /PROCESSING AREA MANAGER'S OFFICE REVISIONS: SEE 1/A9 -0 SEE 1/A9 -0 R E11iED CITY TilKWLA Nnv 1b2012 PERMIT CENTER EMPLOYEE LOCKERS -�� c� TRASH . CAN - -, r_ 9 o .` a_ ,_ c_ e+ 10 ® 4. - 0. - 0. 0 . 110 - I. - o - — g 0 s C Q # O s # O . O s # 0 x D '4e 4o 40 po po po 'a po C LOCATION OF ACCESSIBLE LOCKER GENERAL NOTES: DRAWN BY: EM/ RB _ r0 _ ',o _ 40 p0 - 10 - M0 _ = p0 _ ro — A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 ®_ i, .� 4= 1_ 1+ TITLE SHEET: ENLARGED EMPLOYEE AREA PLAN, ELEVATIONS & DETAILS I� f I 0'-0" A.F.F. A, 1. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR ' 4' -O" * 2' -1 1/2" 4'-O" FINISH FLOOR ' THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 4" VINYL BASE, .�' 8 2. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, 3. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. SEE 4/A10 -1 A9-1 4. SEE A4-0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 5. SEE CO -2 FOR DOOR AND FINISH SCHEDULES. SHEET NUMBER: A9 -2 SCALE: 10 SCALE: SCALE: 1 EMPLOYEE AREA ELEVATION "_ , " 3/8 - 1 -0 7 ENLARGED EMPLOYEE AREA PLAN AND GENERAL NOTES "_ �_ „ 3/8 = 1 0 NOT USED MANUFACTURER MOUNTING REDUCTION TOILET PAPER DISPENSER MIRROR (NO SHELF) BOBRICK B -6867 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER BOBRICK B -290 24 "X36" OM app XLERATOR HAND DRYER. MODEL XL -SB BOBRICK B221, 15- 3/4" W X 11" H X 2" D SOAP DISPENSER BOBRICK B4112 XLERArOR RECESSED KIT #40502 FOR ADA SURFACE MOUNTED, STAINLESS STEEL LOCATE AT TOILET ROOMS AND EMPLOYEE AREA GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK B -262 FOR EMPLOYEE AREA - SEE 1/A9 -2 SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL BABY CHANGING TABLE TRASH CAN BOBRICK B -270, CONTURA: 7- 1/2" W X 10" H X 3- 13116" D (AT WOMEN'S AND UNISEX ONLY) KOALA KB200 -01 GRAB BARS FASTENINGS EMPLOYEE AREA - BOBRICK B -2300; RESTROOMS - BOBRICK B -2300 BOBRICK B6806, 1 -1/2" DIAMETER X 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL; WALL PROVIDE MIN. 36" LONG AT REAR OF TOILET AND 42" AT SIDE. FLANGES 3- 5/16" DIAMETER X 7 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL MATCHING EXPOSE SCREWS 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR AT SIDE. FURNISH TOILET ACCESSORIES COMPLETE WITH MOUNTING DEVICES FASTENINGS, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR A FINISHED INSTALLATON. PROPERLY PACKAGED AND TAGGED FOR READY IDENTIFICATION. REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE TOILET ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. 2. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS TO PROVIDE ACCESS TO PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 3. DELIVER INSERTS AND ROUGH -IN FRAMES TO JOB SITE AT APPROPRIATE TIME FOR BUILDING IN 4. INSTALL GRAB BARS TO PROVIDE LOAD SUPPORT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. 5. INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 6. MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHTS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. 7. SEE SPECS FOR TOILET PARTITIONS. FASTEN ACCESSORIES WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS EXTENDING Ni11NIMUM 1" INTO SOLID BACKING IF NO OTHER FASTENING IS (SPECIFIED. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ACCESSORY SCHEDULE NOT USED SCALE: 1 /2" = 1' -0" GENERAL NOTES: 1. INSTALL ACCESSORIES AND LIGHT FIXTURES WITH SCREWS OR BOLTS EXTENDING AT LEAST 1" INTO SOLID BLOCKING. 2. WAINSCOT TO 48" A.F.F. 3. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD, TYPICAL ALL WALLS. 4. INSTALL COAT HOOK 4' -0" A.F.F. © CENTER LINE OF DOOR (TOILET ROOM SIDE). 5. FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES, SEE SCHEDULE ABOVE. FOR FIXTURES, SEE PLUMBING. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 7. LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL, LOCATIONS IN FIELD. 8. DIMENSIONS SHOWN FOR LOCATING WALLS ARE TO FACE OF STUD U.O.N. 9. SEE A4-0 FOR WALL HATCH LEGEND. 10. SEE C0 -2 FOR DOOR SCHEDULES. 9 ARROW HOOKS, TYP. OF (2), SEE 1 /A10 -1 2'X3' MIRROR 1 DOUBLE TOILET PAPER DISPENSOR 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: (3) ROWS OF 3/4" ADJUSTABLE MDF SHELVES W/ WHITE MELAMINE FINISH ON SURFACE, MTD. SHELF STANDARDS AT 2' -0" O.C., TYP. BLOCKING AS REQ'D, SEE SPECS \ AREA W/ MOP SINK, WATjR‘ HEATER, SEE 11/A10 -1 & PLUMBING SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL 1 9' -61/2" 6' -11" 9' -0 1/2" DOUBLE TOILET PAPER 1 DISPENSOR / PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ITEEMaEffiNIIIIITHEREIR•W.IIE!!!!!! WI W1 9.x60" REGISTERED ARCHITECT 6' -0" JOHN MMOL STATE OF NOV 12 2012 6FLOOR DRAIN, SEE PLUMBING DWGS. DOUBLE TOILET PAPER DISPENSOR ARCHITECT INFO: MEN'S TOILET JANITOR CLOSET \ EMPLOYEE AREA SEE 1/A9 -2 ARROW HOOKS, TYP. OF (2), SEE 1/A10 -1 2'-8 1/2" ELECTRIC HAND DRYER, CAULK ALL SIDES W/ CLEAR SEALANT - SEE ELEC. TRASH CAN LO DRINKING FOUNTAIN 2'X3' MIRROR 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 A10 -b ISPLAY CASE ELECTRIC HAND DRYER, CAULK ALL SIDES W/ CLEAR SEALANT - SEE ELEC. TRASH CAN LIGHT SWITCH - SEE ELEC. DWGS. 3' -0" HI DRINKING FOUNTAIN 6'-3" 6' -0 1/2" :ABY CHANGING UNIT, SEE 1/A10 -1 REVISIONS: W1 5' -11 1/2" SCALE: DOOR BABY CHANGING UNIT, SEE 1/A10- TOILET ROOM PLAN - NEW CORNER GUARD, SEE 8/A10- LIGHT SWITCH - SEE ELEC. DWGS. O CITY T11K%MLA row 1 6 2012 PERMIT CENTEF J TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR 12 z w 0 0 CORNER GUARD AT FRAMED OPENING, SEE 7/A10 -1 4' -0" DRAWN BY: EM/ CLEAR NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 ‘b SALES AREA TITLE SHEET: TOILET ROOM ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS & SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" A10 -Oa 1 1/2" NOMINAL DIAMETER ' �•" AF.F. REDUCTION O INC. CORPORATE 1 HARRISON SAN FRANCISCO, IKIf LM ARCHITECTURE STREET CA 94105 1 1/2" L ' hill%GAP 12\ : .0. CEILING wive.. 33" - 36" A.F.F. £y NIIICA10,.- CL OF FIXTURE Y 3' -3" MIN. , ' GRAB BAR BABY CHANGING DISPOSAL (AT WOMEN'S ONLY) T DOUBLE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER WALL j 3 12" :IN4 M • 1 • ��. 0 1 1/2" 11.111111111•1111111 NM WV , NOMINAL DIAMETER 1 /2" 33" - 36" A.F.F. 6 � zi¢ z �'; -- c`?1ua En iN - C M O n E a Ow �' a 0 0' -0' A.F.F. ifr FINISH FLOOR lliLI] 1MBER: i9 CATION: (WAY SUI -CENTER PKV ILA, WA O " m¢ En ; � = � . I �.i� WAINSCOTING 1 \ � )� �-/ TOP OF FIXTURE 7" MIN. , 9" MAX. SEE 5, A10 , 4" VINYL BASE, WALL SEE 4/A10 -1 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 SECTION THROUGH GRAB BAR SCALE: " 3 = 1 -0 ,' TOILET ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: NOT USED SCALE: 2 3/8" = 1 -0 " CONSULTANT INFO: 2' X 3' MIRROR - INSTALL MIRROR DIRECT TO GYP. BD. WALL AND INSTALL WAINSCOT AROUND MIRROR. CUT WAINSCOT AS REQUIRED TO BE TIGHT WITH EDGE OF J -MOLD TRIM - WAINSCOT. SEAL ALL EDGES WITH CLEAR LATEX BY 9'-5" A.F.F. NAPKIN (AT ONLY) BAR 12 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 1 2 2012 BUILCity of Tukwila NG D VISION GRAPHICS BASED CAULK. VENDOR URINAL SCREEN SHOWN IN DASHED SOAP DISPENSER ADHERE TO MIRROR. ALIGN WITH URINAL AT MEN'S TOILET SHOWN BOTTOM CORNER OF DASHED. MOUNT 17" AFF TO RIM MIRROR AGAINST FRAME. B.O. CEILING DOUBLE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER SANITARY , ISPOSAL CAULK ALL AROUND WITH CLEAR SEALANT. ELECTRIC HAND DRYER, <---1 P1 , 40" PROFESSIONAL STAMP: P1 CAULK ALL SIDES WITH CLEAR SEALANT, SEE ELEC. DWGS TRASH CAN TOILET PARTITION / HEAD RAIL WAINSCOT, TYP., 1 3'-6" 12" OMEN'S GRAB • 66 EGISTERED D REGISTERED M • , I r i s! v 2012 MIN. " MAX. SEE 5/A10 -1 ^ 12. — BABY CHANGING TABLE- SEE 2 /A10 -1 17/-M I' ±9 A10-0 _ eOHN 6" 31-0„ —�- Z _ N c., X W Q Zni r u) 1 '-asks N _ Q —fir' W . 2 \ ARCHITECT INFO. MI DUBLIN, OH BLVD H43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM 2 m Q F D'0 "A..F.\ g �, : M =� 1 ,I ,— N. - I c in - _% TOILET FINISH FLOOR 4 °° VINYL BASE, 7" MIN. ( SEAT INSULATE °�� OA" A.F.F. SEE 4/A10 -1 WAINSCOT, TYP., SEE 5/A10 -1 \ \ \ FINISH FLOOR EXPOSED E' S" MAX. 1' -6" 2' -8" CLR MIN. COVER DISPENSER HOT WATER AND / / L DRAIN PIPES TOILET ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 11 TOILET ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 8 3/8" = 1' -0" 3/8" = 11-0" ISSUE TYPE: 9'-5" A.F.F. BY 2/A10 -1 AND 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL:: 11/09/12 GRAPHICS VENDOR TOILET PARTITION HEAD RAIL 9'-5" A.F.F. B.O. CEILING / A.F.F. ( P1 B.O. CEILING REVISIONS: 2' -8 1 /2" (1 P1 > ARROW HOOKS, TYP OF "� \ � � \ / , / BABY CHANGING TABLE - SEE R�rE4V� 'D CITY F N LA NRU � ri 212 PERMIT CENTER � (2) WAINSCOT, TYP., SEE 5/A10 -1 0 �B D � ` . J (----'\ \ c� 0' -0" A.F.F. LL cE 0 I E' O 6 _ O PAINT DOOR FRAME P-3 , TYP. BOTH IDE S O S DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 r o0°-0" FINISH FLOOR \ TRASH CAN WAINSCOTING, TITLE SHEET: TOILET ENLAR PLAN, ELE AITIONS & GED SCHEDULES SEE 5/A10 -1 4 VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 FINISH FLOOR 4" VINYL BASE, SEE 4/A10 -1 SHEET NUMBER: Al 0_0 b TI TOILET ROOM ELEVA N O SCALE. 10 TOILET ROOM ELEVATION ALE: " 3/8 - 1 -0 7 NOT USED SCALE: ,� 3/8" = 1 ° -0" 30" X 36" LOCKABLE DISPLAY CASE, G.C. TO PROVIDE BLOCKING ADA SIGNAGE NOTES n REDUCTION 1. 9 "H. x 7 "W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 2. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 3. SIGN MOUNTS IATIH D/F TAPE. ©ID HOT' GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 HI -LO ELECTRIC WATER COOLER CENTERED ON WALL, TYP. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPEC & LOCAL CODE, SEE PLUMBING SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS PAINT DOOR AND FRAME P -3 ,TYP. BOTH SIDES -_ END CAP, WI TOILET HC /ROOM V KICKPLATE ` PRIVATE SIGN, SEE 4/A11 -1 A.F.F. (-1 P7 h E-- P11 4' -o° SEE 7/- < P1 ) SIGN, SEE 3/A11 -1 <--H P1 (1 P1 ) ° , PRIVATE SIGN, (—I P1 I ) < 1 P1 I > / SEE 4/A11 -1 --VIL STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 A �, f TOILET HC /ROOM 3" / / " SIGN, SEE 2/A11 -1 - \ / END CAP, Wn4 7- \ / ri L:1OF SIGN O \ / \/ In 5' -0" A.F.F. o r. \ s \ .� O N b- / O , O N \ 1 \ - ,. 4" VINYL BASE A.F.F. FINISH FLOOR • • P1 VY END CAP, SEE 7/- 0' -0 A.F.F. :.. i _ U `� �/ _ Lu I..L 1— ; REDUCTION MOUNTING NOTE: INSTALLER IS REQUIRED TO VERIFY ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS & PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE & METHOD OF ATTACHMENT TO ENSURE SAFE INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION TO MEET N.E.C., UL & LOCAL CODES ©BID HIM?' GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 v STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 L.L 1..11 Et I— W (E) STRUCTURAL BEAM w j z Z (E) 1 1/2" EXTERIOR FINISH U Ct w I�I (E) 5/8" SHEATHING 'CATION: KWAY SUI ICENTER PKV ILA, WA a" THICK WHITE ACRYLIC FACE 6500 WHITE GE MINI MAX LED (E) 6" METAL STUD CUSTOM SIZE INTERNALLY 2013 O. N . E. Q1-Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 ILLUMINATED SIGN - SIGN VENDOR TO MATCH EXISTING SIGN AREA SEAL & 1/2" SEAL NOT USED SCALE: 12 NOT USED SCALE: 9 NOT USED SCALE: 6 CONSULTANT INFO: 10" X 10" PLATE -TITE -TITE CONNECTOR g" CLEARANCE HOLE CAULK PERIMETER OF THRU WHITE ALUM BACK PIPE SLEEVE TO PREVENT WATER PENETRATION AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS F -0" A.F.F. , • • f, S _ \ n oo CENTERLINE OF BLADE MOUNTING JUNCTION BOX (BY OTHERS) INSIDE WALL FOR MAIN ELECTRIC FEED; SEE ELEV. FOR EXACT LOCATIONS BRACKET CAULK P 11METER OF 5 EQ. VARIES EQ. ( EQ. MULLION 1' 10 13/16" SYSTEM EQ. / r PREVENT G �. VE PIPE SL TO PREVEN T 2X10 BLKG BEHIND MTG. WATER PENETRATION AT PLATE (9 1/2" EA.) EXTERIOR LOCATIONS SECURED TO WALL BUILDING & SHIM AS REQ'D. 8 -, "�' _ PROFESSIONAL STAMP: �� REGISTERED ARCHITECT •,. �� Sjp (jF '' 1�1 j:: � B. END ELEVATION _ " (E) STRUCTURE UNISTRUT All g _; A Y —'r— PROVIDE CONT. SOLID BLOCKING BEHIND PLATE TO PREVENT METAL PANEL FROM DEFORMING �i�Q� T /2 1/4" WEEP HOLES AS NEEDED NOTE: OLD NAVY WINDOW LOGO BY SIGN VENDOR -� ? PROVIDE AND INSTALL UNISTRUT AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO STRUCTURE TO ALLOW FOR CORRECT MOUNTING HEIGHT OF FIXTURE SHADE. G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL HEIGHT OF UNISTRUT WITH LENGTH OF VENDOR PROVIDED CABLE. __ _ �� �''� CENT) P''1_ 1NE OF BLADE MOUNTING BRACK: T FINISHED L w ' — EQ. EQ. WIND W L (E) METAL PANEL TYP. O OGO ^ ARCHITECT INF 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T W DPARTN ERS . COM 1 BY SIGN VENDOR • - ----- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION V b 1,21,1... SEE 12/A11 -1 FOR MOUNTING DETAIL 10' LONG AIRCRAFT CABLE, 8 1!2" 4"-3 13/16" .ACE OF �' OR!: R 'NT x �r PROVIDE CLOSURE FORMED METAL @ EACH INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGN, COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL A. SIGN ELEVATION -0" PROVIDED BY VENDOR chk +11' -o" A.F.F. VERTICAL END OF PLATE OLD NAVY BLADE SIGN DTL - STRIPE SCALE: WINDOW LOGO PLACEMENT SCALE: SECTION @ CHANNEL LETTER SIGN SCALE: 2 1" = 1' -0" 8 1/2" -1' -0" 5 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 T.O. LIGHT SHADE dk +9' -6" A.F.F. B.O. FIXTURE +9'-0" A.F.F. C 'TE: 'OLD NAVY' SIGNAGE SQUARE FOOTAGE MAT' X NOTE: 'OLD NAVY' SIGNAGE SQUARE FOOTAGE MATRIX ) l NOTE: INSTALLER IS REQUIRED TO VERIFTY ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT TO ENSURE SAFE INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION TO MEET N.E.G., UL, AND LOCAL CODES. , . -SIGN CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ELEVATIONS & DIMENSIONED DRAWING SHOWING CORRECT LETTER FORM SPACING, LOCATION PLAN, AND SIGN ORDER SUMMARY SHEET TO OWNER. PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL AND PERMITTING. SUBMIT COPY OF SIGNAGE SHOP DWGS TO ONSD FOR REVIEW & APPROVAL. -MOUNTING METHOD OF INDIVIDUAL LETTERS DEPENDS ON HEIGHT AND WEIGHT (TBD BY SIGN CONTRACTOR'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS) -INSTALLER IS REQUIRED TO VERIFY ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT TO ENSURE SAFE INSTALLATION. INSTALLATION TO MEET N.E.C., UL, AND LOCAL CODES. -SI CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT ELEVATIONS & DIME ONED DRAWING SHOWING CORRECT LETTER 0 •M SPACING, LOCATION PLAN, AND SIGN ORDER SU RY SHEET TO OWNER. PREPARE SHOP DRAWING AS REQUIRED FOR LANDLORD APPROVAL AND • • - MITTING. -SUBMIT COPY OF S AGE SHOP DWGS TO ONSD FOR REVIEW & APPRO -MOUNTING METHOD OF I 'IVIDUAL LETTERS DEPENDS ON HEIGHT AND - GHT (TBD BY SIGN CONTRACTOR'S STRUCTURAL GINEERS) -INSTALLER IS REQUIRED TO VERI• ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AND PROVIDE NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE AND METHOD OF ATTACHM'' T TO ENSURE SAFE INSTALLATION. INSTALLATI• k TO MEET N.E.C., UL, AND LOCAL CODES. Q . CHANNEL LETTER HEIGHT CHANNEL LETTER WID .IGN AREA SQ.FT. A B C D SIGN AREA So FT , 1 1' 6" :' 0 5/8" 13.33 /' IA` A ZA9 d`� ���� /���4 � AO /A dk - FIXTURE SHADE (N) LIGHT FIXTURE (N) 3' DIA. FITTING ROOM LIGHT FIXTURE SHADE SUSPENDED FROM UNISTRUT W/ AIRCRAFT CABLES. +8' -0" A.F.F. TO VERIFY IN FIELD BE -BOX AND TUBE STEEL 2' -0" 11' -10 1/4" 23.7 , % // / //� , �A � j j K , ; A (E) J -BOX - SEE ELECTRICAL SIGN CONTRACTOR ACTUAL CONSIDITION (E) ALUM. CHANNEL RACEWAY '0" 17' -9 5/8" 53.4 TBD TBD 28' -0" APPROX TBD MAT H EXISTING 4' -0" 23' -8 7/16" 94.8 REVISIONS: 5' -0" 29' -7 9/16" 148.1 CONDUIT BY SIGN CONTRACTOR TO CONNECTED TO J 6' -0" 35' -6 1/2" 213.25 R ElVEO CITY OF n)ICwnLA Nov b 2012 PERMIT CENTER .,`0 `_ THROUGH BOLT TO S TOREFRONT W/ NUTS C 0 WASHERS AS REQUIRED II EQ / - - -. --/ D EQ / A �. :_1.:_, - w NTH VARIES - SEE TA: - L I 'li' Q \ m \ T.O. FITTING ROOMS ROOMS Ten ALUM. MOUNTING 'I W /ALUM. ANGLE FRAMING re 0 Z¢¢ w N 0 Q p = m\ w Q = - w m w C FITTING (E) ALUM. COVER PLATE OVER STRUCTURAL SEAL /REPAIR AS REQUIRED ALUMINUM 6 Y , DRAWN BY: EM/ RB =... NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 (E) STOREFRONT SYSTEM STRUCTURAL STEEL ,_ - -� TITLE SHEET: EXTERIOR SIGNAGE DETAILS 'OLD NAVY' FACE LIT CHANNEL LETTERS (E) -0 INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE, SEE 1/A11 \ \ "OLD SEE ELEC. (E) J -BOX LOCATION, INTE" ALLY IL INATED TTERS HALO -LIT NAVY" LETTERS SEE ELEC. OLD NAVY' HALO LIT HALO -LIT ELLIPSE PANEL HARD PANEL SIGN SHEET NUMBER: Al 1 _0 HALO -LIT EXTERIOR ELLIPSE SIGNAGE SCALE: F.R. DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE SCALE: 1 o SIGN MOUNTING @ EIFS SCALE: 7 . • ' A 1 1 - SCALE: 4 3/4 - 11-0" " 3" = V -0" INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED N.T.S. N.T.S. EXISTING JOIST/ BEAM �GC 0 REDUCTION 01 ;O 5 X 7 X 1/4" GALVANIZED PLATE 1 X 7" X 1/4" GALVANIZED PLATE (TYP. OF 2) ©ED HI GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 WHERE OCCURS UNISTRUT BEAM 4. CLAMP P2785 OR APPROPRIATE A (E) JOIST BEYOND B.O. UNISTRUT 13' A.F.F. { �Y- TO MOUNT UNISTRUT PERPENDICULAR TO EXISTING JOIST /BEAM GC TO PROVIDE • ' • �,r� 3T1 �,; 3" TO EDGE OF SIGN O 1 _ INTERMEDIATE UNISTRUT AT SIGNAGE LOCATION, SEE A1-1 FOR LOCATIONS 5 3/8" 1 / _ NOT L ,Y i 7" J ,1 TO 4 . 31 Y ALL STRU" i <AL G ONDf NS PRIOR TO N :TAB i\ LIGHT AND G T SE CUR SERVICES OF �TRUV ` RAL ENGINEER AS REt 'RED. THIS ETA NTENDEC ONLY TO SH T 'REFERRED ELEMENTS FOR LIGHT SUPPOr r @ -0" FOR ALL INTERIOR SIGNAGE 2' 0" SIGN SUSPENDED WITH B.O. STRUCTURE STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 .. AIRCRAFT CABLES i W... PLAN VIEW FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC (---6.) DETAIL AT JOIST /BEAM SECONDARY UNISTRUT PEGO 1" X 7" X 1/4" GALVANIZED PLATE (TYP. OF 2) UNISTRUT • • �� .. �.+ _ \ 7 4/ \ z O o ~ PRIMARY UNISTRUT P1000 EXISTING JOIST/ BEAM UNISTRUT CHANNEL NUT P1006 OR APPROPRIATE INTERIOR SIGN \ NO MERCHANDISE BEYOND THIS POINT NO MERCHANDISE BEYOND THIS POINT Q t'? - o in Z z 0 _ u_ 0 - UO F :. l ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY VENDOR -� THREADED ROD WHERE OCCURS UNISTRUT BEAM APPROPRIATE PRIMARY TO B � 5 X 7" X 1/4' GALVANIZED PLATE CATION: KWAY SUI -ICENTER PKV ILA, WA \ 1'-0" `'- DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE WITH ARROW; OCCURS ONCE SEE A1-1 FOR B.O. SIGN @ 7'-6" LOCATION. CASHWRAP SIGNS ONLY i. 7" lib ;'' ' ;, 3/8" X 3" HEX BOLTS W/ HEX NUTS NOTES \ . AND WASHERS (TYP. OF 4) ;, 1 o `,\ FRONT VIEW 1 i8" ,�/ J LIGHT MOUNTING PIPE; THREADED 3/4" @ END OF PIPE; RUN CONDUIT FOR LIGHT FIXTURE THROUGH PIPE — B.O. SIGN @ 8' 6" FITTING ROOM DIRECTIONAL «• SIGNS f " '° - 1. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR 2. 9 "H. x 7 "W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 3. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 4. SIGN MOUNTS WITH D/F TAPE. PRIMARY UNISTRUT P1000 SECONDARY UNISTRUT P1000 THREADED ROD SECTION AT PRIMARY A B.O. ARROW @ 7' 8" SEE 8/Al2 -0 FOR SIGNAGE FACES MOUNTING CAP, FOR FITTING ROOM 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 9' FOR INTERIOR SIGNAGE WITH ARROW DECORATIVE LIGHT FIXTURE ONLY, PROVIDED BY VENDOR UNISTRUT \ ENLARGED UNISTRUT DETAILS SCALE: 12 FR DECORATIVE LIGHT MOUNTING DTL SCALE: 9 WAYFINDING SIGNAGE - MOUNTING SCALE: 6 WOMEN TOILET ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE SCALE: 3 3" = 1' -0" 311 = 1 0 1 =1-0 3/4 - 1 -0 // rl CONSULTANT INFO: NOTL- MAX PROVIDED CABLE LENGTH IS 10' C'" IF LONGER LENGTH IS NEEI 1F_0 TO SUSPEND MARKETING GRID AT HEIGHT CA'_L EL OUT IN DOCUMENTS. GC 's T_, USE INTERMEDIATE UN 'STRUT TO CONNECT WITH AD sTIONAL LENGTH OF CABLE EXTENDING FROM PRIMARY OR SECONDARY UNISTRUT ABOVE. SSE FOR MORE DETAIL. i'//--"--2' \'_ ✓\ SEE 12A & B / 1 FOR CONNECTION TO PRIMARY - ' OR SECONDARY UNISTRUT- _ USE INTERMEDIATE UNISTRUT, IF REQUIRED PER SITE CONDITIONS AIRCRAFT CABLE SECURED ABOVE . ° w z a� \ • 6 i 1',' 11.1 E, `� '1r1 a m 3" TO EDGE OF SIGN 3" TO EDGE OF SIGN 1jjt T. / r 06 PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 711 II & stung NOTES u 0 J O 0 1- I ��i' Q 9 E0 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT / JOHN MIOL• c ∎ -#1 STATE �� II ;/� /f� U 2012 NO MERCHANDISE BEYOND TH6POINT \ NO MERCHANDISE Q i,� d. `� Q - E° z o cn J U O 1- t z w O • �j 0 ~ BEYOND THIS POINT 1. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR 2. 9 "H. x 7 "W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 3. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 4. SIGN MOUNTS WITH D/F TAPE. 'AIRCRAFT 1'-0" (� 3 i CABLE GALV. COA TED CABLE (CAMPBELL s r+ K #780 -0427 WIRE ROPE CLAMPS `/ NOTES ARCHITECT INFO: lAd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM (2 1. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR 2. 9 "H. x 7"W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 3. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE 1 4 YEBOLT WITH BOTTOM N'_ I APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 4. SIGN MOUNTS WITH D/F TAPE. \ NOT USED SCALE: 11 MARKETING GRID SUSPENSION DETAIL SCALE: 8 HC FITTING ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE SCALE: 5 MEN TOILET ROOM APPLIED SIGNAGE SCALE: 2 3/4 =11-0" 3/4 - 1 -0 , - 3/4 =11-0" ISSUE TYPE: OF SIGN AND DOOR Y.OF SIGN AND DOOR EQ EQ 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 11/2" MiTEP i;ORNER / '......\,....,1-74 4' 9l I, • 1ACK WELD. MERGENC EXIT ONLY _ �' \ priVate 911 1 2" 12" 0 . AT CONT .OD 3 8' C. � ', HOLE TO RECEIVE All .1 \ �OF ,4 " EYE BO_T \ REVIEWED FOR CppE REVISIONS: SPOT WELD AT ROD ENDS I I ���:�,�� rM '5 li'.'a:1■ SIGN \ NOT AN EXIT ' COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 IUILDING DIVISION City of TukwilaITM16,0 Q . z �'3 o cj p .,, ''" , u flilV 2 PERMIT CENTER 9,, k .401-- TO C.L. OF SIGN 1" x 1 C 16 GA STEEL TUBE RAME ZINC PLATT -fJ FINISH 1a° E.0 — _ ,......- ...... NOTES u�a ROD 3' 0.0 Ri ZINC PLATED FIN 1. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR 2. 9 "H. x 7 "W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 3. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 4. SIGN MOUNTS WITH D/F TAPE .t.), 1).,,,.._ 4-2, (0 --i-'1„ !' NOTES DRAWN BY: EM/ RB 1 2' ?A ;K WELD. 12" O.C. i GRID ? :� FRAME NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 1. SIGNAGE BY VENDOR 2. 9 "H. x 7 "W. x 3/16" THK. PLEXI PANEL FINISHED TO MATCH PMS 302C BLUE W/ SATIN FINISH. 3. ADA SYMBOL AND BRAILLE APPLIED FIRST SURFACE FINISHED WHITE. 4. SIGN MOUNTS WITH D/F TAPE. TITLE SHEET: INTERIOR SIGNAGE DETAILS STEE!- EYEBOLT ATTAHEMENT LCCA1 c:,N TYP OF 4 7\ 1 1/2" 4' -0" SHEET NUMBER: A11 -1 NOT USED scALE. 10 MARKETING GRID PLAN AND DETAIL SCALE: 7 PRIVATE APPLIED SIGNAGE SCALE: 4 EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY SIGNAGE SCALE: NTS 3/4" = 1 -0 'I - 3/4" = 11-0" REDUCTION CAUTION: DO NOT USE THIS AREA FOR STORAGE CEILING WILL NOT SUPPORT ADDITIONAL WEIGHT GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 NOTE: MOUNT T.O. GRAPHIC @ 9' -0" A.F.F. 0 ch a w Et 0000047990 GRAPHIC SIZE VARIES PER STORE - SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS C) LO STORE LOCATION: 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: EMPLOYEE AREA QUOTE BUBBLE GRAPHIC • PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN MIOLOG SUITE OF W 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: FITTING ROOM INTERIOR GRAPHICS HERE G0� FITTING ROOMS FITTING ROOMS 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 POD SIGNAGE RESTROOM SIGNAGE (SURFACE MOUNTED) (SURFACE MOUNTED) 'THANK YOU FOR NOT SMOKING' EXTERIOR GRAPHIC REVISIONS: GENERAL NOTE: ALL FILM APPLIED BY GRAPHIC VENDOR, FOR REFERENCE ONLY, SEE A' -2. GRAPHICS PLAN FOR LOCH IONS. SEE SIGNAGE DETAILS 10 &11/A11 -1 R E1Vt t7 CITY F T J Nnv CKWLA 1 tj 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ RB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: INTERIOR GRAPHICS/ PAINT (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) SHEET NUMBER: BACK WALL ELLIPSE 12 BACK WALL CORNER STRIPE PAINT FRONT WALL CORNER STRIPE PAINT Al2 -0 TABLE OF CONTENTS - OLD NAVY DIVISION ZERO: CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DIVISION 1: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK 01150 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES 01300 - SUBMITTALS 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT DIVISION 2: SITE WORK 02070 - SELECTIVE REMOVAL 02221 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 3: CONCRETE 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03351 - DIAMOND POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03540 - SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM 03541 - MICROTOPPING SLAB REPAIR SYSTEM DIVISION 4: MASONRY (NOT USED) DIVISION 5: METALS 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS DIVISION 6: WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 - ROUGH AND FINISH CARPENTRY 06400 - MILLWORK AND CABINET WORK DIVISION 7: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07050 - BASIC THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION MATERIALS & METHODS 07200 - THERMAL INSULATION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM 07250 - FIRE PROOFING (PATCHING) 07550 - ROOFING (PATCHING AND REPAIR) 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07900 - JOINT SEALERS DIVISION 8: DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08210 - WOOD DOORS 08311 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08330 - OVERHEAD LOADING DOOR 08334 - OVERHEAD COILING GRILLES 08452 - ALUMINUM FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08460 - AUTOMATIC / MANUAL SLIDING DOOR SYSTEMS 08700 - DOOR HARDWARE 08800 - GLAZING 08810 - FRAMELESS MIRRORS 08870 - UV /SOLAR CONTROL FILM DIVISION 9: FINISHES 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS 09540 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACES 09650 - RESILIENT MATERIALS 096519 - CORK RUBBER FLOORING 09900 - PAINTING 09950 - ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES 10161 - LAMINATED PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS AND SCREENS 10260 - HIGH IMPACT CORNER / WALL GUARDS & WALL PROTECTION 10520 - FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10690 - MGR. OFFICE AND STOCK ROOM ACCESSORIES 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS (NOT USED) DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEM (NOT USED) DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL (SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS) DIVISION ZERO. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS A. CONDITIONS: AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS ;AIA) DOCUMENT A201, "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 7 HE= CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION," 1997 EDITION, ARTICLES 1 THROUGH 14 INCLUSIVE IS MADE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. 1. Referenced Conditions Maintain Force and Effect as Though Set Forth in Full and Shall Apply to All Portion of Work. B. THE TERM "CONTRACTOR" UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL REFER TO SUBCONTRACTORS AND WELL AS GENERAL_ CONTRACTOR. END OF SECTION SECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. WHERE PROVISIONS OF GENERAL CONDI1 „NS RELATE TO PROJECT ADMINISTRATION AND WORK RELATE_) REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT, THOSE PARAGRAPHS ARE EXPANDED IN DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CONTAIN INFORMATION NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF EVERY PAP Li OF THE PROJECT. 1. Environmental concerns are defined in Section .;1150 Env :rr nmenta! Procedures. C. TERM "FURNISH" MEAN SUPPLY AND DEL R TO PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED IN GREATER DE AIL.. D. TERM "INSTALL" DESCRIBES OPERATIONS A. PROJECT. FROM INSPECTING AND UPLOADING TO, COMPLETION iN PLACE, READY FOR INTENDED USE. E. TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS FURNISH AND INST -ALL. COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE; UNLESS DEFINED IN GREATER DETAIL. F. TERMS APPROVED, SELECTED, DIRECTED REQUIRED ACCEPTED, ACCEPTABLE, AND SATISFACTORY SHALL REQUIRE WRITTEN ACTION BY ARCHITECT_ G. Insurance: Contractor, Gap. Inc. and Landlord stall review ARTICLE 11- INSURANCE with their insurance agents and Ie council and provide 1. Subcontractors: Submit insurance certificate. miiiimum $1,000,000.00 bodily injury and property damage including Stair= cir Provincial (CN) required workers' compensation.. naming Genera: Contractor as additional insured. END OF SECTION DIVISION ONE'. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK A. WORK OF CONTRACT COMPRISES CONSTPLi ;TION OF RETAIL SALES FACILITY AS INDICATED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR GAP INC. STORES. B. TITLES AND HEADINGS IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE FOR CONVENIENCE AND ARE NOT TO BE TAKEN AS A SEGREGATION OF UNITS OF MATERIALS AND LABOR. 1. No responsibility, direct or implied. is assumed by Architect or Owner for omissions or duplications by Contractor or subcontractors due to arrangement of matter in Contract Documents. C. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO ENSURE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO GENERAL PUBLIC AND OTHER BUSINESSES. 1. Limit use of premises for construction and sto!a. e to areas designated. 2. Assume full responsibility for protection AND SAFEKEEPING of products under Contract, including those stored on site. D. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING GOVERNING AUTHORITIES DIRECTLY FOR NECESSARY INFORMATION AND DECISIONS BEARING UPON PERFORMANCE OF WORK. E. REFERENCE STANDARDS: FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY ASSOCIATION OR TRADE STANDARDS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED STANDARD, EXCEPT WHEN MORE RIGID REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED OR REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. F. CUTTING AND PATCHING: CUT, PIT AND PATCH AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE WORK TO MATCH ADJACENT UND'S JRBED MATERIALS AND FINISHES. END OF SECTION SECTION 01150 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES A. GENERAL ENVIRONMENT CONCERNS PROD'CT REQUIRES MAXIMUM ENVIRONMENTALLY CONSCIOUS WiLl,iRK FEASIBLE WITHIN LIMITS SPECIFIED, AVAILABLE MATERIALS, EQ' iPMENT. AND PRODUCTS. 1. Inform Architect where environmental requireme impact critical path of construction schedule. 2. Intention of this section is to ensure those involved with Project conduct activities to protect the environment, both on -site and off -site. during demolition and/or during construction operations .: s could detrimentally B. SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL DEFINITIONS: 1. Environmental Pollution and Damage Presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which could. a. adversely affect human health or welfare. b. adversely impact the environment and. or ect. cgical balance. c. degrade or damage the environment for natural aesthetic, cultural or historical purposes. 2. Class III Landfill: Landfill that accepts non-hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste. ,ding construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. 3. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes such as building materials, packaging, rubbish, debris, and rubble nesulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. 4. Chemical Waste: Petroleum products. bituminous materials. salts, acids, alkaloids, herbicides. pesticides. organic chemical;. and inorganic chemical waste & construction materials, such as adhesives. solvents.. & paints. C. SPECIAL RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS. 1. Arrange for collection by or delivery to appropriate recycling center or transfer station that accepts construction and demolition waste for purpose of recycling. 2. Participate in Re -use Programs: Participate in e -use program to extent available in Project area D. ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS: COMPLY WITH FEDERAL. STATE, PROVINCIAL AND LOCAL REGULATIONS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WATER, AIR, SOLID WASTE, HAZARDOUS WASTE, SANITARY WASTE, SEDIMENT, STORM WATER, DUST, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND NOISE POLLUTION. E. PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES: PRESERVE THE NATURAL RESOURCES WITHIN THE PROJECT BOUNDARIES AND OUTSIDE LIMITS OF PERMANENT WORK PERFORMED UNDER CONTRACT IN EXISTING CONDITION OR RESTORE TO AN EQUIVALENT OR IMPROVED CONDITION UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. F. DUST, AIR POLLUTION, AND ODOR CONTROL: PREVENT CREATION OF DUST, AIR POLLUTION AND ODORS. G. NOISE CONTROL: PERFORM DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE NOISE; PERFORM NOISE PRODUCING WORK IN LESS SENSITIVE HOURS OF THE DAY OR WEEK AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD OR BUILDING OWNER. END OF SECTION SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTALS ARE NOT REQUIRED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN DRAWINGS OR REQUESTED FROM OWNER /ARCHITECT. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW AND COORDINATE SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO ARCHITECT /OWNER REVIEW. C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL O BTAIN ARCHITECT'S /OWNER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION OF RELEVANT WORK. D. CONTRACTOR, BY REVIEWING SUBMITTALS, INDICATES VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, FIELD MEASUREMENTS, FIELD CONSTRUCTION, CRITERIA, MATERIALS, AND SIMILAR DATA. E. PRODUCT DATA: MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA; SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION UNIQUE TO WORK; INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. F. SHOP DRAWINGS: PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CUSTOM FABRICATED ITEMS. (AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS). G. SAMPLES: PROVIDE MINIMUM TWO SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT PREPAID. 1. Include Project. Specification and location on each sample, giving full information. H. CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT CERTIFICATES TO ARCHITECT, IN DUPLICATE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATIONS SECTION. END OF SECTION SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL A. GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL: MAINTAIN QUALITY CONTROL OVER SUPPLIERS, MANUFACTURERS, PRODUCTS, SERVICES, SITE CONDITIONS, AND WORKMANSHIP, TO PRODUCE WORK AT THE SPECIFIED QUALITY. B. MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES: WHEN SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SECTIONS, REQUIRE MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER TO HAVE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL PROVIDE ON -SITE OBSERVATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. C. TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES: PROVIDE TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES FOR CONFORMANCE TO APPLICABLE CODES. D. DELIVER AND STORE ALL ITEMS IN PROTECTED AREAS. KEEP FREE OF ANY DAMAGE. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED ITEMS OR PARTS AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. END OF SECTION SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. TEMPORARY POWER: PROVIDE POWER SERVICES AND LIGHTING REQUIRED FOR OPERATIONS, WITH BRANCH WIRING AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES LOCATED TO ALLOW SERVICES AND LIGHTING BY MEANS OF CONSTRUCTION -TYPE POWER CORDS. B. NOISE, DUST AND POLLUTION CONTROL: PROVIDE MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR NOISE DUST AND POLLUTION. C. PROVIDE ENVIRONMENTALLY SAFE BARRIERS AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES FROM DAMAGE FROM OPERATIONS: AND AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. D. CLEANING: CONTROL ACCUMULATION OF WASTE MATERIALS AND RUBBISH; RECYCLE OR DISPOSE OF OFF -SITE AT INTERVALS APPROVED BY THE LANDLORD AND COMPLYING WITH SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01150. E. SIGNS: NO CONTRACTOR SIGNAGE IS ALLOWED. F. REMOVAL AND CLEANING: REMOVE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES, CLEAN AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE, WHICH WERE CAUSED BY PERFORMING THE WORK IN THE IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. PRODUCTS: 1. Components supplied in quantity shall be interchangeable; provide materials and systems by one manufacturer to extent possible; provide new materials unless otherwise directed in contract documents. 2. Provide only no asbestos containing materials. B. INSTALLATION: INSTALL ITEMS PLUMB, LEVEL, AND SECURE AND INCORRECT RELATION TO ADJACENT PRODUCTS. 1. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration and racking. C. TRANSPORTATION: TRANSPORT PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO AVOID DAMAGE, DELIVER UNDAMAGED IN MANUFACTURERS UNOPENED CONTAINERS OR PACKAGING. MANUFACTURERS ARE ENCOURAGED TO USE RECYCLABLE OR REUSABLE PACKAGING MATERIALS. D. HANDLING: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING DAMAGE. 1. Promptly inspect shipments to assure products comply with Contract Document requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. STORAGE: STORE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. 1. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. F. PROTECTION: AFTER INSTALLATION, PROVIDE COVERINGS TO PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE FROM TRAFFIC AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, REMOVE WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. END OF SECTION SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS A. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS WILL ONLY BE CONSIDERED IF SPECIFIED ITEM IS NOT AVAILABLE TO MEET PROJECT SCHEDULE OR REQU IREMENTS. B. PRODUCTS: PROVIDE MATERIALS, SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED; FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE STANDARD, PROVIDE PRODUCT MEETING STANDARD; SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR PRODUCTS NOT SPECIFIED. C. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS TO ARCHITECT WITH MANUFACTURERS "CUT SHEET' IN WRITING, ARCHITECT WILL SIGNIFY ACCEPTANCE EITHER BY SUBMITTING AIA FORM G709 PROPOSAL REQUEST, OR IN WRITING ON GAP INC. LETTERHEAD. D. CONTRACTOR: INVESTIGATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO GAP PROJECT MANAGER; INCLUDE COST AND SCHEDULE CHANGES CAUSED BY SUBSTITUTIONS; SUBMIT SEPARATE REQUESTS FOR EACH PRODUCT. 1. Requests indicate Contractor has investigated product and that it meets or exceeds specified products; will provide same warranty; and waives claims for additional costs which subsequently become apparent. 2. Substitute products shall be not be ordered without written acceptance of Architect and Owner. 3. Environmental Concerns: Proposed substitutions shall be at least environmentally sound as specified products; Manufacturers cut sheets, product composition information, fire rating, smoke density, and other information may be required by Architect or environmental considerations. 4. Architect and Owner will be final judges of acceptability and reserve right to reject proposals due to insufficient information. END OF SECTION SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. COMPLETION: AT COMPLETION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CERTIFICATION TO THE OWNER THAT THE WORK HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND DEFICIENCIES NOTED BY ARCHITECT AND OWNER HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. B. FINAL CLEANING: CLEAN INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES EXPOSED TO VIEW; REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS, STAINS AND FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, POLISH TRANSPARENT AND GLOSSY SURFACES, VACUUM CARPETED AND SOFT SURFACES. USE ONLY NON -TOXIC CLEANING MATERIALS: VINEGAR AND WATER SHALL BE USED FOR CLEANING GLASS, NO OTHER CLEANING MATERIALS SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR GLASS. C. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: KEEP DOCUMENTS CURRENT; DO NOT PERMANENTLY CONCEAL WORK UNTIL REQUIRED INFORMATION HAS BEEN RECORDED. 1. Indicate actual work on Drawings; indicate actual products used in Project Manual, including manufacturer, model number and options. 2. Place one complete set of as- built drawings in a protective plastic tube permanently secured to the wall as indicated on drawings. Deliver one complete set of as -built drawings to Gap project manager at completion of project. D. DATA: PROVIDE, TO OWNER, MATERIAL, FINISH, MAINTENANCE DATA SUBMITTED BY MANUFACTURES BOUND IN THREE RING BINDERS, ORGANIZED IN FORMAT SIMILAR TO SPECIFICATIONS. 1. Provide written operating instructions and maintenance procedure for equipment installed under equipment, electrical pluming, air conditioning, heating and ventilating subcontracts. E. WARRANTIES: PROVIDE WARRANTIES, TO OWNER AND REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WHERE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED. 1. Provide duplicate copies on Contractor letterhead, countersigned by subcontractor and installer. 2. Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves the right to reject unsolicited and coincidental product warranties which detract from or confuse interpretations of Contract Documents. F. DEMONSTRATIONS: PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, DEMONSTRATE OPERATION OF EACH SYSTEM TO OWNER. END OF SECTION DIVISION TWO: SITE WORK SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE REMOVAL A. SECTION INCLUDES 1. Remove designated building equipment and fi 2. Remove designated partitions and component 3. Salvage of recyclable materials. 4. Cap and identify utilities. 5. Temporary Partitions to allow building occupancy. 6. The Architect and Owner have no knowledge and shall not be held liable for any asbestos or other hazardous substances on the job site. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 tures. City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. 01010 summary 2. 01150 Environmental Procedures: Special recycling requirements. C. SUBMIT REMOVAL AND REMOVAL PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULE. D. SUBMIT RECORD DRAWINGS E. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. F. CONDUCT REMOVAL TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDING AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. COORDINATE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER G. PROVIDE, ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRICADES, SECURITY DEVICES, GUARDRAILS AND LIGHTING AND NECESSARY AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE REGULATORY AGENCIES, TO PROTECT WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS OF THE BUILDING. H. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURES. PROVIDE, ENGINEER AND PLACE BRACING OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. I. CEASE OPERATIONS IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. J. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTING, REMOVING AND CAPPING UTILITY SERVICE WITHIN AREAS OF REMOVAL. DISCONNECT AND STUB -OFF. NOTIFY LANDLORD, ARCHITECT AND THE AFFECT UTILITY COMPANY IN ADVANCE BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. K. CAP OFF EXISTING PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL NOT UTILIZED IN NEW SCHEME PER CODE AND CLEAR OF NEW WORK. CAP ABANDONED FLOOR PENETRATION BELOW FLOOR FINISHING. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUITS AND PLUMBING LINES WHERE POSSIBLE. L . PLACE MARKERS TO INDICTED LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATION AND PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. M. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OR SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING REMOVED; IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE. N. ERECT AND MAINTAIN WEATHERPROOF CLOSURES FOR EXTERIOR OPENINGS. O. ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS TO PREVENT SPREAD OF DUST, FUMES, NOISE AND SMOKE TO PROVIDE FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY. ON COMPLETION, REMOVE AND CAP DESIGNATED UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN REMOVAL AREAS. P. PROTECT EXISTING ITEMS THAT ARE NOT INDICATED TO BE ALTERED. Q. DISCONNECT, REMOVE AND CAP DESIGNATED UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN REMOVAL AREAS. R. LOCATE GUARD RAILS IN STAIRWELLS AND AROUND OPEN SHAFTS. POST CLEARLY VISIBLE WARNING SIGNS. S. REMOVE IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. T. REMOVE INTERIOR PARTITIONS, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES CASEWORK, STOREFRONTS, FURRING, CEILING SYSTEMS. FINISHES FLOORING, AND OTHER ITEMS NOT USED IN NEW PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. U. REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR MATERIAL, CLEAN EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB, AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH FLOOR. V. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE, IMMEDIATELY REMOVE MATERIALS FROM SITE. W. ASSUME COSTS OF DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS FROM REMOVED WORK, INCLUDING COSTS ASSESSED BY A LANDLORD ON A PRO -RATA BASIS; CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE IF SUCH CHANGES ARE TO BE ASSESSED. X. REMOVE MATERIALS TO BE RE- INSTALLED OR RETAINED IN A MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE. Y. REPAIR ALL REMOVAL PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. Z. REMOVE AND PROMPTLY DISPOSE OF CONTAMINATED, VERMIN INFESTED, OR DANGEROUS MATERIALS ENCOUNTERED. AA. DO NOT BURN OR BURY MATERIALS ON SITE. AB. SALVAGE OF REMOVED MATERIALS: SORT ALL REMOVED MATERIALS AND DEPOSIT MATERIALS AT RECYCLING CENTERS OR SALVAGE COMPANIES. THE LIST OF RECYCLED MATERIALS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. Metal studs. 2. Gypsum Board. 3. Wood millwork 4. Miscellaneous plastics, glass, metal, wiring and conduit, paper, etc. AC. LEAVE SITE BROOM CLEAN. END OF SECTION SECTION 02221 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL AND FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO SAFETY OF PERSONS, PROPERTY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. PROVIDE, ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRICADES, SECURITY DEVICES, GUARD RAILS AND LIGHTING AND NECESSARY, TO PROTECT WORKERS AND OCCUPANTS OF THE BUILDING. B. CONDUCT DEMOLITION TO MINIMIZE INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT BUILDINGS AREAS. MAINTAIN PROTECTED EGRESS AND ACCESS AT ALL TIMES. C. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF STRUCTURES. PROVIDE, ENGINEER AND PLACE BRACING OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. D. CAP OFF EXISTING PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL NOT UTILIZED IN NEW SCHEME PER CODE AND CLEAR OF NEW WORK. CAP ABANDONED FLOOR PENETRATIONS BELOW FLOOR FINISHING. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUITS AND PLUMING LINES WHERE POSSIBLE. E. DEMOLISH IN A ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING, COORDINATING WITH CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER PROTECT EXISTING SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. F. REMOVE INTERIOR PARTITIONS, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE CASEWORK, STOREFRONTS, FURRING, CEILING SYSTEMS, FINISH FLOORING, AND OTHER ITEMS NOT USED IN NEW PROJECT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. ASSUME COSTS OF DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS FROM DEMOLISHED WORK, INCLUDING COSTS ASSESSED BY A LANDLORD ON A PRO -RATA BASIS; CONTRACTOR TO DETERMINE IF SUCH CHARGES ARE TO BE ASSESSED. H. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. END OF SECTION IVISION THREE: CONCRETE S TION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. •'OVIDE NEW CAST -IN PLACE CONCRETE SLAB AND PATC WORK, INCLUDING FORMWORK, REINFORCEMENT, CON ETE MATE' ALS, MIXTURE DESIGN, PLACEMENT PROCEDURES, AN FINISH' . AS REQUIRED. B. FOR ACING MATERIALS. 1. Smoot Formed Finished Concrete: Form- facing panels that ill provide continuo ., true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in I. gest practicabl- sizes to minimize number of joints. 2. Chamfer rips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 • 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), inimum. 3. Form -Relea - Agent: Commercially formulated form- -ase agent that will not bond h, stain, or adversely affect concrete sup aces and will not impair subsequ t treatments of concrete surfaces. C. REINFORCEME T 1. Fabricate steel rei forcement according to CRSI's' anual of Standard Practice ". 2. Steel Reinforcing B- s: ASTM A 615/A 615M, a ade 60 (Grade 420), deformed; minimum # bars at 24" O.C. 3. Fiber reinforcement no approved D. CONCRETE MATERIAL 1. Cementitious Material: U cementitious aterials, of the same type, brand, and source, through. t Proj E. CONCRETE MIXING 1. Ready Mixed Concrete: Meal - • • mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94 w T:`' TM C 1116. 1 2. Project -Site Mixing: Measur: 0 1 and mix concrete materials and 9 concrete according to ASTM •, '•4M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type batch mac - mixer. 3. Strength: 3,000 psi minimu F. FORMWORK 1. Design, erect, shore, b . e, a d maint n formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertic . static, a • dynamic loads, and construction loads th. •!► T•e applied, til structure can support such loads. G. VAPOR RETARDE 1. Plastic Vapor Retarder -. Place, protect, and -pair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1 .43 and manufacturer's ritten instructions. H. STEEL REINFORC: ENT 1. General: Comply th CRSI's "Manual of Standa Practice" for placing reinforcement. I. FINISHING FLO 1. General: Com restraightenin concrete surf RS AND SLAB ly with ACI 302.1 R recommendations r screening, and finishing operations for concrete su •ces. Do not wet ces. J. CONCRET PROTECTING AND CURING 1. General: • rotect freshly placed concrete from premature d 'ng and excessiv: cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 fo cold -we ther protection and ACI 301 for hot - weather protection using curing. 2. Kee • wet not less than 24 hours, moist not less than seven (7) • 'ys with a pl tic film covering or the like. K. 1 BONDING : .nd all new work to old by thoroughly cleaning old work and applying on proved concrete bonding agent evenly to the interfacing surface in ccordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION SECTION 03351 - DIAMOND POLISHED CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH A. SECTION INCLUDES: THIS SECTION SPECIFIES POLISHED CONCRETE FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION, DESIGNATED "NC ". B. RELATED SECTIONS: 1. Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2. Section 07900 Joint Fillers. C. REFERENCES 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. ACI 302.1 R Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. (NC) 2. ASTM International: a. ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane- Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. (NC) b. ASTM C171 Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. (NC) c. ASTM C779 Standard Test Method for Abrasion Resistance of Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. d. ASTM C928 Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid- Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs 3. Reunion Internationale des Laboratoires D'Essais et de Recherches sur les Materiaux et les Constructions (RILEM): a. Rilem Test Method 11.4 Standard Measurement of Reduction of Moisture Penetration Through Horizontal Concrete Surfaces. 4. National Floor Safety Institute (NFSI): a. NFSI Test Method 101 -A Standard for Evaluating High- Traction Flooring Materials, Coatings, and Finishes. D. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE POLISHED FLOORING THAT HAS BEEN SELECTED, MANUFACTURED AND INSTALLED TO ACHIEVE THE FOLLOWING: 1. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM C779, Method A, high resistance, no more than 0.008 inch (0.20 mm) wear in 30 minutes on sound concrete specified to meet ACI 302.1R 2. Reflectivity: Increase of 35% as determined by standard gloss meter. 3. Waterproof Properties: Rilem Test Method 11.4, 70% or greater reduction in absorption. 4. High Traction Rating: NFSI 101 -A, non -slip properties. DIa -3t�� REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 a cc 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: ce w z w U w 0 w J z_ 2 otS c 1- z w 0 2 0 : 0_1 C/)m 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: N 6266 REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN MtOL • i STATE Of W ARCHITEC INFO: 2 2012 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RECEIVED CITY OF Tt IK'Mt.A Nnv 1 a 2012 PERMIT CENTEF DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -1 E. DESIGN REQUIREMENTS: 1. Hardened Concrete Properties: a. Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength: 3500 psi (24 MPa). b. Normal Weight Concrete: No lightweight aggregate. c. Non -air entrained. 2. Placement Properties: (NC) a. natural concrete slump of 4 1/2 inches - 5 inches (114 - 127 mm). admixtures may be used. b. flatness requirements: 1) Overall FF 40. 2) Local FF 25. 3. Hard Steel Troweled (3 passes) Concrete: No burn marks. Finish to ACI 302.1 R, Class 5 floor. (NC) 4. Curing Options: (NC) a. Membrane forming curing compounds (ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B, all resin, dissipating cure). 1) Acrylic curing and sealing compounds not recommended. b. Sheet membrane (ASTM C171); polyethylene film not recommended. c. Damp Curing: Seven day cure. F. ACTION SUBMITTALS 1. General: Submit listed action submittals in accordance with Contract Conditions and Section 01300 - Submittals. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate information on shop drawings as follows: a. Typical layout including dimensions and floor grinding schedule. b. Plan view of floor and joint pattern layout. c. No Color surface treatment to be used. d. Hardener, sealer, densifier in notes. 3. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC -DATA product sheet, for specified products. a. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). b. Preparation and concrete grinding procedures. G. INFORMATION SUBMITTALS 1. Quality Assurance: a. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties as cited in 1.03 Performance Requirements. b. Certificates: 1) Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with specified performance characteristics and criteria and physical requirements. 2) Letter of certification from the National Floor Safety Institute confirming the system has been tested and passed Phase Two Level of certification when tested by Method 101 -A. 3) Current certified installer certificate signed by manufacturer confirming installer as an approved installer of specified concrete polishing system, currently in good standing. c. Manufacturer's Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions. H. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1. Warranty: Submit warranty documents specified. 2. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance data for installed products in accordance with Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals. a. Include: 1) Manufacturer's instructions on maintenance renewal of applied treatments. 2) Protocols and product specifications for joint filing, crack repair and /or surfa ce repair. ir. 1. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Qualifications: a. Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. b. Installer trained and holding current certification for FGS PermaShine installation. c. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer capable of providing field service representation during construction and approving application method. 2. Regulatory Requirements a. NFSI Test Method 101 -A Phase Two Level High Traction Material. J. MOCK -UPS: 1. Construct mock -ups in accordance with Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control. 2. Mock -Up Size:100 ft2 (9.3 m2) sample panel at jobsite at location as directed under conditions similar to those that will exist during actual placement. 3. Mock -up will be used to judge workmanship, concrete substrate preparation, operation of equipment, material application, color selection and shine. 4. Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock -up before proceeding with work. 5. When accepted, mock -up will demonstrate minimum standard of quality required for this work. Approved mock -up may remain as part of finished work. K. PRE - INSTALLATION MEETINGS: CONDUCT A PRE - INSTALLATION MEETING TO VERIFY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. REVIEW THE FOLLOWING: 1. Environmental requirements. . it m n u e e q 2. Scheduling and phasing of work. 3. Coordinating with other work and personnel. 4. Protection of adjacent surfaces. 5. Surface preparation. 6. Repair of defects and defective work prior to installation. 7. Cleaning. 8. Installation of polished floor finishes. 9. Application of liquid hardener, densifier. L. DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING 1. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead -time requirements to avoid construction delays. 2. Delivery: a. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging with identification labels and seals intact. M. STORAGE AND PROTECTION: 1. Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature conditions recommended by manufacturer. 2. Protect concrete slab. (General Contractor is responsible for enforcing) 3. Protect from petroleum stains during construction. 4. Diaper hydraulic power equipment. 5. Restrict vehicular parking. 6. Require non - marking tires. 7. Restrict use of pipe cutting machinery. 8. Restrict placement of reinforcing steel on slab. 9. Restrict use of acids or acidic detergents on slab. N. WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL: 1. Separate waste materials for Reuse And Recycling in accordance with Section 01150 - environmental procedures. 2. Remove from site and dispose of packaging materials at appropriate recycling facilities. 0. INSTALLATION LOCATION: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. P. SEQUENCE WITH OTHER WORK. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SEQUENCING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. Q. PROJECT WARRANTY: REFER TO CONTRAC7 CONDITIONS FOR PROJECT WARRANTY PROVISIONS. R. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY SUBMIT. EDP OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY AUTHORIZED COMPANY OFFICIAL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY IS IN ADDITION TO. AND DOES NO-1 LIMIT. OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. S. WARRANTY. COMMENCING ON DATE OF ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER. T. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO MAINTAIN INSTALLED PRODUCT. U. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MAIN r ENANCE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01170 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT. V. ENSURE MANUFACTURER HAS MINIMUM 5 "'EARS EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURING COMPONENTS SIMILAR TO CP, EXCEEDING REQUIREMENTS OF PROJECT. W. POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING PRODUCT -S 1. Manufacturer. L & M Construction Chemicals. Inc. Contact 14851 Calhoun Rd., Omaha, NE 68152-1140: Telephone. (800) 362 -3331. (402) 453 -6600: Fax: (402) 453 -0244; E -mail: info@imc ..corn; website: www.lmcc.com, www.fgs- permashine com I �r X. PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS SYSTEMS. 1. Hardener, Sealer, Densifier Proprietary. water based, odorless liquid, VOC compliant, environmentally safe chemical hardening solution leaving no surface film. a. Acceptable Material: L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.. FGS Hardener Plus. 2. Joint Filler: Semi- rigid. 2- component, self- levelin . 100 °4o solids. rapid curing, polyurea control joint and crack filler with Shore A 80 or higher hardness. a. Acceptable Material: L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc Joint Tite 750. 3. Concrete Repair or complete overlay system: Rapid strength, fiowable repair mortar with extended work time. a. Acceptable Material: L &M Construction Che ucais, Inc . Durapatch Industrial. 4. Oil Repellent Sealer: Ready to use, Slane. siloxane and fluoropolymers blended water based solution sealer. quick aryinc. low -odor oil and water repellent, VOC compliant and compatible with chemically hardened floors. (As applicable and required by owner) a. Acceptable Material: L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc . Petrotex. 5. Finish: Standard High gloss (HG -1). 1500 grit Y. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 1. Ensure concrete finishing components and materials are from single manufacturer. Z. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS 1. Substitutions. No substitutions p ermitted. AA. COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTE. 'R'S WRI l I EN DATA, INCLUDING PRODUCT TECHNICAL BULLETINS. PRODUCT CATALOG INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PRODUCT CARTON INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS. !NC -. SPEC -DATA SHEETS. AB. USE ONLY L & M CERTIFIED FGS PERMASHHNE INSTALLERS. INSTALLER MUST BE ABLE TO PROVIDE. A L ETTE H !ROM L &M SHOWING THEM TO BE IN GOOD STANDING AT `'ME OF INSTALLATION. REQUEST LIST OF APPROVED INSTALLERS FROM L &M. AC. SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS. 1. Verify that concrete substrate conditions. wnici: rave beer previously installed under other sections or contracts are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions prior to installation of concrete finishing materials. AD. Verify Concrete Slab Performance Requ!rement:. 1. Verify concrete is cured minimum of 28 day- wntf-i minimum 3500 psi (24 MPa) strength. 2. Verify concrete surfaces received a hard stee during placement. -f ;;.-ryes finish !3 passes) AE. ENSURE SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND FREE: ,DIE DIRT AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER HARMFUL TO PERFORMANCE: OFCONCRETE FINISHING MATERIALS. AF. EXAMINE SURFACE TO DETERMINE SOUNI•NESS OF CONCRETE FOR POLISHING. AG. IF COMPLETE OVERLAY S REQUIR ED IN ORDER TO OVERCOME E SURFACE QUALITY ISSUES. CONTACT L &M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON INSTALLING DURAPATCH INDUSTRIAL AS A TOPPING. AH. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE SURFACE CONTAMINATION. Al. FLOOR SURFACE POLISHING AND TREATMENT 1. Provide polished concrete floor treatment in ert,, ety of slab indicated by drawings. Provide consistent finish in all contiguous areas. 2. Apply floor finish prior to installation of fixtures . .ed accessories. 3. Diamond polish concrete floor surfaces with power disc machine recommended by floor finish manufacturer. Sequence with coarse to fine grit using dry method. a. Comply with manufacturer's recommended polishing grits for each sequence to achieve desired finish level. Levi of sheen shall match that of approved mock -up. b. Expose aggregate in concrete surface only ;s determined by approved mock -up. c. All concrete surfaces shall be as uniform in appearance as possible. 4. Apply FGS Hardener Plus, Hardener. Densffier As Follows: a. First coat at 250 ft2igal (6.25 m2 L) b. Second coat at 350 ft2:/gal (8.75 m.21) c. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for dying time between successive coats. 5. Remove defects and repoiish defective areas 6. Finish edges of floor finish adjoining other mate, als in a clean and sharp manner. 7. For bare concrete floors, new construction or aged concrete: a. Scarify surface to create a profile to the floor of 1 16" - 1 %8 ". b. 12 hours before overlay to begin. saturate fi±. r with water. c. Just prior to placement, remove excess star oing water. d. Begin mixing product in a conventional mortar mixer. DO NOT add more than 3 1/4 quarts of water to a bag of prc.duct. Mix thoroughly for a minimum of 2 minutes per bag of product. e. Spray apply Ever Bond to the damp surface (nf the concrete. Using a stiff bristle brush or broom, work the bonding agent into the floor by aggressive scrubbing. f. Begin placing Durapatch Industrial to the surface. Screed the material by means of a gauge rake or straight edge riding on screed rods. g. Level and final finish with a 13/16" sharp profile spiked roller. 8. For floors containing epoxy based Terrazzo overlays: a. Ensure that the terrazzo is well bonded to the base concrete b. Scarify the surface to create a profile to the floor of 1/16" - 1/8 ". c. Remove all dust from the surface. After it is thoroughly dust free, do it again right before placing bonding agent. d. Apply an epoxy bonding agent meeting ASTM C 881, Type 1, Grade 2, medium viscosity. This material should be placed immediately ahead of overlay and not allowed to become tacky. Material must be worked into the scarified surface by means of a stiff bristle brush. e. Begin mixing product in a conventional mortar mixer. Do not add more than 3 1/4 quarts of water to a bag of product. Mix thoroughly for a minimum of 2 minutes per bag of product. f. Begin placing Durapatch Industrial to the surface. Screed the material by means of a gauge rake or straight edge riding on screed rods. g. Level and final finish with a 13/16" sharp profile spiked roller. AJ. ADJUSTMENTS: 1. Polish to higher gloss those areas not meeting specified gloss levels per mock -up. 2. Fill joints flush to surface. AK. FINAL CLEANING: 1. Do cleanup in accordance with Section 01150 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES. 2. Mechanically scrub treated floors for seven days with soft to medium pads with approved cleaning solution to enhance shine. To be done by General Contractor or General Contractor's subcontract cleaning contractor. 3. Upon completion, General Contractor must remove surplus and excess materials, rubbish, tools and equipment. AL. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. AM. PROTECT WITH EZ COVERTM BY MCTECH CORP., OR COMPARABLE PRODUCT. 1. Contact: Phone: (866) 913 -8363; website: www.ezform.net. END OF SECTION SECTION 03540 - SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM A. SUMMARY: SECTION INCLUDES: PROVIDE SELF - LEVELING INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATE AND ANTICIPATED TRAFFIC. 1. Prepare substrate and provide either ARDEX poured cementitious type self - leveling floor topping system intended as a finished traffic surface, suitable for interior applications indicated. 2. Prepare topping and provide Florio Polytech wear protection coating over topping. B. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Submit ARDEX and Floric Polytech technical data application instructions and maintenance instructions for each specified product to Old Navy Representative. 2. Samples: SUBMIT NO less than two samples of topping with wear protection coating to Old Navy Representative. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Qualification of Installers: Installation shall be by system manufacturers approved applicators using approved mixing /placement equipment with not less than five years successful experience installing specified products. Please contact Ben Mack at ARDEX, L.P. (724) 203 -5060 / bmack @ardex.com for a list of required Installers. D. GC TO SUBMIT PROOF OF FLOORING MATERIAL PURCHASE TO OLD NAVY REPRESENTATIVE. E. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING: Deliver materials in original unopened packages, protected from exposure to elements; remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises. F. PROJECT CONDITIONS: Before, during and after installation, building interior shall be enclosed and maintained at temperature above 50 degrees F until structure and subfloor temperatures are stabilized. 1. Provide continuous heat and adequate ventilation to rapidly remove moisture from area until interior topping system is dry; provide mechanical ventilation if necessary. G. WARRANTY: Special Warranty: Installer to provide warranty as installed in accordance with manufacturers recommendations for repairing topping system that fails due to bond failure to substrate, bond failure between specified materials, and cracking except where cracking is result of structural cracks. 1. Special Warranty Period: Two years. H. MATERIALS: INTERIOR TOPPING SYSTEM: Pourable cementitious, high-strength, fast-setting, non- shrink self-leveling interior topping system including moisture control system, substrate preparation, and cementitious topping. 1. Moisture Control System: ARDEX Moisture Control System. 2. Substrate Preparation Epoxy: ARDEX EP 2000. 3. Cementitious Topping: ARDEX SD -T. a. Aggregates: Washed mason, mortar or plaster sand; clean nondeleterious aggregates of 1 /8" or larger as recommended by ARDEX and as required for interior topping of 2" or greater thickness. b. Water: Clean and free from impurities and substances deleterious to interior topping. c. Compressive Strength: Minimum 6000 psi at 28 days, ASTM C190. d. Taper: System to be capable of being tapered to match existing elevations. 4. ARDEX national contact: Danielle Hunsicker at ARDEX, L.P. (724) 203 -5066 / danielle.hunsicker @ardexamericas.com 5. Color: ARDEX Standard gray I. WEAR PROTECTION COATING- ON -2000 CLEARSEAL: FLORIC POLYTECH NATIONAL CONTACT : BRENT STRAIT (928.669.1680)/ BRENT @FLORICPOLYTECH.COM J. PREPARATION: Inspect subfloor for structurally sound condition required for type of interior topping and conditions under which work will be performed. 1. Start of work indicates acceptance of conditions. 2. Prepare slabs on grade to produce sound, dry surface as required for proper bonding of interior topping in accordance with ARDEX recommendations. 3. Ensure area to be poured is clean and free of mud, oil, grease or other contaminants. 4. Bead blast substrates before priming; comply with ARDEX recommendations for bead blast operations; acid etching, sweeping compounds, and solvents are not acceptable. 5. Test substrate after bead blast; substrates shall be inspected and corrected for moisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the topping or the finished sealer. ARDEX recommends the use of a moisture control system over existing concrete where the level of moisture emissions from the slab exceeds the maximumpermitted by the manufacturer of the finished coating or sealer (Floric Polytech) as tested in accordance with Calcium Chloride Method (ASTM F1869) or Relative Humidity Method (ASTM F2170). Submit Calcium Chloride test results to old navy construction project manager and Manufacturer. If moisture problems exist, ARDEX recommends the use of ARDEX MCTM Moisture Control System For complete installation instructions, please refer to the ARDEX MC Moisture Control Technical Brochure. 6. Re: ARDEX. For Clear Epoxy Coating Systems: if Calcium Chloride test results are: a. 0 lbs per 1000 sf to 10 lbs per 1000 sf in 24 hours, proceed with Execution. b. 10 Ibs per 1000 sf to 20 lbs per 1000 sf in 24 hours, proceed with surface preparation and install ARDEX MC Moisture Control System over existing concrete and before application of ARDEX SD -T and Clear Epoxy Coatings. c. 20 lbs or over, contact Manufacturer, Architect, and Construction project Manager to investigate and address source of moisture. K. PREPARE CRACKS AND MOVING JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARDEX AND FLORIC POLYTECH SYSTEM RECOMMENDATIONS. HONOR ALL MOVING JOINTS. L. TOPPING INSTALLATION: Priming: Prime in accordance with ARDEX's published recommendations. 1. Apply fine sand of less than 1/32" grain size over entire area while primer is fresh; remove loose sand by broom and vacuum in accordance with ARDEX published instructions. 2. Mix interior topping in accordance with AR DEX's recommendations for type of placement operation employed; do not exceed amounts of water determined by ARDEX. 3. Keep mixing and placement equipment clean and free of hardened lumps of cementitious materials. 4. Provide adequate equipment and personnel to ensure uniform, continuous flow of interior topping at point of delivery without segregation and loss of material. 5. Schedule application as late as possible during construction to avoid damage by other trades, coordinate installation with construction project manager. 6. Install interior topping in one layer at minimum thickness recommended by ARDEX, unless thickness is indicated on Drawings. 7. Do not interrupt placement of interior topping until entire section is completed; ensure no slurry is placed against interior topping that has obtained initial set, except at authorized joints. 8. Immediately after placement, smooth and level to required thickness and finish to a smooth, even plane, with no abrupt changes that could create a trip hazard. 9. Clean spatter from supporting structure and walls before spatter sets. 10. Provide adequate ventilation and heat, if necessary, after placement of interior topping to ensure complete drying of interior topping. M. WEAR PROTECTION COATING: Bead blast topping before application of wear protection coating -ON 2000 Clearseal; comply with following requirements and with Floric Polytech recommendations for bead blast operations. 1.Preparation: Sweep clean prior to blasting; verify floor is dry, free of contaminants, and topping is cured. 2.Machine: In order to maintain consistent appearance blast topping with 36" machine (or largest machine possible to minimize striping pattern on surface of topping; confirm size with the construction project manager before starting work) with machine speed of 40 to 60 feet per minute using S170 or S230 shot size with light, brush -blast method to create uniform appearance. 3.Process: Run machine parallel to storefront entry, in straight even lines using consistent light abrasion free of streaks and lines by shot blasting process; minimize overlap markings. a. SHOT blasting shall not take place during machine turns. 4.Topping Surface after Blasting: Light profile with abraded roughness CSP (concrete surface profile) profile 2 of medium grit sandpaper. a. Immediately after blasting and removal of equipment sweep bead blasted floor magnetically to remove steel shot and filings. b. Sweep bead blasted floor with fine bristled push broom and then vacuum entire floor to remove dust and debris. 5. Traffic: Do not permit traffic on topping between bead blasting and application of wear protection coating. N. APPLY WEAR PROTECTION COATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARDEX'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS OF FLORIC POLYTECH FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE AND PROTECTIVE COATING OVER TOPPING. 1. Finish: Smooth, nontextured, non - gloss, non -slip surface with no pattern matching approved samples. a. Nonslip Surface: Comply with requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) for nonslip surfaces. 0. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Testing: Perform compressive strength tests for each separately identifiable area where interior topping is installed. 2. Compressive Strength: Testing in accordance with ASTM C109 testing procedures, using 2" by 2" cube molds. 3. Each set of test specimens shall be recorded and identified to area of interior topping being placed. P. PROTECTION: Protect adjacent materials and finishes from blasting, to PP in 9. and wear protection coating operations. 1. Repair or replace materials stained and materials damaged by topping system installation. 2. protect self- leveling interior topping system until fully cured and protect from stains and from damage by construction operations. 3. Repair or replace self - leveling interior topping system stained or otherwise damaged by construction operations. END OF SECTION EU I INN 03941 - MICKU 1 UPPING SLAB REPAIR SYS I EM SUMMARY . Section Includes: Provide Microtopping slab repair system with accessories as required for complete installation suitable for substrate a nticipated traffic. A. Prepare substrate and repair existing concrete slabs with MAPEI Microtopping system intended as a finished traffic surface for interio applications indicated and color matched to existing concrete. Prepare Microtopping and provide Floric Polytech wear protectio oating and matte finish over microtopping. B.SU: 1. Pro instr Navy 2. Sam wear Micro A. co po R ITTALS uct Data: Submit Floric Polytech technical data application tions and maintenance instructions for each specified produ epresentative. es: Submit not less than two color samples of Micro toppi p tection coating to show anticipated extent of variations i to, ping color and for comparison with existing concrete c o Up written approval by Old Navy Representative prior to const uction, pictures may be submitted by Contractorwhic potent variations in color of Microtopping patches for 01 Repre - ntative approval. • • C. QUALITY A 1. Qualificati than five ye manufacture 2. Single_Sour A. MAPEI: primer, po B. Florio Poly primers, re manufacturer. • SURANCE of Installers: Installation shall be by applicato r s successful experience and acceptable to p • e Responsibility from each manufacturer: fain moisture control (MVER) materials, er, and acrylic additive from a single ma ch: Obtain water -based floor coating resi s, hardening agents and finish coats fit • 3. Mock -Up: Prove repair for Project A. Acceptability on comparison variations in col concrete color. 4. Select color of micr concrete color; coordi • mock -up of Microtopping slab re p . r review and approval by Old Na v f Microtopping slab repair mock - ith samples or with pictures whi • and texture of Microtopping p • topping that is closely match ate with architect and Old D. DELIVERY, STORAG unopened packages, prot or deteriorated materials fr • E. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Before, during and after i maintained at temperature temperatures are stabilize 2. Provide continuous indirec moisture from area until Mic provide indirect mechanical AND HANDLING - Deli ted from exposure to e premises. • stallation, building bove 50 degree heat and ade •topping syst ntilation if n F. WARRANTY 1. Special Warranty: Provide for to bond failure to substrate, bo • cracking except where cracking A. Special Warranty Period: T�• -- '�l G. MATERIALS 1. Microtopping System: Mater . I :procedures related to surface cleaning, moisture testing, s preparation, patching prior to Microtopping system installatio ell as installation of joint filler materials and protective se A. Surface Cleaner and Mastic over: Franmar Chemical (800.539.5069)/BEAN- -doo ast Remover. B. Moisture Control Mat and ct Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test ASTM 1869 to ensur - ' level are within manufacturers recommendations. If xceed manufacturers recommendations, install Planiseal EMB Moistu Barrier) or Planiseal VS moisture control systems as m recom nded by MAPEI Corp for specific application and mo fissions. C. Patching and Smoothen ompound: after shotblasting use Planipatch mixed with Planipatch PI latex additi e to patch all defects, voids, pop offs, delaminations as w as to smoot any areas which might affect the uniformity of texture nd smoothnes of the final Microtopping finish. D. Primer: apply Mapei r rimer L to area to receive Microtopping. Dilute primer L 3 parts potabl water to 1 part ac ylic primer. When Planipatch is required to patch a • smooth surface bl: mish, apply Primer L diluted 3 : 1 as above. E. Microtopping finish: use MAPEI Ultracolor lus Microtopping mixed with Planibond UA ditive (diluted 3 parts ater to 1 part acrylic additive) with color atch system to match c. for of existing adjacent concrete slab as a proved by Old Navy Representative. F. Joint Filler: instal Planiseal RapidJoint 15 or apeflex P1 SL as recommended by APEI Corp. for specific joi type and repair. G. MAPEI national contact : Bruce Burton at MA' El Corp.(888) 876 -2734 2. Clear Sealer Syst: Floric Polytech national contact : Steve Meyer 928.669.1680 r e O C Apply three ) sm Y FL RI P OLYTECH.CO A PP Y all t ee coats within 24 hour peri d. A. Wear Protect n Coating: I. First coat: Floric ON -2000 Clearseal. Apply p= manufacturers recomme ations. II. Second oat: Floric Epamine 'HS" Clearseal III. Third c at: Floric Polythane -250 "CA' Clearseal ith added Matte Finish ( part system epairing , • • • t to Old with r. n -site define Navy • ith not less mary materials icrotopping ufacturer. aterials including m a single it in one area of slab Representative. will be judged based h define acceptable tches from existing d to (E) adjacent avy Store Design. er materials in original ments; remove damaged interior shall be enclosed and F until structure and subfloor • ate ventilation to remove m is dry and sufficiently cured; cessary. icrotopping repairs that fail due between specified materials, and of structural cracks. • • • . • n e e r 7 e H. PREPARATI• 1. Inspect subf oor for structurally sound condition required ,r type of Microtoppin and conditions under which work will be perfo ed. A. Start of ork indicates acceptance of conditions. 2. Remove e fisting adhesives and materials using specified s rface cleaner and masts remover; comply with both mastic remover manu :cturer and MAPEI C rp recommendations for cleaning and preparing exi .ting concrete. 3. Bead bl : st substrates before priming; comply with MAPEI Co recomm ndations for bead blast operations; acid etching, swee ping compo nds, and solvents are not acceptable. A. M intain consistent blast using S170 or S230 shot size with "ght, bru h -blast method to create uniform CSP (Concrete Surface •rofile) "2" to "3" profile. B. I mediately after blasting and removal of equipment sweep b: -d b . sted floor magnetically to remove steel shot and filings. I. Sweep bead blasted floor with fine bristled push broom and t en vacuum entire floor to remove dust and debris. Traffic: Do not permit traffic on topping between bead blasting a application of primer. repare slabs on grade to produce sound, dry surface as required for oper bonding of Microtopping slab repair system in accordance with APEI Corp recommendations. 5 Ensure area to be repaired is clean and free of all foreign substances other contaminants. . Honor existing joints in concrete slab. . Saw cut concrete at each edge of Microtopping slab repair system to provide straight edge connect between repair and existing concrete. • • • • 8. Test substrate after bead blast; where moisture conditions exceed MAPEI Corp. recommendations apply moisture control system over concrete. If oisture control system is required and installed, consult MAPEI for propriate primer. Do not use Primer L over MVER treatment. 9. ' epare cracks and moving joints in accordance with MAPEI Corp. re •mmendations. 10. G 'nd high spots; fill holes and depressions and rough areas with patc g mortar to smooth and level concrete surface before appli' tion of prime nd Microtopping. . • I. TOPPING NSTALLATION 1. Priming: , se Primer L over porous substrates in accordance ith MAPEI Corp reco endations. 2. Mix Microt• *ping in accordance with MAPEI Corp's recom endations for type of place ,ent operation employed; do not exceed am',unts of mixing liquid (water a • acrylic additive) determined by manufa rer. 3. Keep mixing a • placement equipment clean and free .f hardened lumps of cementitious terials. 4. Provide adequat= equipment and personnel to ensur- uniform, continuous installat in of Microtopping with uniform xture. 5. Schedule applicatio as late as possible during c• struction to avoid damage by other trad 6. Install Microtopping in wo layers or lifts at mini um thickness recommended by MAP' Corp, unless thickne -. is indicated on Drawings. 7. Do not interrupt placem t of Microtopping u it entire section is completed; ensure no slur is placed a•ains Microtopping that has obtained initial set, except authori • . 8. Sanding between coats ma be re., • achieved the desired texture. 9. Trowel Microtopping in conti o ., r . r. ,'el strips starting at the front of the store and running parallel t• - ' e walls. Maintain wet edge from batch to batch through out inst. �. i• . II trowelling should be in one direction from front to back of • • 10. Immediately after placeme and trowel to required thickness to achieve a smooth, even pl e an iform texture. 11. Taper: Install Microtopping apering to match existing elevations. 12. Clean spatter from adj ent flo' ► walls before spatter sets; take special care not to stain p 13. Provide adequate ve ion : 'f necessary, after placement of Microtopping to ensur mm 1 . cure of topping. ID 11 J. WEAR PROTECTIO 1. Prepare Microtop .� recommendations; to concrete slab. A. Sweep and vacuu Microtopping is cu' 2. Apply wear protecti'- MAPEI Corp and r. Polytech for unifor A. Finish: Smo• pattern, mat• Represent I. Nonsli. Disab surf. K. PROTEC 1. Protec protec A. ..' r d. n coating in accordance with r ommendations and application 1 appearance and protective coat h, nontextured, non - gloss, non -sli p s ing approved samples and as appr ove ve. Surface: Comply with requirements of Amen sties Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) for es. m r an floorin nd heat, to drying a NG er system in acco ecial care not to da ance with Floric Polytech's - ge or stain adjacent floor; verify floor is dry, e of contaminants, and commendations of structions of Floric over topping. ace with no • by Old Navy ION adjacent materials and finishes from blasting, topping, a on coating operations. pair or replace materials stained and materials damaged du tailation of Microtopping system. Protect Microtopping is fully cured and sealer is completely dry; protect from stains and from damage by construction operations. . Repair or replace Microtopping stained or otherwise damaged by construction operations. ans with nslip wear END OF SECTION DI VISION FOUR: MASONRY (NOT USED) ION FIVE: METALS N 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS SEC A. FUR ITEMS W COMPLET ISH AND INSTALL STOCK AND CUSTOM FABRICATED ICH ARE NOT PART OF SYSTEMS SPECIFIED ELSEW IN RESPECT TO INTENDED FUNCTIONS. B. STAIR D'. CODES AND . 1. Comply with components r • Architectural CI 2. Stairs: 100 Ibs. support a 300 you cause maximum st connections to supp• 1/360 where undersid a. Plate and Monume landings of minimum minimum 14 gauge sh IGN REQUIREMENTS: COMPLY WITH APPLIC FOLLOWS. equirements of NAAMM "Metal Stair Manual" uired for proper anchorage of metal stairs s. q. ft. loads, with individual stair trea d concentrated load placed in a p ss. Fabricate stairs, landings a live loads specified; maxim of stair is finished. tal Stairs and Landings: /16" thick formed ste et stock. APP Ef '1 C. RAILINGS: COMPLY WIT TO SUPPORT A LATERAL FOR AND 200 LBS. AT ANY SINGLE DAMAGE: ASTM E935 1. Comply with requirements of ends; maximum outside diam 2. Design top rail to support applied at any point vertically o .' iz, ntally. A BLE TAL RE, including inimum • designed to ition which would component 1/240 deflection, orm treads and floor plate, form risers of ODES, DESIGN RAILINGS .. /1IN.FT. UNIFORM LOAD OUT PERMANENT SET OR �1 • ipe Railing Manual "; cap exposed •;I 1/2" mu 00 Ibs. concentrated single point load D. METAL FRAMING AND FRAMING FOR PLASTER IN THE CONSTRUCTIO MANUFACTURER'S: U COMPANY. E. SUBMITTALS: SUBM FABRICATION FOR ALL SHOW DETAILS ON C JOINTING, FASTENIN ANCHORING AND A CONDITIONS. • 4:11) SUSP. NSION SYSTEMS (INCLUDING HERE PLICABLE), AS DESIGNATED ENTS. AS EPTABLE ATES GYPS ■ M OR CANADIAN GYPSUM I SHOP DRAWINGS T RCHITECTURAL ORNA STRUCTION, GAUGES 0 , SUPPORTS, SIZE AND LO OTHER INFORMATION RELA ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ENTAL METALWORK. MATERIALS, TION OF WELDS, ING TO FIELD •� F. STEEL SHAP ., PLATES AND BARS: ASTM A36 AND AN /CSA G40.21 -M87 FO' CANADA. G. STRUCTU 'AL STEEL SHEET : HOT ROLLED, ASTM A57 ROLLED, A M A6.11, CLASS 1. • OR COLD H. STEE UBING: COLD FORMED ASTM A500; OR HOT ROLL A510; MI IMUM GRADE SEAMLESS WHERE EXPOSED. LI , ASTM I. RA INGS: 1 -1/2" DIAMETER HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL • IPE. J. ' ITTINGS: MALLEABLE CAST IRON, SLIP -ON, THREADLESS PIP Fl ' INGS. la: -3(93 REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 STO ce w z w U ce L.1-1 a a cc W J 2 otS T 2013 O.N.E. Q - Q 2 1 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 JOHN STATE REGISTERED ARCHITECT 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R VEL} LA Ti 1K1JV1 �F -.CITY C�Et NOM 1 b2012 PERMIT CENTEF DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -2 UHUU I : NUNME I ALLIC , SHHINKAUE -HESIS IAN I GHUU I : AS I M U 7, FACTORY - PACKAGED, NONMETALLIC AGGREGATE GROUT, NO CORROSIVE, NONSTAINING, MIXED WITH WATER TO CO ISTENCY SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION AND A 30- MINUTE WOR ING TIME, OF TYPE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY MANU` •CTURER AS APPLICABLE TO JOB CONDITION. L. FAST ERS AND ROUGH HARDWARE: TYPE REQUIRED Fr /R SPECIFIC AGE; PROVIDE ZINC COATED FASTENERS FO' XTERIOR USE OR WH • RE BUILT IN EXTERIOR WALLS. FITTINGS SH L BE SECURED TO ' IPE BY ZINC PLATED SET SCREWS WITH CASED HARDENED C ' POINT. M. METAL FRAM G: 1. Studs and Runn: s: 3 -5/8" screw -type, punched Ce - shaped roll, 20 gauge U.O.N., or u Mess heavier gauge is recommended by the manufacturer for sp s and loads anticipated. 2. Furring channels: S. ew -type, hat shaped, 2- 3 "x7/8" deep with 1/2" wide flange, 25 gauge. 3. Carrying channels: Hot .r Cold rolle. t i ibitive painted, 1 -1/2 ", minimum weight 0.475/1/f. 4. Wire: Galvanized anneale,' steel, !n 9 gauge for hangers, 16 gauge for ties. 5. Fastners as recommended b r -n. -r rer. a. For floor runner: 1/4" dia •.nsion bolts, or 1" min. length powder driven fasteners ( .- miffed by code). N. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: * • LD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF SHOP RAWI A 1 FABRICATION, WHERE POSSIBLE; DO NOT DE B ROG' SS; ALLOW FOR TRIMMING AND FITTING WHERE � S RY. 0. FABRICATE ITE SECURE; GRIND EX FLUSH WITH ADJ EDGES. JOINTS NEATL FITTED AND PROPERLY WELDS CONTIN ♦US, SMOOTH AND NISHED SURFACES, ND EASE EXPOSED P. SHOP PRIME ST CTURAL STEEL SURFACES. Q. INSTALL SQU DISTORTION AN PERFORMANC E AND LEVEL, ACCURATELY FIT D AND FREE OF DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND R. WALL FU RING: INSTALL MAXIMUM 24" O.C. S. CEILI FRAMING: 1. Space main carrying channels and hangers maximum 48" o.c., o.n., and not ' ore than 6" from perimeter walls. 2. L.. splices minimum 12" and secure together 2" from each end of .lice. 3. ' ace gypsum board furring channels perpendicular to carrying chan els 24" o.c. maximum and 2" from perimeter walls. Lap splices 8" minim m. END OF SECTION DIVISION SIX: WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH AND FINISH CARPENTRY A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ROUGH AND FINISH CARPENTRY AND MILLWORK AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1. Rough carpentry, including all wood studs, furring, blocking, rough frames, wood curbs, nailers, backing, fixture framing, equipment supports, hardware, etc. 2. Finish carpentry to include installation of all fixtures and all associated trim and hardware and stair nosings. 3. Shelving: Furnish and install shelving, wall standards and hardware. 4. Clothes hangrods: Furnish & install hangrods, wall standards and hardware. 5. Wood door frames. 6. Storefront as detailed. B. FINISH CARPENTRY SHALL CONFORM TO AMERICAN WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI), WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA (WIC) OR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION OF CANADA (AWMAC) QUALITY STANDARDS. C. THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE NECESSARY FRAMING REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF WORK OF OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING WALLBOARD, TOILET ACCESSORIES, MERCHANDISING FIXTURES, ETC. D. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS AT ALL LOCATIONS THAT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL WALL SUPPORT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO; FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, GRAB BARS, MIRRORS, LAVATORIES, TOILET ACCESSORIES, BENCHES, ETC. E. GENERAL: GRADES INDICATED ACCORDING TO THE AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARDS COMMITTEE NATIONAL GRADING RULE PROVISIONS OF THE GRADING AGENCY INDICATED F. PAINT FINISH PLYWOOD: AMERICAN FINISH PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) N- NGRADE, 3/4" THICK 7 PLY PANELS WITH FACE VENEERS OF NATURAL WHITE BIRCH FOR PAINT FINISH; PREMIUM GRADE. ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD TO BE PAINTED; SEE SECTION 09900 - PAINTING FOR MATERIALS AND EXECUTION. G. CONCEALED PLYWOOD: ANY SOFT WOOD SPECIES, APA EXTERIOR TYPE, MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY, APA MDO /EXT -APA; FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE; ECONOMY GRADE MOISTURE CONTENT MAXIMUM 12 %, MINIMUM 6 %. H. SOLID LUMBER: WOOD SPECIES AS SPECIFIED IN DRAWINGS SUITABLE FOR PAINT FINISH; PREMIUM GRADE MOISTURE CONTENT MAXIMUM 12 %, MINIMUM 6 %. I. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (MDF): SHALL COMPLY ANSI A208.2 AND ASTM E84 CLASS C (III) FIRE RATING (76 -200) J. PANELING: PROVIDE FIRE- RETARDANT TREATED CORE WITH FLAME SPREAD RATING OF MAXIMUM 25 (ASTM E84):TREATMENT, WHICH DOES NOT CAUSE STAINS IN FINISHED SYSTEM. K. PLASTIC LAMINATE: COLORS AND TEXTURES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS. 1. Horizontal Surfaces and Splashes: Nominal 0.050" thick general purpose type. 2. Exposed Vertical Surfaces: 0.030" Thick vertical surface type. 3. Backing Sheet: Minimum 0.020" thick. 4. Cabinet Liner: Low pressure polyester Overlay, 0.020" thick, color as selected. L. PLASTIC LAMINATE: CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA) LD #. M. NON - LOAD - BEARING INTERIOR PARTITIONS: STANDARD, STUD, OR NO. 3 GRADE N. FRAMING OTHER THAN NON - LOAD - BEARING INTERIOR PARTITIONS: CONSTRUCTION. STUD. OR NO. 2 GRADE 0. EXPOSED FRAMING: HAND SELECT MATER Al- FOR UNIFORMITY OF APPEARANCE AND FREEDOM FROM CHARA. TERISTICS THAT WOULD IMPAIR FINISH APPEARANCE. SELECT OR NO. 1 GRADE OR BETTER. P. TIMBERS: OF 5 -INCH NOMINAL (117-MM ACT _:AL) SIZE AND THICKER: SELECT STRUCTURAL GRADE. Q. CONCEALED BOARDS: NC) 2 OR BETTER R. LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER: COMPOSITE > WOOD VENEERS WITH GRAIN PRIMARILY PARALLEL TO MEMBER LENGTHS MANUFACTURED WITH EXTERIOR -TYPE ADHESIVE COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 2559. ALLOWABLE DESIGN VALUES DETERMINED ACCORDING TO ASTM D 5456. S. PLYWOOD EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF SHEATHING: EXTERIOR, STRUCTURAL I SHEATHING T. ORIENTED - STRAND -BOARD WALL SHEATH! EXPOSURE 1, STRUCTURAL ISHEATHING U. FIBERBOARD WALL SHEATHING: AHA A194 1. TYPE IV. CLASS 1 (REGULAR DENSITY) CELLULOSIC FIBERBOARD SHEATHING WITH SQUARE EDGES. V. PAPER _ SUR FACED GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING: ASTM . 91 C 79M, WITH WATER - RESISTENT MATERIAL INCORPORATED INTO CORE AND WITH WATER - REPELLENT PAPER BONDED TO CORE'S FACE, BACK, AND LONG EDGES. W. GLASS -MAT GYPSUM WALL SHEATHING. ASTM C 11770/C 1177M. X. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT BACKING PANELS: DOC PS 1, EXPOSURE 1, C -D PLUGGED, FIRE - RETARDANT TREATED, NOT LESS THAN 1 2" THICK. Y. FASTENERS: FURNISH ROUGH HARDWARE EONS, NAILS, FASTENERS, ANCHORS, AND CONNECTORS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. Z. SHELVING 1. Surface mounted wall standards: Install to a !eve Inc. from the finish ceiling down. a. Locate splice joints 4' -6" max above finish flcu b. Use wood screws into backing provided by Sub- Contractor. c. Bottom of standard per arch. elevation (FOR CANADA: Bottom standard 6" A.F.F.; Top standard per elevation d. Spacing of Standards: maximum 24" on center ((unless otherwise noted). AA. PLASTIC LAMINATES: APPLY IN FULL UNINT ERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES: MAKE CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE, SLIGHTLY BEVEL ARISES: LOCATE BUTT JOINTS MINIMUM 2' -0" FROM CUTOUTS. 1. Use exposed fastening devices only when approved in advance and only when unavoidable: Arrange neatly. AB. PROVIDE FRAMING MEMBERS OF SIZE. ANi ) WITH SPACING AND ANCHORAGE. AS REQUIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. DO NOT SPLICE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS BETWEEN SUPPORTS. AC. SET ROUGH CARPENTRY TO REQUIRED LEVELS AND LINES, WITH MEMBERS PLUMB, TRUE TO LINE, GUT. AND FITTED. FIT ROUGH CARPENTRY TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION: SCRIBE AND COPE AS NEEDED FOR ACCURATE FIT. LOCATE FURRING. NAILERS. BLOCKING, AND SIMILAR SUPPORTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ATTACHING OTHER CONSTRUCTION. AD. USE FINISHING NAILS FOR EXPOSED WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COUNTERSINK NAIL HEADS AND FILL HOLES WITH WOOD FILLER, AE. ALL WOOD FRAMING IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY TO BE PRESSURE TREATED. AF. BACKBOARDS FOR EQUIPMENT: INSTALL AE RECOMMENDED BY AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION FOR TYPE`', OF SUBSTRATES INVOLVED IN THE WORK. END OF SECTION SECTION 06400 - MILLWORK AND CABINET WORK A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ARCHITECTURAL w1!LLWORK MILL FABRICATED) AND CABINET WORK AS REQUIRED B. FINISH CARPENTRY SHALL CONFORM TO AMERICAN WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI), WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA (WIC) OR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION OF CANADA (AWMAC) QUALITY STANDARDS. C. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS AT ALL LOCA "IONS THAT REQUIRE ADDITIONAL_ WALL SUPPORT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, GRAB BARS. MIRRORS. LAVATORIES. TOILET ACCESSORIES. BENCHES, ETC. D. EXPERIENCE AND QUALIFICATIONS: MILLW;ERK FABRICATOR TO HAVE MINIMUM FIVE YEARS SUCCESSFUL- EXPERIENCE IN FABRICATING, FINISHING AND INSTALLING CUSTOM GRADE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK AS SPECIFIED. E. PAINT FINISH PLYWOOD: AMERICAN FINISE PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION (APA) N -N GRADE, 3; "4" THICK 7 P':' PANELS WITH FACE VENEERS OF NATURAL WHITE BIRCH FOP PAINT FINISH PREMIUM GRADE. ALL EXPOSED PLYWOOD TO BE PAINTED,. F. CONCEALED PLYWOOD: ANY SOFT WOOD SPECIES, APA EXTERIOR TYPE, MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY. APA MDO EXT -APA:. FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WHERE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE: ECONOMY GRADE MOISTURE CONTENT MAXIrv1L M 12 %, MINIMUM 6 %. G. SOLID LUMBER: WOOD SPECIES AS SPEC',F':ED IN DRAWINGS SUITABLE FOR PAINT FINISH: PREMIUM GRADE MOISTURE CONTENT MAXIMUM 12 %, MINIMUM 6 %. H. MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD (NIDE): SNAIL L. COMPLY ANSI A208.2 AND ASTM E84 CLASS C (III) FIRE RATING (76 -200) I. PANELING: PROVIDE FIRE - RETARDANT TREAT ED CORE WITH FLAME SPREAD RATING OF MAXIMUM 25 (ASTM E84): TREATMENT, WHICH DOES NOT CAUSE STAINS IN FINISHED SYSTEM. J. SHOP FABRICATE AND FINISH ARCHITECTi_ PAL WOODWORK TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE ALLOWING FOR SHIPPING. HANDLING, AND ACCESS TO FINAL LOCATION OF INSTALLATION. ALL MILLWORK SHALL BE BACKPRIMED AND PROTECTED AGAINST DAMPNESS. K. USE EXPOSED FASTENING DEVICES ONLY WHEN APPROVED IN ADVANCE AND ONLY WHEN UNAVOIDABLE: ARRANGE NEATLY. USE FINISHING NAILS FOR EXPOSED WORK, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. COUNTERSINK NAIL HEADS AND FILL HOLES WITH WOOD FILLER. L. PROVIDE CUTOUTS AND CLEARANCES FOR INSERTS, OUTLET BOXES, AND OTHER FIXTURES. PRIME PAINT CONTACT SURFACES OF CUTOUTS, USING CLEAR MATERIAL ON MEMBERS HAVING TRANSPARENT FINISHES. VERIFY LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS FROM ON -SITE DIMENSIONS. M. SECURELY ANCHOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK TO BLOCKING IN WALL, PLUMB AND LEVEL. N. DWYER KITCHENS FABRICATED KITCHENETTE. 1. Cabinetry: a. Per vendor per - fabricated unit. b. Model ON- ADA72L for sink on the left & Model ON- ADA72R for sink on the right. 2. Refrigerator: a. GE Top Freezer Refrigerator, Model GTS18FBWH 18.3 cu ft. capacity. (Fresh food 13.6 cu ft / Freezer 4.01 cu ft). b. Upfront Temperature Controls. c. NeverClean TM Condenser: The condenser coils are rolled up and encased, so they do n' t require e cleanm g in normal operating g environments d. 3 Adjustable Cabinet Shelves ( 1 Full-Width dt h Ev rwhi t ; 1 Split Wire Everwhite; 1 Spillglass). e. 2 Fixed Fresh Food Gallon Door Shelves f. 2 Clear Fruit /Vegitable Crispers. g. Deluxe Quiet Design. 3. Microwave Oven: a. JEM25BF /WF -GE Spacemaker II. b. 1 cu ft. capacity. c. 800 watts. d. Electronic touch controls, Ten (10) power levels. e. Auto defrost /time defrost. f. Kitchen timer. g. Under the cabinetry mounting. h. Delay start /reminder. 4. Sink: a. 20 ga. stainless steel Dwyer Deluxe drop in bowl. b. 17" x 21 1/4" overall dimension, 3 1/2" dia. drain opening. 5. Faucet: a. Limited Swing faucet by Phoenix Faucets. b. 8" centers, deck mount. c. Brass underbody. d. Metal single control loop handle - ADA compliant. e. Brass "D" spout. f. Washerless cartridge system. END OF SECTION DIVISION SEVEN: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07050 - BASIC THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION MATERIALS AND METHODS A. SECTION INCLUDES: Fiberglass -mat faced, moisture resistant gypsum sheathing. B. RELATED SECTIONS: 1. Section 05500 Meta! Fabrications. 2. Section 06100 Rough and Finish Carpentry. 3. Section 09260 Gypsum Board Systems.SECTION 07200- THERMAL INSULATION C. REFERENCES: ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM): 1. ASTM C473 Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products. 2. ASTM C518 Standard Test Method for Steady -State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. 3. ASTM C1002 Standard Specification for Steel Self- Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 4. ASTM C1177 Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. 5. ASTM C1280 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 6. ASTM E72 Standard Test Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction. 7. ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. D. SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each product specified. E. WARRANTY: 1. Provide products that offer twelve months of coverage against in -place exposure damage (delamination, deterioration and decay). 2. Manufacturer's Warranty: a. Five years against manufacturing defects. b. Ten years against manufacturing defects when used as a substrate in architecturally specified EIFS. F. MANUFACTURERS / MATERIALS: 1. Temple- Inland Forest Products Corp.: Glass -mat Sheathing Board: GreenGlass. 2. Georgia- Pacific Gypsum LLC: Fiberglass -Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing: DensGlass Gold. 3. USG Corporation: Glass -Mat Sheathing Panels: SECUROCK. 4. National Gypsum Company: Fiberglass Mat Gypsum Sheathing: Gold Bond e2XP Extended Exposure Gypsum Sheathing. 5. Substitutions: Submit for approval. G. Material Requirements: Exterior Grade Fiberglass -mat faced gypsum sheathing meeting ASTM 01396 (Formerly C79) and C1177. Fire -Rated Fiberglass -Mat Faced Gypsum Sheathing shall be Type X where specified or required: 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Edges: Square. 3. Surfacing: Coated fiberglass mat on face, back, and long edges. 4. Racking Strength (Ultimate, not design value) (ASTM E72): Not less than 654 pounds per square foot, dry. 5. Flexural Strength, Parallel (ASTM C1177): 100 Ibf, parallel. 6. Humidified Deflection (ASTM C1177): Not more than 1/8 inch. 7. Permeance (ASTM E96): Not more than 12 perms. 8. R -Value (ASTM C518): 0.67. H. ACCESSORIES: Screws: ASTM C1002, corrosion resistant treated. I. EXAMINATION: Verification of Conditions: 1. Inspection: Verify that project conditions and substrates are acceptable, to the installer, to begin installation of work of this section. J. INSTALLATION: General: In accordance with ASTM C1280 and the manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Manufacturer's Recommendations: a. GREENGLASS Exterior Sheathing, "Technical Summary/Installation Guide" b. Current "Product Catalog ", Georgia- Pacific Gypsum. c. "Securock Glass -Mat Sheathing Installation Guide ", USG Corporation d. National Gypsum Company "Gypsum Construction Guide." K. PROTECTION: Protect gypsum board installations from damage and deterioration until date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION SECTION 07200 - THERMAL INSULATION A. FURNISH AND INSTALL GLASS FIBER THERMAL INSULATION FOR EXTERIOR WALLS AND ROOF /CEILING ASSEMBLIES AS INDICATED IN BUILDING PLANS. B. THERMAL RESISTIVITY: WHERE THERMAL RESISTIVITY PROPERTIES OF INSULATION MATERIALS ARE DESIGNATED BY R- VALUES THEY REPRESENT THE RATE OF HEAT FLOW THROUGH A HOMOGENOUS MATERIAL EXACTLY 1 " THICK, MEASURED TEST METHOD INCLUDED IN REFERENCED MATERIAL STANDARD OR OTHERWISE INDICATED. THEY ARE EXPRESSED BY THE TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE IN DEGREES F BETWEEN THE TWO EXPOSED FACES REQUIRED TO CAUSE ONE BTU TO FLOW THROUGH ONE SQUARE FOOT PER HOUR AT MEAN TEMPERATURES INDICATED. C. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE ASBESTOS CONTENT OF INORGANIC INSULATORS: PROVIDE INSULATION COMPOSED OF MINERAL FIBERS OR MINERAL ORES WHICH CONTAIN LESS THAN 0.25 %. BY WEIGHT OF ASBESTOS OF ANY TYPE OR MIXTURE OF TYPES OCCURRING NATURALLY AS IMPURITIES AS DETERMINED BY POLARIZED LIGHT MICROSCOPY TEST PER APPENDIX A OF 40 CFR 763. D. OWEN- CORNING FIBERGLASS CORPORATION 800- 438 -7465 (OR OWEN- CORNING CANADA, INC. 800 - 840 -8730 FOR CANADA). E. TYPE FRK -FACED (OR LAMINATED -FACED FOR CANADA) GLASS FIBER INSULATION SIZED AS FOLLOWS: 1. Wall /Roof /Ceiling Insulation: R -Value 11, Thickness 6 -1/4 ", width 24 ", length 96" (Or Canadian BATT Owen- Corning Steel Stud Insulation R -20 (RSI 305), Thickness 6 ", Width 24 ", Height 48 "). F. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE INSULATION. 1. Thermal barrier around steel beam: R -Value 5, thickness 1 ", compressive strength 25 psi minimum. G. INSULATION FASTENERS: 1. 16 gauge linewire for open web bar joist locations. 2. Mechanical fasteners and adhesive for masonry wall locations. 3. "Liquid Nails" 100% silicone sealant for polystyrene to steel beam location. 4. Insulation Tape as required. H. EXAMINE THE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK OF THIS SECTION WILL BE INSTALLED. VERIFY THAT ADJACENT MATERIALS ARE DRY AND READY TO RECEIVE INSULATION. VERIFY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES WITHIN THE CEILING PLENUM HAVE BEEN TESTED. I. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION OF PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF INSTALLATION IN EACH CASE. IF PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE OR DO NOT APPLY TO PROJECT CONDITIONS, CONSULT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR SPECIFIC RECOMMENDATIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 1. Between Open Web Bar Joists: Wire up insulation under roof decks by running 16 -gauge line wire perpendicular to the insulation every 18 inches. 2. Mechanical Fasteners at CMU Walls: Fasten anchors to wall with adhesive. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for surface preparation and adhesive. 3. Between Metal Studs: Friction fit insulation between studs after cover material has been installed on one side of the cavity. Use wire or metal straps to hold insulation in place in applications without a cover material or where the stud depth is larger than the insulation thickness. When faced insulation is used, the attachment flanges may be taped to the face of the metal stud prior to applying the interior finish. 4. Vapor Retarders: Install insulation with vapor barrier facing building interior. Maintain vapor retarder integrity by tightly abutting adjacent insulation. J. CAREFULLY CUT AND FIT INSULATION AROUND PIPES, CONDUITS, AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. INSULATE SMALL AREAS BETWEEN CLOSELY SPACED FRAMING MEMBERS. END OF SECTION S • CTION 07240 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM (B ' ' RIER SYSTEM) A. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM INCLUDING INSULATION BO , BASE CO' T, REINFORCING MESH, ADHESIVE, MECHANICAL FASTENER WHERE NECESSARY AND TEXTURED FINISH ° 'ID COMPATIBL AINT COATING FOR EXTERIOR STOREFR• T FASCIA, SOFFITS, AND HERE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SYSTEM TO WI CODES WITH MAXIM COMPLY WITH MINIM REQUIREMENTS OF CO REQUIREMENTS. STAND LOADS AS R M ALLOWABLE DE MAXIMUM PL FOR ENE C. FIRE RESISTANCE: PROVI WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQ MAXIMUM PLASTIC INSULATiION ED APPLICABLE F SPAN OF L/240; LATION THICKNESS RMANCE D. MANUFACTURERS: DRYVIT SYSTEM, IN COMPLETE WITH AND 100% ACRY MANAGER FOR QUESTIONS. E. EIFS SYSTEM: 1. AN APPROV GLASS -MAT SUBSTRATE. PROVID JOINT TREATMEN 'ER SHEATHING & FINISH SYSTEM MA UFACTURERS RECOMM. DATIONS TO MAINTAIN ALL WARRANTIES. 2. FLEXIB FLASHING FOR WALL PENETRATION FLASHI DRYVIT "AQU • LASH" OR DRYVIT "FLASHING TAPE" AND "SURFA CO 'd ITIONER ". 3. A► ESIVE / BASE COAT: DRYVIT "PRIMUS" OR "GENESIS" S ' IES. 4. SULATION BOARD: COMPLY WITH ASTM C 578, TYPE 1 FINISH COAT: 100% ACRYLIC FINISH FULLY BONDED AND TE SYSTEM COMPLYING S FOR FIRE RESISTANCE AND NESS. 5' •-7752) ' •NS, BASE CONTACT BO IC ACCOUNTS AT UTSULATION" SYSTEM, AT, REINFORCING MESH DAZEL, MARKETING 4- 276 -0404 WITH ANY OMPATIBLE WITH BASE COAT. DRYVIT "DPR" INISH TEXTURE: DRYVIT "SAND PEBBLE" B. C. OR: DRYVIT "OLNA011021" (MATC DIST• T GRAY OC -68) AND "OLNA02 MOORE ERLING SILVER 1461), U ON DRAW( 6. COMPATIBLE PA COATINGS: 'R I'" DEMANDIT WITH STRATOTONE". A. "OLNA031085S" (ME►. U• - PANTONE 307C) B. "OLNA051085S" ( - PANTONE 2995C) C. "OLNA081085S' 1 LLOW - PANTONE 116C) D. "OLNA09108 .. I4 Ir'aM GR - PANTONE 361C) E. "OLNA111085 P'. DER BLUE - 'ANTONE 637C) IN MOORE ES BENJAMIN ERWISE NOTED F. WARRANTY: P' •VIDE EIFS MANUFACTU' R'S STANDARD 10 -YEAR LIMIT % ARRANTY FOR EIFS SYSTE ' D COMPONENTS AND 6-YEA MITED FOR FADE RESISTANCE FOR E USE OF HIGH PERFOR • NCE COLORANTS. G. iSTALLATION: COMPLY IN FULL WITH MANUFACTURER' COMMENDATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: DRY "fl -9na END OF SECTION SECTION 07250 - FIREPROOFING (PATCHING) A. PATCH EXISTING FIREPROOFING: PROVIDE MATERIALS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING AND CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING EXISTING FIRE RATINGS AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. B. FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE MATERIALS LISTED; BY ULC OR INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION S U C O I D DENT TE AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES WITH RATINGS BASED ON ASTM E119. (CAN4- S114 -M FOR CANADA) 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: Maximum 25 flame spread and 25 smoke contribution when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. MATCH EXISTING AS APPROVED BY APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES. D. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION OF SURFACES TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND ENSURE FIRM BASE FOR APPLICATION OF PATCHING MATERIALS. 1. Verify bond requirements and compatibility of surfaces to receive fireproofing before application of sprayed- on fireproofing. Provide primers where required to assure bonding. E. MIX AND APPLY FIREPROOFING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED FIRE RATINGS. 1. Apply fireproofing in sufficient thickness and density to achieve required fire ratings. 2. Apply fireproofing over substrate, to required thickness with as many passes or stages necessary to cover with monolithic blanket of uniform density and texture. END OF SECTION SECTION 07550 - ROOFING (PATCHING AND REPAIR) A. FURNISH AND INSTALL WEATHER TIGHT ROOFING SYSTEM COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING ROOFING SYSTEMS AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE AND OWNER. B. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. National Roofing Contractors Association: The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, Third edition or Canadian Roofing Contractor's Association (CRCA): The CRCA Roofing Specification Manual (1997) for Canada. 2. Underwriters Laboratories: UL 790 Class A rating fire resistance rating and UL 997 wind resistance or Underwriter's Laboratories of Canada- CAN/ULC Class A for Canada. a. Roof Assembly: Provide roofing system that can be installed to comply with UL requirements for "Fire Classified" and Class60" wind uplift. Or, ULC requirements for fire resistance and FM 1 -60 for wind uplift resistance. 1) Provide "Class90" wind uplift where Project area is subject to hurricane or special winds. Or, provide FM 1 -90, FM 1 -120, FM 1 -150 or FM 1 -180 where project area is subject to hurricane or special winds. b. Provide material conforming with code requirements for roof/ ceiling 2 -hour fire resistive rating for components and materials indicated in Contract Documents. 3. Manufacturer's written INSTRUCTIONS. C. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY: PROVIDE FOR CORRECTION OF ALL APPLICATION FAILURES. 1. Contractor's Warranty Period: Five years. 2. Manufacturer's Warranty Period: Fifteen Years. Provide previous to final payment. 3. Repairs During Warranty: Owner maintains right in emergencies, and without invalidation of warranty, to make temporary repairs in order to protect building and contents from damage due to leaks. D. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PRODUCTS FOR SYSTEMS SPECIFIED AND CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS OF NRCA ROOFING MANUAL. E. CANT AND EDGE STRIPS: CONFORM WITH ASTM C208; FIRE RATED AND TREATED, PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL 9 INCH 4B STRIP AT INTERSECTING PLANES. F. MECHANICAL FASTENERS (NAILABLE DECKS): AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER AND MEETING RECOMMENDATIONS OF NRCA AND SPECIFIED QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE RATING AND WIND BLOWOFF RESISTANCE. NORD BITUMI BUR -FM 1 -60. G. FOR CANADA: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER, FASTENERS SHALL BE CORROSION RESISTANT MEETING FM4470 OR 4450. APPROVED BY FACTORY MUTUAL UNDER NORD BITUMI BUR -FM 1 -60, IN CURRENT EDITION OF THE FACTORY MUTUAL APPROVAL GUIDE. H. TERMINATION BAR (WHERE REQUIRED), TO JBD CR EQUAL. I. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH LANDLORD IF ROOFING SUB - CONTRACTOR MUST BE SELECTED FROM LANDLORD'S APPROVED LIST OF QUALIFIED ROOFING SUB - CONTRACTORS. END OF SECTION SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM A. FURNISH AND INSTALL GALVANIZ P HING AND SHEET METAL, LEAD FLASHING AT VENT S - , OVERFLOW AND ROOF DRAWINGS, AND CONCEALED • TS USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH INSTAL e : 1 •F METAL FLASHING AND SHEET METAL, IN ACC • 1 ANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDA B. REFEREN 1. Perform work in - published by Sheet Association (SMACN 2. National Roofi I_ , Waterproofi C. WARRA FLASHING S DAMAG ordance wi a ' Ai nt ctors heet Metal Manual ", ng Contractors National ciation: The NRCA Roofing and Edition. VIDE FOR CORRECTING EM TO RESIST PENETRATION OF OM WIND. WARRANTY PERIOD: TEN YEA LURE OF METAL TER AND END OF SECTION SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL JOINT SEALERS, INCLUDING CAULKING, AND BACKING MATERIAL FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR JOINTS NOT SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. B. TWO YEAR WARRANTY: REPAIR OR REPLACE JOINT SEALERS WHICH FAIL TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, BECAUSE OF LEAKING, CRUMBLING, HARDENING, SHRINKAGE, BLEEDING, SAGGING, STAINING OR LOSS OF ADHESION. C. SELECT MATERIALS FOR COMPATIBILITY WITH JOINT SURFACES AND INDICATED EXPOSURES; SELECT MODULUS OF ELASTICITY AND HARDNE SS RE CO MMENDED BY MANUFACTURER URER FOR APPLICATION. 1. General Exterior Sealant: Tremco, Pecora or BASF Sonneborn; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, non -sag. Color to match Storefront system mullion color (Crystal White) 2. Traffic Bearing Sealant: Tremco, Pecora or BASF Sonneborn; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25m self - leveling. 3. Interior Wet Area Sealant: GE /Sanitary Sealant, Dow Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, Tremco, or Pecora mildew- resistant silicone rubber sealant compounded specifically for mildew resistance. 4. Interior General Sealant: Tremco /Acrylic Latex or Pecora acrylic or modified acrylic sealant, nonstaining and nonbleeding; recommended by manufacturer general interior exposure. 5. Primers /Sealers: Non - staining types recommended by joint sealer manufacturer for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed. 6. Joint Cleaners: Non - corrosive types recommended by joint sealer manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 7. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of joint sealer. 8. Sealant Backer Rod: Compressible polyethylene foam rod or other flexible, permanent, durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by joint sealer manufacturer for compatibility with joint sealer. a. Oversize backer rod minimum 30% to 50% of joint opening. 9. Colors: Provide colors indicated or as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. DO NOT INSTALL JOINT SEALERS UNDER UNFAVORABLE WEATHER CONDITIONS: INSTALL ELASTOMERIC SEALANTS WHEN TEMPERATURE IS IN LOWER THIRD OF MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDED TEMPERATURE RANGE. E. PREPARE JOINT SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY JOINT SEALER MANUFACTURER. F. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS SHOWN OR SPECIFIED; COMPLY WITH ASTM C962 FOR INSTALLATION OF ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS. G. SPILLAGE: DO NOT ALLOW SEALANTS OR COMPOUNDS TO OVERFLOW OR SPILL ONTO ADJOINING SURFACES, OR TO MIGRATE INTO VOIDS OF ADJOINING SURFACES. 1. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage. END OF SECTION DIVISION EIGHT: DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08100 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Provide pressed steel frames, including anchors. 2. Provide galvanized cased opening frames as indicated on drawings. 3. Provide flush hollow metal doors. B. CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): Hollow Metal Manual. 2. Steel door Institute (SDI): SDI -100 & 105 Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. UL (Or ULC for Canada) standards for fire rated units. C. GENERAL USE METAL DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES: CURRIES, AMWELD, OR CECO (FOR CANADA: CURRIES, MACOTTA, S.W. FLEMMING LTD. OR APPROVED ALTERNATE.) D. GENERAL USE DOOR FRAMES: 1. Frames: Minimum 16 gauge steel frames, factory prime painted. a. Knockdown Type: Knockdown (field - assembled) type, provide security anchor where doors are more than 3' -0" by 7-0 ". b. Welded Type: Welded (preassembled) type; weld floor jamb anchors in place. 2. Provide fire rated units where applicable. Refer to Drawings for ratings requirements. E. DOORS: HOLLOW METAL FULL FLUSH TYPE, 1 -3/4" THICK, WITH UNFILLED EDGE SEAMS, CLOSE TOP WITH FLUSH END CLOSER TREATMENT, SHEET STIFFENED CORE, MINIMUM 18 GAUGE, SDI GRADE II HEAVY DUTY, MODEL 1. F. PROVIDE FIRE RATED UNITS WHERE APPLICABLE, REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR RATING REQUIREMENTS. G. ACCURATELY FORM AND MITER CORNERS; PREPARE DOORS AND FRAMES TO RECEIVE HARDWARE. 1. Provide jamb anchors in accordance with referenced standards. 2. Knockdown Frames: Maintain hairline alignment at interlocking joints of knockdown frames. 3. Welded Frames: Weld on inside and grind to smooth, uniform finish. 4. Mortise, reinforce, drill and tap at factory for hardware in accordance with templates furnished by hardware supplier. H. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS, MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION OF 1/16 ". 1. Ensure frame anchors are securely and rigidly attached to adjacent construction, plumb, level and true. Align with adjacent construction. 2. Adjust frame locations using shims before fastening. SFL°3 REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 REPS. I.D.: 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CON LTANT INFO: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITECT ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITY TUK11111t.1 lJnv 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -3 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL WOOD DOORS, COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE AND FRAMES. B. CONFORM TO AMERICAN WOODWORK INSTITUTE (AWI), ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION OF CANADA (AWMAC) OR WOODWORK INSTITUTE OF CALIFORNIA (WIC) QUALITY STANDARDS AND NATIONAL WOOD WINDOW AND DOOR ASSOCIATION (NWWDA) STANDARDS IS -1. 1. Doo r s shall be AWI Or AWMA for Canada) Cus tom Grade de or WIC Custom - Premium Grade. 2. Fire rated doors shall also conform to the requirements of the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) Warnock Hersey listing. C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: EGGERS, WEYERHAUSER, OR ALGOMA. D. HOLLOW CORE DOORS: FLUSH TYPE, 1 -3/4" THICK. AWI (OR AWMAC FOR CANADA) PREMIUM GRADE STANDARD HOLLOW CORE (SHC), 7 PLY, MESH, OR CELLULAR CORE CONSTRUCTION; WIC CUSTOM- PREMIUM. 1. Face Veneer: Birch -PG species of MDF for paint grade finish. E. SOLID CORE DOORS (FIRE RELATED ASSEMBLIES AND AS NOTED): FLUSH TYPE, 1 -3/4" THICK, PARTICLE BOARD CORE, 5 PLY HOT PRESS LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION WITH STILES AND RAILS BOUNDED TO CORE. 1. Face Veneer: Birch -PG species of MDF for paint grade finish. G. MINERAL CORE: PERMITTED ONLY FOR FIRE RATINGS OVER 20 MINUTES. H. PROVIDE SOLID WOOD BLOCKING FOR DOOR HARDWARE, INCLUDING DOOR THROUGH -BOLTS NOT PERMITTED MOUNT HARDWARE ON DOOR. L PRIME OR SEAL WOOD DOORS ON SIDES AND EDGES IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY TO PROJECT SITE; WHERE ITEMS ARE FURNISHED PRE - PRIMED, TOUCH UP ABRASIONS. J. HANG DOORS SNUG AGAINST STOP, FREE OF HINGE BIND. 1. Clearance: For non -rated doors provide clearances of 1/8" at jambs and heads, 1/8" at meeting sites for pairs of doors, and 1/4" from bottom of door to top of floor finish, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. a. When threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/8" clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Properly fit hardware prior to painting and then remove and complete painting before final installation of hardware. 3. No extra cost will be allowed because of changes or corrections necessary to facilitate installation of hardware. Contractor shall be responsible for fabrication of work to receive hardware. 4. For fire rated doors, place labels where visible when doors and frames are installed, opened position. END OF SECTION SECTION 08311 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Access doors and frames and Fire -rated access doors and frames set in finished walls and ceilings, as indicated on drawings, or required by Mechanical or Electrical work. B. FIRE -RATED ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES: UNITS COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 AND THAT ARE LABELED AND LISTED BY UL, ITS, OR ANOTHER TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PER TEST METHOD INDICATED. 1. Vertical Access Doors: NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 2. Horizontal Access Doors and Frames: ASTM E 119, OR UL 263. C. SIZE VARIATIONS: OBTAIN ARCHITECT'S ACCEPTANCE OF MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SIZE UNITS WHICH MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM SIZES SHOWN OR SCHEDULED. D. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL ASSEMBLIES CONSISTING OF AN INTEGRAL UNIT, COMPLETE WITH ALL PARTS AND READY FOR INSTALLATION. FABRICATE UNITS OF CONTINUOUS WELDED STEEL CONSTRUCTION. GRIND WELDS SMOOTH AND FLUSH WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. PROVIDE ATTACHMENT DEVICES AND FASTENERS OF TYPE REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC JOB CONDITIONS. E. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. Jensen Industries. 2. Karp Associates, Inc. 3. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. F. PAINT: SHOP PRIMER FOR FERROUS METAL: FAST - CURING, LEAD- AND CHROMATE -FREE, UNIVERSAL MODIFIED -ALKYD PRIMER COMPLYING WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN FS TT -P -664; SELECTED FOR GOOD RESISTANCE TO NORMAL ATMOSPHERIC CORROSION, COMPATIBILITY WITH FINISH PAINT SYSTEMS INDICATED, AND CAPABILITY TO PROVIDE SOUND FOUNDATION FOR FIELD - APPLIED TOPCOATS DESPITE PROLONGED EXPOSURE. G. LATCHING MECHANISMS: FURNISH NUMBER REQUIRED TO HOLD DOORS IN FLUSH, SMOOTH PLANE WHEN CLOSED. 1. For cylinder lock, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. H. LOCATE ACCESS PANELS ONLY IN LOCATIONS SHOWN OR APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. I. ADVISE INSTALLERS OF OTHER WORK ABOUT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO ACCESS DOOR AND FLOOR DOOR INSTALLATION, INCLUDING SIZES OF OPENINGS TO RECEIVE ACCESS DOOR AND FRAME, AS WELL AS LOCATIONS OF SUPPORTS, INSERTS, AND ANCHORING DEVICES. J. SET FRAMES ACCURATELY IN POSITION AND ATTACH SECURELY TO SUPPORTS WITH PLANE OF FACE PANELS ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACES. K. ADJUST DOORS AND HARDWARE AFTER INSTALLATION FOR PROPER OPERATION. END OF SECTION CTION 08330 - OVERHEAD LOADING DOORS A. THIS CTION INCLUDES: 1. Furnish an. ' stall insulated doors. 2. Design, constr : 'on and preparati wiring, wire, conduit, es, disc shall be executed (unles n•'�- ess panels, field nish or field painting is provided). er o B. REFERENCES: IIU2 TAND C. ACTION U 1. Shop Dra details. 2. Produ ata a rnish manufacturer's product data, rough -in diagrams, an installation instructions for overhead LOADING door, component A924 AND A653. ugh -in dimensions and fabn : 'on and installation shop- appliE;d coatings. b. Include information on ironmongery, fixn.,g,. ors .and controls. 3. Samples: a. 12 -inch length of slat in specified finish b. Quality Control: Statement of installer quah ?:cations. D. DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO WITHSTAND A 20 PSF WIND LO D. OR PER LOCAL CODE: WHICHEVER IS GREATER. E. OORS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR STANDARD CYCLE USAG F. C LINDER LOCKS: 2 - ONE PER SIDE RAIL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO LOCK THE DOOR DOWN AT GROUND LEVEL. 1. C linder Locks shall be provided with Electron interlock Switc -s that Dis.i.le the Operator Control Circuit when Door ._ :rick Rod is Eng ged in Guid Rails 2. Co ractor shall provide Cylinder Cores for Worker Access thpiugh Const uction to be replaced at Completion with Permanent Co»-s Keyed to the uilding Masterkey System. G. DOOR WORKMA1 DOES NOT SHALL BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND SHIP ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF SHIPMENT. W 'RANTY PPLY TO FINISHES. H. PRODUC ROLLING SE 1. SLAT PR 2. MOUNTIN 3. FINISH: F FLUOROPO "OVERHEAD DOOR" MODEL NO 625 INSU ATED SLAT VICE DOOR. FILE: 24 GAGE, FLAT. INSULATED TYPE 2651. : AS INDICATED IN THE DRAWINGS. TORY - APPLIED HIGH PERFORMANCE YMER COATING AS SPECIFIED. I. OVERHEAD D COMMERCIAL 0 CONTROL MOD J. MOTOR: 1. belt and chain r= •uction type consisting of hig ?' r,ue motor and solenoid brake, s:If- locking gearing, geared lintir grade iron, cast fr•m machine cut patterns. 2. Power: a. 20 volt ! single 'hase. b. Wire, and wirin• of motor. interlock disconr ct switch, key switches provided under el ctricai work. 3. Mounting between j -mbs.. either vertical front o r: cod or top of hood. OR OPERATOR: 1/3 HP STANIDARD ERATOR WITH CHAIN HOIST AND 3 NUMBER "RG -138" BY `OVER. +:EA UTY UTTON DOOR.'. ch with gears of high K. SUPPLY ALL COMP • ENTS AS REQUIRED = P, SYSTEM INSTALLATION AS INDIC +TED IN CONTRACT r •,UMENTS. L. INSTALL IN ACCORDA INSTRUCTIONS. CE WITH MANUFA M LEED CRITERIA - PROVII E OVERH COMPONENTS THAT HAVE 'ECYCL 1. MR CREDIT 3.1. MATER i LS REL 2. MR CREDIT 3.2. MATERI LS R 3. MR CREDIT 4.1 10°%o(POS -CO CREDIT 4. MR CREDIT 4.2, 20 %(POS1 CONSU CREDIT N. CONTACT. RICK MAZZANTI, NATIONAL ACCOUNTS AT 916- EMAIL: RICK MAZZANTI @OVE OVERHEAD DOOR CORPORA 2501 S. STATE HWY 121, STE LEWISVILLE. TX 75067 END 0 ?ER'S INSTALLATION 0P, ;SYSTEMS WITH TEN` 1 EDIT 1 ,REDIT O. + PRE- CONSUMER). 1 P!= E- CONSUMER), 1 AL SALES MANAGER FOR DOOR.COM ECTION SECTION 08334 - OVERHEAD COI IN GRILLES NOTE: ALL CANADIAN STORES OPERATED OVERHEAD AND C SUPPLEMENTAL SECTIONS BE SYSTEM ONLY ". A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES 1. Manual and electric motor operate over 2. Overhead coiling door. • R EIVE ELECTRIC MOTOR LING RILLE SYSTEM.REFER TO OW IN iCATED AS "MOTORIZED B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. Submit complete shop dr. ings. 2. Provide templates as re • Tired for proper fa •Tic construction. ad c C. INSTALLER QUALIFIC TIONS: 1. Manufacturer's authori ed representative wh both installation and m. intenance of units is re D. ELECTRICAL COMP NENTS. DEVICES AND 1. Listed and ia.beled a•• defined in NFPA 70. Artic E. CONTACT: JAY ST LER AT 612- 713 -9135 . EMAIL: jstemlerOrds -mn com Retail Design Ser ices 12671 Meadow ale RD, Suite D Elk River MN 5 30 F. OPERATION -C CLE REQUIREMENTS: 1. Provide overh:d coiling grille components and iipera operating er at in g for nft less than 25.000 cycles and to : Y cl ring grilles. on of adjacent trained and approved for aired for this project. _;CESSOPIES: 100. G. GRILLE 1. Straight pat t in (MM) in aluminum with horizc !t i rods . d vertical links. 2. Clear spaci g between rods not to exceed 1-5.8' 3. Clear spaci g between links not to exceed 9" 4. End links: nd links to lock into guides when excessive f ce is applied to curtain. 5. Curtain B kttom Rail and Bottom Closure Plate a. Botto of curtain to be reinforced with extruded aluminu t tube. b. Botto member to house locking device. c. Clea anodized aluminum finish. 6. Guides - a. Ext ded aluminum with retainers for end lints b. Fit ith rigid vinyl inserts to eliminate metal - -to -metal contact. c. CI: ar anodized aluminum finish. s capable of p er day. H. LOC S 1. 2 -p• nt double throw -bolt providing positive locking into both jamb sim taneously from one cylinder. 2. Ac vated by ADA compliant thumb -turn cylinder iinterior side) or a est 7 -p cylinder lock (exterior side). 3. P .vide midpoint floor lock in grilles 30 feet wide and wider. 4. OTORIZED SYSTEM ONLY - Include electrical interlocks. cut -out s itches for grille operation. !LING GRILLE MECHANICAL DEVICES: 1 Counterbalance Assembly a. Consist of tempered helical torsion springs w th 23% safety factor, Mounted on shaped cast anchors. Supported `yy a continjous solid torsion rod. Permanently lubricated and enclosed within steel pipe shaft. 1) Deflection of pipe shaft maximum .03" per lineal foot. b. Spring Tension Adjusting Wheel: 1) Readily accessible from outside bracket plate. 20 Bracket 2) Minimum 1/4" thick steel plate to contain sealed self -align bearings for suspension of the counterbalance assembly MOTORIZED SYSTEM ONLY P tes: gball J. MOTOR. 1. Belt and ain reduction type, consisting of high torque otor and solenoid br e. self - locking gearing, geared limit swit with gears of high grade iron, c t from machine cut patterns. 2. Power: • phase. 20 volt / sin e use p b. Wire, and win • of motor, interloc . ect ect switch, key switches provided under : ectrical work. 3. Mounting between j bs, either v: ti• . t of hood or top of hood. 4. Emergency Release ° . ndle: a. Designed to allow g Ile to .e op- t • in an emergency or during a power failure from wit 'n ten- . e without the use of any special knowledge or effort whe, e sp- e is occupied. b. Activation of handle wi -n ge motor drive and automatically open grille 6' -0 ". c. No more than 5 lbs. .•• re shall be required to push up the grille once the emergenTiI:�' h. been activated. d. Returning the han. : . he no al position shall automatically reset the motor drive •q, eed for y further adjustment. K. COMPLY WITH MA REVIEWED SHOP DR 1. Mount brackets to member. 2. Finishes - Sh documents. L. DEM 1. Eng main 2. Co M • M • •/ •: TRUCTIONS AND ARCHITECT Ni ACTURER'S 1 INGS. tructural tube support form a seif- supporting prime and paint steel surfac in field per construction DEMONS ATION: ag a factory- authorized service representative • t= once personnel to adjust, operate, and mainta dinate with owner's Project Manager for Demons ORIZED SYSTEM ONLY train owner's grilles. tion and Training. MERGENCY RELEASE HANDLE: . Locate handle recessed per manufacturer's recommendation 36" to maximum 48" above finished floor. END OF SECTION minimum SECTION 08450 - ALL -GLASS ENTRANCES PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A This Section includes aft-glass entrance systems. The all glass entrance work includes the following as shown in Drawings: 1. Metal trim, fleshings, and similar items in conjunction with all glass entrances. 2. Sealants, joint fillers, and gasketing systems for entrances. 3. Anchors, shims, fasteners, inserts, expansion devices, accessories, support brackets and attachments for all glass entrances. 4. Glass and glazing for all glass entrance doors. 5. Glass door fittings and hardware. B. RELATED SECTIONS 1. Division 8 Section "Glass and Glazing." 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide all glass entrance systems meeting or exceeding the following performance requirements: 1. Structural Properties: a. Wind Loads: 1) At exterior locations the all glass entrance work, including glass, shall be designed, fabricated and installed to withstand the maximum inward and outward wind pressures as required by codes indicated on Drawings. b. Seismic Loads: As required by codes indicated on Drawings. c. Deflection Limitations: 1) Deflections: Base calculations for the following deflections upon the combination of maximum direct wind loads, building deflections, thermal stresses, and erection tolerances. a) The deflection of any framing member in a direction normal to the plane of the wall when subjected to the full code required wind loads specified above shall not exceed 1/175 of its clear span or 3/4 inch (19 mm) whichever is less, except limit deflection of glass to 1 inch (25.4 mm). b) Glass, sealants and interior finishes shall not be included to contribute to framing member strength, stiffness or lateral stability. d. Dead Loads: 1) Limit deflections of metal members spanning door openings to 1/300. The clearance between the member and an operable door shall be no Tess than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). 2) Twisting (rotation) of the horizontals due to the weight of the glass shall not exceed 1 degree, measured between ends and center of each span. e. Uniform Structural Loads: Satisfactory uniform wind loading tests of each all glass entrance and storefront assembly (each swinging and sliding door) shall have been conducted in accordance with the requirements of ASTM E330. Each assembly shall have been subjected to inward and outward acting uniform loads equal to 1.5 times the inward and outward acting design wind loads specified above under paragraph 'wind loads'. Satisfactory performance at these Toads shall mean no gloss or other component breakage, and no component disengagement. B. Building Frame Movement: Design, fabricate and install all glass entrances and storefronts to withstand building movements including thermal movements, loading deflections, shrinkage, creep and similar movements. Thermal movements shall be as specified above. Building frame deflections, shrinkage, creep and other movements are available from the structural engineer. C. Glass Statistical Factor: Glass thicknesses when shown on the drawings, or specified, are for convenience of detailing only and are to be confirmed by the Contractor and /or glass manufacturer. All glass for the size openings shown will be provided in thicknesses such that the probability of breakage at the design "Wind Load" will not exceed 8 lights per 1000 lights (S.F. 2.5) based on a 60 second uniform wind load duration, and reflectance and shading indicated. The glass manufacturer shall provide, on request, substantiating glass breakage data if such data is not otherwise available as manufacturer's published data. D. Design Modifications: 1. Submit design modifications necessary to meet the performance requirements and field coordination. 2. Variations in details or materials shall not adversely affect the appearance, durability or strength of components. 3. Maintain the general design concept without altering size of members, profiles and alignment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each all glass entrance and storefront product specified. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing scaled elevations, plans, and sections of the all glass entrance and storefront work. Full scale sections shall be prepared and submitted for details of the assemblies that cannot be shown in the elevations or sections. Include with shop drawings metal thickness of all metal components, glass thicknesses, ' s and all other pertinent information as metal finishes, details of fittings, � 9� P necessary or requested by the Architect to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. Details of field connections, anchorage, and their relationship to the work of others shall be clearly indicated for the coordination of the work by other building trades. Details of fastening and sealing methods and product joinery shall be shown to ensure proper performance of the field installation. No work shall be fabricated until shop drawings for that work have been approved by Architect for fabrication. C. Structural Calculations: Submit, for information only, copies of specified with the compliance s structural calculations indicating complete com p p performance requirements. Calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state wherein the work is to be erected. D. Maintenance Instructions: Submit copies of manufacturer's written instructions for adjustment, operation and maintenance of swinging and sliding doors. E. Installation Instructions: Installation instructions for glass entrance system components shall be available at jobsite during construction and at completion of work for Architect's reference. F. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Owner selected National Account fabricator and installer. B. Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following standards below, where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply: 1. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): a. MMA "Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual," Volumes 1 -9. b. MMA "Aluminum Store Front and Entrance Design Guide Manual." c. AAMA 611 "Anodized Architectural Aluminum." d. AAMA 2603 "Voluntary Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Extruded Aluminum." e. AAMA 2605 "Specification for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels ". 2. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC), "Steel Construction Manual," Current Edition. 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): "Steel Structures Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specification?. 4. Federal Standard 16 CFR 1201, Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials," as published in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Comply with the applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of Federal and Municipal authorities having jurisdiction, wherever requirements conflict the more stringent shall be required. Obtain approvals from all such authorities. As a minimum provide safety glazing complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. 5. Welding Standards: Welding shall be performed by skilled and qualified mechanics. Welding shall be performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel" and AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum." D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Prior to the start of the all glass entrance and storefront work, and at the Contractor's direction, meet at the site and review the installation procedures and coordination with other work. Meeting shall include Contractor, Owner, all glass entrance and storefront installer, sealant installer, as well as any other subcontractors or material technical service representatives whose work, or products, must be coordinated with the all glass entrance and storefront work. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.General: Comply with the applicable provisions of AAMA "Curtain Wall Manual #10" for the care and handling of all glass entrance and storefront work from shop to site. B.Packaging of components shall be so selected to protect the components from damage during shipping and handling. C.Storage on Site: 1. Store all glass entrance and storefront components in a location and in a manner to avoid damage to the components. Stacking shall be done in a way which will prevent bending, excessive pressure, abrasion or other permanent damage of the component and its finished surfaces. Keep handling on site to a minimum. Exercise particular care to avoid damage to finishes of metals. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A.Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of supporting structure by field measurements before fabrication so that the entrance and storefront work will be accurately designed, fabricated and fitted to the structure. Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Use Contractor's lines and benchmarks as a basis for measurements. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating entrance and storefront work without field measurements. Coordinate supporting structure construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.7 WARRANTY A.General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B.Special Warranty: Submit a 2 year written warranty, beginning from date of substantial completion, and executed by the Contractor, manufacturer and the all glass entrance and storefront installer agreeing to repair or replace components of entrance and storefront systems that develop defects in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. failures, deterioration of filresseaI n at res au Defects include, structural a u metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering, failure of operating components to function properly, uncontrolled water leakage, uncontrolled air leakage, and any other evidence of failure or deterioration of the all glass entrance and storefront work to meet performance requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A.Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated surfaces), Type I (transparent), tested for surface and edge compression per ASTM C 1048 and for impact strength per 16 CFR 1201 for Category II materials. 1. Product: All glass shall be provided by fabricator of all -glass storefront system. a. Class 1: Clear. b. Minimum Thicknesses: . 1) 1/2" thickness at doors up to height of 8' -0 ". 2. Exposed Edges: Flat edge (cut edge of glass is flat and surface edges are slightly arrised) with polished finish. B. Aluminum: AA Alloy 6063 and ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), with tempering as required to suit performance requirements and finishes specified. 1. Stainless -Steel Cladding: ASTM A 666, Type 316. C. Stainless - Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 316 for plate and flat bar and ASTM A 276, Type 316 for bars and shapes. 2.2 COMPONENTS A.Glass Entrances: Provide an extruded aluminum retained, glass and metal framing system fabricated and finished to suit the conditions indicated and specified. System shall be complete with all aluminum framing members, fasteners, anchors, gaskets, washers, glass and glazing components. All aluminum members shall be finished as specified under Article 2.5 'Aluminum Finishes'. B.AII components in the All -Glass Entrance assembly shall be fabricated by information: Glass Engineered Products. Contact Oldcastle G ass En 9 Oscar Lopez Oldcastle Glass Engineered Products P.O. Box 629 803 Airport Road Terrell, Texas 75160 0: (972) 750 -5565 F: (972) 551 -6390 E-mail: OLopez @OldcastleBE.com C.Rails: Stainless - steel -clad aluminum. 1. Products: Oldcastle Glass, Constellation Series rails Crystal White Powdercoat. 2. Adhesively laminate or mechanically clad base metal members, returning cladding around extrusions to eliminate exposed edges. 3. Sizes: a. Bottom Rail: 10" height with minimum 7" depth of glass retention into rail. b. Top Rail: 4" height 4. Affix glass to rails with dry - glazed assembly. D.Anchors, Fastenings, Stiffener End Cap Pins and Plugs, Friction Coupling Assemblies: 1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Anchor and Fastener Metal Alloy Types, Designations and Standards: Alloys as selected by fabricator to prevent corrosion resistance with the components fastened. Do not use self - drilling, self - tapping type fasteners. F. Spacers, Setting Blocks, Gaskets: Permanent, nonmigrating types of material and in hardness recommended by all glass storefront and entrance manufacturer and complying with the performance requirements. G. Slip and Separator Gaskets: 1. Bolted slip - joints: Non - metallic, low friction material bearing temperature and moisture resistances and low abrasion properties as required to suit performance criteria. 2. Non - bolted slip - joints: Non - corrosive, non -toxic impregnated felt, or butyl, tape with a pressure sensitive adhesive on one surface which is formulated for proper adhesion to metals shown; gasket shall bear temperature and moisture resistance properties as required to suit performance criteria; thickness and width as required. H.Adhesives and Epoxies: As required for laminating cladding to base components. I. Structural Silicone Sealant: As specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2.3 HARDWARE A.Refer to the Drawings and Section 08711, DOOR HARDWARE. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate the entrances to the designs, shapes, and sizes shown using the materials, and components, specified and shown to produce assemblies which meet or exceed the performance requirements. To the greatest extent possible complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware applications and other work before shipment to Project site. 1. Glass entrance doors shall be fabricated and factory- assembled by door manufacturer. 2. As far as practicable, all additional fitting and assembly work shall be done in a fabrication shop. B. Provide holes and cutouts in glass to receive hardware, fittings, rails, and accessories before tempering glass. Do not cut, drill, or make other alterations to glass after tempering. 1. Fully temper glass using horizontal (roller - hearth) process and fabricate so, when installed, mil -wave distortion is parallel with bottom edge of door or lite. 2. Factory assemble components and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. C. Metal components of storefronts shall be cut, reinforced, drilled and tapped in strict accordance with the printed door hardware manufacturers templates and instructions. D. Joints in Metal Work: All exposed metal work shall be carefully fitted and matched to produce continuity of line and design, with all joints, being accurately fitted for hairline contact and rigidly secured. Where additional rigidity or strength is required to satisfy the performance requirements reinforce entrance components with aluminum or carbon steel shapes, bars, and plates. E. Exposed Fasteners: Not permitted. F. Protection of Metals: Wherever dissimilar metals are in contact, except in the case of aluminum in contact with galvanized steel, zinc, separate such surfaces with a coating of zinc rich primer, bituminous paint, or separation gaskets as the condition requires. Wherever aluminum comes in contact with concrete surfaces separate such surfaces with a coaling of zinc rich primer, bituminous paint, or separation gaskets as the condition requires. 2.5 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Door and Frame Crystal White Power Coat 2. Protect finish with factory applied adhesive backed paper covering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate entrance and storefront work with the work of other Sections and provide items to be placed during the installation of other work at the proper time to avoid delays in the work B. Place such items, including concealed overhead framing, accurately in relation to the final location of entrance and storefront components. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine the substrates, adjoining construction, and conditions under which the Work is to be installed. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Before beginning installation of the storefront work examine all parts of the existing budding structural frame and the existing building cladding indicated to support the storefront work. Notify Contractor in writing, of any dimensions, or conditions, found which will prevent the proper execution of the entrance and storefront work, including specified tolerances. Use Contractor's offset tines and bench marks as basis of measurements. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for protecting, handling, and installing entrance and storefront systems. Do not install damaged components. Fit frame joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. Rigidly secure non - movement joints. Seal joints watertight. 1. Cut and trim component parts of the entrance and storefront work during erection only with the aPP roval of the manufacturer or fabricator, and in accordance with his recommendations. Restore finish completely to protect material and remove all evidence of cutting and trimming. Remove and replace members where cutting and trimming has impaired strength or appearance, as directed by Architect. 2. Set components within the erection tolerances with uniform joints where shown. Place components on aluminum or stainless steel shims and fasten to supporting substrates using bolts and similar fasteners. 3. Do not erect components which are warped, deformed, bowed, defaced or otherwise damaged as to impair strength. Remove and replace members damaged in the process of erection. B. Entrance Doors: Doors shall be securely anchored in place to a straight, plumb and level condition, without distortion. Adjust doors to operate smoothly, without binding, with hardware functioning properly. Hardware movement, shall be field tested and final adjustment, and lubrication, made for proper operation and performance of doors. 1. Set, seal, and grout floor closer cases as required to suit hardware and substrate indicated. C. Maintain uniform dearances between adjacent components. D. Install silicone glazing sealant to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. The entrance and storefront systems shall be fabricated and erected to accommodate the dimensional tolerances of the structural frame and surrounding dadding, while providing the following as installed tolerances. 1. Variation from theoretical calculated position as located in plan or elevation in relation to established floors lines, column lines and other fixed elements of the structure, including variations from plumb, level, straight and member size: +1 -1/4" max. in any 20' -0" run, column -to- column bay, or floor -to -floor height. 2. Alignment Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). Where surfaces meet at comers, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch (1.5 mm). 3. Variation from angle, or plumb, shown: +/ -1/8" max. in 10' -0" run or story height, non- cumulative. 4. Variation from slope, or level, shown: +/ -118" max in any 20'-0" run or column- tacolumn bay, non-cumulative. 3.5 ANCHORAGE A. Anchorage of the storefront work to the structure and surrounding cladding shall be in accordance with the accepted shop drawings. 3.6 WELDING A. Weld with electrodes and by methods recommended by manufacturer of material being welded, and in accordance with AWS D1.1 for concealed steel members. Use only methods which will avoid distortion, and discoloration, of exposed faces. B. Welds and adjacent metal areas shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with a single coat of bituminous paint 3.7 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS A. M debris caused by, or incidental to, the erection of the entrance and storefront work shall be removed from the site and disposed of legally. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean metal surfaces promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to factory finished exposed surfaces. B. Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. W ash glass as recommended by g lass manufacturer. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. C. Immediately remove any deleterious material from surfaces of aluminum. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Institute protective measures required throughout the remainder of the construction period to ensure that architectural metal entrance work will be without damage or deterioration, other than normal weathering, at time of acceptance. SECTION 08452 - ALUMINUM FRAMED GLASS ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS, LABOR AND EQUIPMENT T N OF FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLA 10 O ALL LA G SS FRAMED TYPE ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEM, INCLUDING GLASS AND GLAZING, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE INDICATING STANDARD CONSTRUCTION AND SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING ACTUAL FIELD MEASUREMENTS. C. DELIVERY: STORE MATERIALS PROTECTED FROM EXPOSURE TO HARMFUL WEATHER CONDITIONS AND OF TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. D. CERTIFICATION 1. Glazing contractor to submit certification by a licensed structural engineer registered in Project state indicating compliance with applicable codes and Contract Documents. E. WHEN IN -PLACE CONSTRUCTION IS FOUND NOT IN PROPER CONDITION FOR RECEIVING WORK NEXT TO BE APPLIED, NOTIFY CONTRACTOR. 1. Do not proceed with work until adverse conditions are corrected.Start of work signifies acceptance of supporting construction and adjacent conditions. F. SUBMIT COPIES OF WRITTEN WARRANTY SIGNED BY MANUFACTURER AND SUBCONTRACTOR, AGREEING TO REPLACE SYSTEM COMPONENTS WHICH FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSH IP. 1. Failure includes excessive leakage, excessive deflections, deterioration of finish or metal in excess or normal weathering, and defects in accessories, weatherstripping, and other components. G. DESIGN COMPONENT PART AND ASSEMBLIES SO COMPLETE SYSTEM COMPLIES WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR LOADS, SPECIFIED STANDARDS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. Provide complete system with joints, gaps and penetrations sealed and weather tight. 2. Strength: Design system to withstand live loadings and wind loadings as required by governing codes and regulations; limit deflection to L/180 under fully loaded condition. 3. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration when tested in accordance with ASTM E331, with no water on exposed interior components. 4. Air Leakage: Maximum 0.06 cfm /ft., ASTM E283, at differential pressure of 1.57 psf, excluding entrance doors. 5. Thermal movements: Design for ambient temperature range of 100F and material temperature range of 160F without objectionable distortion or stresses in fastenings or joinery. a. Provide for noiseless movement of component parts and materials without buckling, opening at joints, glass breakage, or other detrimental effects. H. EXTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM: "VISTAWALL FG3000" SYSTEM AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. COLOR: POWDERCOAT WHITE. I. INTERIOR STOREFRONT SYSTEM SHALL BE: 'VISTAWALL CW250" SYSTEM AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. COLOR: POWDERCOAT WHITE. J. SEALANT: SHALL BE BY DOW CORNING, COLOR TO BE WHITE TO MATCH, OR APPROVED EQUAL. K. GLAZING AT EXTERIOR STOREFRONTS: AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. L. DOORS: SEE SECTION 08450. M. METAL FRAMES: EXTRUDED ALUMINUM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, SIZED AND BRACED AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT GLASS. N. METAL CLADDING: MINIMUM 16 GAGE (0.040 ") CLADDING; FORM CLADDING WITH EDGE CONCEALED IN FINISHED CONSTRUCTION UNDER GLAZING STOP AND AT SILICONE BUTT JOINTS. O. GLAZING SEALANT: STRUCTURAL SILICONE TYPE DESIGNED FOR GLAZING. P. SETTING AND SPACING BLOCKS: STANDARD RESILIENT TYPES AS REQUIRED. Q. GASKETS: POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, TO SUIT ALUMINUM OR STEEL SECTIONS AS APPLICABLE. R. ANCHORAGES AND FASTENINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, CONCEALED EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE REQUIRED; FINISH HEADS OF EXPOSED FASTENERS TO MATCH ADJACENT METAL SURFACES. S. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF UNSIGHTLY SCRATCHES AND BLEMISHES. THE EXPOSED SECTIONS SHALL RECEIVE A CAUSTIC ETCH FOLLOWED BY AN ANODIC COATING. T. LOCATE AND PROVIDE HOLES AND CUTOUTS TO RECEIVE HARDWARE BEFORE TEMPERING GLASS. FABRICATE DOORS, STOREFRONTS, AND TRANSOMS TO ACCOMMODATE REQUIRED HARDWARE 1. Install Hardware at the fabrication plant. Remove only as required for final finishing operations, and for delivery and installation of the work at the Project. U. THE FRAMING MUST BE FACTORY FABRICATED AND ACCURATELY ASSEMBLE WITH UNEXPOSED FASTENERS UTILIZING EXTRUDED SPLINES, CLIPS AND /OR SNAP -IN FEATURES. V. ALL GLAZING SHALL HAVE REMOVABLE STOPS TO FACILITATE GLAZING. GLASS SHALL BE HELD IN PLACE BY REMOVABLE STOP WITH E.P.D.M. GLAZING GASKETS ON BOTH SIDES. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 ci a Lu 0000047990 STORE LOCAT Ce W cc Z W z LL oes W 0 Q cn co TUKWILA. WA 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: NOTE TO ARCHITECT: ARCHITECT TO CONFIRM SCOPE OF WORK PER STORE, HATCH SECTIONS AS REQUIRED 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERM 10/26/12 EVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila 1.r/ Ln/ Im1.��1 REVISIONS: RECEIVED CITY F TI IKWLA MnV 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -4 W. SEPARATE ALUMINUM AND OTHER CORRODIBLE METAL SURFACES FROM SOURCES OF CORROSION OR ELECTROLYTIC ACTION. X. ALL OPENINGS SHALL BE PREPARED PLUM AND SQUARE BY OTHERS AND SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE AT JAMBS, HEAD, AND SILL AS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. Y. INSTALLATION, GLASS AND GLAZING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY EXPERIENCED TECHNICIANS ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION PROCEDURES. Z. INSTALL GLASS AS DETAILED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH FGMA STANDARDS FOR INDICATED FRAME SYSTEM; GLASS SHALL NOT TOUCH METAL. 1. Apply sealant to uniform and level line, slightly concave, free of air pockets, embedded matter, ridges and sags; tool sealant surface for smooth appearance. a. Provide sealant at floor, ceiling and intersecting walls at vertical joints; refer to Drawings for additional sealant requirements at butt joints. site. 2. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked abraded, stained or damaged during construction period, including natural causes, accidents AND VANDALISM. 3. Set door plumb level and true to line, without warp or rack. Anchor securely in place. Provide minimal clearance from top of glass doors to soffit. AA. WHEN GENERAL CONTRACTOR REMOVES STOREFRONT BARRICADE, FULLY CLEAN ALL GLASS /RAIL SURFACES INSIDE AND OUT. INSTALL TEMPORARY FULL HEIGHT PAPER COVERING ON INSIDE FACE OF GLASS. (VERIFY WITH MALL MANAGEMENT TYPE AND COLOR OF ACCEPTABLE PAPER). BA. UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING ALL ANODIZED ALUMINUM WITH PLAIN WATER CONTAINING MILD DETERGENT, OR AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. NO ABRASIVE AGENT SHALL BE USED. SECTION 08700 - DOOR HARDWARE A. FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE, CODE CONFIRMING FINISH HARDWARE INSTALLATION AS REQUIRED FOR FULLY OPERATIONAL FACILITIES, INCLUDING WORK REQUIRED FOR PROPER COMPLETION OF PROJECT, THOUGH NOT DEFINITELY SPECIFIED HEREIN. B. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER APPLICATION AND FIT OF ALL FINISH AND SPECIALTY HARDWARE IN LOCATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS BETWEEN HARDWARE ITEMS WHERE THE INSTALLATION OF ANY ITEMS AFFECTS THE OPERATION OR INSTALLATION OF ANOTHER ITEM. C. FIRE -RATED OPENINGS: PROVIDE HARDWARE FOR FIRE -RATED OPENINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 80. THIS REQUIREMENT TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER REQUIREMENTS FOR SUCH HARDWARE. D. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE FOLLOWING APPLIES TO EACH HARDWARE GROUP. HARDWARE GROUPS SHALL BE AS NOTED ON DOOR SCHEDULE IN DRAWINGS. 1. Finish definitions: a. 626: Satin chrome. b. 628: Satin aluminum. c. 689: Aluminum paint on steel. E. TEMPLATES: FURNISH TEMPLATES OF PHYSICAL HARDWARE TO DOOR AND FRAME MANUFACTURERS AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROPER PREPARATION FOR HARDWARE. F. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. Heights of items shall conform with applicable codes; install items not shown on Drawings in accordance with recommendations of Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association. 2. Mounting positions subject to approval by Architect. 3. Fit hardware prior to painting, then remove for painting of doors and frames before final installation of hardware. G. HARDWARE: SECURELY ANCHOR WITH APPROPRIATE FASTENING DEVICES, FINISH EXPOSED FASTENERS TO MATCH HARDWARE. 1. Keying: a. Provide one set of construction cores and two construction control keys. b. Key fitting room doors alike and provide two keys. 2. Door Closers (Except Safety Glass Entry Doors): Door mounted: provide tools for door closure adjustment and operating instructions to store manager at conclusion of job. a. Adjust door closures prior to acceptance. b. Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed: 1) 5Ibs. For interior doors 2) 8.5 lbs. Exterior doors 3) 15 lbs. For fire doors. 3. Hex Bolts and grommet nuts shall not be permitted; coordinate templates and reinforcing with door and frame manufacturers. H. NOTIFY OWNER REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED DUE TO LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 08800 - GLAZING A. GENERAL: PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT GLAZING SYSTEMS CAPABLE OF WITHSTANDING THERMAL MOVEMENT AND WIND AND IMPACT LOADS WITHOUT FAILURE OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING LOSS OR BREAKAGE OF GLASS, FAILURE OF SEAL OR GASKETS, EXUDATION OF GLAZING SEALANTS, AND EXCESSIVE DETERIORATION OF GLAZING MATERIALS. B. GLASS DESIGN: GLASS THICKNESSES AND HEAT TREATMENTS INDICATED ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS. GLAZING DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR CONVENIENCE OF DETAILING ONLY AND ARE TO BE CONFIRMED BY THE CONTRACTOR RELATIVE TO CITED STANDARDS AND FINAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONFIRM GLASS THICKNESSES AND HEAT TREATMENTS, VERIFIED BY ANALYSIS, AS REQUIRED TO MEET THE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 8. C. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER WHO HAS COMPLETED GLAZING SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN- SERVICE PERFORMANCE. D. FIRE - RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. ASSEMBLES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 THAT ARE LISTED AND LABELED BY A 1ESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR FIRE RATINGS INDICATED. BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO NFPA 252. E. SAFETY GLASS: COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LAWS. CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF FEDERAL AND MUNICIPAL AUTHORITIES HAVING URISDI T!CN. WHEREVER REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT THE MORE STRINGENT SHALL BE REQUIRED. OBTAIN APPROVALS FROM ALL SUCH AUTHORITIES. F. GLAZING PUBLICATIONS: COMPLY WITH PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS OF GLASS PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS AND ORGANIZATIONS BELOW. UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. REFER TO THESE PUBLICATIONS FOR GLAZING TERMS NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED IN THIS SECTION OR IN REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1. GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual' :znd "Laminated Glass Design Guide " 2. SIGMA Publications: SIGMA TM -3000. "Vertical Glazing Guidelines.' G. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating ,!ass: Written warranty.. 10 years from date of Substantial Completion, made or,' to Owner and signed by insulating- glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish rebiacemenis for insulating -glass units whose hermetic seal has failed within specified warranty period indicated below. H. FLOAT GLASS: ASTM C 1036, TYPE 1 (TRANSPARENT GLASS,FLAT), QUALITY 03 (GLAZING SELECT): CLASS AS INDICATED IN SCHEDULES AT THE END OE PART 3. I. HEAT TREATED FLOAT GLASS: HEAT TREAT, GLASS WHERE THE NEED IS DETERMINED BY THERMAL STRESS ANALYSES, BY WIND LOAD ANALYSES. AND WHERE REQUIRED TO MEET SAFETY GLAZING REQUIREMENTS. 1. Heat - Strengthened Glass: Provide glass com,li:r;g with ASTM C1048 Kind HS. Surface compression range shall be between 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) and 7.000 psi (48 MPaL 2. Fully Tempered Glass: Provide glass comply complOici with ASTM C1048 Kind FT and meeting the requirements of ANSI Z97 1 Surface compression shall be equal to or greater than 10.000 psi 69 MPa! J. WIRED GLASS: ASTM C 1036 TYPE li (PATTERNED AND WIRED GLASS, FLAT). CLASS 1 (CLEAR). QUALITY 08 i'::LAZING); 6.4 MM THICK; OF FORM AND MESH PATTERN INDICATED BELOW: K. INSULATING -GLASS UNITS PREASSEMBLED UNITS. WITH DEHYDRATED ENTRAPPED AIR. CONSISTING )'- SHEETS OF GLASS HERMETICALLY SEALED AT ALL EDGES WITH A POLYISOBUTYLENE PRIMARY AND A SILICONE SECONDARY ELASTGMERIC SEALANT. THE LITES OF GLASS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY DES iCCANT CONTAINING ALUMINUM SPACERS. ALL INSULATING GLASS; ':_'NITS SHALL BE IGCC CERTIFIED TO COMPLY WITH ASTM E 774 FOR CLASS CBA UNITS AND WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS ART'DLE AND IN THE INSULATING -GLASS SCHEDULE AT THE END OF PART3 SPACER COLOR: BLACK. L. GASKET, BLOCKING, AND SPACER WET GLAZING MATERIALS: SILICONE, COMPATIBLE WITH AND ADHERENT T EACH MATERIAL IT WILL BE IN CONTACT WITH. AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER TO FULFILL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. M. GLAZING SEALANT FOR FIRE - RESISTIVE GAZING PRODUCTS: IDENTICAL TO PRODUCT USED W TEST ASSEMBLY TO OBTAIN FIRE - PROTECTION RATING. N. LOCK -STRIP GASKETS: NEOPRENE EXTRLC DNS IN SIZE AND SHAPE INDICATED, FABRICATED INTO FRAMES VVITH MOLDED CORNER UNITS AND ZIPPER LOCK STRIPS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 542, BLACK. 0. COMPLY WITH COMBINED WRITTEN INSTRLiiiiTiONS OF r n MANUFACTURERS OF GLASS,SEALA,NTS- GASKETS, AND OTHER GLAZING MATERIALS, UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED. INCLUDING THOSE IN REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS. P. GLAZING CHANNEL DIMENSIONS. AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE NECESSARY BITE ON GLASS, MINIMUM EDGE AND FACE CLEARANCES. WITH REASONABLE TOLERANCES ADJUST AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONDITIONS DURING iNSTALLATION Q. INSTALL SE I I !NG BLOCKS IN SILL RABBET. SIZED AND LOCATED TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS. UNLESS MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE RECOMMENDED BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. PLACE BLOCKS TO ALLOW WATER PASSAGE TO WEEP HOLES. R. PROVIDE EDGE BLOCKING TO PREVENT GLASS LITES FROM MOVING SIDEWAYS IN GLAZING CHANNEL SIZED AND LOCATED TO COMPLY WITH THE GLASS MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE REQUIREMENTS IN REFERENCED GLAZING PUBLICATIONS. S. MANUFACTURER: VIRACON: PRODUCT. STARPHIRE HS. VIRACON, INC. 800 PARK DRIVE, OWATONNA. MN 55060 !I 0)533 -2080 END OF SECTION SECTION 08810 - FRAMELESS MIRRORS A. PROVIDE FRAMELESS MIRRORS. INCLUDING METAL SUPPORT 1. Mirrors to conform to ASTM 01036, Type 1. Coss 1 quality 2q. 2. Supports to conform to ASTM A167. B. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: LIBBY -OWEN -FORD GLASS COMPANY OR PITTSBURG PLATE GLASS COMPANY. C. MIRRORS: 1,4" THICK, CLEAR FLOAT GLASS 1. Provide mirrors recommended for high humidity ;se: with full silver coating, copper and organic protective Coating with exposed edges ground smooth, chamfered, and polished. 2. Provide sizes as indicated on Drawings. D. SUPPORTS: CONTINUOUS STAINLESS STEEL CHANNELS FOR TOP AND BOTTOM ONLY: TYPE 302 304. MINIMUM 22 GAUGE, NO. 8 MIRROR POLISHED FINISH OR US 32 POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL FINISH. 1. Fasteners. Concealed, of type suitable for requ red use. E. ADHESIVE: "MIRROR MASTIC" BY PALMER PRODUCTS. "SUPER -GUM GRIP" BY SOMER AND MAC INDUSTRIES, INC., OR AS RECOMMENDED BY MIRROR MANUFACTURER FOR SPECIFIC JOB CONDITIONS AND MOUNTING SURFACE. F. FLAT POLISH EXPOSED EDGES: SEAM INTERIOR EDGES, BOTTOM AND TOP. G. FIELD MEASUREMENT: MEASURE MIRRORS APPLIED AT FITTING ROOM WALLS TO ASSURE A TIGHT FIT ON INSIDE AND AN EVEN FIT AT OUTSIDE CORNER FROM TOP BASE LINE. H. INSTALL WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS USING MIRROR ADHESIVE OVER MINIMUM 80% OF BACKING AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WITH A CONTINUOUS SUPPORT CHANNEL AT TOP AND BOTTOM ONLY TO SUPPORT MIRROR EXCEPT AS FOLLOWS: 1. Attachment: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Mirrors at Fitting Rooms: Continuous support channel at top and bottom sealed with sealant at all perimeters. END OF SECTION SECTION 08870 - UV /SOLAR CONTROL FILMS A. REFERENCES: ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM): 1. ASTM E84 standard test method for surface burning characteristics of building materials. 2. ASTM E308 standard practice for computing the colors of objects by using the cie system. 3. ASTM E903 standard test method for solar absorptance, reflectance, and transmittance of materials using integrating spheres. B. DEFINITIONS: LUMINOUS EFFICACY: THE RATIO OF VISIBLE LIGHT TRANSMISSION TO SHADING COEFFICIENT. C. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. Fire Performance: surface burning characteristics when tested in accordance ASTM E84: a. flamespread: 25, maximum. b. smoke developed: 450, maximum. D. SUBMITTALS 1. GENERAL: SUBMIT LISTED SUBMITTALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND SECTION 01300 - Submittals. 2. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING MANUFACTURER'S SPEC -DATA® SHEET, FOR SPECIFIED PRODUCTS. 3. SAMPLES: SUBMIT 8 1/2 x 11 INCH (216 x 279 MM) SAMPLES OF SPECIFIED FILM(S). 4. QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS: a. Certificates: manufacturer's certification that the installer is acceptable. b. Manufacturer's Instructions: manufacturer's installation instructions. E. QUALITY ASSURANCE: 1. Installer Qualifications: acceptable to the manufacturer. F. DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING 1, Delivery: deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. 2. Storage and Protection: store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. G. PROJECT WARRANTY: REFER TO CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR PROJECT WARRANTY PROVISIONS. H. MANUFACTURER.S WARRANTY: SUBMIT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION [01 78 36 - WARRANTIES] FOR OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE, MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WARRANTY DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY AUTHORIZED COMPANY OFFICIAL. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY IS IN ADDITION TO, AND NOT A LIMITATION OF, OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. Warranty Period: 15 years commencing on date of substantial completion. I. SOLAR CONTROL FILMS 1. Manufacturer: 3M. contact: 3M. building safety solutions window film, 3M CENTER, Building 0223- 02- 5 -2.4, Saint Paul, MN 55144 -1000; Telephone: (800) 430 -1704, (651) 737 -1053; Website: www.3m.com /windowfilm. 2. PRESTIGE 70 - CLEAR FILM: a. Thickness: 2 MILS. b. Physical Properties when Film is Applied to 1/4 Inch (6.4 MM) Thick Clear Glass: 1). Visible Light Transmission (ASTM E903, ASTM E308): 68% when measured with an integrating sphere spectrometer and calculated using standard source ac@ for average daylight. 3. Visible Reflection - Exterior (ASTM E903): not more than 9 %. 4. Visible Reflection - Interior (ASTM E903): not more than 9 %. 5. Ultraviolet Rejected (ASTM E903): not less than 99.9 %. 6. Infrared Energy Rejected (ASTM E903): not less than 97 %. 7. Luminous Efficacy: not less than 1.17. 8. Shading Coefficient at 90 Degrees (Normal Incidence) (ASTM E903): not less than 0.58. 9. Total Solar Energy Rejected (TSER) at 90 Degrees (Normal Incidence) (ASTM E903): not less than 50 %. 10. Total Solar Energy Rejected (TSER) at 60 Degrees (ASTM E903): not less than 59 %. J. SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBSTITUTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01630 - SUBSTITUTIONS. K. MANUFACTURER.S INSTRUCTIONS: COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING PRODUCT TECHNICAL BULLETINS, PRODUCT CATALOG INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND PRODUCT CARTON INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. L. EXAMINATION: SITE VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS: VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS FOR SUBSTRATES THAT HAVE BEEN PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER.S INSTRUCTIONS. M. CLEANUP 1. Proceed in Accordance with SECTION [01700- CONTRACT CLOSEOUT]. 2. Upon Completion and Verification of Performance of Installation, Remove Surplus Materials, Excess Materials, Rubbish, Tools and Equipment. END OF SECTION DIVISION NINE: FINISHES SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD AND ACCESSORIES B. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. Gypsum Board shall meet the criteria of ASTM C840, C36, C630 and Gypsum Association (GA), GA -216 (For Canada: CSA A -82 -27 and ASTM C1396.) 2. For fire resistive construction the work of this section shall meet the requirements of GA -600, Underwriters Laboratory Fire Resistance Directory, and any governing codes. (For Canada: Fire resistive construction work shall meet the requirements of Underwriter's Lab, Fire Resistance Directory, ULC List of Equipment and Materials- Fire Resistance and any governing codes.) C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. STORE MATERIALS IN DRY VENTILATED SPACE OFF FLOOR PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. NEATLY STACK GYPSUM WALLBOARD IN FLAT POSITION. E. DO NOT COMMENCE WORK UNTIL WINDOWS ARE GLAZED AND EXTERIOR DOORS ARE INSTALLED, UNLESS OPENINGS ARE OTHERWISE PROTECTED. F. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: UNITED STATES GYPSUM (800- 621 - 9624), OR PABCO FIBERBOARD PAPER PRODUCTS (800- 231 - 1034). (FOR CANADA: CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY (800- 565 -6607) OR WESTROC INC. (905- 823 -9881) OR TEMPLE - INLAND (800- 231 - 6060). G. GYPSUM WALLBOARD: TYPE X (AT FIRE RATED CONDITIONS AND WHERE INDICATED), UL RATED; MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LENGTHS; ENDS SQUARE CUT, TAPERED EDGES, 5/8" THICKNESS. 1. Toilet rooms: use moisture resistant (Or water resistance for Canada) gypsum board. 2. Use foil backed at furring against exterior walls. H. CORNER BEADS: USG (OR CSG FOR CANADA) NO. 101 "DURABEAD "; PROVIDE AT OUTSIDE CORNERS. I. EDGE TRIM: USG (OR CSG FOR CANADA) #200 -A METAL; PROVIDE WHERE GYPSUM BOARD TERMINATES, BUTTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. J. REINFORCING TAPE, JOINT COMPOUND, ADHESIVE, WATER, AND FASTENERS: PER GA 216. (OR ASTM C475 FOR CANADA) K. FASTENERS: USG (OR CSG FOR CANADA) DRYWALL SCREW; 1 -1/2" TYPE W, AND 1" TYPE S. L. SOUND SAFING INSULATION: USG THERMAFIBER SAFING INSULATION, DENSITY 4 PCF, UL LISTED. (FOR CANADA: CSG THERMAFIBER SOUND ATTENUATION. FIRE BLANKET UL AND ULC LISTED.) M. VERIFY ALL SURFACES READY TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD AND MAKE CERTAIN THAT FRAMING IS PLUMB AND TRUE. N. ERECT METAL FRAMING IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C754 (OR CSA 482 -31 FOR CANADA), REFERENCED STANDARDS, MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 05500: METAL FABRICATIONS. 0. GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION: INSTALL AND FINISH GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED STANDARDS AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. P. FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD: 1. Maximum acceptable gap at floor shall be 1/8 ". 2. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, corners, and openings to produce surfaced ready to receive finishes. 3. Feather coats onto adjoining surfaces so camber is maximum 1/32 ". a. Do not scuff paper surface of wallboard when sanding joints. b. Joints of gypsum wallboard above finished ceiling and in stockrooms shall be finished only as required for sound or fire ratings. c. Three coat finishing and sanding is required for surfaces indicated to be painted. d. Ensure that there are no tool marks or ridges. 4. Flnished wall surfaces shall be straight and plumb and smooth, suitable for graphics. 5. No texturing shall be allowed. 6. Resurface and repair walls that in opinion of Owner's Representative are not suitable for paint or graphics application. 7. Fill cracks and joints in gypsum board with joint compound and finish smooth and flush. END OF SECTION SECTION 09540 - SPECIAL WALL SURFACES A. FURNISH AND INSTALL SANITARY WALL PANELS TO BE USED IN JANITORS'S CLOSET, AND AS INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. B. WAINSCOT: F.R.P. MARLITE #P -100, WHITE PEBBLE. C. ADHESIVE: MARLITE #C -375 OR #C -551 OR PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. J MOLDING: MARLITE E. SANITARY WALL PANELS MUST BE APPLIED OVER A SMOOTH, SOLID FLAT SUBWALL, SUCH AS DRYWALL OR PLASTER. F. PANELS TO BE OPENED AND ALLOWED TO ACCLIMATE FOR 48HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. G. INSTALL ALL PANELS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION. ALL MOLDING MUST PROVIDE FOR A MINIMUM 1/8" EXPANSION JOINT TO ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION. END OF SECTION SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT MATERIALS A. PROVIDE RESILIENT BASE WITH ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. WARRANTY FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP. C. BASE: PROVIDE 4" HIGH SELF - COVING BASE WITH TOP CAP AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. EXTRA MATERIALS: PROVIDE 3% OF EACH MATERIAL SPECIFIED, MINIMUM OF ONE UNOPENED CARTON OF EACH PRODUCT AND COLOR, FROM THE SAME RUN AS THE PRODUCT INSTALLED. E. FLOOR PREPARATION: 1. Ensure floor surfaces are smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8" in 10' -0 "; prepare floor as necessary to comply with requirements. 2. Ensure concrete floors are dry (maximum 7% moisture content) and exhibit negative alkalinity, carbonization, and dusting. 3. Maintain minimum 70 F air temperature at flooring installation area for 3 days prior to, during, and for 24 hours after installation. Maintain a minimum of 55 degrees F thereafter. 4. Verify floors and lower walls surfaces are free of substances that may impair adhesion of new adhesive and finish materials. Verify walls are finished smooth within tolerances specified in other sections. 5. Remove sub -floor ridges and bumps; fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes and other defects with sub -floor filler. 6. Clean floor and apply, trowel and float filler to leave smooth, flat hard surface. Do not install latex type filler in excess of 3/8" total thickness. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. F. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. G. CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION: 1. Remove excess adhesive from floor and wall surfaces without causing damage. 2. Protect finished Work from damage. END OF SECTION SECTION 09900 - PAINTING A. PROVIDE PAINT AS SPECIFIED AND INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, INCLUDING PAINTING OF MILLWORK SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. B. WORK INCLUDED: PAINT ITEMS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED UNDER FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH. C. ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED: 1. Factory finished y Wished equipment and other materials with complete factory finish, including merchandizing shelving and cashwrap counter. 2. Finish hardware except where primed for painted finish. 3. Acoustical tile and suspension systems. 4. Lighting fixtures. 5. Plumbing fixtures and toilet room accessories 6. Millwork and cabinets, unless specifically noted. 7. SIGNAGE drops, unistrut, and threaded rod. D. COATS: NUMBER OF COATS SPECIFIED IS THE MINIMUM REQUIRED. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COATS IF REQUIRED FOR FULL COVERAGE. E. IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE MINIMUM FINISH REQUIRES 1 PRIMER OR PREP COAT AND 2 FINISH COATS. F. PROVIDE FINISH COATS AND VERIFY COMPATIBILITY WITH PRIMER COATS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. G. PROVIDE READY -MIX COATING. WHEN MODIFICATIONS TO READY -MIX COATING ARE REQUIRED, SUCH AS THINNING, COLORING OR REINFORCING; COMPLY WITH COATING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. H. COMPLY WITH LOCAL, REGIONAL, STATE, PROVINCIAL AND OTHER FEDERAL AIR QUALITY STANDARDS. I. APPLICATOR SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. J. DELIVER, STORE AND HANDLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROTECT FROM ADVERSE EXPOSURE TO WEATHER AND TEMPERATURE EXTREMES. AVOID FREEZING. K. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE PROJECT SITE IN UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS CORRESPONDING TO DESIGNATION ON MATERIAL LIST. L. STORE MATERIALS IN A DRY, CLEAN AND WELL VENTILATED AREA. STORE CONTAINERS CLOSED. M. WARRANTY TERM: 5 YEARS. INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR SCRUBBABILITY, FADING, COLOR CHANGE, CHALKING OR PEELING. N. PAINT SPECIFICATIONS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 0. PAINT: PROVIDE TOP COMMERCIAL LINE PRODUCTS. 1. Color pigments: pure, non - fading, types to suit substrates and service indicated no lead content. 2. quality: provide finish coats capable of being washed with mild detergent without loss of color, sheen or pigments. P. SEALER: FULLER O'BRAIN'S "SPAZE" HIGH BUILD FLAT LATEX 302 -39, OR GLIDDEN'S "SPREAD PATCH" Q. SEALER FOR CONCRETE COLUMNS AND BEAMS: CONCRETE SEALER X -1; STONE TECHNOLOGIES CORP., PO BOX 2161, CLEVELAND, TN 37320. TEL: (423)503 -4490, WWW.STONETECHNOLOGIESINC.COM R. MAINTENANCE STOCK 1. Provide one gallon of each color, type and sheen of paint from the same color lot as the applied materials, in sealed containers. Label Project name, sheen, type of paint, color formula and color number on containers. Label containers with Architect's color number or designation indicated on Drawings, supplemented with designation for sheen. 2. Deliver to owner's personnel at Substantial Completion. S. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR APPLICATION CONDITIONS. PREPARE SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. T. DO NOT APPLY COATING WHERE DUST IS AIR- BORNE. U. DO NOT APPLY COATING WHEN RAIN, FOG OR MIST ARE PRESENT, OR WHEN ANTICIPATED PRIOR TO CURING. V. PROTECT ITEMS NOT TO BE PAINTED OR REMOVED PRIOR TO PAINTING: IF REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, REPOSITION AND REINSTALL AFTER PAINTING. W. ACCLIMATE MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. X. VERIFY SUBSTRATES ARE ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. EXAMINE SURFACES SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT AND FINISHES FOR CONDITIONS THAT WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT EXECUTION, PERMANENCE AND QUALITY OF WORK. APPLICATION OF PAINT OR PRIMER INDICATES PAINTING CONTRACTOR ACCEPTANCE OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR SURFACE CONDITION AND APPEARANCE OF FINISHED PRODUCT RESULTANT FROM SURFACE CONDITION. Y. CLEAN SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF ANYTHING WHICH MAY INTERFERE WITH PROPER FUNCTIONING OF PAINTING FINISH. 1. Fill and sand patches, repairs and other surface blemishes to conform with adjacent surfaces. 2. Seal patched areas to receive paint. Z. APPLY PAINT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS; USE APPLICATORS AND TECHNIQUES BEST SUITED FOR SUBSTRATE AND TYPE OF MATERIAL BEING APPLIED. 1. Allow each coat to dry thoroughly before succeeding coat application. 2. Apply materials at manufacturer's recommendation spreading rate, to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated. if not indicated, provide dry film thickness as recommended by the coating manufacturer. AA. ROLLER APPLY TO GYPSUM WALLBOARD, USE TIGHT ROLLER, SUCH AS 3/8 ROLLER NAP; SPRAY APPLICATION IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE METHOD AT DISCRETION OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR. AB. PRIME COATS 1. apply to items not previously primed. 2. re -coat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat. AC. FINISH COATS 1. provide smooth even texture and coverage. 2. leave no laps, irregularity in texture and coverage. AD. WHERE COVERAGE IS INCOMPLETE OR NOT UNIFORM, PROVIDE AN ADDITIONAL COAT OR COATS AS REQUIRED. 1. patched areas: match adjacent surfaces. 2. leave areas in clean orderly condition. 3. correct work which does not meet approval of old navy representative. AE. DURING PROGRESS OF WORK REMOVE FROM SITE DISCARDED PAINT MATERIALS, RUBBISH, CANS AND RAGS AT END OF EACH WORK DAY. AF. UPON COMPLETION OF PAINTING WORK, REMOVE MASKING, CLEAN PAINT SPATTERED SURFACES. REMOVE PAINT BY PROPER METHOD OF WASHING AND SCRAPING, USING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH OR OTHERWISE DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. AG. PERFORM FINAL DETAILED CLEANING AND DUSTING, READY FOR OCCUPANCY. AH. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES, WHETHER TO BE PAINTED OR NOT, AGAINST DAMAGE AND FINISHING WORK. Al. CORRECT DAMAGE BY CLEANING, REPAIRING OR REPLACING AND REPAINTING, AS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. AJ. PROVIDE "WET PAINT " SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT NEWLY PAINTED FINISHES. END OF SECTION CTION 09950 - ANTI - GRAFFITI COATINGS A. ECTION INCLUDES 1. A ti- graffiti coatings applied to exterior as indicated in drawings. 2. Pr vide water -based sacrificial coating for control of graffiti on mos buil g surfaces. B. SUBM TALS 1. Provide anufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate spec '.I procedure and conditions requiring special attention and m. ufacturer's recommen. -d maintenance. 2. Provide (1) nopened gallon of 'SC-lx" graffiti remover w instructions for use. C. APPLICATOR ALL BE FORM A COMPANY SPE ALIZING IN PERFORMING WOR OF THIS SECTION WITH MINI M THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPE IENCE, AND BE APPROVED '' =Y THE COATING MANUFACTURER. D. PROTECT COATING ► QUID FROM F EZI E. DO NOT APPLY COATI WHEN ►mod' OR SURFACE TEMPERATURE IS LOWER DEGREES AN 50 r S F, OR HIGHER THAN 100 F. PRODUCT: PROSOCO, INC. '' -4255) 1. SC -1: For spray application on .. . . and textured surfaces. 2. SC-lx: Thickened liquid for _ s ` roller application to smooth, dense surfaces. G. VERIFY JOINT SEALE H. VERIFY SURFACES OF EFFLORESCENCE, APPLICATION OF CO CONCRETE CURING I. REMOVE LOOSE PA J. REMOVE OIL OR F SOLVENT WHICH WI K. SCRUB AND NS ' LLED AND CURED. OATED A' E DRY, CLEAN, AND FREE OTHER MA TER DETRIMENTAL TO ERIFY COMP ' TIBILITY WITH EXISTING CTS. ICLES AND FOREIGN ATTER. REIGN SUBSTANCES WIT A CHEMICAL L NOT AFFECT COATING. SE SURFACES WITH WATER AN 1 ET DRY. L. APPLY COA ING IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFAC RER'S INSTRUCTION M. FILM T• :E APPLIED WITH SEAMS IN HORIZONTAL DIR CTION OF GLAZING. N. PR• ECT ADJACENT SURFACES NOT SCHEDULED TO RE e IVE COATI r G. 0. APPLIED TO UNSCHEDULED SURFACES, REMOVE IMMEDIA LY BY METHOD INSTRUCTED BY COATING MANUFACTURER. END OF SECTION SECTION 096519 - CORK RUBBER FLOORING TECHNICAL SUPPORT 800.345.6202 A. GENERAL 1. Definitions a. This specification refers to xcr4 cork rubber flooring. b. Installer is defined as a competent experienced person assigned to install the flooring material. c. Profile refers to the surface of the flooring material. d. Material wear through is defined as complete wear through, from top to bottom, of the floor covering material under normal use conditions. 2. Installer experience level a. Installer must be experienced and competent in the installation of resilient rubber flooring materials. Installer must install tile per instructions provided by Expanko, inc. 3. Description of work a. Prepare sub -floor per manufacturers instructions in areas specified to receive xcr4 flooring. b. Install flooring material using manufactures recommended installation products in accordance with manufactures instructions. 14). - 3G)3 REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w z w U W a Q cc 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROFESSIONAL STAMP: REGISTERED ARCHITECT NdV 1 2 1012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: ............. BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RECEiVED CITY OF TUKVNLA Nnv 162012_ PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -5 4. Delivery, Storage and Handling a. All flooring materials are to be delivered to the job site 72 hours prior to installation and are to be stored where they are to be installed. A temperature level of 65 ° -75 °f and relative humidity level of 45 ° -65° must be maintained 72 hours prior to, during and 72 hours after installation. B. PRODUCTS 1. General a. Product recommendations and installation and maintenance instructions are based upon xcr4 cork rubber flooring. 2. Approved manufacturers a. Expanko, inc. 800.345.6202; www.expanko.com 3. Submittals a. Submit product data, samples and installation and maintenance recommendations for each item specified. b. Submit samples to illustrate product profile, color, shade, design and finish. c. Samples will be used as a standard for material to be installed. 4. Warranties a. Manufacturer shall provide a one (1) year warranty against manufacturing defects and a ten (10) year warranty against material wear through. 5. Materials: Cork rubber flooring shall meet the following specifications. a. Flooring shall be made of 60% cork and 40% rubber. material shall be colored throughout the tile with fade resistant pigments. 1. Colors: specify name /number as listed on manufacturers' sample. 2. Dimensions: specify tile dimension and thickness in millimeters or inches 3. standard dimensions: tile: 24" x 24" x 1/8 "(nom.) (602mm x 602mm x 2.5 mm) b. Profiles: Specify tile profile as indicated on manufacturers sample. 1. Smooth Profile: Smooth lightly textured surface. 2. Fire Resistance - Material shall be rated class i (astm e648). 3. Tensile Strength - Material shall have a tensile strength higher than 700 psi. 4. The material shall be halogen free. A. EXECUTION 1. Sub -floor Preparation a. prepare sub -floor according to manufacturers recommendations. b. conduct calcium chloride moisture tests according to manufacturers recommendations. c. sub -floor moisture emissions level shall be less than 3 lbs. /1000ft2/24 hrs. d. provide detailed sub -floor preparation guidelines to those responsible for sub -floor preparation. 2. Application a. provide detailed manufacturers' installation instructions to floor installer. b. maintain sub -floor temperature for 72 hours prior, during and 72 hours after installation between 65°f and 75°f. c. conditions in area of installation must be maintained for 72 hours prior, during and 72 hours after installation between 659 and 75°f with relative humidity between 45% and 75 %. d. install xcr4 flooring material according to manufacturers' instructions. e. install sheets in an ashlar or staggered joint pattern. tile shall be laid in pattern specified. f. install material using only those adhesives, sealers and floor preparation materials recommended by the manufacturer. g. floor covering shall be rolled with a 3 section 80 lb roller 3 times after installation. 3. Curing, Cleaning and Protection a. After installation, the floor will require a minimum of 72 hours to set. Do not finish or clean floor during this period. After 72 hours, the floor shall be maintained according to manufactures post installation maintenance instructions. If required, floor is to be sealed with the manufactures recommended floor sealer. b. Only Tight foot traffic is permitted on floor for 72 hours after installation. Do not use rolling carts, ladders or any other object on the floor that can cause damage. c. Protect the floor against scratching and gouging with material (reinforced paper, masonite etc.)suited to the type of traffic it will be submitted to during the completion of construction. d. After completion of construction, the floor shall be cleaned according to manufacturers post installation maintenance instructions. e. Provide manufacturers detailed post installation maintenance instructions to those responsible for post installation maintenance. END OF SECTION DIVISION TEN: SPECIALTIES SECTION 10161 - LAMINATED PLASTIC TOILET PARTITIONS AND SCREENS 'A. SECTION INCLUDES 1. Provide toilet room partitions and doors for multi - occupancy toilet rooms. B. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Show fabrication and erection of partition assemblies, to extent not fully described by manufacturer's data sheets. 2. Shoe anchorage, accessory items and finishes. 3. Provide location for bolthole locations in supporting members for attachment of partitions. C. PRODUCT DATA 1. Data Sheets 2. Installation instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures. D. PARTITIONS, STILES, SCREENS, AND DOORS: 1. Plastic Laminate: High pressure laminated plastic NEMA LDS -197 minimum thickness 0.050 in. 2. Panels, doors, and wall post: 3 -ply resin impregnated particleboard, type 11 grade DB, 45 -pound density. 3. Partitions shall be the products of a single manufacturer. E. DELIVER ITEM IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL UNOPENED PROTECTIVE PACKAGING. F. STORE MATERIALS IN ORIGINAL PROTECTIVE PACKAGING TO PREVENT SOILING, PHYSICAL DAMAGE, OR WETTING. G. HANDLE SO AS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO FINISHED SURFACES. H. FURNISH ONE YEAR GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP, INCLUDING DELAMINATION OF PANELS AND CORROSION OF HARDWARE. I. MANUFACTURER: BOBRICK WASHROOM EQUIPMENT OR EQUAL, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. J. STILES, PARTITIONS AND DOORS SHALL BE SERIES 1042 (OVERHEAD BRACED). COLOR #091 SLATE GRAY K. URINAL SCREEN SHALL BE SERIES 1041 (FLOOR ANCHORED) 24" DEEP. COLOR #091 SLATE GRAY L. ADHESIVES: THAT PREVENT DELAMINATION FROM HEAT AND MOISTURE IN PUBLIC WASHROOMS. M. HARDWARE AND FITTINGS: 1. Metal: Stainless steel, Bobrick Type 304. 2. Finish: Stainless steel, Number4 satin finish N. LEVELING DEVICE: 3/8 "X1" (10MM X 25MM) STEEL BAR. O. HEADRAIL (OVERHEAD BRACED;: EXTRUDED ANODIZED ALUMINUM WITH SATIN FINISH P. FINISH HARDWARE: 1. Hinge and latch: Factory installed threaded steel inserts and stainless steel one -way machine screws: latch track factory installed thread T -nuts. 2. Door hardware: Stainless steel one -way sheet metal screws 3. Mounting Brackets: Stainless steel phillips head sheet metal screws. 4. Leveling Device: 3/8" (10mm) threaded rod. nuts, & sleeve anchor. Q. STILE SHOES: ONE PIECE. 4" (102MM) HIGH. BOBRICK TYPE 304, STAINLESS STEEL WITH NUMBER 4 SATIN FINISH. R. POST FOR POST TO CEILING SCREEN 1 -1r4 (32MM) SQUARE,18 GAUGE, TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, WITH NUMBER 4 SATIN FINISH. S. STILES, PARTITIONS, SCREENS. AND DOORS 1. Bonded high - pressure plastic laminated to core material with adhesive specially formulated to prevent delamination in moist. warm areas of public washrooms. Bond edges prior to bonding face sheets. make no splices or joints in faces or edges. 2. Install threaded steel inserts for mounting hinge and latch. 3. Pre -drill screw holes for coat hook and keeper 4. Finish thickness - 1" (25mm) for uniform flush front. T. ANCHORING AND LEVELING DEVICE: CONTINUOUSLY WELD ANCHORING AND LEVELING DEVICE TO STEEL REINFORCING CORE OF STILE. U. DOOR HARDWARE: HINGE: SELF - LUBRICATING BALANCED HINGE WITH ADJUSTABLE HOLD OPEN FEATURE V. GENERAL 1. Install partition rigidly, straight. plumb and level 2. Installation methods shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations for backing and proper support. 3. Conceal evidence of drilling. cutting and fitting ?o room finish, W. OVERHEAD BRACED, FLOOR SUPPORTED PARTITION (SERIES 1042): 1. Secure stile to supporting floor. anchored with minimum 2" (50mm) penetration into supporting floor system. 2. Level, plumb. and tighten installation. 3. Secure stile shoes in position. 4. Set tops of doors level with tops of stiles when cioors are in closed position. X. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR PROPER OPERATION AFTER INSTALLATION. Y. SET HINGES ON INWARD SWING DOORS TO HOLD DOORS OPEN APPROXIMATELY 15" FROM CLOSED POSITION WHEN UNLATCHED. Z. SET HINGES ON OUTWARD SWING DOORS FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED COMPARTMENTS TO HOLD DOORS IN CLOSED POSITION WHEN UNLATCHED. AA. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF PARTITIONS. HARDWARE; FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES. END OF SECTION SECTION 10260 - HIGH IMPACT CORNER/WALL GUARDS & WALL PROTECTION A. SECTION INCLUDES 1. ENVIROGT G2 -164 HIGH IMPACT CORNER GUARDS 2. ENVIROGT G2 -1400 WALL GUARDS 3. ENVIROGT G2 SERIES SHEET B. REFERENCES 1. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITU I E (ANSI) 2. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MA`ERIALS (ASTM) 3. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 4. SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS (SAE) C. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION - PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE ABOVE MENTIONED SYSTEMS THAT CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES AND THE QUALITY CONTROL OF IPC DOOR AND WALL PROTECTION SYSTEMS, INPRO CORPORATION. 1. FIRE PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE MATERIAL CONFORMING WITH THE NFPA CLASS A FIRE RATING. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS, AS DETERMINED BY ASTM E -84. SHALL BE FLAME SPREAD OF 25 OR LESS AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT OF 450 OR LESS. 2. IMPACT STRENGTH: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ASTM D -256, IMPACT RESISTANCE OF PLASTICS. 3. CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANCE: PROVIDE MATERIAL THAT SHOWS RESISTANCE TO STAIN WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ASTM 4. FUNGAL AND BACTERIAL RESISTANCE PROVIDE IDE MATERIAL THAT DOES NOT SUPPORT FUNGAL OR BACTERIAL GROWTH AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM G -21 AND ASTM G -22. 5. GREENGUARD CERTIFIED: PROVIDE GREENGUARD CERTIFIED MATERIAL. PROFILES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF GREENGUARD CERTIFICATION STANDARDS FOR LOW - EMITTING PRODUCTS AND GREENGUARD PRODUCT EMISSION STANDARD FOR CHILDREN & SCHOOLS. 6. COLOR CONSISTENCY: PROVIDE COMPONENTS MATCHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAE J -1545 - (DELTA Ei WITH A COLOR DIFFERENCE NO GREATER THAN 1.0 UNITS USING CIE LAB, CIE CMC, CIE LCH, HUNTER LAB OR SIMILAR COLOR SPACE SCALE SYSTEMS. D. SUBMITTALS 1. PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH PRODUCT INDICATED IN THIS SECTION. 2. DETAIL DRAWINGS: MOUNTING DETAILS WITH THE APPROPRIATE FASTENERS FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT SUBSTRATES. 3. SAMPLES: VERIFICATION SAMPLES OF CORNER GUARD, 8" (203MM) LONG, IN FULL SIZE PROFILES OF EACH TYPE AND COLOR INDICATED. 4. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH CORNER /WALL GUARD SYSTEM AND G2 SERIES SHEET. E. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 1. DELIVER MATERIALS IN UNOPENED FACTORY PACKAGING TO THE JOBSITE 2. INSPECT MATERIALS AT DELIVERY TO ASSURE THAT SPECIFIED PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. 3. STORE IN ORIGINAL PACKAGING IN A CLIMATE CONTROLLED LOCATION AWAY FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT. F. PROJECT CONDITIONS - ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: INSTALL PRODUCTS IN AN INTERIOR CLIMATE CONTROLLED ENVIRONMENT. G. WARRANTY - STANDARD IPC LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY AGAINST MATERIAL AND MANUFACTURING DEFECTS. H. MANUFACTURER 1. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: IPC INTERIOR PROTECTION PRODUCTS AND DECORATIVE SURFACES, INPRO CORPORATION, PO BOX 406, MUSKEGO, WI 53150, USA; TELEPHONE: 800.222.5556, FAX: 888.715.8407, WWW. INPROCORP.COM 2. SUBSTITUTIONS: NOT PERMITTED 3. PROVIDE ALL CORNER/WALL GUARDS,G2 SERIES SHEETS AND WALL PROTECTION FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. I. LEED CRITERIA - PROVIDE CORNER GUARD SYSTEMS WITH COMPONENTS THAT HAVE RECYCLED CONTENT. 1. MR CREDIT 4.1, 10 %(POST- CONSUMER + 1/2 PRE - CONSUMER), 1 CREDIT 2. MR CREDIT 4.2, 20 %( P OS T- CO NSUMER + 1/2 PRE-CONSUMER), 1 CREDIT J. MANUFACTURED UNITS 1. CORNER GUARD PROFILES - G2 -164 HIGH IMPACT CORNER GUARD PROFILE - 2" (51 MM) X 2" (51 MM). 90 DEGREE, 4' (1.22M) HEIGHT 2. WALL GUARD PROFILE - G2 -1400 WALL GUARD, 4" (152MM) HEIGHT X 1" (25MM) DEPTH 3. G2 SERIES SHEET: A. G2 -405 - 4' X 8' (1.22M X 2.44M) .040" = 3/64" (1 MM), STANDARD B. G2 -407 TOP CAP; LENGTH: 8' (2.44M) STANDARD, 10' (3.04M) AVAILABLE C. G2-408 VERTICAL DIVIDER BAR; LENGTH: 8' (2.44M) STANDARD, 10' (3.04M) AVAILABLE D. G2 -409 INSIDE CORNER; LENGTH: 8' (2.44M) STANDARD, 10' (3.04M) AVAILABLE K. MATERIALS 1. CORNER GUARD: A. REFORMULATED PETG WITH BIOPOLYMER BLEND: SNAP ON COVER OF .080" (2MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE EXTRUDED FROM CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT PETG. B. ALUMINUM: CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER OF .070" (1.8MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM 6063 -T5 ALUMINUM WITH A MILL FINISH. 2. WALL GUARD: A. REFORMULATED PETG WITH BIOPOLYMER BLEND: SNAP ON COVER OF .080" (2MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE EXTRUDED FROM CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT PETG. INNER SNAP -ON IMPACT BUMPER OF .070" (1.8MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE EXTRUDED FROM CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT PETG. B. ALUMINUM: CONTINUOUS ALUMINUM RETAINER OF .080" (2MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM 6063 -T5 ALUMINUM WITH A MILL FINISH. 3. G2 SERIES SHEET: A. REFORMULATED PETG WITH BIOPOLYMER BLEND - SNAP ON COVER OF .080" (2MM) THICKNESS SHALL BE EXTRUDED FROM CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT PETG. B. TOP CAPS, VERTICAL DIVIDER BARS AND INSIDE CORNERS - ACCESSORY TRIM PIECES SHALL BE EXTRUDED FROM CHEMICAL AND STAIN RESISTANT PETG. L. COMPONENTS 1. CORNER GUARD: A. TOP CAPS SHALL BE MADE OF INJECTION MOLDED THERMOPLASTICS. B. FASTENERS: ALL MOUNTING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED ON THE DRAWING SHALL BE PROVIDED. 2. WALL GUARD: A. END CAPS, INSIDE CORNERS AND OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE MADE OF INJECTION MOLDED THERMOPLASTICS. B. FASTENERS: ALL MOUNTING SYSTEM ACCESSORIES APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATES INDICATED ON THE DRAWING SHALL BE PROVIDED. M. FINISHES 1. CORNER GUARD: A. CORNER GUARD COLORS TO MATCH THE G2 SHEET PANELS. B. MOLDED COMPONENTS: TOP CAPS SHALL BE OF A COLOR MATCHING THE G2 SHEET PANELS. SURFACE SHALL HAVE A PEBBLETTE TEXTURE. 2. WALL GUARD: A. WALL GUARD COLOR TO BE #0107 PEWTER GRAY. COLOR OF THE INNER IMPACT BUMPER TO BE BLACK. B. MOLDED COMPONENTS: END CAPS, INSIDE CORNERS AND OUTSIDE CORNERS SHALL BE OF A COLOR MATCHING THE WALL GUARDS. SURFACE SHALL HAVE A PEBBLETTE TEXTURE. 3. G2 SERIES SHEET: A. G2 SERIES SHEET PANELS TO BE THE FOLLOWING AS INDICATED ON PLANS: I. #0165 POINT BLUE (SALES AREA, TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR, TOILET ROOMS). SURFACE SHALL HAVE A HAIRCELL TEXTURE. II. #0101 DESIGNER WHITE (GYP. BOARD COLUMNS ONLY). SURFACE SHALL HAVE A HAIRCELL TEXTURE. B. TOP CAPS, VERTICAL DIVIDER BARS AND INSIDE CORNER COLORS TO MATCH THE G2 SHEET PANELS. SURFACE SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH FINISH. N. EXAMINATION - EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS IN WHICH THE CORNER GUARD SYSTEM WILL BE INSTALLED. 1. COMPLETE ALL FINISHING OPERATIONS, INCLUDING PAINTING, BEFORE BEGINNING INSTALLATION OF CORNER GUARD SYSTEM MATERIALS. 2. WALL SURFACE SHALL BE DRY AND FREE FROM DIRT, GREASE AND LOOSE PAINT. O. PREPARATION - GENERAL: PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CLEAN SUBSTRATE TO REMOVE DUST, DEBRIS AND LOOSE PARTICLES. P. INSTALLATION OF CORNER GUARD SYSTEM: 1. GENERAL: LOCATE CORNER GUARD AS INDICATED ON APPROVED DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR THE APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE IPC INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL CORNER GUARD LEVEL AND PLUMB AT THE HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALLATION OF HIGH IMPACT CORNER GUARD: A. POSITION THE ALUMINUM RETAINER AGAINST THE WALL, ALLOWING 5/16" (8MM) FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE ALUMINUM TO THE TOP OF THE COVE BASE OR BASEBOARD FOR THE BOTTOM CAP. B. ALUMINUM RETAINER INSTALLATION I. DRYWALL INSTALLATION: SECURE THE ALUMINUM RETAINER TO THE WALL USING 1 -1/4" PHILLIPS ROUND HEAD SELF - TAPPING SCREWS. USE 4 SCREWS PER 3' (.91M) LENGTH, 6 SCREWS PER 4' (1.22M) LENGTH, 10 SCREWS PER 8' (2.44M) LENGTH, OR 12 SCREWS PER 9' (2.74M) LENGTH. THE ALUMINUM RETAINER IS PRE - SLOTTED TO AID IN THE INSTALLATION. 11. CONCRETE INSTALLATION: DRILL 1/4" HOLES INTO THE ENDS OF THE RETAINER FOR TOP AND BOTTOM CAPS. USE THE SLOTTED TABS OF THE TOP CAPS AS A TEMPLATE FOR HOLE LOCATION. TRANSFER THE LOCATION OF ALL MOUNTING HOLES TO THE WALL. DRILL 1/4" (6.5MM) HOLES AND POSITION ALLIGATOR ANCHORS INTO THE HOLES ON THE WALL. MOUNT THE RETAINER WITH #10 X 1 -3/4" PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREWS AND TIGHTEN TO SECURE THE RETAINER TO THE WALL. C. TOP AND BOTTOM CAP INSTALLATION I. DRYWALL INSTALLATION: OVERLAP THE ALUMINUM WITH THE MOUNTING TABS OF THE TOP CAP AND ATTACH THEM TO THE ALUMINUM RETAINER USING TWO, 1 -3/4" PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SELF TAPPING SCREWS PER CAP. II. CONCRETE INSTALLATION: OVERLAP THE ALUMINUM WITH THE MOUNTING TABS OF THE TOP AND BOTTOM CAPS AND ATTACH THEM TO THE ALUMINUM RETAINER USING TWO, #8 X 1 -1/2" PHILLIPS FLAT HEAD SCREWS PER CAP. D. POSITION THE COVER ON THE ALUMINUM RETAINER TO CHECK THE FIT. ADJUST THE TOP CAP ON THE ALUMINUM RETAINER TO OBTAIN A TIGHT FIT WITH THE COVER. STARTING AT THE TOP, PUSH THE COVER OVER THE ALUMINUM, BY PRESSING OVER THE LENGTH UNTIL THE COVER SNAPS SECURELY INTO PLACE. Q. INSTALLATION OF WALL GUARD: 1. GENERAL: LOCATE WALL GUARD AS INDICATED ON APPROVED DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR THE APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE IPC INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL WALL GUARD LEVEL AND PLUMB AT THE HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALLATION OF WALL GUARDS: A. CUT THE ALUMINUM RETAINER TO THE REQUIRED LENGTH, ALLOWING 1- 7/16" (37MM) FOR EACH END CAP, 9/16" (14MM) FOR EACH OUTSIDE CORNER AND 1 -1/2" (38MM) FOR INSIDE CORNERS. B. DRILL 1/4" HOLES ON THE CENTERLINE OF THE ALUMINUM RETAINER 4" (102MM) FROM EACH END AND SPACED EVENLY OVER THE ENTIRE LENGTH (6 ANCHORS PER 12' (3.66M) LENGTH). C. POSITION AND LEVEL THE ALUMINUM RETAINER ON THE WALL, ALLOWING FOR END CAPS AND CORNERS, AND TRANSFER MOUNTING HOLES TO THE WALL WITH A MARKER. DRILL 1/4" (6MM) HOLES AT EACH MARK AND POSITION ALLIGATOR ANCHORS INTO THE HOLES ON THE WALL. MOUNT THE RETAINER WITH #10 X 1 -3/4" PHILLIPS PAN HEAD SCREWS AND TIGHTEN THE SCREWS TO SECURE THE RETAINER. D. SLIDE THE END CAPS AND CORNERS ONTO THE ALUMINUM, LEAVING A 1/16" GAP FOR ADJUSTMENTS, AND SECURE WITH TWO 1 -1/4" SELF - TAPPING SCREW PER END CAP OR FOUR PER CORNER. E. CUT THE IMPACT BUMPER TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE INSIDE EDGE OF THE END CAPS, OR CORNERS. POSITION THE BUMPER ON THE INNER ALUMINUM RETAINER GUIDES AND PUSH THE BUMPER OVER THE GU IDES UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE. F. CUT THE COVER TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE END CAPS/ CORNERS. NOTE: TRIM ALL FACTORY EDGES SQUARE BEFORE INSTALLATION. POSITION THE COVER ON THE ALUMINUM RETAINER STARTING AT ONE END AND WORKING TO THE OTHER END BY PUSHING THE COVER OVER THE ALUMINUM UNTIL IT SNAPS INTO PLACE. R. INSTALLATION OF G2 SERIES SHEET: 1. GENERAL: LOCATE THE G2 SERIES SHEET AS INDICATED ON THE APPROVED DETAIL DRAWING FOR THE APPROPRIATE SUBSTRATE AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE INPRO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB AT THE HEIGHT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALLATION OF G2 SERIES SHEET A. ADHERE TO SUBSTRATE WITH INPRO BOND, A FREEZE -THAW STABLE, NONFLAMMABLE, HIGH STRENGTH, WATER BASED ADHESIVE THAT TROWELS ON AND ALLOWS APPROXIMATELY 20 MINUTES WORKING TIME BEFORE FIRMING. B. USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SEALANT AT SEAMS (COLOR TO MATCH PANELS). S. CLEANING - AT COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, CLEAN SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IPC CLEAN -UP AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. END OF SECTION SECTION 10520 - FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS. B. NFPA COMPLIANCE: FABRICATE AND LABEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 10, "STANDARD FOR PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS." C. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D. COORDINATE SIZE OF FIRE - PROTECTION CABINETS TO ENSURE THAT TYPE AND CAPACITY OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS INDICATED ARE ACCOMMODATED. E. APPLY VINYL LETTERING ON FIELD- PAINTED FIRE - PROTECTION CABINETS AFTER PAINTING IS COMPLETE. F. COLD - ROLLED STEEL SHEET: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS), TYPE B. G. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS BY (IN ORDER OF PREFERENCE): 1. Sentry http: / /www.sentrysafe.com (preferred manufacturer). 2. Potter - Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. www.potterroemer.com. 3. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. http: / /www.fire- end.com 4. J. L. Industries, Inc. http: / /www.jlindustries.com. 5. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. http: / /www.Iarsensmfg.com. H. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PER FIRE MARSHALL'SREQUIREMENTS OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FIRE MARSHALL'S REPRESENTATIVE. 1. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: UL -rated 4- A:60 -B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, in enameled -steel container.SY1014 Sentry 10 I. MOUNTING BRACKETS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD STEEL, DESIGNED TO SECURE EXTINGUISHER INDICATED AND WITH PLATED OR BAKED- ENAMEL FINISH. J. CABINET TYPE: SUITABLE FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER, NONRATED. K. CABINET MATERIAL: ENAMELED -STEEL SHEET. L. RECESSED CABINET: CABINET BOX RECESSED IN WALLS OF SUFFICIENT DEPTH TO SUIT STYLE OF TRIM INDICATED. 1. Trimless with Plaster Stop: Surface of surrounding wall finishes flush with exterior finished surface of cabinet frame and door, without overlapping trim attached to cabinet. Provide recessed flange, of same material as box, attached to box to act as plaster stop. M. DOOR MATERIAL: STEEL SHEET. N. DOOR STYLE: FLUSH OPAQUE PANEL, FRAMELESS, WITH NO EXPOSED HINGES. O. DOOR HARDWARE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DOOR - OPERATING HARDWARE OF PROPER TYPE FOR CABINET TYPE, TRIM STYLE, AND DOOR MATERIAL AND STYLE INDICATED. 1. Provide concealed hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. P. ACCESSORIES: 1. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. a. Fire extinguisher in fire - protection cabinet: Identify with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER." 1) Location: Applied to cabinet door. 2) Application Process: Pressure - sensitive vinyl letters. 3) Lettering Color: Black. 4) Orientation: Vertical. b. Fire extinguisher mounted to wall: Identify with decal on wall above fire extinguisher with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER ". 2. Manufacturer's standard baked- enamel paint for the following: a. Exterior of cabinet except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. b. Interior of cabinet and door. 3. Factory primed with manufacturer's standard, lead -and chromate -free universal primer, for field painting. a. Exterior of cabinet door and plaster -stop trim. Q. FIRE - PROTECTION CABINETS: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BOX (TUB), WITH TRIM, FRAME, DOOR, AND HARDWARE TO SUIT CABINET TYPE, TRIM STYLE, AND DOOR STYLE INDICATED. WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH. R. CABINET TRIM: FABRICATE CABINET TRIM IN ONE PIECE WITH CORNERS MITERED, WELDED, AND GROUND SMOOTH. S. EXAMINE WALLS AND PARTITIONS FOR SUITABLE FRAMING DEPTH AND BLOCKING WHERE RECESSED CABINETS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WILL BE INSTALLED. T. EXAMINE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR PROPER CHARGING AND TAGGING. REMOVE AND REPLACE DAMAGED, DEFECTIVE, OR UNDERCHARGED UNITS. U. INSTALL FIRE - PROTECTION SPECIALTIES IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AT HEIGHTS ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. V. FIRE- PROTECTION CABINETS: FASTEN FIRE - PROTECTION CABINETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB. W. WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: FASTEN MOUNTING BRACKETS TO STRUCTURE OR SOLID BLOCKING, SQUARE AND PLUMB. END OF SECTION SECTION 10690 - MANAGER'S OFFICE AND STOCKROOM ACCESSORIES A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Installation of stockroom accessories at locations shown on plans. B. PRODUCTS 1. Mop Strip: Bobrick #B- 223 -24" (janitor's closet) mount @ 5' -6" A.F.F. 2. Door stop: Trimco 1231. C. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS, LEVEL, PLUMB, SECURE TO STRUCTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL SEISMIC STANDARDS. D. BOLT MANAGER'S SAFE TO FLOOR. LOCATE PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. E. INSTALL DOOR STOP FOR SAFE DOOR. LOCATE PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES: 1. Toilet, Drinking Fountain and Storeroom accessories as shown on drawings. B. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR PROVIDING ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. C. DELIVER INSERTS AND ROUGH -IN FRAMES TO JOB SITE AT APPROPRIATE TIME FOR BUILDING IN. D. PROVIDE TOILET ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. E. INSTALL PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY OWNER: BABY CHANGING TABLE LINERS F. INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH DRAWINGS, AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. G. MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHTS: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND IN CONFORMANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES. END OF SECTION DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT (NOT USED) DIVISION 12: FURNISHING (NOT USED) DIVISION 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED) DIVISION 14: CONVEYING SYSTEM (NOT USED) DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE Y A PPRO ED DEC 12 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION b 3 43 REDUCTION oar HIWIT GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 a w OC 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: & MINKLER W Z 0 1- 0 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: 6266 \41) REGISTERED ARCHITECT JOHN M STA N 2 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: REC�EtYID CITY OS"i't7KV1i uN Nnv 16 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: A13 -6 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS -- OFF AUTO 0- EZ 0 +==f:r + + F ›T‹ 3- POSITION SWITCH 2 -WAY CONTROL VALVE 3 -WAY CONTROL VALVE ACCESS PANEL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS BUTTERFLY VALVE CHECK VALVE CEILING EXHAUST FAN CLOSES ON PRESSURE RISE CLOSES ON TEMPERATURE RISE COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPER COMBINATION BALANCE /SHUT -OFF CONCENTRIC DUCT TRANSITION CONTROL DAMPER CONTROL RELAY SOLENOID DETAIL SYMBOL DRAIN VALVE DUCT MTD. SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER DUCTWORK TRANSITION - RECTANGULAR TO ROUND ECCENTRIC DUCT TRANSITION ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER (EBBH) EQUIPMENT SYMBOL FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION FLEXIBLE DUCT FIRE DAMPER FUSE GATE VALVE GLOBE VALVE INLINE PUMP INTERNALLY LINED DUCT o- 0-5 m 11 Iszszuol 111 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER COIL MOTORIZED DAMPER OPENS ON PRESSURE RISE OPENS ON TEMPERATURE RISE P & T RELIEF VALVE PILOT LIGHT P.O.C.: POINT OF CONNECTION PRESSURE GAGE RELAY RETURN DUCT ELBOW UP OR DOWN RETURN GRILLE ROUND DUCT - DOWN ROUND DUCT - UP SECTION SYMBOL SIDEWALL MOUNTED SUPPLY REGISTER SUPPLY DIFFUSER - 4 -WAY THROW SUPPLY DIFFUSER - 2 -WAY THROW SUPPLY DUCT ELBOW UP OR DOWN TEMP /LTG CONTROL PANEL (TLCP) TEMP. SENSOR - MOUNT 48" AFF THERMOMETER THERMOSTAT - MOUNT 48" AFF AIR CURTAIN FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MOUNT 48" AFF TRANSFORMER TURNING VANES UNION UNIT HEATER (UH) VOLUME DAMPER Y- STRAINER MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS AHU Al AO AUX AWG CD COM CU CV CV DC DI DO EA EF EOL FACP FCU FD FDM FM FPB FSD GND H HAC HOA HR L LS MD MIN MOD N NC NO OA OL OVR PC PT RA RD RES RG RTU AIR HANDLING UNIT ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT AUXILLIARY AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE CONTROL DAMPER COMMON CONDENSING UNIT CONTROL VALVE VALVE COEFFICIENT DIRECT CURRENT DIGITAL INPUT DIGITAL OUTPUT EXHAUST AIR EXHAUST FAN END OF LINE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FAN COIL UNIT FIRE DAMPER FLOW DISPLAY MODULE FLOW METER FAN POWERED BOX FIRE SMOKE DAMPER GROUND HOT HEATED AIR CURTAIN HAND OFF AUTO HEATING RELAY LINE VOLTAGE LIQUID SENSOR MINIMUM OR MODULATING DAMPER MINIMUM MODULATING NEUTRAL NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN OUTDOOR AIR OVERLOAD OVERRIDE PHOTOCELL PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT RETURN AIR RETURN DIFFUSER RESISTOR RETURN GRILLE ROOFTOP UNIT RVR SD SEF SMD SR TC TDM TS yH VA VAC VAV VD WAP WSHP WUH X XMFR WMS REVERSING VALVE RELAY SUPPLY DIFFUSER SMOKE EXHAUST FAN SMOKE DETECTOR SUPPLY REGISTER TIME CLOCK TEMPERATURE DISPLAY MODULE TEMPERATURE SENSOR UNIT HEATER VOLT VOLT AMPERE VOLT ALTERNATING CURRENT VARIABLE AIR VOLUME VOLUME DAMPER WIRELESS ACCESS POINT WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP WALL UNIT HEATER TRANSFORMED TRANSFORMER WIRE MESH SCREEN HVAC GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ABBREVIATION G.C. WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE HVAC SYSTEMS SHALL BE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND G.C. VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH G.C. PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID AS DIRECTED BY G.C. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH G.C. ON ANY ADDITIONAL STRUCTURAL STEEL REQUIRED TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PER DETAILS SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH G.C. AND LANDLORD. VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH G.C. PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID AS DIRECTED BY G.C. 5. 6. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT BEING USED OR SHOWN TO REMAIN, IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. COORDINATE REQUIREMENTS WITH G.C. AND LANDLORD. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH G.C. PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID AS DIRECTED BY G.C. PROVIDE ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING FOR THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR FOR CONTROL SYSTEM CONDUIT AND POWER REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH THE G.C. FOR ALL TEMPERATURE CONTROL COMPONENTS. PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION ON ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE STENCIL WITH A MINIMUM OF 4" HIGH BLACK SPRAY PAINTED LETTERS, INDICATING TENANTS NAME, HVAC UNIT NUMBER AND SPACE NUMBER, VERIFY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD. 8. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL ITEMS ON CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST ARE COMPLETED PRIOR TO MEP COMMISSIONING. CONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST IN ELECTRONIC FORM WITH BID DOCUMENTS. DRAWING SCHEDULE NUMBER TITLE MO -1 MECHANICAL NOTES AND LEGENDS M1 D -0 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN M1 -0 MECHANICAL PLAN M4 -0 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES M5 -0 MECHANICAL DETAILS M8 -0 WIRING DIAGRAMS P1 -0 PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES, AND LEGENDS P1 -1 PLUMBING PLANS, RISERS, AND SCHEDULES P5 -0 PLUMBING DETAILS MPF1 3-0 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MPF13 -1 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS MPF1 3-2 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS F1 -0 FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX LEGEND STOREFRONT EXTRUSION 0 GC, FACTORY FINISHED L = LANDLORD 0 = OWNER (GAP INC.) FURNISHED BY COMMENT ITEM ( GC= GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY COMMENTS ROOFTOP UNITS AS SPECIFIED 0 GC REFER TO RTU SELECTION SCHEDULE ON SHEET M4 -0 FOR FACTORY AND FIELD INSTALLED ACCESSORIES DUCTLESS MINI -SPLIT AHU AND ACCU 0 GC DUCTLESS MINI -SPLIT CONDENSATE PUMP 0 GC FIELD INSTALLATION IN AHU REQ'D REMARKS: 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY WITH VENDOR. STANDARD SHIPPING PROVIDED BY GAP INC. ANY EXPEDITED SHIPPING COSTS ARE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. NOTE: 1. THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ONLY DELINEATES ITEMS SUPPLIED AND /OR INSTALLED BY OWNER AND /OR LANDLORD. ANY WORK SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS NOT DEFINED AS RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR LANDLORD IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE BID CLARIFICATION LETTER FOR ANY VARIATION BY SCOPE OF WORK RESPONSIBILITY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNLOADING OF ANY OWNER SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. 3. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING ALL LANDLORD FURNISHED AND /OR INSTALLED ITEMS TO ENSURE THEY MATCH THE PLANS. G.C. SHALL SUBMIT AN RFI PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK IF ANYTHING DOES NOT MATCH PLANS. IF G.C. DOES NOT NOTIFY GAP PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, G.C. WILL BE LIABLE FOR CORRECTING ALL DISCREPANCIES. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: ce w Z w U w CL Q w J Z 2 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITY b -n KV tLA V201 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DE/JB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 SEPARATE PERMITAND APPROVAL SHEET NUMBER: REQUIRED TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL NOTES AND LEGENDS MO -1 (E)s HVAC PLAN NOTES 1. ALL RETURN GRILLES IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS MUST BE COVERED WITH FILTER MEDIA WHILE HVAC SYSTEM IS RUNNING. REPLACE FILTER MEDIA WHEN IT GETS DIRTY. 2. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEAN HVAC COILS AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION. PREVISIONS SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP COILS CLEAN, AND IF COILS GET DIRTY, THEN CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANING THEM. 3. CERTIFIED TAB CONTRACTOR TO REBALANCE EXISTING AIR DEVICES TO CFM AS DESIGNATED ON PLAN. CHANGES TO THE DESIGN OF ANY SYSTEM IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ANY MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT THE ORIGINATING ENGINEER'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY, AS WELL AS THE COST TO CORRECT SUCH MODIFICATION, OF THE CONTRACTOR. MECHANICAL LEGEND (N) NEW ITEM (E) - — — — - EXISTING TO REMAIN (R) EXISTING ITEM BEING RELOCATED (R) EMMIE (0) \�. \M EXISTING TO BE DEMO'D EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED 1 (E)SR 220 (E)72/16 (LINED) 0 cV w C 200 1 8 -op 200 I;wl 1" C 1 (ER ..I. • I 240 Im I 2401 I`coI I ra II E)SR .. I (E)S0 240 2401 (E)RETURN GRILLE (TYP FOR 4) E SR L _ (E)SR 400 220 200 Cl E)SR (E)SR 360 1060 w (304 (4 02 effez," 400) ( D)RTU 3 H L.EW c —1(E)SR 360 . 1060 RTU 3 (E)68/20 (LINED) (D) m N w 0 N w 0 N w c (E)SR 400 1 2(E)SR (E)SR 220 1 (EOSR (360 (E)SR 240 (E)SR 2401 10601 (E)SR 400 c (E)72/16 (LINED) (E)SR 220 1 N w N W (E)SR m (E)SR 240 21 I . ( 240 w E SRC —' (E)SF# 360 m 106Q N w I / 1 1 I / (E)68/20 (LINED) (0) (E)SR 200 c 200 1 ■Alf4 °r- 41.:949Y2K1 vezzA (D)RTU -2 400) (D)RTU -1 (E)s (D)RTU -4 // C / . //3 (E)72/16 (LINED) (D) SR 240 b(E)SF 10601 401) , I 401)(D)RETURN BELOW 404) 404)(D)SUPPLY ABOVE ,70 0 %ii 401) MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN CONNECT TO EXISTING HVAC CODED NOTES (304 )GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PROPER WORKING ORDER AND COMPATIBILITY OF EXISTING DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR. DEMO AND PROVIDE NEW IF REQUIRED. REFER TO SHEET M1 -0 FOR REQUIREMENTS. (400)EXISTING RTU TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ASSOCIATED WIRING AND CONDUIT TO BE DEMOLISHED. REFER TO SHEET M1 -0 FOR LOCATION OF NEW RTU TEMPERATURE SENSORS. (401) HATCHED AREA REPRESENTS DUCTWORK AND ASSOCIATED AIR DEVICES TO BE DEMOLISHED. REMOVE DUCTWORK BACK TO LOCATION SHOWN. REFER TO SHEET M1 -0 FOR NEW WORK. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. (402) DEMO EXISTING MECHANICAL ROOFTOP UNIT AND ASSOCIATED CONTROLS. (403) DEMO EXISTING WALL TRANSFER GRILLE. (404) HATCHED AREA REPRESENTS DUCTWORK AND ASSOCIATED AIR DEVICES TO BE DEMOLISHED. REMOVE BACK TO LOCATION SHOWN AND CAP AIR TIGHT. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. (405) DEMO EXISTING ROOFTOP TOILET EXHAUST FAN AND EXHAUST SYSTEM IN ITS ENTIRETY. PATCH AND REPAIR ROOF AS REQUIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. ALL ROOF WORK SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORD APPROVED RWARACTOR PERMIT A D APPROVAL ED REQUIRED dDs 1/8" = 1' -0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) M LO STORE LOC w z cc w U W d Q a cc W J 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: vtd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: Nov aTY IA t 6.201z PERMIT CENTER -- DRAWN BY: DE/JB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN 100 SHEET NUMBER: MID -0 RTU SELECTION SCHEDULE (MANUFACTURER: TRANE) 0 0 (L) 1 co 0 o 0 o 0 o 0 w co 0 E -0 Y co o ~ in `.1 N r `-. Result RTU -1 RTU -4 Quantity 1 1 Model Number YFD211F YFD151F E NCooling m Product Type MCA (AMPS) YF: Gas /electric unit with FIOP YF: Gas /electric unit with FIOP Three Phase Cooling Capacity HEATING CAPACITY (BTU H) 211F: 17.5 T, Hi. Eff. R410A - MC 151F: 12.5 T. Hi. Eff. R410A - roC Standard Factory Installed Options LSN 121 HSV Downfl econ and TXV/face -split evap Downfl econ and TXV /face -split evap Airflow Configuration - Downflow Downflow Type of Heat 12.5/20 Low heat Low heat Electrical Characteristics LG 460/60/3 460/60/3 Field Supplied Drive Kit Required 8.2 High Static Drive Kit None SEER /EER @ AHRI EER 11.8 12.1 Ambient temp F 95.00 95.00 Elevation ft 449.00 449.00 Design airflow cfm 7100 5000 Indoor rpm rpm 680 591 Indoor mtr operating power bhp 3.37 1.60 ESP in H2O 0.570 0.370 Component ESP in H2O 0.266 0.260 Gross total capacity MBh 182.22 133.06 Gross sensible capacity MBh 149.39 109.39 Gross latent capacity MBh 32.83 23.66 Cooling EDB F 71.99 73.65 EWB F 59.51 60.16 Ent air relative hurridity % 48.15 45.69 Cooling LDB F 53.53 53.89 Cooling LWB F 50.46 50.63 Output htg capacity MBh 203.00 122.00 Input htg capacity MBh 250.00 150.00 Heating EAT F 60.64 57.06 Heating LAT F 88.32 80.39 MFS or Max Circuit Breaker A 50.00 40.00 MCA A 42.00 32.00 Condenser fan FLA A 2.90 1.60 Condenser fan count Each 2.00 2.00 Evaporator fan FLA A 7.60 4.80 Compressor motor 2 RLA A 9.60 7.10 Compressor motor 1 RLA A 14.80 12.80 Compressor motor count Each 2.00 2.00 Operating Weight Ibs 2784 2709 Drop Box Diffuser Weight Ibs N/A N/A REFER TO SHEET MO -1 FOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX CONCERNING CONTRACTOR FURNISHED AND OWNER INSTALLED ITEMS. 3 -10 Ton R410A PKGD Unitary Gas /Electric Rooftop Schedule Report Result RTU -2 RTU -3 Quantity 1 1 Model Number YHC092F YHC092F DX Cooling, Gas Heat 3 -10 Ton Unit function MCA (AMPS) DX cooling, gas heat DX cooling, gas heat Tonnage HEATING CAPACITY (BTU H) 7.5 Ton Dual compressor 7.5 Ton Dual compressor Unit efficiency LSN 121 HSV High efficiency High efficiency Fresh air selection - Econ -ref enthalpy 0 -100% w/ bar rel 3ph Econ -ref enthalpy 0 -100% w/ bar rel 3ph Airflow Application 12.5/20 Downflow Downflow Heating capacity LG Low gas heat 3ph Low gas heat 3ph Voltage 8.2 460/60/3 460/60/3 Supply fan /drive /type /motor 13,300 Standard drive motor Standard drive motor Field supplied drive kit required REMARKS: 1. FURNISHED WITH WIRED WALL THERMOSTAT MODEL #PQRCVSLO(QW). 2. FURNISHED WITH ASPEN MINI AQUA CONDENSATE PUMP, TO BE FIELD INSTALLED IN AHU. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. AHU POWERED FROM ACCU, REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET M8 -0. 4. FURNISHED WITH WIND BAFFLE FOR LOW AMBIENT OPERATION. None None EER @ AHRI Conditions EER 12.6 12.6 Ambient Term F 95.00 95.00 Elevation ft 449.00 449.00 Design Airflow cfm 2400 2500 Indoor RPM rpm 863 893 Indoor mtr operating power bhp 0.43 0.48 Design ESP in H2O 0.170 0.170 Component SP in H2O 0.110 0.115 Gross Total Capacity MBh 79.32 79.94 Gross Sensible Capacity MBh 65.46 66.06 Gross Latent Capacity MBh 13.86 13.88 Cooling Entering DB F 75.35 75.02 Cooling Entering WB F 60.92 60.77 Ent Air Relative Humidity % 43.66 44.04 Cooling Leaving Unit DB F 50.89 51.36 Cooling Leaving Unit WB F 49.07 49.33 Output Heating Capacity MBh 96.00 96.00 Input Heating Capacity MBh 120.00 120.00 Heating EAT F 51.95 52.95 Heating LAT F 89.25 88.75 MOP A 25.00 25.00 MCA A 19.90 19.90 Condenser fan FLA A 2.00 2.00 Evaporator fan FLA A 4.30 4.30 Compressor 2 RLA A 4.70 4.70 Compressor 1 RLA A 7.10 7.10 Operating Weight Ibs 1318 1318 Drop Box Diffuser Weight Ibs N/A N/A FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS: 1. AIR -SIDE ECONOMIZER 2. REFERENCE ENTHALPY CONTROL 3. THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE 4. 2" DEEP PLEATED MERV 8 RATED FILTERS 5. CRANKCASE HEATERS 6. FACTORY NON -FUSED DISCONNECTS 7. THRU THE BASE ELECTRICAL 8. UN- POWERED CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE 9. HINGED ACCESS DOORS 10. 10 -YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER PARTS WARRANTY 11. 5 -YEAR COMPRESSOR PARTS WARRANTY 12. RELIATEL MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL OPTION 13. EPDXY COATING FOR CONDENSER COIL FACTORY SUPPLIED. FIELD INSTALLED ACCESSORIES: 1. POWERED EXHAUST 2. SEISMIC ROOF CURB ADAPTERS CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED ACCESSORIES: 1. ADDITIONAL 2" DEEP PLEATED MERV 8 RATED FILTERS FOR INFORMATION REGARDING PRICING, ORDERING AND DELIVERY INFORMATION ON THE TRANE EQUIPMENT PACKAGE CONTACT SUSAN YOUNGBLOOD AT: (408) 481 -3600 OFFICE E -MAIL: SYOUNGBLOODOTRANE.COM FOR GENERAL ISSUES CONTACT GARY L. RICH NATIONAL ACCOUNT EXECUTIVE. (408) 481 -3620 OFFICE OR (415) 317 -2822 MOBILE E -MAIL: GLRICHOTRANE.COM VENTILATION NOTES: 1. RTU -1 OUTDOOR AIR QUANTITY TO BE BALANCED TO 1161 CFM. 2. RTU -2 OUTDOOR AIR QUANTITY TO BE BALANCED TO 856 CFM. 3. RTU -3 OUTDOOR AIR QUANTITY TO BE BALANCED TO 836 CFM. 4. RTU -4 OUTDOOR AIR QUANTITY TO BE BALANCED TO 1216 CFM. DUCTLESS MINI -SPLIT HVAC SYSTEM SCHEDULE (BY TENANT) TAG SUPPLY FAN ELECTRICAL DATA PERFORMANCE WEIGHT (LBS) REMARKS MARK MFR MODEL FLOW LOW /MID /HIGH (CFM) FAN SETPOINT (CFM) MCA (AMPS) MOCP (AMPS) V /PH /HZ COOLING CAPACITY (BTU H) HEATING CAPACITY (BTU H) EER /SEER AHU -1 LG LSN 121 HSV 210/280/350 350 - - 208/1/60 1 1,200 13,300 12.5/20 25 1,2,3 ACCU -1 LG LSU121HSV - - 8.2 15 208/1/60 11,200 13,300 12.5/20 78 3,4 REMARKS: 1. FURNISHED WITH WIRED WALL THERMOSTAT MODEL #PQRCVSLO(QW). 2. FURNISHED WITH ASPEN MINI AQUA CONDENSATE PUMP, TO BE FIELD INSTALLED IN AHU. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 3. AHU POWERED FROM ACCU, REFER TO WIRING DIAGRAM ON SHEET M8 -0. 4. FURNISHED WITH WIND BAFFLE FOR LOW AMBIENT OPERATION. FAN SCHEDULE MARK MARK MFR MODEL CFM S.P. (IN W.G.) ELECTRICAL OPER WT (LBS) REMARKS H.P. VOLT /PH /HZ EF -1 LOREN COOK GC -164 150 0.625 145 WATTS 115/1/60 15 STEEL 1 EF -2 LOREN COOK GC -164 150 0.625 145 WATTS 115/1/60 15 (1) 1 EF -3 LOREN COOK GC -144 75 0.750 98 WATTS 115/1/60 15 (1) 1 REMARKS: 1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY MOUNTED DISCONNECT SWITCH AND BACKDRAFT DAMPER. DMPR AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE SCHEDULE MARK MODEL MAN U. TYPE NECK SIZE (L" X W ") FACE SIZE (L" X W ") FRAME FINISH MATERIAL ACCESSORIES REMARKS SR -1 (1) (1) DUCT SUPPLY GRILLE 33 X 6 -- (1) (1) STEEL DMPR SR -2 (1) (1) DUCT SUPPLY GRILLE 21 X 6 -- (1) (1) STEEL DMPR SR -3 (1) (1) DUCT SUPPLY GRILLE 13 X 6 -- (1) (1) STEEL DMPR SD -1 (2) (2) PLAQUE FACE 6 "0 24 X 24 (2) (2) STEEL DMPR TG -1 (3) (3) WALL TRANSFER GRILLE 12 X 12 -- (3) (3) STEEL -- TG-2 (4) (4) PLAQUE FACE 12 '0 24 X 24 (4) (4) STEEL PFS TG -3 (3 (3) WALL TRANSFER GRILLE 20 X 20 -- (3) (3) STEEL -- ACCESSORIES: PFS- PLASTER FRAME EXT- LINDAB AIR EXTRACTOR DMPR- DAMPER OBD- OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER KEY NOTE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL FRAME TYPE ACCESSORIES FINISH (WHITE) REMARKS DAMPER PLASTER FRAME (1) SR- 1 /SR -2 SR -3 LINDAB RGS -3 DUCT EXT - GALVANIZED 'EXT' IS THE AIR EXTRACTOR PRICE SDGE DUCT AS - GALVANIZED 'AS' IS THE AIR SCOOP (2) SD -1 KRUEGER PLQ 23 PRN -100 5HCF23 BRITISH WHITE PRICE SPD 31 VCR -7 APF B12 TITUS OMNI 3 AG -75 TRM 26 (3) TG- 1/TG -3 KRUEGER S85 SURFACE - - BRITISH WHITE PRICE 535 SURFACE - - B12 TITUS 25RL SURFACE - - 26 (4) TG -2 KRUEGER PLQ 23 - 5HCF23 BRITISH WHITE PRICE SPD 31 - APF B12 TITUS OMNI 3 - TRM 26 C?"3 SEPARATE 1+ PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 w Z w U w 0 Q cc 0 W J Z 06 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: NOV 1 012 ARCHITECT INFO: 'Ad 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: EIVED CITY Ti KINIUt Nnv 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER ....__.... DRAWN BY: DE/JB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: M4 -0 12"X12" REDUCTION i! GAP INC. v AIR DUCT GRILLE FWITHTLAY)IN FRAME AND ACCESSORY STEEL MOUNT ADAPTOR FRAME FOR GYP. BOARD TRANSFER GRILLE (TG -1) 1' CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 2'RISE METAL STUD CEILING *, moov SUPPORT OR FRAMED WALL 3' AHU -1 REFRIGERANT PIPING: HORIZONTAL RUNS = 19 FEET 3'RISE VERTICAL RISE = 19 FEET MISCELLANEOUS = 5 FEET ,a �.. PROVIDE STEEL FRAMING AROUND OPENING AND SECURE TO STRUCTURE. 3, TOTAL LINE LENGTH = 43 FEET LINE LENGTHS INDICATED ARE 11' APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXACT ROUTING AND LENGTH IN FIELD AND RE- CONFIRM LINE SIZES WITH GYP. BOARD OR - LAY -IN CEILING. i ° ` �..: ;...,.. 14'RISE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. AH JMBER: i9 )CATION: KWAY SUI -ICENTER PKV ILA, WA , 140 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE AHU -1 REFRIGERANT PIPING DETAIL 400 TRANSFER AIR GRILLE DETAIL 102 CONSULTANT INFO: 1111.1 EXTRACTOR DUCT MOUNTED D SUPPLY CONDENSING UNIT PROFESSIONAL STAMP: S. sT �OFA� LAG BOLT DIFFUSER WOOD NAILER T NEOPRENE WASHER COUNTERFLASHING I'4 NAIL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT RAIL (PATE ES -5 OR OFFICE /RESTROOM SPIRAL WALL ' ; LAG BOLTS ROOFING MAIN DUCT 794 wff �'o� '�crs� `4'sioNAL'Re . 2012 ARCHITECT INFO: MCI 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM APPROVED EQUAL) ©16 -0 A.F.F. 013' -0" TO 15'- 11 "A.F.F. PLAN SECTION ROOF INSULATION ROOF STRUCTURE O ADJUST THROW OF VERTICAL BLADES FOR 1/3 OF AIR STRAIGHT AND 1/3 OF AIR TO 45 DEGREES RIGHT AND 1/3 OF AIR TO 45 DEGREES LEFT. 22 FOR SUPPLY REGISTERS 13' -0" TO 15' -11 ", ADJUST THROW OF HORIZONTAL BLADES FOR 2/3 OF AIR STRAIGHT AND 1/3 OF AIR TO 22.5 DEGREES DOWN. os FOR SUPPLY REGISTERS 16' -0" & HIGHER, ADJUST THROW OF HORIZONTAL BLADES FOR 1/2 OF AIR STRAIGHT AND 1/2 OF AIR TO 22.5 DEGREES DOWN. BASE PLATE NOTE: PROVIDE RUBBER FLOOR MATTS AROUND ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT ACCU MOUNTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 330 DUCT MOUNTED REGISTER DETAIL 101 ISSUE TYPE: NEW 24 GA. G.I. COVER PLATE - NOTCH TO AT PIPES NEW 24 GA. G.I. MULTIPLE PIPE ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY - FASTEN TO CURB USING NEW 3/8" HEAD SCREWS THROUGH 5/8" STEEL/ NEOPRENE WASHERS - MIN. 3 PER SIDE. NEW 4" FIREPROOF INSULATION STRIP GRAVITY VENT 12PR FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ROOF CURB - MINIMUM 14 n a 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 TO S.A. INSULATED MAIN ROUND DUCT SECURE VENT TO ROOF iiii:::::::: TAPE &STRAP FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK PLACE DUCT HANGER STRAP BEFORE BEND — REVISIONS: N 2x10 WOOD CURB CURB AS REQUIRED. r/ (MINIMUM 2 FASTENERS �.� .. .. �� �� C T1( �KldlllLA OV 1 b Z01Z -PERMIT CENTER ......... . =.: ^., �:,-,.';'� ;S '��� "'� � 's ��;;,,,,' ► ` NEW 2x4 WOOD NAILER �/ SECURED TO �.►- UNDERLYING DECK � NEW PIPES _ PER SIDE) ROOFING SEAL ALL JOINTS z �° �j INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK ADJUST '� ` ��` HIGH FACTORY �� FABRICATED LENGTH 10FT MAX. -. �.:�, � /► V-z-k.Sj� 4 NEW NEW FIBERGLASS BASE SHEET - MECHANICALLY FASTENED NEW MODIFIED BITUMEN FLASHING MEMBRANE - TORCH- APPLIED „ 3x3 CONTINUOUS 20 GA. G.I. ROOF INSULATION ���; W �ti ` €, I= INSULATED ROOF CURB COMPATIBLE WITH ROOF. �°� RADIAL DAMPER - PROVIDE MIN. ONE DUCT DIAMETER TO DIFFUSER ROOF STRUCTURE -- FRAME ROOF OPENING �I EXHAUST VENT DUCT DROP, FULL SIZE OF CURB OPENING. METAL - SECURE TO DECK USING SCREWS SPACED AT 8" O.C. EXISTING ROOF INSULATION DRAWN BY: DE/JB EXISTING BUILT -UP ROOFING , SUPPLY DIFFUSER WITH LAY IN PROVIDE STEEL FRAMING FRAME AND ACCESSORY STEEL MOUNT AROUND OPENING AND ADAPTOR FRAME FOR GYP. BOARD SECURE TO CEILING STRUCTURE. GYPSUM BO•L ►.. ,i� h O LAY -IN 3" ' NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 EXISTING STEEL DECK EXHAUST VENT DUCT. REFER TO PLANS FOR DUCT SIZES. TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL DETAILS - NOTE: ALL PIPES ENTERING THE PIPE ENCLOSURE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SLOPED UPWARD AS THEY ENTER THE FLASHING SO THAT WATER WILL NOT BE ABLE TO RUN INTO THE BUILDING. DUCT THROUGH ROOF DETAIL NOT TO SCALE DIFFUSER MOUNTING DETAIL �,RO�D NOT Ta,�� `� HEET NUMBER: M5-0 PIPE THROUGH ROOF DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 331 315 100 AHU TO ACCU WIRING DIAGRAM OUTDOOR UNIT TERMINAL 9. 5P Y (1_1)120_2)11 0-1)120-2)1 3 1 g O z z O Z 0 J COND. PUMP GRAY POWER SUPPLY 1 PHASE 208/230VAC COMMUNICATION CABLE n N.C. L PURPLE ORANGE © WIRE NUT INDOOR UNIT W GROUNDING LI 2 POLE MOTOR RATED SWITCH • N.C. 15A • SW o -I-o- -- o�-o TERMINAL 3P 1( 1)1202) 1 AMP FUSE NOTE: THE THERMOSTAT WIRING WHIP MUST BE PLUGGED INTO THE MOLEX CONNECTOR ON THE PCB BOARD OF THE INDOOR UNIT. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 a w 0000047990 STORE LOCATION ce w 1- z w U ce Cif w CL L.I. w J z oes 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 HVAC INSTRUMENTATION SCHEDULE QTY ITEMS SYSTEM SERVICE DESCRIPTION MANUFACT. REMARKS 4 SD —X RTU SMOKE DETECTION SMOKE DETECTOR _ 4 1 XMFR -1 RTU CONTROLLED DEVICES CONTROL TRANSFORMER _ 1,2,3 REMARKS: 1. 120 VAC PRIMARY AND 24 VAC SECONDARY, 100 VA. 2. CAPABLE OF POWERING MULTIPLE DEVICES UP TO A MAXIMUM TOTAL OF 100 VA. 3. SERVES SD -1, SD -2, SD -3 AND SD -4. 4. SERVES THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT: RTU -1, RTU -2, RTU -3 AND RTU -4. DETAIL NOTES: NOTES: DUCTLESS MINI -SPLIT HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE SPLICING OF CONTROL WIRING IS NOT ALLOWED. ALL WIRING MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA. IF RE —USING EXISTING WIRING, CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE WIRING MEET THESE CRITERIA: 1. A SIX CONDUCTOR 18 GAUGE UNSHIELDED CABLE IS REQUIRED FROM THE THERMOSTAT TO THE EQUIPMENT. THE MAXIMUM DISTANCE IS 100 FT. 2. THE REMOTE SENSOR SHOULD BE CONNECTED TO THE THERMOSTAT USING SOLID CONDUCTOR CAT 5, CAT 5E OR CAT 6 TYPE NETWORK COMMUNICATION CABLE. THIS IS AN UNSHIELDED CABLE WITH 4 TWISTED PAIRS OF 24 GAUGE SOLID WIRE. THE CABLE LENGTH SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 FEET. DO NOT USE STRANDED CABLE. CUT ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUCTORS FROM EACH END OF THE CABLE TO PREVENT SHORTING. 3. IF LESS THAN 75 FEET OF CABLE IS REQUIRED TO CONNECT THE THERMOSTAT TO THE REMOTE SENSOR, A THREE CONDUCTOR THERMOSTAT CABLE (18 -24 GAUGE) MAY BE USED. THIS CABLE IS NOT SUITABLE FOR ANY LENGTH GREATER THAN 75 FEET. 4. REMOTE SENSOR WIRE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM ANY OTHER WIRE AND SHALL NOT BE ON THE SAME BEAM OR CONDUCTIVE METAL AS ANY OTHER WIRE. TRANE PRECEDENT OR VOYAGER UNIT - 2 -STAGE HEATING AND COOLING TRANE "ECA" ECONOMIZER CONTROL MODULE UNIT BLOWER SECTION -40 -40 MAT 1 0 -5V 2 COMMON 1RAT 0 -5V 2 COMMON 14 -20m A 2RAH 14 -20mA 2 OAH MOD BUS COMM COMMON 24V AC P P1 P24 -1 P24 -2 ECA ECONOMIZER MODULE Or 00- 0.- 00- 0►- 0. 00- 0.- /Zi; / L UNIT CONTROL BOX J7 7 -1 7 -2 7 -3 7 -4 7 -5 7 -6 7 -7 7 -8 r 7 -9 RTRM LL LTB1 52 TEST 1 51 TEST 2 31 1 30 2 31 3 118 4 31 5 32 6 +5 vdc FOR TWO SENSORS MISC2 LEAVE FACTORY JUMPER BETWEEN LTB -5 & LTB -6 IF NOT USING DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 01 SMOKE DETECTOR SD —X. DETECTOR CONTACTS TO OPEN WHEN SMOKE IS DETECTED IN THE AIRSTREAM. RTU WIRING DIAGRAM (2- STAGE CLG UNITS) SUPPLY �AIRi L_ _ L__ r- L r L— W2 MISC1 RS2 MISC3 RS +5 RS1 RS1 GND W1 /0 /B YG MISC2 CK1 CKGND R C 0— O— O- 0 0 0 0- o- RETURN AIR L N I L- H X2 — — -� 1 120VAC ' 4VAC L -a - H1 � X 1 EIF XFMR -1 J J VENSTAR ACC0400 REMOTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 RS GND r O VENSTAR T2900 PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT J RS 0- - RS +V 0-- L J O W2 O MISC1 O RS2 O MISC3 O RS +5 O RS1 O RS GND W1 /0 /B Y1 G MISC2 CK1 CKGND R C O 0 O WIRING TERMINAL BLOCK 340 VENSTAR T2900 PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT (REAR VIEW) WIRING TERMINAL BLOCK THERMOSTAT WIRING LEGEND W2 SECOND STAGE HEAT W1/0/8 FIRST STAGE HEAT OR REVERSING VALVE MISC1 CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT #1 RS2 SECOND STAGE REMOTE SENSOR Y1 FIRST STAGE COMPRESSOR MISC3 CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT ; 3 G FAN RS +5 +5 vdc FOR TWO SENSORS MISC2 CONFIGURABLE OUTPUT #2 RS1 REMOTE SENSOR CK1 DRY CONTACT RS GND GROUND FOR TWO SENSORS CKGND DRY CONTACT GROUND R 24 VAC TRANSFORMER C 24 VAC TRANSFORMER COMMON CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: wd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: VENSTAR THERMOSTAT WIRING NOT TO SCALE 302 1-- WIRE TO RTU -1 I EMERGENCY H STOP TERMINAL I 16 O O 9 10 24 VAC UL LISTED 4 —WIRE FACP BY LANDLORD L J N.C. 3 N.C. 14 WIRE TO RTU -4 EMERGENCY STOP TERMINAL r 3 N.C. 14 1 SD -1 FIRST DETECTOR IN THE LOOP J SD -4 LAST DETECTOR IN THE LOOP NOT TO SCALE 304 SUPERVISED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS DETAIL r I I L 1EOL RESISTOR !SPECIFIED J BY FACP SEpARA p D R9P I1jA IAR I NOT T t E 309 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITY NOV i 6 2012 ER IT CENTER D DRAWN BY: DE/JB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: WIRING DIAGRAMS SH ET NUMBER: M8 -0 '4 CO CHANGES TO THE DESIGN OF ANY SYSTEM IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ANY MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT THE ORIGINATING ENGINEER'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY, AS WELL AS THE COST TO CORRECT SUCH MODIFICATION, OF THE CONTRACTOR. EXISTING GAS 1 -1/4" 4" SAN 1-1/2" CW RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX LEGEND TAG STOREFRONT EXTRUSION O GC FACTORY FINISHED SERVICE MFR. MODEL EAD ( L = LANDLORD VOLTS PH. 1 FURNISHED BY, --j COMMENTS) CP -1 0 =OWNER (GAP INC.) ITEM 1 GC= GENERAL CONTRACTOR ASPEN MINI AQUA ASPMA230SP 10 1.5 NA= NOT APPLICABLE I INSTALLED BY I 16 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX REMARKS: 1. PUMP KIT PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, TO BE FIELD INSTALLED INSIDE THE MINI -SPLIT AIR HANDLING UNIT BY G.C. PER MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES. 2. PUMP TO BE POWERED OFF OF THE AIR HANDLING UNIT. ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY COMMENTS WATER LINE TO LEASE SPACE L L SEWER LINE TO LEASE SPACE L L CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTIONS, TRAPS AND PIPING 0 GC GAS METER AND MAIN SHUT -OFF VALVE EXISTING EXISTING WATER METER 0 GC GAS PIPING WITH SUPPORTS, DIRT LEGS AND INDIVIDUAL SHUT -OFF VALVES TO EACH HVAC UNIT 0 GC REMARKS: NOTE: 1. THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ONLY DELINEATES ITEMS SUPPLIED AND /OR INSTALLED BY OWNER AND /OR LANDLORD. ANY WORK SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS NOT DEFINED AS RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR LANDLORD IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE BID CLARIFICATION LETTER FOR ANY VARIATION BY SCOPE OF WORK RESPONSIBILITY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNLOADING OF ANY OWNER SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ABBREVIATION G.C., WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE PLUMBING DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUB — CONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. ALL ROOF CUTTING, PATCHING AND FLASHING REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE BY A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND G.C. 4. ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH STOP VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURE. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 5. ALL SHUT —OFF VALVES LOCATED IN AREAS WITH HARD CEILINGS SHALL HAVE ACCESS PANELS INSTALLED. COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE WITH G.C. AND ARCHITECT. 6. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL ITEMS ON THE CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST ARE COMPLETED PRIOR TO MEP COMMISSIONING. CONTRACTOR WILL RECEIVE CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST IN ELECTRONIC FORM WITH BID DOCUMENTS. XISTING GAS EXISTING GAS- <RTU> 1 (250 CFH) I 1'; I I (120 CFH} 1 -1/4" -oFCO EXISTING 4" SANITARY — EXISTING 2" WATER LINE (NP) (TYP) I I I Ir I II (150 CFH) EXISTING GAS FCO NEW 3/4" WATER LINE TO REMITTED SPACE FOR FUTURE TENANT NEW 4" SANITARY SEWER STUB TO REMITTED SPACE FOR FUTURE TENANT CONDENSATE LIFT STATION SCHEDULE (BY TENANT) TAG PUMP REMARKS ITEM SYSTEM SERVICE MFR. MODEL EAD ( GPH VOLTS PH. AMPS WATTS CP -1 AHU -1 COND ASPEN MINI AQUA ASPMA230SP 10 1.5 230 1 0.11 16 1,2 REMARKS: 1. PUMP KIT PROVIDED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, TO BE FIELD INSTALLED INSIDE THE MINI -SPLIT AIR HANDLING UNIT BY G.C. PER MANUFACTURER GUIDELINES. 2. PUMP TO BE POWERED OFF OF THE AIR HANDLING UNIT. PLUMBING CODED NOTES CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE INTO THE LANDLORD'S EXISTING SANITARY SERVICE AS SHOWN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO BIDDING. INSTALL CLEANOUT AT CONNECTION TO LANDLORD'S MAIN AND COORDINATE LOCATION AND TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED TO MATCH FLOOR FINISH WITH G.C. REFER TO WASTE AND VENT RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. PLUMBING SYMBOLS LEGEND COLD WATER (CW) D CONDENSATE LINE (D) F FIRE PROTECTION (F) (SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE) G GAS LINE (G) HOT WATER (HW) PLUMBING VENT (V) SANITARY WASTE (SAN) - BELOW SLAB /GRADE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR /GRADE BACKFLOW PREVENTER CHECK VALVE CLEANOUT CONNECT TO EXISTING EXISTING FLOOR CLEAN OUT FLOOR DRAIN (FD) FLOOR SINK (FS) PIPE TURNING UP /DOWN REDUCER SHUTOFF VALVE (BALL TYPE) TEE TURNING UP /DOWN TRAP PRIMER VENT THRU ROOF WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR WALL CLEAN OUT AFF /AFG BFP CO (E) FCO TP VTR WHA WCO CONNECT NEW COLD WATER LINE INTO THE EXISTING COLD WATER TAP. NOTIFY G.C. IF TAP IS SMALLER THAN SHOWN. REFER TO COLD WATER AND HOT WATER RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING WATER METER TO REMAIN. INSTALL DRAWING TUBE HOLDER FOR STORAGE OF ALL CONTRACTORS "AS— BUILT" DRAWINGS. PLACE "AS— BUILT" PLUMBING DRAWINGS IN TUBE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL CONDENSATE DRAINS FROM ALL RTU'S AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 1" MINIMUM DRAIN SIZE OR LARGER AS REQUIRED BY CODE. CONDENSATE DRAIN TO BE TRAPPED WITH A TRAP DEPTH OF 1.5 X UNITS TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (MINIMUM 3" DEEP). DRAINS SHALL BE EXTENDED TO A SPLASH BLOCK ON ROOF. ROOFTOP /EXTERIOR PIPING TO SPLASHBLOCK SHALL BE UV RESISTANT PVC PIPING. PVC JOINTS SHALL BE CHEMICALLY WELDED. CONNECTION TO ROOFTOP UNIT SHALL BE SLIP —FIT. EXTEND A NEW GAS SERVICE LINE AS SHOWN AND CONNECT TO HVAC EQUIPMENT. SUPPORT GAS PIPES ACROSS ROOF. COORDINATE METER AND REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID. TIE INTO EXISTING GAS PIPING ON ROOF WITH ISOLATION VALVE. EXTEND A NEW 1" GAS SERVICE LINE THROUGH ROOF TO NEW GAS FIRED UNIT HEATER. SUPPORT PIPING PER DETAIL 302/P5 —O. SEAL ROOF PENETRATION TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. MINI CONDENSATE PUMP KIT FURNISHED WITH AHU. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD INSTALL MINI CONDENSATE PUMP, RESERVOIR WITH FILTER AND FLOAT, AND BREATHER TUBE INSIDE OF WALL MOUNTED AIR HANDLING UNIT PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. POWER FOR THE PUMP TO BE FED FROM AHU. INSTALL 1 AMP INLINE FUSE AND WIRE THE PUMP'S HIGH LEVEL SAFETY SWITCH PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS TO SHUT DOWN THE AHU IN THE EVENT OF PUMP FAILURE. CONDENSATE DISCHARGE TUBING FROM AHU'S CONDENSATE PUMP TO BE ROUTED UP TO DECK. INSTALL ANTI - SIPHONING DEVICE PROVIDED WITH PUMP PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. TRANSITION CONDENSATE DISCHARGE TUBING TO 3/4" COPPER CONDENSATE PIPE AND ROUTE AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE TO MOP SINK MAINTAINING SLOPE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONDENSATE PIPING AND INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. SEPAR A p "*.-2) ?Fort EO,1 PLUMBING PLAN 100 REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 L / L STORE LOCATION: w w 0 ce w 0 ce ^Q cc oesw 1 Z_ SOUTHCENTER P J 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: mhd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: �... ,. EiViED. .H c}TY E4(9 .4 'NM 1 LI 2012 PERMIT CENTE._........ DRAWN BY: DE/JB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: PLUMBING PLANS, NOTES, AND LEGENDS SHEET NUMBER: P1 -0 REDUCTION PLUMBING SCHEDULE ' DESCRIPTION FIXTURE VALVE /FAUCET CONNECTIONS ELECTRICAL REMARKS MFR MODEL MFR MODEL WASTE VENT CW HW VOLTAGE PHASE WATTS WC -1 WATER HANDICAPET AMERICAN S ANDARD 2 67.100 (10.1WGPF) - - 4" 2" 3/4" - - - - 5,7,8 W.1:16 (TYP.) j w dr 3/4 GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 WC -2 WATER CLOSE r AMERICAN STANDARD CADET FLOWISE 2462.100 (1.1 GPF) _ _ 4" 2" 3/4" - - - - 5,7 UR URINAL AMERICAN STANDARD ALLBROOOK FLOWISE 0.5 GPF SLOAN OPTIMA 186 - 0.5 ES -S 2" 1 -1 2" / 3/4" % - 120 1 - 13 SK -1 SINK DWYER - PHOENIX - 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" - - - 1 3/4" /1 LAV LAVATORY AMERICAN STANDARD LUCERNE #0355.012 WHITE AMERICAN STANDARD INNSBROOK 6056.205 1-1/2" 1 -1 /2" 1/2" 1/2" 115 1 - 3,4,6 (.., 1" \ / 3/4 "- l v , • `3/4 3 EWH WATER HEATER TANK A.O. SMITH DEL -6 6 GALLON _ - - 3/4" 3/4" 208 1 1500 10 /¢4` AP WALL ACCESS PANEL ZURN ZANB 1460 11 11" x 11" - _ - - - - - - - - 3/4"-/ 300 FCO FLOOR CLEAN OUT JAY R. SMITH SERIES 4000 TO SUIT FLOOR FINISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9 '5 -0 l¢4 3/4"-,...,, N \ FD FLOOR DRAIN JAY R. SMITH 2005A -P050 - - 3" 1-1/2" - - - - - 12 LAY Ian 1MBER: i9 1CATION: KWAY SUI - CENTER PKV ILA, WA MS MOP SINK FIAT PRODUCTS #MSB -2424 AMERICAN STANDARD UTILITY #8354.112.004 3„ - 1 1 2" / 3 4 3/4" / 3/4" 3 4 / - - - 14 EWC :r;: KA1 CIS/2" MBING 1 /2" 1 /2" 1 /2" 120 - E 325 - - 1/2" \ Y " —1/2 TO FQ 1/2" WHA ARRESTERS ZURN SHOKTROL - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ rt....4 1/2 " 1" • ��� SK-1- WCO WALOUTEAN JAY R. SMITH 4532S - - - - - - - - - 2 "-/ WM WATER METER SENSUS 3/4" SR - - - - 3/4 - - - - 15 J -1/2 " / 1 -1/2" EXISTING WATER- 3/4" LINE (BY LANDLORD);. -`` °' \ 3/4 2 0 1 3 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 REMARKS. 1. SINK AND FAUCET PROVIDED WITH PRE -FAB KITCHENETTE. 8. FURNISH RIGHT HAND AND LEFT HAND MODELS AS REQUIRED PER ADA. 2. CAST IRON CLEANOUT TEE WITH STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER. PLUG TO BE GAS 9. PROVIDE POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE COVER WITH ZARB- 1470 -A CLEANOUT PLUG. AND WATER TIGHT. 10. PROVIDE WITH A WATTS PLT -5 2.1 GALLON POTABLE WATER EXPANSION TANK (ET). 3. PROVIDE WITH TRUEBRO LAV GUARD MODEL #102. 11. PROVIDE WITH DEARBORN 17GA. TRAP, TRAP ADAPTER AND ANGLE STOP. 4. PROVIDE WITH JAY R. SMITH #0700 FLOOR MOUNT LAVATORY CARRIER. 12. FLOOR DRAIN TO BE PROVIDED WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. 5. PROVIDE WITH BEMIS MANUFACTURING MODEL 1955SSC STANDARD WHITE OPEN FRONT 13. PROVIDED WITH TRANSFORMER MODEL NUMBER EL -154. SEAT, LESS COVER. 14. PROVIED WITH FIAT PRODUCTS VINYL BUMPER GUARD #E- 77 -AA. 6. PROVIDE WITH MIXING VALVE, AMERICAN STANDARD MODEL #605XTMV. 15. GC TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND CATALOG SUBMITTAL TO GAP INC. FOR 7. PRESSURE - ASSISTED, TANK -TYPE. APPROVAL. / WC -1 LAY 1/2" WC -2 CONSULTANT INFO: Y A ■I 4 \-1/2" TO EQ CHANGES TO THE DESIGN OF ANY SYSTEM IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ANY MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT THE ORIGINATING ENGINEER'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY, AS WELL AS THE COST TO CORRECT SUCH MODIFICATION, OF THE CONTRACTOR. PLUMBING CODED NOTES 101 EXTEND NEW VENT THROUGH ROOF. REFER TO WASTE AND VENT RISER DIAGRAM AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. COL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE DONE BY LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 103 INSTALL 1/2" WATER PIPE FROM TRAP PRIMER DOWN IN WALL UNDER FLOOR TO FLOOR DRAIN. TRAP PRIMER TO BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITH ACCESS PANEL. PROFESSIONAL STAMP: s vnw sT. oiwAS ��� � ° ��; � COLD WATER AND HOT WATER RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE N aN N 'N\,, __._ .. ., , ...... ,_......_, Via, R a ., WC— WCO MS EWH WC -1 WCO I 101 �N 1 305 y ,a 0037194ip '4Gisi'VSL 0" Ss to r4 �., A., 012 ARCHITECT INFO: MCI 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM 2i 3MR I 1 P5 -o / "r� U I ISSUE TYPE: 1 �� I SK -1 1 r 1 /\ \I FD &TP (� �" Q 1 I I wco 100% CHECK SET. 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL 11 /09/12 .......... ...............w ,.. .......... v... ,,. . . ... .. I — 04 � o— .� .� — r J AP 103 FD &TP ' ( --I- ,�� 1 - — --I Nil _1 I r-1 LAV N TI I� -1 I 1 I- 1 I UR 1 11 V 1 MS d 7i _ ■ 'I 4 a I / ET FCO 103 E z y� FD &TP WC -1 UR-1----------"r ,�� L - - WC-2 4» 4 2" / 3 ti /ail I/ I WCO ! 1 I 3 / (� <I I- -- — -,- - -�" 2 i I \ 2 lwc:i 4 IT L ( a r I i I L 2" �1 II '' I WC-2 1 Ewe I- 1 REVISIONS: r.. 4' FCO 1 4 4" 3 LAV LAV CONNECT TO LANDLORD PROVIDED WC 2" ���d.�_...,._. 4w 3" FO WCOJ EWC v 305 4 SANITARY SEWER �� " " 4 4 2' 1.. m TL11lLAe NOV 18 zol2 _PERMIT ......................... . . . ` 4" SANITARY SEWER. REFER TO 101 3" VTR 5 -0 1 -1 /2" CW. REFER TO SHEET DRAWN BY: DE/JB b ( ),............ 3 (2 NE JOB NUMBER GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: SEPARATE PLUMBING PLANS, RISERS, AND SCHEDULES PERMIT AND , APPROVAL REQUIRED SHEET P1 -0 FOR CONTINUATION P1 -0 FOR CONTINUATION N SHEET NUMBER: ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN 1 4" = 1'- °w NOT TO SCALE P 1 -1 WASTE AND VENT RISER DIAGRAM 100 102 2 -1/2" G (20 FT) 2 -1/2" G (20 FT) K. 2" G (50 FT) (250 CFH) 1 -1/4" G (29 FT) K. (57 FT) (150 CFH)I (BY TENANT) TOTAL METER LOAD: 900 CFH 2" G (31 FT) (250 CFH) (250 CFH) 1 -1 /4" G (5 FT) K. D 1 -1/4" G (4-8 FT PIPE SIZE AS REQUIRED SEE DRAWINGS DECK PLATE, RIGID 18 GA. STAINLESS STEEL, MIRO INDUSTRIES MODEL DP- 12 -SS, SIZE 12" SQ. PILLOW BLOCK PIPE STAND OF POLYCARBONATE RESIN MATERIAL, MIRO INDUSTRIES MODEL 3 R PILLOW BLOCK PIPE STAND DECK PLATE ROOFING MATERIAL PLAN ELEVATION CENTER DECK PLATE BELOW PIPE STAND DRAINAGE PORTS ON TWO SIDES OF PIPE STAND BASE PROVIDE ALUMINUM PIPE STRAPS. FASTEN TO PIPE STAND WITH STAIN STEEL SCREWS PIPE SHALL REST FIRMLY ON PIPE STAND WITHOUT GAPS PIPE STANDS ARE STACKABLE FOR PROPER ELEVATION OF VARIOUS SIZE PIPE TO MAINTAIN LEVEL PIPING. NO SHIMS OR BLOCKS ARE ALLOWED PIPE STAND GOOD FOR 1/2" TO 3 1/2" STEEL PIPE SIZES ONLY. SUPPORT SPACING FOR PIPE SIZE: 1/2 " =6'; 3/4 "- 1 " =81; 1 1/4 "AND LARGER =10'; PLACE DECK PLATES ON ROOFING, SET PIPE STAND FREE ON DECK PLATES. STACK PIPE STAND WHERE REQUIRED TO ELEVATE PIPING. INSTALL GAS PIPE TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. PRIMER COAT AND PAINT EXTERIOR GAS PIPE UGHT GREEN COLOR. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) LO LO M STORE LOCATION: CC LIJ -J 2E 0 GAS PIPING RISER DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 306 GAS SUPPORT NOT TO SCALE 302 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 #4 LEAD FLASHING - ROLL 1" DOWN INTO PIPE VENT THRU ROOF SET FLANGE IN ROOF CEMENT & STRIP I MULTI -PLY MEMBRANE STRIPPING PLIES BUILT UP ROOFING SYSTEM OVER 3" RIGID INSUL. OVER 1X" MIL. DEC METAL BITUMEN DAM - 6" HIGH 2) "X2) ")0'4"X4' -0" LONG ANGLE (AT PIPE 6" OR LARGER) WELD TO ALL DECK RIBS 0 4 "YIN 41MIN VACUUM BREAKER HEAT TRAP 18" MIN CENTER TO CENTER ON CW AND HW GATE /BALL VALVE(TYP.) -CW IA] 3/4" THERMAL 3/4" EXPANSION z/ TANK / SECURE TO WALL FOR BRACING DRAIN VALVE SHELF ABOVE MOP SINK CEILING OR IN MOP SINK ROOM TO BE MOUNTED ON THE WALL OR PLATFORM. IF MOUNTED ABOVE MOP SINK, PLATFORM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 7' -0" A.F.F. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFO. 1" RUN FULL SIZE TO MOP SINK 6" 3/4 "- 11111 11 INSULATE ALL PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS UNION (TYP.) 3/4" T & P RELIEF VALVE WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFO. 2" WIDE, 20 GA. SHEET METAL BAND, SECURE TO WALL FOR SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. GALV. DRIP PAN. PROVIDE 6" CLEARANCE BETWEEN WATER HEATER AND GALV. DRIP PAN ON ALL SIDES SEPARATE 1" DRAINS TO MOP SINK. PROVIDE 4" AIR GAP. CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: TYP. VENT THRU ROOF NOT TO SCALE 305 TANK WATER HEATER NOT TO SCALE 300 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM DO NOT PROVIDE TRAP ON UNITS WHICH HAVE AN INTERNAL TRAP, BUT DO DISCHARGE AWAY FROM UNIT SHUT -OFF VALVE (PLUG VALVE) UNION CONNECT TO ROOFTOP UNIT —Ip EXTEND GAS PIPING TO EXISTING METER LOCATION ROOF THREADED PIPE TO PVC ADAPTER ON CONDENSATE WASTE CONNECTION(S) PVC PIPE TRAP (SEE DETAIL BELOW) DISCHARGE AWAY FROM SERVICE AREAS OF UNIT OR WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS 6" LONG, CAPPED DIRT LEG UNIT CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION -\ LOCATE SPLASH BLOCK A MINIMUM OF 6' FROM TRAP7 4" L 6'I j 12 "x12" CONCRETE SPLASH BLOCK DRAIN PLUG R.T.U. TRAP 1 ,/-ROOF UNE NEOPRENE PAD (TYP. ALL R.T.U. H.VA.C. UNITS) 1 /4" DIAMETER THRU BOLT WITH TOGGLE (TYP. OF 2) PAN HEAD SCREWS TO SECURE STRAPS LOOSE PVC TOP CAP 3/4" X 2" POPLAR PLYWOOD TRIM SCREWED TO 2'°X4" METAL STRAP (TYP. OF 2) SECTION NTS ROOFTOP UNIT CONNECTIONS (BY LL) NOT TO SCALE 303 ATTACH A LABEL (WITH CLEAR TAPE) STATING: 3" LABEL .xItNT OF WOOD HOLDER PVC BOTTOM GLUED IN PLACE THIS TUBE CONTAINS STORE DRAWINGS AND IS NOT TO BE REMOVED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE STORE MANAGER. THANK YOU. tu- 3(9'5 DRAWING TUBE 26" 1 24" A.F.F. ELEVATION NTS SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPRO VAL ED NOT LJE ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW A NflV 1-mo -2012 PERMIT .CENTER �........ DRAWN BY: DE/JB A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: PLUMBING DETAILS 102 SHEET NUMBER: P5 -0 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15000 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS A. NOTE 1. THE ABBREVIATION G.C. WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 15. 3. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 4. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE CAND INSPECTION THIS ONT OF THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS THE COMPLETION O TO COMPLY WITH THE SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK. ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTORS BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. 6. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR OWNER SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH THE LANDLORD AND THE G.C. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, AS REQUIRED. 2. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, AND WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS PART OF CONTRACT. 3. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL MECHANICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING, AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT PROFESSIONAL MANNER USING GOOD ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES. 6. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. C. CODES . ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LANDLORDS' CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY THE OWNER TO THE CONTRACTOR. D D. LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS & 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO THEIR WORK. 2. FURNISH TO THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT E. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE PR- QUALIFIED, LISTED IN THIS CONTRACTOR'S BID AND HAVE A COST SAVINGS FOR THE OWNER OF F AT LEAST $500 PER TYPE OF EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONALLY, ONLY MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE REVIEWED. ALL SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING, THROUGH SHOP DRAWINGS PROCESS, BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. THE USE OF ANY EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE G.C.'S OFFICE AND THE SUB - CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT THEY HAVE REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. F. GUARANTEE 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER THEIR CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT THEIR OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE AS SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT. 2. THE OWNER SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 -MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND ITS VENDORS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. G. RECORD DRAWINGS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: A. LOCATION OF CONCEALED PIPING VALVES AND DUCTS. B. REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS. C. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2. AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF THE MOST RECENT SET OF DRAWINGS WITH TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRAWINGS INCLUDED SHALL BE STAMPED "DO NOT REMOVE" AND PLACED IN DRAWING TUBE LOCATED NEXT TO THE ELECTRICAL PANELS. (SEE DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION.) H. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1. DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, IN WRITING OF VARIATIONS TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. OTHERWISE, THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. I. PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1. THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY SERVICE REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S HVAC, PLUMBING AND SPRINKLER SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE WITH THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE HVAC, PLUMBING OR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. J. DEMOLITION 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE G.C.. COORDINATE WITH THE G.C. ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH THE G.C. FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION, PLUMBING FIXTURES, PIPING, HVAC UNITS, REFRIGERANT RECAPTURE, EXHAUST FANS, ETC. AND ASSOCIATED ROOF CURBS NOT BONG REUSED ON THIS PROJECT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, PIPES, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO REMOVAL. ROOF CURBS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL /FLOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO MATCH EXISTING STRUCTURE. EXISTING ABANDONED PIPES, DUCTS, OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED PIPING AND /OR DUCTWORK MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE G.C. PRIOR TO BID AND INCLUDE IN BID PROPOSAL AS DIRECTED BY THE G.C. K. SLEEVES 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 2" ABOVE THE FLOOR. CONTRACTOR MUST COORDINATE THROUGH THE LANDLORD ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF OPENINGS IN MASONRY FLOORS OR WALLS. 2. ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3. SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS, AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL PIPING, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO. 22 U.S.G. GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. L. HANGERS 1. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, BANDS, C- CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2. HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. HANGERS MUST BE ATTACHED TO UPPER CHORD OF BAR JOIST. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, AND IN ORDER TO SUPPORT DUCTWORK OR PIPING, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. HANGERS FOR ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE SIZED AND INSTALLED FOR THE OUTER DIAMETER OF INSULATION. INSTALL 6" LONG SPLIT CIRCLE GALVANIZED SADDLE BETWEEN THE HANGER AND THE PIPE INSULATION. 4. HANGERS AND PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE DI- ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. END OF SECTION 15000 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15200 PLUMBING A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL WORK FOR THE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. COMPLETE SANITARY PIPING SYSTEMS OF WASTE, DRAINS, AND VENTS. B. COMPLETE COLD AND HOT WATER PIPING SYSTEMS, APPURTENANCES AND INSULATION. C. FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED. D. COMPLETE NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). E. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS. 2. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE PLUMBING SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3. FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE *INC INCLUDED BIDS PROPOSAL. B. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION 1. REFER TO PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE SCHEDULES. " " A. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE PRECISION PLUMBING "PRIME-RITE" OR EQUAL. B. WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS SHALL BE ZURN "SHOCKTROL" OR EQUAL. 2. SANITARY PIPING A. WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE. VENT PIPING ABOVE FLOOR 2" OR SMALLER MAY BE GALVANIZED STEEL. ALTERNATE PIPING MATERIALS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTION WHEN THEIR USE IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS AND DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER TRADES. B. INSULATE ALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF PIPING LOCATED IN CEILING SPACES OF TENANTS IN SPACES BELOW, WHEN APPLICABLE INSULATION TO BE AS SPECIFIED FOR WATER PIPING. 3. POTABLE WATER PIPING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A. BELOW GRADE: TYPE 'K', ANNEALED TYPE TEMPERED COPPER TUBE FOR PIPE SIZES 2 INCHES AND SMALLER BRAZE ALL JOINTS. B. ALL OTHER: TYPE 'L' OR TYPE "M" (IF PERMITTED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY) DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND 95 -5 TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER 4. PIPING OF DISSIMILAR METALS MUST BE DI- ELECTRICALLY SEPARATED. 5. GENERALLY, SANITARY AND POTABLE WATER TAPS WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONNECTION POINTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND NOTIFY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER IF CONDITIONS ARE NOT AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR AS STATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY THE OPERATIONS OF ENTIRE SYSTEM PRIOR TO TIE IN AS FOLLOWS: A. SNAKE SANITARY FOR A DISTANCE OF 100 FEET AND REPORT ANY BLOCKAGE. B. TEST WATER PRESSURE TO INSURE MINIMUM PSI MATCHES MOST DEMANDING EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. 6. INSULATE ALL HOT WATER AND COLD WATER PIPING WITH 1" THICK (K =0.23 0 75 F) PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS. 7. INSULATE THE TRAP, SANITARY AND SUPPLY PIPES UNDER LAVATORY WITH TRUEBRO MODEL 102W "HANDI LAV GUARD" INSULATION KIT. 8. INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, SADDLES, AND CARRIERS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL PIPING AND FIXTURES. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. 9. STERILIZE WATER SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES. 10. CLEAN -OUTS AND FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LOCAL CODES. FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE J.R. SMTIH 2005A -P050 OR EQUAL WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. WALL COVERS ARE TO BE STAINLESS STEEL AND FLOOR COVERS ARE TO BE BRASS. PROVIDE FLOOR COVERS WITH INSET AREA FOR CARPETED LOCATIONS. ALL CLEAN -OUT LOCATIONS SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 11. ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE CHROME PLATED, SIZE AS REQUIRED AND PLACED AT ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS AT WALLS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS IN FINISHED AREAS. 12. LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE PER LOCAL CODES, MINIMUM AS FOLLOWS: A. TEST WATER PIPING AT 100 PSIG FOR SIX HOURS. B. TEST DRAIN, WASTE, VENT PIPING BY A 10' WATER COLUMN FOR TWO HOURS. 13. FLASHING SHALL BE SEALED WATERTIGHT AND PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. USE A LANDLORD APPROVED ROOFING CONTRACTOR WHERE APPLICABLE. 14. PROVIDE WATER METER AND REMOTE READER PER LANDLORD'S CRITERIA OR LOCAL UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF WATER METER IS REQUIRED. C. GAS PIPING 1. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE GAS PIPING SYSTEM IF APPLICABLE. REFER TO PLANS TO DETERMINE IF A GAS SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 2. GAS LINES SHALL BE BLACK STEEL, SCHEDULE 40, ASTM A -120, WITH MALLEABLE THREADED FITTINGS FOR 2" AND SMALLER, AND WITH WELDED JOINTS FOR 21/2" AND LARGER. 3. FURNISH AND INSTALL A GAS COCK, DIRT LEG AND UNION CONNECTION TO EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. 4. PITCH PIPING AT A UNIFORM GRADE OF 1/4" IN 15 FEET UPWARD IN DIRECTION / " OF FLOW. SUPPORT PIPING EVERY 5 FEET. SUPPORT AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD CRITERIA, AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS, OR BY STANDARD INDUSTRY PRACTICE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. 5. GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON ROOF MUST BE PAINTED WITH RUST- INHIBITING PAINT.�� 6. GAS PIPING INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND VENTED OR WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODE, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES. 7. TESTING AND PURGING OF GAS PIPING SHALL BE DONE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY, LOCAL CODES, AND APPLICABLE NFPA 54 CODES. 8. CONTACT AND COORDINATE GAS SERVICE, METER AND REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LOCAL GAS COMPANY AND THE MALL'S OPERATIONS MANAGER PRIOR TO BID. INCLUDE INSTALLATION COST OF GAS METER AND REGULATOR IN BID.���w� END OF SECTION 15200 DIVISION 15300- MECHANICAL SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST USE A LANDLORD APPROVED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK. ALL COSTS MUST BE INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACTORS BID. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MUST COMPLY WITH ALL SECTIONS OF THIS SPECIFICATION AND INCLUDE SAME IN BID. 2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. INSTALLATION OF NEW WET SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COVERAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS, NFPA -13, LOCAL CODES, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, AND INSURANCE CARRIERS FOR THE MALL AND THE OWNER. B. TAPS, RISERS, LATERALS, BRANCHES, VALVES, ALARMS, SPRINKLER HEADS AND ALL COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM. C. DESIGN DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS. D. PERMITS, FEES, AND CHARGES. E. TESTS AND TEST CERTIFICATES. 3. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE APPROVED INDUSTRY FIRE SPRINKLER STANDARDS FOR REUSING EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER BRANCHES AND SUBMIT CALCULATIONS TO THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER UPON REQUEST OR REWORK SYSTEM TO THE G.C. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S SATISFACTION. 4. RELOCATION OF EXISTING MAINS, LATERALS, BRANCHES AND RISERS TO FACILITATE STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH THE G.C. PRIOR TO BID. B. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. THIS FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS FOR THEIR WORK. SUBMIT SIX (6) COPIES TO THE G.C. FOR ARCHITECTURAL APPROVAL OF HEAD LOCATIONS AND TYPES. 2. THIS FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING COORDINATED DRAWINGS, HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS, HEAD TYPES AND COLORS TO ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR APPROVAL. NO WORK SHALL BEGIN UNTIL ALL APPROVALS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. 3. A COPY OF THE LETTER OF APPROVAL FROM THE LANDLORD'S INSURANCE RATING BUREAU SHALL BE FORWARDED TO THE LANDLORD'S AGENT AND TO THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. C. EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION 1. SPRINKLER HEADS: A. FUSIBLE LINK TYPE AND STYLE AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY THE APPLICATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE HEADS WITH NOMINAL 1/2" DISCHARGE ORIFICE FOR "ORDINARY" TEMPERATURE RANGE. B. CONCEALED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD (ALL BRANDS): MODEL #G -1, BRONZE HEAD WITH WHITE COVER PLATE BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER COMPANY OR EQUAL. C. SEMI - RECESSED AUTOMATIC HEAD (BANANA REPUBUC CLASSIC ONLY): MANAFACTURER VIKING, MODEL A1- 06662B. ESCUTCHEON (BANANA REPUBUC CLASSIC ONLY): MANAFACTURER VIKING, MODEL F1- 06911A. D. RECESSED AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD: MODEL #G WITH BRIGHT CHROME FINISH HEAD AND WHITE ESCUTCHEON BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER COMPANY INC. OR EQUAL. E. UPRIGHT AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD: MODEL #G WITH NATURAL BRONZE FINISH HEAD BY RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER COMPANY INC. OR EQUAL. F. SPRINKLER HEADS BY GLOBE, STAR, GRINNELL, VIKING OR CENTRAL SHALL BE CONSIDERED EQUAL. G. SPRINKLER HEADS LOCATED IN CEILINGS OR WALLS BELOW 8' -0" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AND ABOVE STORAGE DECKS ARE TO BE CONCEALED. 2. PIPING: A. COPPER TUBE AND FERROUS PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA -13 SECTION 3 -3 AND LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. CPVC AND POLYBUTYLENE IS NOT PERMITTED. 3. A FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM TAP IS NORMALLY FURNISHED BY THE LANDLORD. VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID. SPRINKLER SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 130 SQ. FT. IN "SALES" AREAS AND 100 SQ. FT. IN "STOCK" AREAS. COMPLY WITH LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA AND LOCAL CODES IF MORE STRINGENT. PIPE SIZING SHALL BE BASED ON NFPA ORDINARY HAZARD. 4. ALL SPRINKLER LINES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE, AVOIDING INTERFERENCE WITH LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTS, PIPES, STORAGE DECK, ETC. FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS INDICATING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, SPRINKLER LINES, LIGHT FIXTURES, DUCTWORK, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 5. WHERE POSSIBLE, REWORK THE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO MEET THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THIS DESIGN. RELOCATE ALL MAINS AND BRANCHES INTERFERING WITH CEILING HEIGHTS, LIGHT FIXTURE PLACEMENT, DUCTWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND MAJOR COMPONENTS INCLUSIVE OF ADJACENT TENANTS AND MALL COMMON AREAS. REMOVE ALL UNUSED PIPING. 6. FURNISH AND INSTALL A VALVED TEST CONNECTION IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION FOR THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED OR REQUESTED BY THE MALL, LOCAL INSPECTOR, OR INSURANCE CARRIER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 7. WHEN COMPLETED, THE ENTIRE FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AS REQUIRED BY THE RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SYSTEM SHALL SHOW NO SIGNS OF LEAKAGE OR OTHER DEFECTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO THE WORK OF THE OTHER CONTRACTORS OR TO THE BUILDING, OR TO ITS CONTENTS, PEOPLE, ETC., CAUSED BY LEAKS IN ANY OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY HIM. ALL REPAIRS OR REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGES SHALL BE AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 8. PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED "SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATES" SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE LANDLORD, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 9. FURNISH AND INSTALL 10 LB. TYPE "ABC" FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, WITH CABINETS IF REQUIRED, AND AT LEAST A 112A1OBC" RATING. LOCATIONS TO BE ESTABLISHED IN THE FIELD BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LOCAL FIRE PROTECTION OFFICIAL. MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE BETWEEN EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE 75 FEET OR LESS AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. END OF SECTION 15300 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING REDUCTION ' GAP INC. CORPORATE 1 HARRISON SAN FRANCISCO, ARCHITECTURE STREET CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 1CATION: <WAY SUI -CENTER PKV ILA, WA 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL cr� .o E Q' y • STAMP: VAN s o4wAS ci, ,, , -=,4 ; `,; 4_ .. ■ , i '��``` , , 194 ',co- v tiff SION AL 4OI ARCHITECT INFO: MCI 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 ", BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 „ ` °` � REVISIONS: R . IVES CITY OF..11J..KWI! NOV 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTER. A. SCOPE OF WORK DRAWN BY: DE/JB 1. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: RATE SEPp ND A. HVAC UNITS, EQUIPMENT, AND APPURTENANCES (UNLESS NOTED OTHERw Rt IT p ' VAS pppRO REQUIRED :Lit- _ � TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: n�PF 1 3 -0 B. DUCTWORK, FITTINGS, DAMPERS, AND INSULATION. C. CURBS, ROOFING, AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). D. CONDENSATE PIPING SYSTEMS (AS APPLICABLE, REFER TO PLANS). E. TEMPERATURE /LIGHTING CONTROLS 2 BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOBSITE AND EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE HVAC SYSTEM, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. 3 RELOCATION OF EXISTING DUCT MAINS OR BRANCHES TO MEET STORE DESIGN CRITERIA MUST BE INCLUDED IN BID PROPOSAL. B. HVAC EQUIPMENT 1 PRIMARY HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER AS SCHEDULED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO PLANS AND SCHEDULES FOR REQUIREMENTS. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A FIVE (5) YEAR COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER WARRANTY. 2 ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT WITH ALL DEVICES, APPURTENANCES, AND ACCESSORIES PROVIDED TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT AND OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3 EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED AND START -UP PERFORMED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT MUST BE TRAPPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS DATA. C. METAL DUCTWORK - NO FIBERGLASS DUCT ALLOWED 1. NO DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED PRIOR TO JOB SITE VISIT AND APPROVAL BY THE G.C.. SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS IN ROUTING OR SIZING OF THE DUCTWORK /PIPING SYSTEMS MUST BE CLOUDED AND NOTED ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. THESE SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S ENGINEER PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 2. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, FABRICATE AND INSTALL RECTANGULAR AND ROUND DUCTWORK WITH GALVANIZED STEEL, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS" OF THE LATEST EDITION. WHERE OTHER CODES ARE ENFORCED, (IE. UMC, BOCA, ETC.) USE THE MOST STRINGENT CODE FOR DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 3. ROUND AND FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK A. ALL ROUND AND FLAT OVAL SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTWORK, EXCEPT SYSTEMS WITH DROP BOX DIFFUSERS, SHALL BE LINDAB, UNITED MCGILL OR SEMCO DUCT SYSTEMS CONSISTING OF FITTINGS THAT ARE FACTORY FITTED WITH A SEALING GASKET AND SPIRAL DUCT WHICH, WHEN INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, WILL SEAL THE DUCT JOINTS WITHOUT THE USE OF DUCT SEALER. B. MATERIAL: ALL DUCT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE G -90 OR G -60 GALVANIZED STEEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM A -643 AND A -924. C. CONSTRUCTION: ALL DUCT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER SMACNA'S DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS +10 IN W.G. D. FITTINGS: a. ALL FITTING ENDS SHALL COME FACTORY EQUIPPED WITH A SEALING GASKET. GASKET SHALL BE CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES TO CONFORM TO ASTM E84 -91A AND NFPA 90A FLAMESPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS OF 25/50. b. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE CONTINUOUSLY STITCH WELDED OR SHALL BE STANDING SEAM GORELOCK CONSTRUCTION AND INTERNALLY SEALED. c. THE RADIUS OF ALL 90' AND 45' ELBOWS SHALL BE 1.5 TIMES THE ELBOW DIAMETER. THE RADIUS OF ALL 15', 30'AND 60' ELBOWS SHALL BE 1.0 TIMES THE ELBOW DIAMETER. d. ALL FITTINGS THAT ARE OF EITHER SPOT WELDED OR BUTTON PUNCHED WELDED OR BUTTON PUNCHED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INTERNALLY SEALED. WHEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE DIVIDED FLOW FITTINGS ONLY FULL BODY FITTINGS WILL BE ACCEPTED. ALL BRANCH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE AS A SEPARATE FITTING. FIELD INSTALLATION OF TAPS INTO SPIRAL DUCT SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. e. ALL VOLUME DAMPERS SHALL BE FITTING SIZED TO SLIP INTO SPIRAL DUCT. DAMPER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES: LOCKING QUADRANT WITH BLADE POSITION INDICATOR 2" SHEET METAL INSULATION STAND -OFF INTEGRAL SHAFT /BLADE ASSEMBLY SHAFT MOUNTED, LOAD BEARING BUSHINGS GASKETED SHAFT PENETRATIONS TO MINIMIZE LEAKAGE. E. PERFORMANCE: SELF SEALING DUCT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE SHALL MEET SMACNA'S LEAKAGE CLASS 3 REQUIREMENTS AT -10 IN W.G. TO +10 IN W.G. F. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT MANUFACTURERS DUCT SYSTEM CATALOG DATA FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. SUBMIT SHALL INCLUDE DUCT, FITTING AND SELF SEALING GASKET CATALOG INFORMATION. 4. RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK A. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONSTRUCT DUCT SYSTEMS TO THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: SUPPLY DUCTS: 2" W.G., POSITIVE RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: 2" W.G., NEGATIVE B. EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, USE DUCT SEALANTS OF THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS: SUPPLY DUCTS: CLASS B - 3" W.G. RETURN AND EXHAUST DUCTS: CLASS C - 2" W.G. IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONSTRUCTION AND SEALANT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS, MAXIMUM DUCT AIR LEAKAGE WILL NOT EXCEED 5% AS REQUIRED FOR FINAL AIR BALANCE APPROVAL. C. AS A MINIMUM, CROSS BREAK ALL FLAT SURFACES OR REINFORCE WITH A BEAD APPROXIMATELY 3/8" WIDE X 3/16" DEEP ON 12" CENTERS TO PREVENT VIBRATIONS, REGARDLESS OF DUCT GAUGE. D. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL 90 DEGREE ELBOWS OVER 36" IN LENGTH. INSTALL FACTORY MANUFACTURED SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES IN ALL OTHER ELBOWS. E. ALL JOINTS AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH 2" WIDE, GLASS - FIBER- FABRIC REINFORCED TAPE. JOINTS ALSO SHALL BE RIVETED OR CONNECTED WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS. LIQUID SEALANTS BY UNITED MCGILL CORP., DOW CORNING, MIRACLE ADHESIVES AND SUREBOND INC. WILL BE ACCEPTED IN LIEU OF TAPE. F. SOFT ELASTOMER BUTYL GASKET WITH ADHESIVE BACKING SHALL BE USED TO SEAL FLANGED JOINTS. G. DUCT TRANSITIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES SLOPE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. H. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL MOTORIZED ZONE DAMPERS, FIRE DAMPERS, CONTROLS, AND OTHER ITEMS IN DUCTWORK THAT REQUIRE SERVICE OR INSPECTION. IF THE ACCESS PANEL LOCATION IS EXPOSED TO THE SALES AREA, T MUST BE APPROVED BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. LAY -IN SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DIFFUSERS WITH PLASTER FRAMES MAY BE USED AS ACCESS LOCATIONS WHEN WITHIN 3' -0" OF DEVICE. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. WHERE DUCTWORK SIZE IS LARGER THAN CONNECTED DEVICE (IE. DIFFUSER, REGISTER) SMOOTH DUCT TRANSITIONS ARE TO TAKE PLACE JUST PRIOR TO DEVICE CONNECTION. REFER TO DETAILS. SUPPORT SYSTEMS 5. A. INSTALL RIGID ROUND AND RECTANGULAR METAL DUCT WITH SUPPORT SYSTEMS INDICATED IN SMACNA STANDARDS. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL DUCTS WITHIN 2 FEE OF EACH ELBOW AND WITHIN 4 FEET OF EACH BRANCH INTERSECTION USING DOUBLE STRAP HANGERS ON EACH SIDE OF FITTING. SUPPORT VERTICAL DUCTS AT A MAXIMUM INTERVAL OF 16 FEET AND AT EACH FLOOR. NO WOOD SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OR BRACE DUCTS. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES OR BY LANDLORD. B. WHERE DUCTS PASS THROUGH ROOFS AND FLOORS, PROVIDE AS MINIMUM 1 -1/2"X1-1/2" X1/8" STEEL ANGLE FRAMES AT EACH SIDE OF OPENING. THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN DUCT AND ANGLE FRAMES SHALL BE CAULKED WITH SILICONE SEALANT OR FIREPROOFED AS REQUIRED BY ASSEMBLY FIRE RA11NG. DUCTWORK CLEANING FOR PAINT APPLICATION 6. A. ALL DUCTWORK REQUIRING PAINTING AND EXPOSED IN SALES AREAS AND FITTING ROOMS SHALL BE PHOSPHATIZED OR "PAINTGRIP" SPIRAL GALVANIZED UNINSULATED SHEET METAL EXCEPT FOR SPIRAL DUCTWORK BY LINDAB PRODUCTS WHICH IS TO BE PREPARED ACCORDING TO THE PAINT MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE ADHERENCE OF PAINT. SURFACES SHALL BE CLEAN, DRY AND FREE FROM SPIRAL MANUFACTURER'S LUBRICANTS THAT WILL ADVERSELY AFFECT ADHESION OR APPEARANCE OF APPLIED PAINT COATING. REMOVE ALL DIRT AND GREASE FROM GALVANIZED SPIRAL DUCTWORK WITH A WATER BASED COMMERCIAL DETERGENT AND WIPE DRY WITH DRY CLEAN CLOTHS. SURFACE SHALL BE FREE OF ALL FOREIGN MATERIALS. D. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS 1 FLEXIBLE COLLARS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL CONNECTIONS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ROOFTOP UNITS, ETC.) AND DUCTS OR CASINGS. ALSO, FURNISH AND INSTALL FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS WHERE DUCTS CROSS BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS. 2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF NEOPRENE- COATED FLAMEPROOF FABRIC. PROVIDE ADEQUATE JOINT FLEXIBILITY TO ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT AND PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION. E. VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES 1 VIBRATION ISOLATION DEVICES SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED IN ALL SUPPORTS BETWEEN VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (FANS, AIR HANDLERS, ETC.) AND STRUCTURE. 2 VIBRATING EQUIPMENT HUNG FROM STRUCTURE SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH RUBBER AND SPRING DEVICES. VIBRATING EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED FROM FLOOR OR DECK SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH HOUSED SPRING MOUNT DEVICES. 3 EXAMINE DEAD LOAD AND OPERATING LOAD CONDITION WHEN SELECTING DEVICES. ADJUST FOR PROPER ALIGNMENT AND LOADING. AVOID "GROUNDING " THE ISOLATOR. 4 CHECK HANGER ROD SIZE FOR ALLOWABLE LOADS AT THE ISOLATING DEVICE AND AT THE UPPER AND LOWER ATTACHMENTS TO STRUCTURES, DUCTS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. 5 CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION DATA. F. 1 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE 1" INSULATED CLASS 1 AND RATED FOR THE OPERATING PRESSURE OF THE SYSTEM. DUCT CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL (PLASTIC, CLOTH, ALUMINUM) MUST ADHERE TO LOCAL CODES AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND BE INCLUDED AS SUCH IN THE BID. 2 FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT SHALL BE ATTACHED PER DETAILS. FLEXIBLE AIR DUCT MAY ONLY BE USED IN CONCEALED VERTICAL APPLICATIONS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3 FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER 10' -0" IN LENGTH AT ANY ONE LOCATION. G. 1 H. 1 MANUAL DAMPERS FURNISH AND INSTALL MANUAL LOCKING QUADRANT VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS WITH HANDLE OPERATORS AS SHOWN ON PLANS TO FACILITATE AIR BALANCING. FIRE DAMPERS & SMOKE FIRE DAMPERS FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN MODEL NO. FD36, FD6OFA OR FDR25. 2 PROVIDE FIRE DAMPERS WITH ACCESS DOORS INSTALLED WHERE REQUIRED BY ALL LOCAL CODES. 3 COMBINATION SMOKE FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN MODEL NO. FSD36, FSD6OFA, OR FSDR25. I. DUCTWORK INSULATION & LINING 1 FURNISH AND INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES. INSULATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 90A. 2 DUCTWORK SIZES SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. INCREASE DUCTWORK SIZES AS REQUIRED FOR INTERNALLY LINED DUCT TO MAINTAIN INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. 3 ALL RECTANGULAR SUPPLY DUCTWORK WITHIN 15 FEET AND RETURN DUCTWORK WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE HVAC UNIT SHALL BE INTERNALLY LINED. INTERNAL UNING SHALL BE 1 INCH THICK, 1-1/2 LB DENSITY LINER. LINER SHALL HAVE A COATED SURFACE EXPOSED TO AIRSTREAM TO PREVENT EROSION. APPLY ADHESIVES AND MECHANICAL FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY SMACNA AND THE MANUFACTURER TO PREVENT LINER SEPARATION FROM THE DUCT. ALL TRANSVERSE EDGES SHALL BE COATED WITH ADHESIVE. 4 INSULATE ALL OF THE FOLLOWING DUCTWORK: CONCEALED SUPPLY DUCTWORK THAT IS NOT INTERNALLY LINED, UNTREATED OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK LOCATED WITHIN THE INTERIOR, ALL EXTERIOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK INSULATION SHALL BE 1-1/2" REINFORCED FOIL FACED, VAPOR SEALED FIBERGLASS. INSTALLED THERMAL RESISTANCE SHALL BE AT LEAST 4.5 FOR INTERIOR DUCTWORK AND 6.0 FOR EXTERIOR DUCTWORK, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. PROVIDE EXTERIOR DUCTWORK INSULATION WITH WEATHERPROOF JACKETING. 5 ALL INSULATION AND LINING SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF NO HIGHER THAT 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 411, OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. J. CURBS AND STEEL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT 1 THIS CONTRACTOR WILL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY CURBS AND BLOCKING REQUIRED TO INSTALL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS DESCRIBED OR IMPLIED ON THE DRAWINGS. CURBS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 14" HIGH OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. INSULATE UNDER THE COMPRESSOR SECTION. ALL CURBS MUST BE INSTALLED SO THAT TOP OF CURBS ARE "DEAD" LEVEL. ALL PENETRATIONS OF EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S GUIDELINES AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. COORDINATE STEEL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS, ROOF PENETRATIONS, AND ROOF FLASHING WITH G.C. TO DETERMINE SCOPE OF WORK PRIOR TO BID. THIS CONTRACTOR MUST RECEIVE WRITTEN APPROVAL BEFORE ANY ADDITIONAL WORK TAKES PLACE. K. CONDENSATE PIPING 1 INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" DRAWN COPPER TUBE WITH 95 -5 TIN- ANTIMONY SOLDERED JOINTS AND WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH DIELECTRIC SEPARATION BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. DRAIN SHALL TERMINATE AT A CODE APPROVED LOCATION. ALTERNATE PIPING MATERIALS ARE ACCEPTABLE AS A SUBSTITUTION WHEN THEIR USE IS PERMITTED BY THE LANDLORD, LOCAL CODES AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT OFFICIALS AND DOES NOT AFFECT OTHER TRADES. SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE LISTED AND QUALIFIED IN BID. 2 EXTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 U.V. RESISTANT PVC PIPING. PVC JOINTS SHALL BE SLIP FIT. DRAIN SHALL TERMINATE AT A CODE APPROVED LOCATION. 3 INSULATE ALL INTERIOR CONDENSATE PIPING WITH 1" THICK (K =0.23 0 75 F) PIPE INSULATION WITH AN ALL SERVICE JACKET TO MEET LOCAL CODES AND UL FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS. 4 INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPE HANGERS, AND SADDLES TO PROPERLY SUPPORT ALL CONDENSATE PIPING. HANGERS SHALL SUIT TYPE OF PIPING PROVIDED AND BE SPACED AT A MAXIMUM SPAN OF 5 FEET. PROVIDE SWAY AND SEISMIC BRACING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES. L. REFRIGERANT PIPING 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE REFRIGERANT PIPING SYSTEM BETWEEN THE INDOOR FAN UNITS AND OUTDOOR FAN UNITS. 2 PIPING A REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" HARD DRAWN COPPER TUBING (ASTMB88). TUBING SHALL BE CLEAN, CAPPED AND NITROGEN CHARGED. B ALL FITTING AND JOINTS SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER OR CAST BRONZE (ANSI B16.22). ALL COPPER TO COPPER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH A COPPER - PHOSPHORUS ALLOY AND ALL OTHER JOINTS SHALL BE BRAZED WITH SILFOS -5 ALLOY. C ALL ELBOWS SHALL BE LONG RADIUS TYPE. 3 INSTALLATION A SUCTION LINES SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE LIFT TRAPS AND /OR DOUBLE SUCTION RISERS TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FIELD CONDITIONS AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. C D B BRAZE ALL JOINTS WITH SILFOS -5 STARTING AT THE INDOOR UNIT AND WORKING TOWARD THE OUTDOOR UNIT. THE SEALS ON THE OUTDOOR UNIT SHALL BE BROKEN LAST. A NITROGEN BLEED SHALL BE USED DURING ALL BRAZING AND ANY TIME THE SYSTEM IS OPEN. ALL OPEN LINES SHALL BE CAPPED AND SEALED BEFORE LEAVING THE SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION. PRESSURE TEST FOR LEAKS WITH AN INERT GAS UP TO 245 PSIG. REDO LEAKING JOINTS AND RETEST UNIT SYSTEM IS TIGHT. EVACUATE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO 200 MICRONS OF MERCURY. CHARGE SYSTEM WITH 5 PSI OF R -410A AND AN INERT GAS TO 245 PSI AND RETEST SYSTEM WITH HALIDE LEAK DETECTOR. ALL LEAKING JOINTS MUST BE COMPLETELY RESEALED UNTIL NO LEAKS EXIST. TURN ON CRANK CASE HEATERS 24 HRS PRIOR TO STARTING COMPRESSOR TO BE SURE ALL REFRIGERANT LIQUID IS OUT OF THE COMPRESSOR. UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING, BUT BEFORE THE REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION IS APPLIED, THE PIPING MUST BE INSPECTED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITY AS NECESSARY. INSULATE THE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES AND CONDENSATE LINES ONLY WITH RUBATEX OR ARMSTRONG 1 INCH THICK PIPE INSULATION WITH FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 50 IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. DO NOT INSULATE THE HOT GAS (LIQUID) LINES OR ANY HOT GAS BYPASS LINES IF APPLICABLE. 4 INSPECTION M. 1 2 A CONTRACTOR MUST PREPARE AND SUBMIT A COMPLETE PIPING SCHEMATIC TO THE LOCAL HVAC MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING INSTALLATION. UPON COMPLETION OF PIPING, THIS CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE LOCAL HVAC MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTOR FOR FIELD INSPECTION OF WORK PERFORMED AT G.C.'S EXPENSE. ALL ITEMS FOUND TO BE INADEQUATE FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE BY LOCAL HVAC MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE MUST BE CORRECTED AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGES TO G.C. OR THE OWNER. HYDRONIC PIPING FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. PIPING A HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER, CONDENSER WATER AND /OR HEATING WATER SHALL BE ASTM A53, SCHEDULE 40, STANDARD WEIGHT, BLACK STEEL PIPE OR TYPE "M" COPPER TUBE. BLACK STEEL PIPE SHALL HAVE WELDED FITTINGS FOR PIPE 2 -1/2" AND LARGER AND 300# MALLEABLE IRON FITTINGS FOR PIPE 2" AND SMALLER. COPPER TUBE SHALL UTILIZE WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS WITH 95 -5 SOLDER OR SILFOS FOR PRESSURES GREATER THAN 50 PSI. PROVIDE DIELECTRIC UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR METALS. ALL PIPING SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM, ASA, AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS, WHICHEVER IS MOST STRINGENT. UNIONS OR FLANGES MUST BE USED AT EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WHERE SERVICE OR REMOVAL MAY BE REQUIRED. B ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED WITHOUT LEAKAGE AT A MINIMUM PRESSURE OF 125 PSI. C ALL HYDRONIC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE HVAC PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEANED AND FLUSHED. REMOVE, CLEAN, AND REPLACE STRAINER SCREENS. FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH DOMESTIC WATER VENT ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT FILL TENANT'S SYSTEM WITH WATER FROM THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INSTRUCTED TO DO SO FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. D PRIOR TO CONNECTION TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN WRITTEN CONFIRMATION FROM THE LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE, THAT ALL TESTING, FLUSHING, AND PROPER FILLING OF THE TENANT'S SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS AND THAT THE TENANT'S SYSTEM IS READY TO BE CONNECTED TO THE LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. 3 VALVES A GATE VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, BODY AND UNION BONET OF ASTM B62 CAST BRONZE WITH THREADED OR SOLDER ENDS, INTEGRAL SEAT, RENEWABLE SOLID BRONZE WEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, SCREWED BONNET AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. BALL VALVES ARE ACCEPTED AS AN EQUAL SUBSTITUTION. B GATE VALVE, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125 IRON BODY, RENEWABLE BRONZE SEATS AND SOLID SEDGE DISC, RISING STEM, FLANGED ENDS, AND RE- PACKABLE UNDER PRESSURE. C SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -INCH AND SMALLER: CLASS 150, CAST BRONZE BODY AND CAP CONFORMING TO ASTM B62 WITH HORIZONTAL SWING, Y- PATTERN, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, AND HAVING THREADED OR SOLDERED ENDS. D SWING CHECK VALVES, 2 -1/2 INCH AND LARGER: CLASS 125, CAST IRON BODY AND BOLTED CAP, HORIZONTAL SWING, RENEWABLE BRONZE DISC, FLANGED ENDS AND CAPABLE OF BEING REFITTED WHILE THE VALVE REMAINS IN THE LINE. E COMBINATION BALANCING AND SHUT -OFF VALVES: BELL & GOSSETT CIRCUIT SETTER WITH LOCKING SET POINT. A CIRCUIT SETTER BALANCE WHEEL MUST BE INCLUDED WITH O &M MANUAL. TACO OR HOMESTEAD ARE CONSIDERED AS EQUAL. 4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A PRESSURE /TEMPERATURE TEST PLUGS (PETE'S PLUG) - 1/4 INCH NPT FITTINGS TO RECEIVE EITHER A TEMPERATURE OR PRESSURE PROBE, 1/8 INCH O.D. FITTING AND CAPS SHALL BE BRASS WITH VALVE CORE OF NORDEL, RATED AT 400 PSIG AT 0 DEG F TO 200 DEG F B STRAINERS - "BASKET" STRAINERS, 125 PSIG MIN., CAST IRON BODY WITH PERFORATED STAINLESS STEEL SCREEN, THREADED FOR 2 INCHES AND SMALLER, FLANGED FOR 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER. SCREEN OPENING SIZE AT 0.033 INCH FOR HEATING AND 1/8 INCH FOR CHILLED OR CONDENSER WATER. PROVIDED WITH BLOWDOWN VALVE WITH HOSE END FITTING. C THERMOFLO INDICATOR - BELL & GOSSETT MODEL "TFI" 5 INSULATION A ALL HYDRONIC PIPING FOR CHILLED WATER AND HEATING WATER (NOT INCLUDING CONDENSER WATER UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE), VALVES, FITTINGS, AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE INSULATED. FOR PIPE SIZES UP TO 2 INCHES, INSULATE WITH 1 INCH THICK (K =0.23 0 75 DEG F) FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. FOR PIPE SIZES 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER, INSULATE WITH 1 -1/2 INCH THICK (K =0.23 0 75 DEG F) FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH ALL SERVICE JACKET AND VAPOR BARRIER. B INSULATION AT ALL HANGERS FOR PIPING 2 -1/2 INCHES AND LARGER SHALL BE HARD AND NON- COMPRESSIBLE. C ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RA11NG OF NO HIGHER THAN 50 TO CONFORM WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS. D PROVIDE ZESTON OR EQUAL INSULATION FITTINGS FOR ALL TEES, ELLS OR SPECIALTY FITTINGS. 6 GENERAL INSTALLATION A INSTALL WATER MAINS WITHOUT PITCH. USE ECCENTRIC REDUCING COUPLINGS AT CHANGES IN SIZE WITH THE TOP OF PIPES AT SAME ELEVATION. B BRANCHES TO UNITS BELOW MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM BOTTOM OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE, PITCH DOWNWARD TOWARD UNITS. BRANCHES TO UNITS ABOVE MAINS TO BE TAKEN FROM TOP OF MAINS AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE PITCHED UPWARD TOWARDS UNITS. PITCH NOT LESS THAN 1 PER 10 FEET. C REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR APPLICABLE DETAILS. SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) Cr) LC) STORE LOCATION: w z w U W a Q Cl_ W cesJ Z 0 W 0 j 0-1 CO CO 2013 0.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO:. 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, 01-143017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R 0E0_ • - CITY OF TU.KWILA ...�....�......t._ ��IflU 1-6-2012. • — ERMIT CENTER„ ... DRAWN BY: DE/J13 A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: MPFI 3-1 SECTION 15950 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF AIR, WATER AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS AND MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AABC (ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL) - NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE. B. NEBB (NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU) - PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. TAB REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED ELECTRONICALLY TO THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEERING CONSULTANT AND TO GAP ENGINEERING FOR REVIEW. B. TEST REPORTS: THE TAB REPORT SHALL BE IN THE FORMAT OF THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARD REPORT OR THE NEBB CERTIFIED REPORT FORMS AS PUBLISHED IN THEIR MOST CURRENT EDITIONS. C. REPORTS SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE AND INDEXING TABS AND WITH COVER IDENTIFICATION AT FRONT. INCLUDE SET OF REDUCED INDEX DRAWINGS WITH AIR OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIED TO CORRESPOND WITH DATA SHEETS, AND INDICATING THERMOSTAT LOCATIONS. D. INCLUDE A COPY OF AABC NATIONAL PROJECT PERFORMANCE GUARANTY OR COPY OF NEBB CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE CERTIFICATION. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION, TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE OR NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING OF ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. THE TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING (TAB) OF ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR THAT IS CURRENTLY LICENSED BY AABC OR NEBB. THE COMPANY SHALL SPECIALIZE IN TAB OF SYSTEMS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE CERTIFIED BY AABC OR NEBB. B. PERFORM WORK UNDER SUPERVISION OF AABC CERTIFIED TEST AND BALANCE ENGINEER OR NEBB CERTIFIED TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING SUPERVISOR EXPERIENCED IN PERFORMANCE OF THIS WORK AND LICENSED AT PLACE WHERE PROJECT IS LOCATED. 1.6 TIMING A. THE COMPLETE TAB REPORTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER NO LATER THAN ONE (1) WEEK PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION END DATE. PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 HVAC CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT THE HVAC SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE BEFORE TAB WORK IS STARTED. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT DURING THE TEST ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF THE HVAC SYSTEM TO PROVIDE ASSISTANCE TO THE TAB CONTRACTOR. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SYSTEMS ARE STARTED AND OPERATING IN SAFE AND NORMAL CONDITION. 2. TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE INSTALLED COMPLETE AND OPERABLE. 3. ALL BALANCING DEVICES AND HVAC EQUIPMENT ARE ACCESSIBLE 4. PROPER THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION IS IN PLACE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 5. NEW AIR FILTERS ARE INSTALLED JUST PRIOR TO AIR BALANCE AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER PROJECT IS COMPLETE. 6. DUCT SYSTEMS ARE CLEAN OF DEBRIS. 7. FANS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. 8. FIRE AND VOLUME DAMPERS ARE IN PLACE AND OPEN. 9. AIR COIL FINS ARE CLEANED AND COMBED. 10. ACCESS DOORS ARE CLOSED AND DUCT END CAPS ARE IN PLACE. 11. AIR OUTLETS ARE INSTALLED AND CONNECTED. 12. DUCT SYSTEM LEAKAGE IS MINIMIZED. 13. HYDRONIC SYSTEMS ARE FLUSHED, FILLED, AND VENTED. 14. PUMPS ARE ROTATING CORRECTLY. 15. PROPER STRAINER BASKETS ARE CLEAN AND IN PLACE OR IN NORMAL POSITION. 16. SERVICE AND BALANCING VALVES ARE OPEN. B. IF THE TAB CONTRACTOR DETERMINES THAT A FAN SHEAVE OR BELT REPLACEMENT IS NEEDED TO MEET THE BALANCING REQUIREMENTS, THEN THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE THE FAN SHEAVE /BELT AS REQUIRED. THE HVAC CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING OF THE REPLACEMENT WORK. 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. ALL AIR AND WATER SYSTEMS MUST BE BALANCED WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10% OF DESIGN. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. VERIFY RECORDED DATA REPRESENTS ACTUAL MEASURED OR OBSERVED CONDITIONS. B. PERMANENTLY MARK SETTINGS OF VALVES, DAMPERS, AND OTHER ADJUSTMENT DEVICES ALLOWING SETTINGS TO BE RESTORED. SET AND LOCK MEMORY STOPS. C. AFTER ADJUSTMENT, TAKE MEASUREMENTS TO VERIFY BALANCE HAS NOT BEEN DISRUPTED. IF DISRUPTED, VERIFY CORRECTING ADJUSTMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE. D. LEAVE SYSTEMS IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, REPLACING BELT GUARDS, CLOSING ACCESS DOORS, CLOSING DOORS TO ELECTRICAL SWITCH BOXES, AND RESTORING THERMOSTATS TO SPECIFIED SETTINGS. E. AT FINAL INSPECTION, RECHECK RANDOM SELECTIONS OF DATA RECORDED IN REPORT. RECHECK POINTS OR AREAS AS SELECTED AND WITNESSED BY OWNER. 3.4 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. ADJUST AIR HANDLING AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS TO OBTAIN REQUIRED OR DESIGN SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST AIR QUANTITIES [AT SITE ALTITUDE]. B. MAKE AIR QUANTITY MEASUREMENTS IN MAIN DUCTS BY PITOT TUBE TRAVERSE OF ENTIRE CROSS SECTIONAL AREA OF DUCT. C. MEASURE AIR QUANTITIES AT AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS. D. ADJUST DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO OBTAIN UNIFORM SPACE TEMPERATURES FREE FROM OBJECTIONABLE DRAFTS. E. USE VOLUME CONTROL DEVICES TO REGULATE AIR QUANTITIES ONLY TO EXTENT ADJUSTMENTS DO NOT CREATE OBJECTIONABLE AIR MOTION OR SOUND LEVELS. EFFECT VOLUME CONTROL BY VOLUME DAMPERS LOCATED IN DUCTS. F. VARY TOTAL SYSTEM AIR QUANTITIES BY ADJUSTMENT OF FAN SPEEDS. PROVIDE SHEAVE DRIVE CHANGES TO VARY FAN SPEED. VARY BRANCH AIR QUANTITIES BY DAMPER REGULATION. G. PROVIDE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC WITH REQUIRED AND ACTUAL AIR QUANTITIES RECORDED AT EACH OUTLET OR INLET. H. MEASURE STATIC AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS ON AIR SUPPLY UNITS, INCLUDING FILTER AND COIL PRESSURE DROPS, AND TOTAL PRESSURE ACROSS FAN. MAKE ALLOWANCES FOR 50 PERCENT LOADING OF FILTERS. I. ADJUST OUTSIDE AIR AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, OUTSIDE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND EXHAUST DAMPERS DESIGN CONDITIONS. J. MEASURE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS ACROSS OUTSIDE AIR, RETURN AIR, AND EXHAUST DAMPERS TO CHECK LEAKAGE. AT MODULATING DAMPER LOCATIONS, TAKE MEASUREMENTS AND BALANCE AT EXTREME CONDITIONS. [BALANCE VARIABLE VOLUME SYSTEMS AT MAXIMUM AIRFLOW RATE, FULL COOLING, AND AT MINIMUM AIRFLOW RATE, FULL HEATING. L. FOR VARIABLE AIR VOLUME SYSTEM POWERED UNITS SET VOLUME CONTROLLER TO AIRFLOW SETTING INDICATED. CONFIRM CONNECTIONS PROPERLY MADE AND CONFIRM PROPER OPERATION FOR AUTOMATIC VARIABLE- AIR - VOLUME TEMPERATURE CONTROL. M. ON FAN POWERED VAV BOXES, ADJUST AIRFLOW SWITCHES FOR PROPER OPERATION. 3.5 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. ADJUST WATER SYSTEMS, AFTER AIR BALANCING, TO OBTAIN DESIGN QUANTITIES. B. USE CALIBRATED VENTURI TUBES, ORIFICES, OR OTHER METERED FITTINGS AND PRESSURE GAUGES TO DETERMINE FLOW RATES FOR SYSTEM BALANCE. WHERE FLOW - METERING DEVICES ARE NOT INSTALLED, BASE FLOW BALANCE ON TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE ACROSS VARIOUS HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENTS IN SYSTEM. C. ADJUST SYSTEMS TO OBTAIN SPECIFIED PRESSURE DROPS AND FLOWS THROUGH HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENTS PRIOR TO THERMAL TESTING. PERFORM BALANCING BY MEASUREMENT OF TEMPERATURE DIFFERENTIAL IN CONJUNCTION WITH AIR BALANCING. D. EFFECT SYSTEM BALANCE WITH AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES FULLY OPEN OR IN NORMAL POSITION TO HEAT TRANSFER ELEMENTS. E. EFFECT ADJUSTMENT OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS BY MEANS OF BALANCING COCKS, VALVES, AND FITTINGS. DO NOT USE SERVICE OR SHUT- OFF VALVES FOR BALANCING UNLESS INDEXED FOR BALANCE POINT. F. WHERE AVAILABLE PUMP CAPACITY IS LESS THAN TOTAL FLOW REQUIREMENTS OR INDIVIDUAL SYSTEM PARTS, SIMULATE FULL FLOW IN ONE PART BY TEMPORARY RESTRICTION OF FLOW TO OTHER PARTS. 3.6 REPORTS A. REFER TO PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA SCHEDULES. B. REPORT FORMS 1. TITLE PAGE: A. NAME OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY B. ADDRESS OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY C. TELEPHONE AND FACSIMILE NUMBERS OF TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING AGENCY D. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR E. PROJECT NAME F. PROJECT LOCATION G. PROJECT ARCHITECT H. PROJECT ENGINEER I. PROJECT CONTRACTOR J. PROJECT ALTITUDE K. DATE TAB WAS PERFORMED: 2. SUMMARY COMMENTS: A. COPY OF CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS (AABC OR NEBB) FOR THIS PROJECT. B. ACTUAL SPACE TEMPERATURES WITH CORRESPONDING THERMOSTAT SET POINTS FOR EACH UNIT. C. DESIGN VERSUS FINAL PERFORMANCE D. NOTABLE CHARACTERISTICS OF SYSTEM E. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS OPERATION SEQUENCE F. SUMMARY OF OUTDOOR AND EXHAUST FLOWS TO INDICATE BUILDING PRESSURIZATION G. NOMENCLATURE USED THROUGHOUT REPORT H. TEST CONDITIONS 3. INSTRUMENT LIST: A. INSTRUMENT B. MANUFACTURER C. MODEL NUMBER D. SERIAL NUMBER E. RANGE F. CALIBRATION DATE 4. AIR DISTRIBUTION TEST SHEET: A. AIR TERMINAL NUMBER B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. ROOM NUMBER /LOCATION TERMINAL TYPE TERMINAL SIZE AREA FACTOR DESIGN VELOCITY DESIGN AIR FLOW TEST (FINAL) VELOCITY TEST (FINAL) AIR FLOW PERCENT OF DESIGN AIR FLOW 5. DUCT TRAVERSE: A. SYSTEM ZONE /BRANCH B. DUCT SIZE C. AREA D. DESIGN VELOCITY E. DESIGN AIR FLOW F. TEST VELOCITY G. TEST AIR FLOW H. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE I, AIR TEMPERATURE J. AIR CORRECTION FACTOR 6. ELECTRIC MOTORS FOR ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT: A. MANUFACTURER B. C. D. E. F. G. H. MODEL /FRAME HP /BHP AND KW PHASE, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE; NAMEPLATE, ACTUAL, NO LOAD RPM SERVICE FACTOR STARTER SIZE, RATING, HEATER ELEMENTS SHEAVE MAKE /SIZE /BORE 7. V -BELT DRIVE: A. IDENTIFICATION /LOCATION B. REQUIRED DRIVEN RPM C. DRIVEN SHEAVE, DIAMETER AND RPM D. BELT, SIZE AND QUANTITY E. MOTOR SHEAVE DIAMETER AND RPM F. CENTER TO CENTER DISTANCE, MAXIMUM, MINIMUM, AND ACTUAL 8. COOUNG COIL DATA: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. 0. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER LOCATION SERVICE MANUFACTURER AIR FLOW. DESIGN AND ACTUAL ENTERING AIR DB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL ENTERING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAVING AIR DB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAVING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL WATER FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL WATER PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL SATURATED SUCTION TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL AIR PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL 9. HEATING COIL DATA: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER LOCATION SERVICE MANUFACTURER AIR FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL WATER FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL WATER PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL AIR PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL 10. ELECTRIC DUCT HEATER: A. MANUFACTURER B. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER C. LOCATION D. MODEL NUMBER E. DESIGN KW F. NUMBER OF STAGES G. PHASE, VOLTAGE, AMPERAGE H. TEST VOLTAGE (EACH PHASE) I. TEST AMPERAGE (EACH PHASE) J. AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL K. TEMPERATURE RISE, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL 11. AIR A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. MOVING EQUIPMENT LOCATION MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER ARRANGEMENT /CLASS /DISCHARGE AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL RETURN AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL INLET PRESSURE DISCHARGE PRESSURE SHEAVE MAKE /SIZE /BORE NUMBER OF BELTS /MAKE /SIZE FAN RPM 12. RETURN AIR /OUTSIDE AIR DATA: A. IDENTIFICATION/LOCATION B. DESIGN AIR FLOW C. ACTUAL AIR FLOW D. DESIGN RETURN AIR FLOW E. ACTUAL RETURN AIR FLOW F. DESIGN OUTSIDE AIR FLOW G. ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR FLOW H. RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE I. OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE J. REQUIRED MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE K. ACTUAL MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE 13. EXHAUST FAN DATA: A. LOCATION B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER AIR FLOW, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE (TOTAL EXTERNAL), SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL INLET PRESSURE DISCHARGE PRESSURE SHEAVE MAKE /SIZE /BORE NUMBER OF BELTS /MAKE /SIZE FAN RPM 14. VAV BOX DATA: A. MANUFACTURER B. TYPE, FAN POWERED, STANDARD C. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER D. LOCATION E. MODEL NUMBER F. SIZE G. MINIMUM STATIC PRESSURE H. MINIMUM DESIGN AIR FLOW I. MAXIMUM DESIGN AIR FLOW J. MAXIMUM ACTUAL AIR FLOW K. INLET STATIC PRESSURE 15. AIR COOLED CONDENSER: A. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER B. LOCATION C. MANUFACTURER D. MODEL NUMBER E. SERIAL NUMBER F. ENTERING DB AIR TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL G. LEAVING DB AIR TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL H. NUMBER OF COMPRESSORS 16. PUMP DATA: A. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER B. MANUFACTURER C. SIZE /MODEL D. IMPELLER E. SERVICE F. DESIGN FLOW RATE, PRESSURE DROP, BHP AND KW G. ACTUAL FLOW RATE, PRESSURE DROP, BHP AND KW H. DISCHARGE PRESSURE I. SUCTION PRESSURE J. TOTAL OPERATING HEAD PRESSURE K. SHUT OFF, DISCHARGE AND SUCTION PRESSURES L. SHUT OFF, TOTAL HEAD PRESSURE 17. CHILLERS: A. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER B. MANUFACTURER C. CAPACITY D. MODEL NUMBER E. SERIAL NUMBER F. EVAPORATOR ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL G. EVAPORAT)R LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL H. EVAPORATOR PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL I. EVAPORATOR WATER FLOW RATE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL J. CONDENSER ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL K. CONDENSER PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL L. CONDENSER WATER FLOW RATE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL 18. COOLING TOWER: A. TOWER IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER B. MANUFACTURER C. MODEL NUMBER D. SERIAL NUMBER E. RATED CAPACITY F. ENTERING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL G. LEAVING AIR WB TEMPERATURE, SPECIFIED AND ACTUAL H. AMBIENT AIR DB TEMPERATURE I. CONDENSER WATER ENTERING TEMPERATURE J. CONDENSER WATER LEAVING TEMPERATURE K. CONDENSER WATER FLOW RATE L. FAN RPM 19. HEAT EXCHANGER: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. L. M. N. 0. IDENTIFICATION /NUMBER LOCATION SERVICE MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER SERIAL NUMBER STEAM PRESSURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL PRIMARY WATER ENTERING TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL PRIMARY WATER LEAVING TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL PRIMARY WATER FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL PRIMARY WATER PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL SECONDARY WATER LEAVING TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL SECONDARY WATER LEAVING TEMPERATURE, DESIGN AND ACTUAL SECONDARY WATER FLOW, DESIGN AND ACTUAL SECONDARY WATER PRESSURE DROP, DESIGN AND ACTUAL 20. TAB PROCESS & PROCEDURE TAB CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INITIAL REPORT TO GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR FOR REVIEW. IF ANY ITEMS ON TAB REPORT ARE NOT WITHIN PLUS OR MINUS 10 % OF DESIGN. TAB AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE THE APPROPRIATE CHANGES TO MEET DESIGN SPECIFICATION. IF DESIGN SPECIFICATION CAN NOT BE MET SUBMIT A DEFICIENCY REPORT TO GAP INC. FOR REVIEW. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT FINAL TAB REPORT TO GAP INC. WHEN ALL ITEMS ARE WITHIN SPECIFICATION. END OF SECTION SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w w U cc w Cl_ Q cc a cc H W 0 ci C!) CO 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: vtd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID /PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: .Ct'f_ T u,.o..._�,.. -my 1 2012 I PERMIT CENTER .....t...._. 1 DRAWN BY: DE/JB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: MPFI 3-2 PROVIDE NEW RECESSED SPRINKLER HEADS AS REQUIRED IN NEW JANITOR CLOSET, MEN'S RESTROOM AND WOMEN'S RESTROOM. • 4. 200 (TYP) 400 (TYP) 401 (TYP) _y• "W 100 200 300 400 PROVIDE NEW RECESSED SPRINKLER HEAD(S) AS REQUIRED IN NEW MANAGER'S OFFICE. SPRINKLER GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ABBREVIATION GC, WHEREEVER IT APPEARS IN THESE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS DIVISION OF WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. FIRE PROTECTION PLANS, SPRINKLER DRAWINGS, MUST BE ENGINEERED AND WET SIGNED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED, LICENSED REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN THE LOCAL JURISDICTION. FINAL INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA 13 AND STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT IS A SUGGESTED LAYOUT. COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT AND PIPE ROUTING WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS, STRUCTURAL PLANS, HVAC CONTRACTOR, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND THE G.C. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THE BID AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR EXACT QUANTITY OF SPRINKLER HEADS REQUIRED FOR COVERAGE AND FINAL APPROVAL 5. LOCATE SPRINKLER MAIN AND RELATED SHUT OFF VALVES IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITHIN THE STOCKROOM. RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX LEGEND SYMBOL STOREFRONT EXTRUSION L 0 FACTORY FINISHED A BRONZE UPRIGHT HEAD - EXISTING BY LL O L = LANDLORD 0 = OWNER (GAP INC. FURNISHED BY COMMENTS ITEM -- GC= GENERAL CONTRACTOR INSTALLED BY RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY COMMENTS SPRINKLER MAIN TO LEASE SPACE L L SPRINKLER BRANCHES AND LATERAL GRID PIPING L L BACK -FLOW PREVENTOR AND FLOW DETECTOR L L BRONZE UPRIGHT HEADS IN OPEN OR EXPOSED CEILING AREAS L L REMARKS: NOTE: 1. THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ONLY DELINEATES ITEMS SUPPLIED AND /OR INSTALLED BY OWNER AND /OR LANDLORD. ANY WORK SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS NOT DEFINED AS RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR LANDLORD IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE BID CLARIFICATION LETTER FOR ANY VARIATION BY SCOPE OF WORK RESPONSIBILITY. 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNLOADING OF ANY OWNER SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. • (TYP) (T(P) 4 SPRINKLER CODED NOTES PROVIDE NEW UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS (MATCH EXISTING), IF REQUIRED, ON OLD NAVY SIDE OF NEW WALL TO ENSURE PROPER COVERAGE. PLACE "AS- BUILT" SPRINKLER DRAWINGS IN DRAWING TUBE. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL. REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL SPRINKLER HEADS ABOVE AND BELOW DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HEADS WITH HVAC CONTRACTOR AND G.C. LANDLORD SPRINKLER MAIN. PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND DETERMINE EXACT SCOPE/ EXTENT OF SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL. INCLUDE ALL COSTS IN BID FOR REQUIRED SPRINKLER MODIFICATIONS. ENSURE EXISTING UPRIGHT HEADS PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE OF ENTIRE TENANT SPACE AND MODIFY OR PROVIDE NEW IF REQUIRED. CONFIRM EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPING DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH INSTALLATION OF OTHER TRADES AND IF SO, MODIFY SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. 401 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE NEW UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS, IF REQUIRED, TO ENSURE PROPER COVERAGE ON BOTH SIDES OF NEW FULL HEIGHT WALL SPRINKLER HEAD LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION REMARKS BRONZE UPRIGHT HEAD BRONZE UPRIGHT HEAD - EXISTING BY LL O RECESSED HEAD CHANGES TO THE DESIGN OF ANY SYSTEM IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ANY MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT THE ORIGINATING ENGINEER'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY, AS WELL AS THE COST TO CORRECT SUCH MODIFICATION, OF THE CONTRACTOR. b SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 REPS. I.D.: STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) LC) Mw z w U w 0 LC) STORE LOCATION: 0 W J 2 ceS 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: NOV 1 2 1011 ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: VED c�TY TUKWL A mnv 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DE/JB NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN 1/8" = 1' -0" 100 SHEET NUMBER: F1 -0 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OPTION 1: PROCURE FROM LOEB ELECTRIC THERE ARE NO SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS IF ELECTRICAL GEAR EQUIPMENT IS PROCURED THROUGH LOEB ELECTRIC. CONTACT LOEB ELECTRIC FOR PROCUREMENT PROCEDURES. ELECTRICAL GEAR CONSISTS OF BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS LISTED BELOW: ELECTRICAL PANEL (S) STEP -DOWN TRANSFOMER WITH GRD. LUG KIT AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES (AS REQUIRED) DISCONNECT SWITCH (ES) AND GROUND LUG KIT MANUAL MOTOR STARTER (S) MOTOR STARTER (S) PHOTOCELL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH AND COVER LIGHTING RELAY (S) AND CONTACTOR (S) CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE (S) BYPASS BUTTON LIGHTING CONTROL TIMECLOCKS MANUAL MOTOR STARTER (S) WITH HOA SWITCH AC TOGGEL SWITCHES SPECIAL ENGRAVED LABELLING OPTION 2: PROCURE FROM OTHER SOURCE 1. ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL PROCESS 1.1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR. (G.C.), MUST PROVIDE ELECTRICAL GEAR EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS TO GAP INC. CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER, (CPM), WITHIN 10 BUSINESS DAYS AFTER BID AWARD. G.C. SHALL NOT PROCURE ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO GAP INC. APPROVAL OF ALL SUBMITTALS. ELECTRICAL GEAR CONSISTS OF BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING ITEMS LISTED BELOW: ELECTRICAL PANEL (S) STEP -DOWN TRANSFOMER WITH GRD. LUG KIT AND MOUNTING ACCESSORIES (AS REQUIRED) DISCONNECT SWITCH (ES) AND GROUND LUG KIT MANUAL MOTOR STARTER (S) MOTOR STARTER(S) PHOTOCELL LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH AND COVER LIGHTING RELAY(S) AND CONTACTOR(S) CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE(S) BYPASS BUTTON LIGHTING CONTROL TIMECLOCKS MANUAL MOTOR STARTER(S) WITH HOA SWITCH AC TOGGEL SWITCHES SPECIAL ENGRAVED LABELLING 1.2. TIMELINES 1.2.1. UPON RECEIVING SUBMITTALS, GAP INC. WILL HAVE 5 BUSINESS DAYS TO REVIEW AND RESPOND TO SUBMITTAL. IF ITEMS REQUIRE REVISION, G.C. WILL HAVE 3 BUSINESS DAYS TO RESPOND WITH CORRECTION. THIS PROCESS WILL REPEAT UNTIL SUBMITTAL IS APPROVED. 2. ELECTRICAL DESIGN SUBMITTALS CONTENT 2.1. SUBMITTALS TO INCLUDE AND BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE INFORMATION LISTED BELOW. 2.1.1. NUMBER OF COPIES - SUBMIT TWO COPIES OF EACH SUBMITTAL 2.1.2. SUBMITTAL SHALL BE PRESENTED WITH THE FOLLOWING: COVER PAGE, INDEX AND INDEX TABS. 2.1.3. IF INFORMATION MUST BE SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR SUBMITTAL BECAUSE STANDARD PRINTED DATA ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR USE, SUBMIT AS SHOP DRAWINGS, NOT AS PRODUCT DATA. 2.1.4. ALL EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING; 2.1.4.1.1. MANUFACTURER PRODUCT CUTS SHEETS - IDENTIFYING SELECTED PRODUCT 2.1.4.1.2. MANUFACTURER PART NUMBERS 2.1.4.1.3. MANUFACTURER PRODUCT INFORMATION - OUTLINING DESCRIPTION 2.1.5. ELECTRICAL PANEL: GENERAL ELECTRIC, (G.E.), WITH NO- SUBSTITUTES ACCEPTED. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 2.1.5.1. G.E. MANUFACTURER BILL OF MATERIAL LIST, BOM. 2.1.5.2. GE BOM PANEL CUT SHEETS (PANEL DRAWING LAYOUT GENERATED BY SPEEDI -WIN) LOEB ELECTRIC CONTACT INFORMATION STEVE NGUYEN 915 WILLIAMS AVENUE COLUMBUS, OHIO 43212 PHONE: 877 - 436 -5632 EXT. 4938 FAX: 614- 299 -6268 EMAIL: SNGUYEOLOEBELECTRIC.COM ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES 1. THE ABBREVIATION G.C., WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWING, SHALL REFER TO 'GENERAL CONTRACTOR'. 2. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS OF ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE ALL SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. 3. LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONNECTED TO EXACT PANEL AND BREAKER AS SHOWN ON PLANS. 4. ELECTRICAL HOME RUNS SHOWN ARE SCHEMATIC AND MAY ORIGINATE FROM DIFFERENT LOCATIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIGNAGE ELEMENT LOCATIONS. 6. AIM AND ADJUST ALL TRACK FIXTURES AS DIRECTED BY GAP, INC. 7. ALL LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 60' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM, CIRCUITS FROM 61' -0" THRU 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM AND FROM 101' -0" THRU 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. IN DRYWALL CEILING AREAS, ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHALL BE LIMITED TO LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. FIELD COORDINATE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. 9. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT THROUGH G.C. PRIOR TO ORDERING RELATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 10. PLACEMENT OF ALL RECEPTACLES IN THE "SALES" AREA SHALL BE INTENTIONAL (I.E. - CENTERED ON COLUMNS, WALL FEATURES OR TIGHT TO CORNERS AND FLUSH MOUNTED AT GYP BOARD WALL ONLY). FIELD VERIFY EXACT PLACEMENT OF RECEPTACLE WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS GC AWARD BID GC PROCUREMENT OPTIONS OPTION 2 PROCURE FROM OTHER SOURCE G.G. SUBMITS ELECTRICAL GEAR SUBMITTALS TO GAP INC. CPM (WITHIN 10 BUSINESS DAYS OF BID AWARD) OPTION 1 PROCURE FROM LOEB ELECTRIC GAP INC. CPM REVIEWS SUBMITTAL (WITH IN 5 BUSINESS DAYS) NO SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENT GC PURCHASE EQUIPMENT GC REPLIES TO COMPLY WITH COMMENTS (WITHIN 3 BUSINESS DAYS) 4 REJECT GAP INC. CPM EMAILS APPROVAL NOTICE ELECTRICAL SUBMITTAL PROCESS NOT TO SCALE 100 • v Q v q TELEPHONE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET, FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET, CEIUNG MOUNTED DATA OUTLET DATA OUTLET, FLOOR MOUNTED DATA OUTLET, CEILING MOUNTED PHONE /DATA OUTLET , FLOOR MOUNTED PHONE /DATA OUTLET, CEILING MOUNTED PHONE /DATA OUTLET DUPLEX RECEPTACLE CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLOOR MOUNTED ®PS POWERSTRUT MOUNTED RECEPTACLE $3 $T $D RB ® LN 11 CEILING MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DUPLEX, WHITE RECEPTACLE AND COVERPLATE DUPLEX, WHITE RECEPTACLE AND STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, STOREFRONT SINGLE RECEPTACLE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH ISOLATED GROUND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH ISOLATED GROUND JUNCTION BOX SWITCH, 1 -POLE, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT SWITCH, 3 -WAY, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT MOTOR RATED SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION DIMMER SWITCH MOTION SENSOR BYPASS BUTTON REMOTE BALLAST RELAY NON -FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH MAGNETIC STARTER ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD (SHOWN TO SCALE ON PLANS) DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER 0 PUSH BUTTON FOR BELL OR BUZZER DOOR BUZZER B bI FACP ANNUN P D 04 0 AFF EAS EBBH EC EM EWC IG NL WP (X) NOTE: BUZZER OR BELL ADA PUSHBUTTON INTERCOM CALL BUTTON ADT CONTROL PANEL SPEAKER VOLUME CONTROL SPEAKER BASS MODULE MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING ACCESS PANEL. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. HOMERUN CIRCUIT POWERSTRUT SUSPENDED FROM STRUCTURE UNISTRUT FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FACP REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PHOTO CELL MANUAL PULL STATION CEILING MOUNTED AREA SMOKE DETECTOR DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR 120V POWER FROM RTU REC /LT CCT IF REQUIRED INTERNAL CONTACTOR CONTROL RELAY TAMPER SWITCH WATER FLOW SWITCH HORN WITH STROBE LIGHT WALL MOUNTED 0 80" AFF STROBE LIGHT, WALL MOUNTED 0 80" AFF HORN WALL MOUNTED 0 80" A.F.F. STROBE LIGHT, CEILING MOUNTED. HORN WITH STROBE LIGHT CELNG MOUNTED HVAC TEMPERATURE SENSOR HVAC THERMOSTAT ELECTRICALLY POWERED EQUIPMENT ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ELECTRONIC ARTICLE SURVEILLANCE ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EMERGENCY ELECTRIC WATER COOLER - COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH PLUMBING CONTRACTOR ISOLATED GROUND NIGHT LIGHTING WEATHER PROOF X = QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS NOT ALL SYMBOLS NECESSARILY USED ON PLAN. RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX LEGEND STOREFRONT EXTRUSION 0 • GC • FACTORY FINISHED 1 ED1 -1 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN I COMMENTS ITEM FURNISHED BY L = LANDLORD 0 = OWNER GC= GENERAL LIGHTING PLAN INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX E5 -0 ITEM FURNISHED INSTALLED BY COMMENTS MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT EXIST. EXIST. E9 -1 METER AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT EXIST. EXIST. E9 -4 C/TS AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT EXIST. EXIST. E1 3-0 C/T CABINET AT LANDLORD'S SERVICE POINT EXIST. EXIST. SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT(S) TO LEASE SPACE EXIST. EXIST. SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDER(S) EXIST. EXIST. 277/480 VOLT PANEL(S) EXIST. EXIST. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS 0 GC 2 MUSIC SYSTEM /SPEAKERS /CABINET 0 0 1,2 MUSIC SYSTEM WIRING O 0 1,2,3 EAS SYSTEM 0 0 REMARKS: 1. ALL FINAL EQUIPMENT WIRING AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION BY OTHERS 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SCHEDULE AND DELIVERY WITH SUPPLIER. STANDARD SHIPPING PROVIDED BY GAP. INC. ANY EXPEDITED SHIPPING COSTS ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 3. ROUGH -IN BY GC NOTES: THE RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX ONLY DELINEATES ITEMS SUPPLIED AND /OR INSTALLED BY OWNER AND /OR EXISTING. ANY WORK SHOWN IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS NOT DEFINED AS RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER OR EXISTING IS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SEE BID CLARIFICATION LETTER FOR ANY VARIATION BY SCOPE OF WORK RESPONSIBILITY. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE UNLOADING OF ANY OWNER SUPPLIED CONSTRUCTION ITEMS. CHANGES TO THE DESIGN OF ANY SYSTEM IDENTIFIED ON THESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. PRIOR TO THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. ANY MODIFICATIONS WITHOUT THE ORIGINATING ENGINEER'S WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION AND APPROVAL SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY, AS WELL AS THE COST TO CORRECT SUCH MODIFICATION, OF THE CONTRACTOR. DRAWING SCHEDULE NUMBER TITLE EO -1 ELECTRICAL NOTES AND LEGEND ED1 -0 POWER DEMOLITION PLAN ED1 -1 LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN E1 -0 POWER PLAN E1 -1 LIGHTING PLAN E4 -0 LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE E5 -0 EAS DETAILS E6 -0 CASHWRAP DETAILS E8 -0 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E9 -0 POWER RISERS AND SCHEDULES E9 -1 PANELBOARD SCHEDULES E9 -3 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E9 -4 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E9 -5 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E1 3-0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E13 -1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Pe, 3 (03 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: w z w 0 ce w 0 ce 0_ cc W J z oes 0 ce LIJ Z 0 2 H 0 > 0� CO CO 20130.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: Rg. E11t. CITY n TIJ PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DG/JD A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL NOTES AND LEGEND SHEET NUMBER: EO -1 RTU 4 (D) EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD EXISTING PANEL F EXISTING PANEL E RELOCATE EXISTING XFMR -" i. 3 0 E34 E32 E30 0 0 0 El TYP. 0 TYP. El 5 E14 E14' VENDING El 4 -k VENDING 1 1 1 L - - --I r TYP. 0 0 1/4T E14 E22 J! ,. El 8 E16 E24 rE14 ni- E14 0 0 0 TYP. E14 C -24 TYP. VE12 TYP. E14 RELOCATE EXISTING PANEL D E12 7 J TYP. E28 REFRIGERATOR E26 MICRO. PARTIAL POWER DEMOLITION PLAN E14 DEMOLITION CODED NOTES 0 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL, DATA, SECURITY AND MUSIC DEVICES FROM DEMOLISHED CASHWRAP. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOX, EXISTING CASHWRAP DEVICES, AND DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. ® REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICE. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL OR TELEPHONE BOARD. MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO ALL EXISTING DEVICES NOT BEING DEMOLISHED. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICE AND DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. ® EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN IN PLACE. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ® REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN THIS AREA UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL OR TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER TO SHEET E1-0 FOR NEW LOCATION. ® REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF EXISTING RECEPTACLES FOR VENDING MACHINE, REFRIGERATOR, MICROWAVE, AND GARBAGE DISPOSAL. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES AND DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. ® EXISTING RECEPTACLES TO REMAIN. O7 ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN AND BE REWORKED BY FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE PROPER COVERAGE BASED UPON NEW FLOOR PLAN. REFER TO SHEET E1 -0 FOR NEW FLOOR PLAN LAYOUT. ® ALL DEVICES FOR THE VESTIBULE (ADA PUSHBUTTONS, DOOR BUZZER, EAS SYSTEM, PEOPLE COUNTER, ETC.) TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICES AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. TYP. SF E41 SF E41 ® EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT SENSOR TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO THE PANEL. 10 EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICE TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. REMOVE ALL CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. CAP ALL CONDUIT AT THE DEMISING WALL IN THE REMITTED SPACE. 11 12 13 14 i5 16 17 18 E15 E15�, EXISTING ELECTRICAL DEVICE TO BE ABANDONED IN PLACE. EXISTING ADT KEYPAD TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO SHEET E1 -0 FOR NEW LOCATION. EXISTING LIGHTING CONTACTORS AND TIMECLOCKS TO BE REMOVED. RE -USE EXISTING LIGHTING CONTACTOR ENCLOSURES FOR NEW LIGHTING CONTACTORS. REFER TO SHEET E1 -0 FOR LOCATION OF NEW LIGHTING CONTROLS. EXISTING ROOFTOP UNIT TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL EXISTING STEREO SYSTEM EQUIPMENT TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO SHEET E1 -0 FOR NEW LOCATION. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF EXISTING WATER COOLER. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICE AND DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF EXISTING WATER HEATER. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF DEVICE AND DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO EXISTING FIRE ALARM PANEL. SF E� 1 1 E13 (D) SF E39 E38 SF E23 y1 1 i"; E38 SF E23ti1 B -14,20 B -16,20 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O B -18,20 TYP. �- TYP. B -19,20 E1'3 E 134) (?) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E2O (D)RTU -1 B -19,20 SF E19 TYP. "(73 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED SCALE: 1 /8" = 1' -0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 'CY) LC) L M STORE LOCATION: w Z w U w 0 U) Q ce 0 W J Z 2 ors Lu 1— W ci o U cn co 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: -cry ov 16 2012 . PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DG /JD A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: PARTIAL POWER DEMOLITION PLAN SHEET NUMBER: EDI-O 01 X 1 TYP. D32 D32 D32 D32 F2H -8 D3 D3 D3 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 D3 F2H -8 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 D32 032 F2H -8 D33 F2H -8 co D5 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 D33 LIGHTING DEMOLITION KEYED NOTES ® EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO SHEET E1 -1 FOR NEW LOCATION. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE RELOCATED. REFER TO SHEET E1 -1 FOR NEW LOCATION. CLEAN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE. REMOVE KID'S /ITEM OF THE WEEK SIGN AND J -BOX. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. EXISTING CANOPY FIXTURES TO REMAIN, RELAMP. EXISTING CASHWRAP SIGNS TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. © UNISTRUT AND POWERSTRUT SUPPORT AND ASSOCIATED RECEPTACLES TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. 7® LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED. REMOVE ALL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL. REUSE LAMPS. ® EXISTING EXIT SIGN TO REMAIN. D33 D33 F2H -8 TYP. D32 05 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D5 D33 D33 D33 ® REMOVE EXISTING BUILDING SIGN. REMOVE ALL CONDUCTORS BACK TO NEAREST JUNCTION BOX INSIDE THE OLD NAVY SPACE FOR CONNECTION TO NEW BUILDING SIGN. IF EXISTING JUNCTION BOX IS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY OF THE PROPSED LOCATION OF THE NEW JUCTION BOX FOR THE NEW SIGN, THE EXISTING JUNCTION BOX MAY BE REUSED FOR NEW SIGN. REFER TO SHEET E1 -1 FOR LOCATION OF NEW STOREFRONT SIGN, COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL. 10 EXISTING SPEAKER TO BE DEMOLISHED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. RE -USE ALL EXISTING WIRES AND CONDUIT IF POSSIBLE, IF NOT, REMOVE AND PROVIDE NEW. 11 EXISTING LIGHT SWITCHES /MOTION SENSOR TO BE REMOVED. COORDINATE DISCONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. 12 ABANDON LIGHTING FIXTURES. REMOVE ALL CONDUCTORS BACK TO PANEL CAP ALL CONDUIT AT THE DEMISING WALL IN THE REMITTED SPACE. ONLY SALVAGE LAMPS. D33 D33 D5 D5 D5 D5 F2H -8 D32 D32 D1 D32 D32 D32 01 D32 D32 D32 C032 D32 D32 D32 Di D32 D33 D33 F2H -4 D5 D5 D5 D5 F2H -4 D32 D32 D1 D32 +7 Di 9 +T .1. D34 r nB -29 u�PS F2H -8 G -7 D34 Di D19 /1- 't' 1T D34 D34 D34 d +\ ++T D19 '"1- T D19 D1 D19 ut/Ips 29 D34 D34 D34 t+ D19 `4T renB -29 u .jPS t +? 019 .I. C032 D34 fi +T A =19 BPS 31 +T D19 D34 D34 ,t-\ D19 t +T TYP. Q1-\ D19 t 47 ?nB -31 u�PS D1 D34 D34 D34 D1 D19 t +z .1. D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 D7 F2H' -8 D9 F2H -8 cv D35 F2H -8 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D7 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 035 035 D35 D35 F2H -4 D34 D34 F2H -4 D7 D7 F2H -4 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 D9 F2H-4 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 D35 F21-1-4 D13 iumilimassainau F21-1 -8 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 ' D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 D36 IN- F2H -4 0 p") 0 0 0 0 411 olI n LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN D11 D11 011 011 D11 011 D11 011 Di1 011 011 011 D11 011 011 F2H -4 F2H -8 (NP) D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 D37 ___ _3 F2H -8 r.- F2H -4' D17 1-4-7 D'j D37 F2H -8 Dii 12H--8 D39 F1H -8 037 037 D17' D37 037 D37 * +\ D17 ,�-T E =40 ,1- D17 -r4T Di7 D37 [37 D37, G-5 ,. D37' ,1-N D17 ` +T D1'7 D37 037 Di 1 DI 1 D11 011 039 L739 39 D11 D11 011 039 039 . TYP) D39 D39 039 r r D39 039 • i r ,0 1' V11 F2'i 4, 039 =- r21 -1 -•4 D1 112 3123 REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 • 0 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) Cr) LC) LC) STORE LOCATION: w z w U w 0 cc 0 W J ots Z 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 DEMO LIGHTING FIXTURE LEGEND REVISIONS: RELOCATED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE RELOCATED EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT FIXTURE DEMOLISHED EXISTING FLUORESCENT TO REMAIN EXISTING EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT TO REMAIN SEPARA PERMIT; APPRO REQUIRED CITY TUKW ILA RMIT CENTER......_._.. DRAWN BY: EM/ A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: PARTIAL LIGHTING DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1/8" - 11-0" SHEET NUMBER: EDI-1 E -30,36 E -1 1,14,32 E -38,34 E -23,25 WAP3: E9 -4 WALL MOUNTED. E -19 REFRIG. �1� S GF +42" E -7 MICRO. WS WS GFI "`'GFI ELECTRICAL CODED NOTES (100) MOUNT DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM PUSH BUTTON 48" A.F.F. INSTALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BUZZER IN MANAGER'S DESK AND CASHWRAP. REFER TO DOOR BUZZER DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. (102) DUPLEX RECEPTACLE WITH CENTER INSTALLED AT 48" A.F.F. NEXT TO EMPLOYEE TIME CLOCK FOR POWER AND /OR GENERAL USE. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. (202) SALES AREA AND STOCKROOM RECEPTACLES DESIGNATED "WS" SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. (STEEL CITY 52151 SVT, VAPOR TIGHT BOX), MOUNT ALL RECEPTACLES AT 18" A.F.F. EXCEPT AS NOTED ON FLOOR PLAN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF ALL RECEPTACLES WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. RECEPTACLES IN "TOILET ROOMS" SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 44" TO CENTERLINE AND SHALL BE GFI TYPE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. PROVIDE TAMPER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES FOR SALES AREA. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE HUBBLE MODEL# CR20WHITR. "4" SQ. X 1-1/2" DEEP JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRIC HAND DRYER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR HAND DRYER SPECIFICATIONS. E -18 VENDING +40 "(TYP.) L _ (203) E -10 F -10 E -27 PHONE TV CAHRGER (204) CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE FOR EAS SYSTEM. REFER TO EAS DETAIL DRAWINGS FOR FURTHER REQUIREMENTS. (206) POWER POLE PROVIDED BY CASHWRAP VENDOR. ROUTE CASHWRAP POWER CONDUITS AND BUZZER /DATA /PHONE UP THROUGH POWER POLE TO ABOUT 10', CONNECT TO A THREADED ROD AND RUN OVERHEAD TO NON -SALES LOCATION. ROUTE ONE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR ISOLATED RECEPTACLES AND ONE 3/4" FOR GENERAL RECEPTACLES THRU POWER POLE. G.C. TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND POSITION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. (208) 4" SQ. X 1 1/2" DEEP JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER AT BOTTOM OF DECK FOR TRAFFIC COUNTER SYSTEM INSTALL 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO MANAGER'S DESK. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH GC'S PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. (209) RECEPTACLES FOR BATTERY CHARGERS. MOUNT IN CASHWRAP CREDENZA, VERIFY EXACT HEIGHT IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. LABEL AS "WALKIE TALKIE ". (210) 4" SQ. X 1 1/2" DEEP JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER MOUNTED ON WALL AT 44" A.F.F. MIN /48" A.F.F. MAX FOR ADT KEYPAD. INSTALL (2) 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH GC'S PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. WS E -26 (TIE) SF E40 ... SCENE 3 (400 SF (400 TYP. D- 14,16,18 E -9 (TIE) E40 SCENE 3 J WP F -15 (303) RTU -4 (303) WP GFI E -17 (TIE) RTU -3 BUZZER PHONE /DATA F- 14,16,18 F -9,11 F-5 (TIE) SCENE 2 WAP1: CEILING MOUNTE 1 VOLUME 1 CONTROL 1 E -6� SF! E40 SCENE 3 (400 C -6! C -6 F -20 L WAP2: CEILING MOUNTED. F -5 (TIE) SCENE 2 F -13 _J D- 8,10,12 D- 20,22,24 fl I I WP I WP GFI E -17 (11E) wI TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD LIGHTING CONTACTORS IN ENCLOSURE WITH TIMECLOCKS MOUNTED BELOW CIRCUIT, E -20. EXISTING PANEL F EXISTING PANEL E PLACE "AS- BUILT" ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS IN DRAWING TUBE. RELOCATED XFMR -' RELOCATED PANEL D -'' REFERENCE POINT_ 8. 6" POWER PLAN (400 TYP. 1 GP. D -2,4,6 ;TIE) WP E (400 (303> RTU -1 ,.SF E21 SCENE 3 ELECTRICAL CODED NOTES cont'd (212) FROM CEILING, ROUTE 3/4" CONDUIT DIRECTLY TO BACK SIDE OF FITTING ROOMS IN OPEN SPACE PROVIDED. RUN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT ON BACK SIDE OF FITTING ROOM FROM FIRST MIRROR CUT -OUT TO EACH MIRROR FOLLOWING. INSTALL ONE (1) J -BOX FOR MIRROR LIGHT RECEPTACLE WITHIN THE CUTOUT PROVIDED AT END PANEL FOR MIRROR ASSEMBLY. ALL CONDUIT AND JUNCTION BOXES SHOULD BE HIDDEN ONCE SURROUNDING BOOTHSETS ARE IN PLACE. INSTALL ONE (1) DUPLEX OUTLET PER MIRROR. (214) INSTALL (2) VOLUME CONTROLS. INSTALL (1) VOLUME CONTROL AT CASHWRAP AREA, AND (1) IN MANAGER'S OFFICE THAT CONTROLS THE SOUND SYSTEM. VERIFY ALL MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS WITH G.C. AND MUSIC VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EAS JUNCTION BOX. SEE EAS DRAWING FOR REQUIREMENTS. VERIFY LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. GFI RECEPTACLE FOR POWER TO RESTROOM SINK FAUCET. MOUNT 18" A.F.F. UNDER SINK. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. POWER POLE PROVIDED BY CASHWRAP VENDOR FOR REFRIGERATOR. ROUTE 3/4" CONDUIT UP THROUGH POLE TO ABOUT 10', CONNECT TO A THREADED ROD AND RUN OVERHEAD TO NON -SALES LOCATION. LOCATE SURFACE MOUNTED RECEPTACLE IN EMPTY SPACE BEHIND REFRIGERATOR. G.C. TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND POSITION. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION. (219) (226) POWER POLE PROVIDED BY CASHWRAP VENDOR. ROUTE BATTERY CHARGER/VOLUME CONTROL /HOLD -UP BUTTON CONDUITS UP THROUGH POWER POLE TO ABOUT 10', CONNECT TO A THREADED ROD AND RUN OVERHEAD TO NON SALES LOCATION. ROUTE ONE ONE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR BATTERY CHARGER, ONE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR HOLD -UP BUTTON, AND ONE 3/4" CONDUIT FOR SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL THRU POLE. G.C. TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND POSITION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. (228) RECEPTACLE FOR SHOP -KICK MOUNTED AT BOTTOM OF DECK SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. (229) RECEPTACLE FOR LP MONITOR MOUNTED AT BOTTOM OF DECK SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR WITH WHITE COVER PLATE. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. (230) "4" SQ. X 1-1/2" DEEP JUCTION BOX FOR PANIC HARDWARE ON EMERGENCY DOOR. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH GC PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS. (300) WEATHERPROOF GFCI CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURE. G.C. TO PROVIDE POWER TO RECEPTACLE. Dig -3(93 (302) DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR. COORDINATE WITH G.C. AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR LOCATION. (303) J -BOX FOR THERMOSTAT /SENSOR /SPEEDSWITCH MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. INSTALL 1/2" CONDUIT WITH BUSHINGS AND PULLWIRE TO ABOVE CEILING FOR CONTROL WIRING. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CENTER ON COLUMN. COORDINATE NEW SENSOR LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DO NOT LOCATE NEW SENSORS ON COLUMNS WITH GRAPHICS. (306) DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SEALTIGHT CONNECTION TO UNIT. (400) (E) RECEPTACLE. CIRCUIT TO NEW CIRCUITS AS S (401) CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE PROPER FIRE ALARM THE ENFORCED FIRE ALARM CODE. NOTE: DATA WIRE LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 300 FEET PER EIA/TIA 569 STANDARDS. . PROVIDE FLEXIBLE HOWN. SYSTEM COVERAGE PER SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 REPS. I.D.: STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) LC) LO M cc W J Z_ ors cc W0 cn 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 'Ad 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: cevEa V 1 201Z PERMIT CENTER _..,...... DRAWN BY: DG /JD A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: POWER PLAN SHEET NUMBER: E1 -0 UNISTRUT GENERAL NOTES 1. PATCH AND REPAIR (E) FIREPROOFING AS REQUIRED TO MATCH (E) RATING 2. ALL UNISTRUT AND ASSEMBLY TO BE FACTORY FINISH GRAY 3. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING ONLY WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE. 4. UNISTRUT TO RUN LENGTH OF TRACK AT TRACK LOCATIONS. DO NOT RUN UNISTRUT OR POWER STRUT PAST ENDS OF FIXTURES. 5. THE CEILING CONNECTION SHOWN IS PREFERRED. IF BEAM -CLAMP IS NOT ACCEPTABLE UNDER SITE - SPECIFIC CONDITIONS, USE UNISTRUT AS JOIST CONNECTION. DIRECTLY ATTACHING THREADED ROD OR POWER STRUT TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE PROVIDED BY DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER LAMP BALLAST MANUFACTURER' CATALOG NUMBER WATTS VOLTS MOUNTING LOCATION REMARKS TAG OWNER EXISTING D9S X PAR38 GIMBAL TRACK HEAD, WHITE FINISH, LABELED FOR 19 WATT LED LAMP CON -TECH CTL838 /2S- 19WATT PHILIPS (1) 19PAR38 /END /F25 3000 -1200 DIM SM 6/1 N/A 19 120 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) E7 X SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK, WHITE FINISH CON -TECH LT8P SERIES WITH END FEEDS AND CONNECTORS AS REQUIRED N/A N/A 120 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1 F1A -4 X 1 ROW 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH ACRYLIC SNAP A WRAP COVER MERCURY MM- 132 -OCT -ELB SAW 1 L4FOOT PHILIPS (1) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL- 2P32 -SC 24 120 FITTING ROOM BEHIND MIRROR 4 F2 -4SYM X 2 ROW 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH SYMMETRICAL REFLECTOR MERCURY MM- 232 -OCT- ELB - MMR232S PHILIPS (2) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 2P32 -SC 46 277 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1,3 F2 -4DIR X 2 ROW 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR 2 ROW 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH SYMMETRICAL REFLECTORS MERCURY MM- 232 -OCT- ELB- MMR232D PHILIPS (2) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL- 2P32 -SC 46 277 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1,3 MERCURY MM- 232 -OCT/ 8T- ELB- (2)MMR232S PHILIPS (4) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL- 4P32 -SC 92 277 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1,3 F2 -8SYM X F2 -8DIR X 2 ROW 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH DIRECTIONAL REFLECTORS MERCURY MM- 232 -OCT/ 8T- ELB- (2)MMR232D PHILIPS (4) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 4P32 -SC 92 277 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1,3 F2E -8SYM X 2 ROW 8' FLUORESCENT STRIP WITH EM PACK AND SYMMETRICAL REFLECTOR MERCURY MM- 232 -OCT/ 8T- ELB -EM (2) MMR232S PHILIPS (4) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 4P32 -SC 92 277 PENDANT (SALES /FITTING) 1,3 F2 4W X 4' SURFACE MOUNTED 2 ROW FLUORESCENT CHANNEL ELECTRONIC BALLAST WIREGUARD MERCURY MM- 232- OCT /8T- -ELB (2) WGMM240 PHILIPS (2) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 2P32 -SC 46 277 STOCKROOM, STORAGE, STORES WITH CONVEYORS ONLY, VERTICALLY MOUNTED F2 8W X 8' SURFACE MOUNTED 2 ROW FLUORESCENT CHANNEL ELECTRONIC BALLAST WIREGUARD MERCURY MM- 232- OCT /8T- -ELB (2) WGMM240 PHILIPS (4) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL -1 P32 -SC 92 277 STOCKROOM, STORAGE, STORES WITH CONVEYORS ONLY, VERTICALLY MOUNTED F2E-8W X 8' SURFACE MOUNTED 2 ROW FLUORESCENT CHANNEL ELECTRONIC BALLAST, WIREGUARD, WITH EM PACK MERCURY MM- 232- OCT /8T -- ELB -EM (2) WGMM240 PHILIPS (4) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL-1P32-SC 92 277 STOCKROOM, STORAGE, STORES WITH CONVEYORS ONLY, VERTICALLY MOUNTED F5E X 1'x4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE W/ PRISMATIC ACRYLIC DIFFUSER ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND EMERGENCY PACK MERCURY M106- 232 -OCT- ELB -EM PHILIPS (2) F32T8ADV835 -EW LL25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 2P32 -SC 46 120 SURFACE MOUNTED ON GYP. BD. (TOILET ROOMS, CORRIDOR) P -FIT X 12" DIAMETER HIGH BAY ACRYLIC PRISMATIC REFLECTOR AND ACRYLIC DOME LENS 100 WATT METAL HALIDE MULTI VOLT BALLAST RUUD FP1410 -MA PHILIPS (1) MHC100 /C /U /MP /3K ALT INTERNAL 129 277 OVER FITTING ROOMS 1, 2 P17 X 17" BARE LAMP PENDANT WITH SATIN STEEL HI -LITE H- 157- 11/CW10 PHILIPS EUA G40 23W N/A 23 120 EMPLOYEE AREA IN STOCKROOM RF2 X RECESSED 2'X2' FLUORESCENT TROFFER , WITH 9 CELL, SEMI - SPECULAR PARABOLIC LOUVER, ELEC -RONIC BALLAST TEXAS FLUORESCENT PARA9C232UMV -ADV PHILLIPS (2) FB32T8 /TL835 /6 /EA /AL TO 25 WATT ADVANCE REL - 2P32 -SC 44 120 RECESSED CONFERENCE ROOMS AND OFFICES (SUSPENDED CEILINGS) RF2E X RECESSED 2'X2' FLUORESCENT TROFFER , WITH 9 CELL, SEM1-SPECULAR PARABOLIC LOUVER, ELECTRONIC BALLAST AND EMERGENCY PACK TEXAS FLUORESCENT PARA9C232UMV- ADV -EM PHILLIPS (2) FB32T8 /TL835 /6 /EA /AL TO 25 WATT 44 120 RECESSED CONFERENCE ROOMS AND OFFICES (SUSPENDED CEILINGS) S1 -1 X EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE WITH PHOTOCELL PERIMALUX NRG- 301 -PC (1) C50S68/ M 50W HPS / MED INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE AREA LIGHTING RESEARCH AA365- 60HZ- 0.80AMP 50 277 WALL (EXTERIOR ABOVE REAR EXIT DOOR) S2 X KEYLESS PORCELAIN SOCKET WITH WIRE GUARD LEVITON LV9875 AND MC2100 WIRE GUARD PHILIPS (1) EUMDT13 N/A 13 120 SURFACE - CEILING (JANITOR CLOSET, STORE ROOM) SWITCHED LOCALLY X1 -1 X LED EXIT SIGN WITH 90 MINU I BATTERY BACK -UP HIGH LITES BP- PLED -5 -R (RED LETTERS) BP- PLED -5 -G (GREEN LETTERS) LETTER COLOR PER CODE REQUIREMENT INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE N/A 5 277 EXIT SIGNS X1 E X LED EXIT SIGN WITH 90 MINU IE BATTERY BACK -UP WITH CAPACITY TO POWER (2) REMOTE MOUNTED LAMP HEADS LIGHTALARMS UX2EWRWLED /O * LETTER COLOR PER CODE REQUIREMENT N/A N/A 5 277 EXIT SIGNS AT DOORS (SPECIAL CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED BY CODE) X2E X REMOTE MOUNTED LAMP HEADS LIGHTALARMS ELF647/4042 -6 12 WATT INCLUDED WITH FIXTURE N/A 12 6 WALL (EXTERIOR ABOVE EXIT DOORS) REMARKS: 1. THREADED 2. DECORATIVE 3. USE ACMIE6 4. PROVIDED ROD BY SHADE ALIGNER BY FIT CONTRACTOR. NOT PRO`» CLIPS TO LINE ROOM MANUFACTURER ED BY LIGHTING VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. UP REFELCTORS SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 M^^ Y STORE LOCATION: w z w U w 0 ce 0 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RWE1VED Nov I -6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SHEET NUMBER: E4 -0 EAS CODED NOTES JUNCTION BOX FOR EAS EQUIPMENT. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX ABOVE ENTRY SOFFIT INSIDE ENCLOSURE. VERIFY LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. EAS 24VDC POWER SUPPLY ABOVE ENTRY SOFFIT. MOUNT EQUIPMENT TO A PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. EAS LOW VOLTAGE WIRE. CHECKPOINT "EVOLVE" ANTENNA MODEL "S10 ". TYPICAL OF 3, BOLTED TO MULLION WITH ANCHORS, ANTENNA, AND MOUNTING HARDWARE. VERIFY LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. (1) 1" CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE BY LANDLORD FOR CHECKPOINT "EVOLVE" ANTENNA. TRANSITION CONDUIT INTO BACK OF ANTENNA, MOUNTED ON DOOR JAMB SURFACE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. (TYPICAL OF 3) EAS GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ABOVE SLAB CONDUIT, PULL WIRE, JUNCTION BOXES FOR EAS SYSTEM. 2. ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING AND EAS EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED, BY VENDOR. 3. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERPLATE FOR ALL J- BOXES. EAS CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS SYTEM SIZE EAS PEDESTAL (2) 3/4" NOTES: 1. CONDUIT NOT TO EXCEED DIMENSIONS. EAS WIRING LEGEND LOW VOLTAGE WIRE EAS EQUIPMENT CONDUIT CONDUIT BURIED IN WALL OR DOOR JAMB 0 ] CONDUIT TERMINATION REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 a w 0000047990 LLJ m C 3 z LO W Cr) STORE LOCATION: Ct w Z w U w 0 Q 0_ cc otsW J ce 1- z 0 0 o cn 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 SALES CI-ECKPOINT 'EVOLVE' -- , ANTENNA MODEL 'S10', TYP. OF 3, BOLTED TO MULLION WITH ANCHORS, ANTENNA & MOUNTING HARDWARE PEOPLE COUNTER EXIT SIGN ( EXTERIOR DOOR JAMB 101 6' DOOR OPENING ENTRY SECTION NOT TO SCALE 211 (2) 6' -O" DOOR OPENING ELEVATION EXTERIOR 1" CONDUIT UP FROM JUNCTION BOX AND TERMINATED ABOVE CEILING LEVEL 1_ 1 210 E5 -0 SALES AREA TYP) EXTERIOR NOT TO SCALE 204 100 102 106 3/4" CONDUIT 26" .._..1 P-..- FL-J=1 .._..J L 101 E ThI—I L.._J N --104 105 103 EAS SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES 1. LOCATE "D- BLAZE" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD AT 12' -6" A.F.F. BACKBOARD NOT TO EXCEED 15' -0" A.F.F. 2. ACCESS PANEL TO BE WITHIN 2' -0" MAX. OF EAS BACKBOARD. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 3. BACKBOARD TO HAVE A FLAMESPREAD OR SMOKE RATING OF 25 OR LESS. EAS SYSTEM CODED NOTES /100) 3/4" THICK, GRADE A PLYWOOD EAS BACKBOARD. SIZE AS INDICATED, SEE ARCH DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION. 101) JUNCTION BOX. (102> METAL DETECTOR CONTROL MODULE. (103) PROVIDE J -BOX FOR MODEM RJ11 PHONE JACK. MOUNT J -BOX ON PLYWOOD BOARD. PROVIDE 3/4" CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING BACK TO TELEPHONE BOARD. (104) (105) EAS MODEM. EAS POWER SUPPLIES. <106) EQUIPMENTS TO BE LOCATED IN N1C SERIES ENCLOSURE 'MEDIUM NEMA 1 HINGED WALL MOUNT # N1C242406LP BY HUBBELL. BACK PANEL TO BE N1P 2424 BY HUBBELL. PAINT ENCLOSURE TO MATCH WALL SEPART A p PERM APPROVAL 1ED REQU CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: wd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 11/09/12 REVISIONS: CITV A { _._�� �._...... !JflV .l n 201 PERMIT CENTE. __....._....�__.....__.__ DRAWN BY: DG /JD A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: EAS DETAILS DOOR JAMB DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 210 (2) 6' -0" DOOR OPENING NOT TO SCALE 203 EAS BACKBOARD DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 100 SHEET NUMBER: E5 -0 CASHWRAP GENERAL NOTES 1. CASHWRAPS ARE PROVIDED WITH RECEPTACLES INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. 2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE POWER, WIRING AND FINAL CONNECTIONS TO PRE- INSTALLED CASHWRAP RECEPTACLE. CONNECT, TEST AND REPAIR ALL DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE CODE- COMPLIANT SYSTEM. 3. COORDINATE AND CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF DEVICES AND CONDUIT STUB -UPS WITH G.C., ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND CASHWRAP SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. REFER TO CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM FOR EMPTY CONDUIT SIZES. 5. FINAL CONNECTIONS, HUBS, AND WIRING FOR POS AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY SPENCER ENGINEERING AND LUCENT TECHNOLOGY RESPECTIVELY. 6. FINAL CONNECTIONS AND WIRING FOR MUSIC SYSTEM ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY MUSIC VENDOR. 7. CONDUIT ROUTING IS SHOWN FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDUIT ROUTING PRIOR TO INSTALLTION. CASHWRAP WIRING LEGEND TRENCHED CONDUIT AND WIRES BY BY G.C. ® POWER CIRCUITS TO CASHWRAP BY G.C. LOW VOLTAGE WIRES AND CONDUIT BY G.G. CIRCUITING IN CASHWRAP BY G.C. CASHWRAP CODED NOTES 206 ISOLATED GROUND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POS EQUIPMENT POWER. PRE - INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. ALL WIRING BY G.C. CONVENIENCE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR GENERAL USE POWER. PRE - INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. ALL WIRING BY G.C. POS CONNECTION FROM CASHWRAP TERMINAL TO HUB. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. G.C. TO INSTALL DELIVERY DOOR BUZZER AND BUZZER SYSTEM TRANSFORMER IN THE JUNCTION BOX PRE- INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. INSTALL BUZZER LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BUZZER AT MGR'S DESK, PUSHBUTTON AT DELIVERY DOOR, AND PUSHBUTTON AT FRONT ENTRY DOOR. PUSHBUTTONS ARE EXISTING BY THE LANDLORD. REFER TO BUZZER SYSTEM DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2 "X4" X 1-1/2" D J -BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING, CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER FACTORY FURNISHED AND INSTALLED, FOR SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROL. MUSIC VENDOR TO FURNISH AND INSTALL SPEAKER CABLE, CONTROL AND FINAL CONNECTION. 2 QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLES FOR BATTERY CHARGERS. MOUNT IN CASHWRAP CREDENZA, VERIFY EXACT HEIGHT IN FIELD PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. LABEL AS "WALKIE TALKIE ". JUNCTION BOX FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MANUFACTURER. RUN 3/4" CONDUIT FROM ADT PANEL TO 2 "X4" X 1 -1/2" D J -BOX WITH SINGLE GANG MUD RING IN CASHWRAP FOR HOLD UP BUTTON. CASHWRAP CODED NOTES JUCTION BOX PRE - INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER FOR POWER CONNECTION TO PRE- INSTALLED DEVICES. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ADDITIONAL WIRES AND CONDUIT REQUIRED. G.C. TO RUN ALL CONDUITS THROUGH PRE -CUT ELECTRICAL CHASES IN CASHWRAP /CREDENZA. 2 -1/2" CONDUIT WITH TWO (2) PULLWIRES TO NETWORK RACK ON TELECOM BACKBOARD. (2) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR ISOLATED GROUND AND GENERAL POWER. (2) 1 /2" CONDUITS WITH PULLWIRES (1) FOR VOLUME CONTROL, (1) FOR HOLD -UP BUTTON, AND (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR BATTERY CHARGER POWER. VOLUME CONTROL BATTERY CHARGER HOLD UP BUTTON ELEVATION 'B' FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS. CREDENZA, DISPLAY PLATFORM AND BOOTHSETS ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE 203 J -BOX FOR BUZZER GENERAL POWER POWER FOR REGISTERS BUZZER /PHONE /DATA ELEVATION 'A' r 1 1 1 1 POWER POLE FOR CASHWRAP IG POWER /GENERAL POWER /BUZZER /PHONE /DATA CONDUITS. G.C. TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND POSITION, DRILL PILOT HOLES THROUGH METAL TOP CAP AND ATTACH POWER POLE TO "BOOKEND" USING SUPPLIED HARDWARE. POWER POLE FOR VOLUME CONTROL /BATTERY CHARGER /HOLD -UP BUTTON CONDUITS. G.C. TO DETERMINE REQUIREMENTS AND POSITION, DRILL PILOT HOLES THROUGH METAL TOP CAP AND ATTACH POWER POLE TO "BOOKEND" USING SUPPLIED HARDWARE. CUTOUT FOR & J -BOX LOCATION FOR DOOR BUZZER 9- TERMINAL INLINE CASHWRAP ELEVATION LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE 201 bu3 SEP MRiT AND PER APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: Ct w z w U W d Q CL w ors J 0 w Q Z U 2 — foci 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: R VE0 � CITY .............TUKWILA NAV 21112 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: CASHWRAP DETAILS 9- TERMINAL INLINE CASHWRAP PLAN LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE 202 SHEET NUMBER: E6 -0 (202 J RLC -3 1 RLC -3 RLC -3 (3) 4" SQ. BOX WITH SINGLE GANG TRIM RING LOCATED AT CASHWRAP, FITTING ROOM, AND IN MANAGER'S OFFICE. (NOTE: J —BOX FOR VOLUME CONTROL IS PRE — INSTALLED BY CASHWRAP MANUFACTURER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH G.C.) COIL & TAPE CABLE AT SPKR. LOOP CABLE THRU DISTANCE FROM BOX TO SPEAKERS PLUS ALLOW MIN. OF 24" AT EACH SPEAKER BOX 4" SQ. BOX WITH SINGLE— DEVICE PLASTER RING. 2" SQ. BOX WITH SINGLE— DEVICE PLASTER RING. LEAVE 6' OF COILED AND TAPED SPEAKER CABLE (TYPICAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT). LABEL "SALES AREA" LEAVE (4) 6' EXTENSIONS OF COILED AND TAPED 2 CON (W /SHLD) 22 AWG CABLE, (TYPICAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT). LABEL "VOLUME CONTROL ZONES ". REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR ZONE CALLOUTS. LEAVE 6' OF COILED AND TAPED 2 CON (W /SHLD) 22 AWG CABLE, (TYPICAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT). LABEL "MUSIC ON HOLD ". PROVIDE 1 OF 3/4" CONDUIT FOR AUDIO WIRE, AND 1 OF 1" CONDUIT FOR SPEAKER WIRES. E.C. TO PROVIDE (1) DUPLEX AC 20 AMP OUTLET AND (1) 1 —GANG J —BOX AND (1) 2 —GANG J —BOX PIPED TO CEILING ABOVE AT EQUIPMENT SHELF LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. e CONDUIT BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL FOR DEDICATED RECEPTACLE. PLYWOOD SHELVING IN MANAGERS AREA. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR FINISH. MUSIC EQUIPMENT MAIN EQUIPMENT DETAIL SOUND SYSTEM 1 INSTALLATION NOTES 1. SEE SOUND SYSTEM WIRING NOTES BELOW FOR FURTHER DETAILS ON INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS AND CABLE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 2. MOUNTING HARDWARE, SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIER, INSTALLATION AND FINAL CONNECTION ARE BY "OWNER ". 3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF SPEAKERS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE ANY CONFLICTS IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF SAME. CIRCUIT CHANGE MUST BE APPROVED BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OR "OWNER ". PLAYNETWORK IS RESPONSIBLE FOR RUNNING WIRE \\//N/7\ CABLE LENGTH DEPENDS ON A.F.F. REQUIREMENTS LOOP HANGING CABLE OVER BEAM OR UN !STRUT HANGING CABLE 18 A.W.G. SPEAKER CABLE TERMINATED TO BARRIER STRIP (205) SOUND TUBE RS500i SPEAKER SOUND SYSTEM INSTALLATION DETAIL SOUND SYSTEM 1 WIRING CODED NOTES 200 4" SQUARE J— BOX WITH COVERPLATE. LOOP CABLE THROUGH DISTANCE FROM BOX TO SPEAKER PLUS MINIMUM OF 24 ". (201) PLAYNETWORK WIRING 2 COND (W /SHLD) AWG CABLE WEST PENN MODEL 224 CABLE. RUN CABLE FROM MANAGER'S DESK OR OTHER LOCATION AS INDICATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO SPEAKER J —BOXES AS LOCATED ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. (202) (3) RLC -3 VOLUME CONTROL WITH 4" SQUARE BOX WITH SINGLE GANG TRIM RING LOCATED AT CASHWRAP, FITTING ROOM, AND IN MANAGER'S OFFICE. (203) PLAYNETWORK WIRING 2 COND (W /SHLD) 22 AWG CABLE WEST PENN MODEL 291 CABLE. RUN CABLE FROM MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK LOCATION TO VOLUME CONTROLS. COORDINATE LOCATION OF VOLUME CONTROLS AT CASHWRAP WITH G.C. 204 PLAYNETWORK WIRING 2 COND (W /SHLD) 22 AWG CABLE WEST PENN MODEL 291 CABLE. RUN CABLE FROM MAIN EQUIPMENT RACK LOCATION TO TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD, AS REQUIRED. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS. K205) SPEAKER FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY PLAY NETWORK. CONDUIT TO BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE F ROUTE CONDUIT FROM J -BOX TO CEILING EXIT SIGN FIXTURE TYPE X1 TO CENTER LINE OF EYE) SALES JBOX PEOPLE COUNTER (IIC) EYE EXTER IOR STRUCTURAL STEEL SEE STRUCT. DWGS. SALES AREA SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 204 PEOPLE COUNTER DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 200 Dim 3c�3 SEPART A D PERMIT REQUI REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 AY SUPERCENTER LL 0 SOUTHCENTER P Ci J m 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: BID/PERMIT/LL: 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: C)T , fREAt k tnv 1 8 PERMIT CENTEF:. DRAWN BY: DG /JD NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: LECTRICAL DETAILS (TI) SHEET NUMBER: E8 -0 POWER RISER DIAGRAM GENERAL NOTES REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE 1 HARRISON SAN FRANCISCO, ARCHITECTURE STREET CA 94105 1. HVAC CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE "HACR" TYPE WHERE REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATE PER N.E.C. 2, PROPER CLEARANCE MUST BE MAINTAINED ABOUT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PER N.E.C. FIELD VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING SPACE AVAILABLE IN ELECTRICAL ROOM /AREA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. INSPECT AND TEST ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT WILL BE USED /REUSED. REPORT TO G.C. REGARDING ANY REQUIRED MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ITEMS. 4. INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 1/2" HIGH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERING ON ALL ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE COVER PLATE, INDICATING PANELBOARD DESIGNATION, RELAY CONTACTOR, AND LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITHIN ENCLOSURE. INSIDE EACH ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 1/2" HIGH PERMANENT PEN INDICATING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION. NOTE TO ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STORE NUMBER: REPS. I.D.: 5359 0000047990 1 EXISTING ROOF r ACCU I -1 RTU -1 RTU WP -2 RTU WP -3 RTU WP -4 WP EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. REFER TO ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL PLANS FOR EXACT UPON DELIVERY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ULTIMATELY RESPONSIBLE I MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND CIRCUITRY INFORMATION. NSFOR ALE EQUIPMENT AND START AND ACCESS RE IES, INCLUDING THEIR UNLOADING, STORAGE, CATION: KWAY SUI -CENTER PKV ILA, WA 1 L:1tti ■ 10 I 8 9 10 REFER TO EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET. TYPICAL (TYPICAL) .._ , 1 } 1 I 1 --.1 6 REUSE EXISTING 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE FOR NEW CONTACTORS. NEW LIGHTING CONTACTORS CONSULTANT INFO: EXISTING (// ' - - to - - - EXISTING - - - - - - _ - NUalliWZMO 0 • ♦MIME EXISTING % t 1 a■ TIMECLOCKS LIGHTING CONTROL NEW PANEL PANEL „D "E" EXISTING TRANSFORMER J PANEL 1 "F" 1 1 1 1 %% -ts 10 1 EXISTING; 1 EXISTING FIRE ALARM, 1 TELEPHONE PANEL; ! BOARD : AND EQUIPMENTS � ..,.,_.._...._. �� 48 EXISTING GRADE .........,,....,..,... PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ` krr,i � t ,ter r 4/�,, S wns� , �,° ');.. r :.: f a6. 2 (� . '`'. `�� z ' SV /O L `ti`s \. EXISTING FLOOR ARCHITECT INFO: VW 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM .. _,,. ...,, .,.._.,_,_._.,_.._....,,,,,, _._.,_._.,.,.r,_,_._.___._,.,. ,_,_ __,...__„___,_„_ ._ ........... ......................,.,,.,,. b1)..,36 ISSUE TYPE: EXISTING POWER RISER DIAGRAM, EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE AND NOTES NOT T CALE 100 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 ,...,,,... ............ ...... ....... ............ .......... .,.,.,...... .,,......4..... . .. .... ............... EQUIPMENT WIRING SCHEDULE t i 1 � ;,.�.y... \.w� � s � � � v� \� �. \`\`�. C r1 � � � .•`'r ' a t.� „��,�wZ..� � � 1� y�\ , ���.3 �....� \ i `..�` �Z 3`..,�� �� � � i \ i ` A.�3 � ;a .... u.���i iL �e .a ? :. r x a.`a..s a , � a' .. '\= � _ �o i SEPARATE PERMIT AND :. APPROVAL REQUIRED SYMBOL ITEM VOLTAGE HP KW FLA FEEDER TYPE OF CONN. NEMA RATING DISCON. SWITCH FUSES REMARKS.„._, WIRE CONDUIT 1 INTERCEPT & EXTEND EXISTING SERVICE ENTRANCE TO RELOCATED PANEL D 480/277V 3PH 4W (41 500 KCMIL. (1) #1 0 GNU. 400 M.C.B 1 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD >.,, •a, . _,., ' `' ' _ N N .,,. ?a= _........ � c_,: ,_..._ _. \„ ,... .. ..,....., CIE _ MAN ..,, ; ._..._.' .. ..,.,,...... \.v D 2 RELOCATED TRANSFORMER 480V - 3PH 75.0 (3) #1 THHN, (1) #b OND DIRECT 1 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD LIGHTING TRACK LIGHTING _ �_____ RECEPTACLES 28.969 125% 36.211 28.969 125% 36.211 3 EXISTING TRANSFORMER GROUND (1) #6 THHN GRO N TO BUILDING STEEL AND JO ME _I.; WA TER PIPE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD 3.183 125% 3.979 322 FT 150 W/2 FT - _ 24.150 17.380 �+ REVISIONS: 24.760 __ _._ __ 1ST -10144 @ 100% REMAINING @ 50% 17.380 �,� _ 24.760 1ST 10KW @ 100% REMAINING @ 50% 4 . EXISTING PANEL E 208/120V 3PH-4W (4) #2/0 THHN, (1) #6 GND & (11 #6 IG 175 M.C.B 1 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD ° °� ° ° ° °� REO Cfl FTUKVVILA �a_ �� ,,.,,,,�,,,,,,�„__,,,,,,N 6 _01 PERMIT CENTEF?..... _.....,._ -• - HEATING __ AIR CONDITIONING 1.500 97.698 100% 100% + 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR ** 1.500 106.423 1.500 97.698 100% 100% + 25% OF LARGEST MOTOR ** 1.500 107.023 5 EXISTING PANEL F 208/120 3PH -4W EXISTING E XIS ' ^JG 225 M C.B 1 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IN FIELD 6 AHU -1 & ACCU -1 208V -1P H 8.2 (2) #12 THW & (1) #12 GND 3 4" TOGGLE SWITCH 1 AC TOGGLE WATER HEATER 0.000 100% 0.000 0.000 100% 0.000 MISCELLANEOUS 4.250 100% 4.250 4.250 100% 4.250,,,,,-.. 7 RTU -1 480V -3PH 42.0 (3) #8 THW & (1) #10 GND 3 4 DISCON. SW ITCH 3R 60A -3P NON -F 160.360 „F._,) _ ' i• _� �� ti 169.743 T� TAE z �$ � �_ �?:� • \ � � 190.514 - - NC-'(;=''_`: II- y : v v v ONLY ON v ;\ IN TRACK ; : . AND N . SECTIONS AN LK3 Fi :NOW . Ou Nj i 1,411Nu, c _ iNsTALLFD .. 8 RTU -2 480V -3PH 19.9 (3) #10 THW & (1) #10 GND 3.4 DISCON. SW ITCH 3R 30A -3P NON -F DRAWN BY: DG/JD 9 RTU -3 480V -3PH 19.9 (3) #10 THW & (1) #10 GND 3 4- DISCON. SW ITCH 3R 30A -3P NON -F A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: POWER RISER AND SCHEDULES 9 RTU-4 480V -3PH 32.0 (3) #8 THW & (1) #10 GND 3 4" DISCON. SWITCH 3R 60A -3P NON -F .._ _, �� _ ._ 190.514 X 1000 , Q, O . -._ •__ REMARKS: 1. - 229.2 480 X 1.732 SHEET NUMBER: E9-O P.ANE-11. 12101 AEI A (1:1S A ••-1.,AE11.,...1„„ 908 X1.-3 .2.11 'AT 1N(D EXIST1N61,1 ":2 AR- AMP S EXIST ING. NC). S121E: 22221 • IND AEI R FYI KINN EMERGENCY LTG 20/ LTG 1 - SALES LTG 2• LTG 1 - SALES LTG 7 SPAR E. LTG 1 - SALE§ LTG . . . NON-SALES - LTG 2 .V.: 1 1 _I 2 3119..4.R 20 LTG 2 - SALES LTG. 3.128 2.208 2.760 2.116 3.128 2.208 2.760 2.116 2.673 2.673 3.680 3.680 11.633 11.633 11.633 11.633 11.633 11.633 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 5.515 8.863 8.863 8.863 8.863 8.863 8.863 0.000 0.000 (N) RTU-1 HACR 25/ 3 (N) RTU-2 HACR 25/ 3 (N) RTU-3 16 1 8 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3.588 3.588 2.576 2.576 HACR 40/ 3 (N) RTU-4 E'0 TRANSFORMER PANEL G 20 1 1 20/ 1 20 / 2E; LTG 2 - SALES LTG LTG 2 - SALES LTG S PAR S PAR171: 32 38 40 15.282 13.566 14.205 15.282 13.566 14.205 TRANSFORMER (PANEL D) ACTUAL CONNECTED 56.197 KW 51.992 KW 52.171 KW 160.360 KW N.E.C. CONNECTED PHASE A 56.197 KW PHASE B 51.992 KW PHASE C 52.171 KW TOTAL 160.360 KW 193 AMPS TYP E E X ER' 0 TARE9v1 F" E E A • LTG. - RESTROOM/EF/OFF LTG. 4A- FRONT EXT. SIGNAGE LTG. 4A- FRONT EXT. SIGNAGE 0.400 0.400 1.920 1.920 1.920 1.920 1.500 1.500 0.000 0.000 1.000 1.000 1.080 1.080 1.080 1.080 0.540 0.540 0.600 0.600 0.720 0.720 0.720 0.720 0.360 0.360 0.180 0.180 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 1.560 1.560 1.560 1.560 MICROWAVE SPARE IG7 - MANAGERS DESK CPU EXISTING SALES RECEPT EXISTING SALES RECEPT RECEPT. - RTU REFRIGERATOR 1 9 SF RECEPT 901 • IG3 - MANAGERS DESK POS 35 MANAGERS DESK SAFE • RECEPT. - TELEVISION IG1 - TELECOM BACKBOARD IG2 - TELECOM BACKBOARD IG3 - TELECOM BACKBOARD EWH 20/ 2 39 ACCU-1/AHU-1 20/ 0.300 0.300 0,000 0.000 0.720 0.720 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 0.675 0.675 ' 0.360 0.360 0.000 0.000 1.500 1.500 0.540 0.540 0.540 0.540 0.720 0.720 0.720 0.720 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.360 0.720 0.720 0,720 0.720 0.720 0.720 SC R PTION LTG. 2 - EMPLOYEE LTG SPARE BATTERY CHARGER HAND DRYER HAND DRYER 10 LTG 3A- SALES AREA TRACK 12 PLAY NETWORK SOUND SYSTEM 1,1 SPARE 16 VENDING MACHINE 1 8 LIGHTING CONTROLS 20 ELECTRIC WATER COOLER .?2. RECEPT. - RESTROOM NON-SALES RECEPT IG4 - MANAGERS DESK POS lECEPT. - MANAGER'S DESK GEr■ IG5::TV/INfiLIEX - MGRS. DESK 32 24 IG6 - MANAGERS DESK CCTV RECEPT. - CCTV BACKBOARD SF RECEPT SF RECEPT s FAA 40 .NS ACTUAL CONNECTED 9.550 KW 9.300 KW 11.545 KW 30.395 KW PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C TOTAL N.E.0 CONNECTED 9.550 KW 9.300 KW 11.545 KW 30.395 KW 84 AMPS P AN E L. TYIP E 1 0 AD N E.. No E No t , 0 s LIR E N,,,K) U N'l I NG 1 A IC R ,AT I N G N(„) 1 ES IF XIS' - ING KW E XIS- V S t,,,IR RAC E. B0110 Pv1 RE:IE i..) 9.423 125% 11.779 C CT :al\ D ESC RIP TIO IN R KR S IZE R KR 0 PT, NEC W AC T Lik . P HAS, E ACTUAL KVV NEC KW s R K 0 PT-, s R. K S OE LOAD D [ESC FlIP-1-10 N COT NO . II ill 1101111111111111112211112111MMI III 1111 ri EllinillillINIIIEMIIINIMI lifil 1111 27 El IMI Mil LTG. 1A- SALES TRACK LTG. 1A- SALES TRACK LTG. 2B - CASHWRAP RECEPT - CASHWRAP 20/ I IIIIII ini• ..... ............ LIM 111M • • . • •••••••••••• M MI 1111.111Mill 1.026 1.026 0.500 1.200 1.026 1.026 0.500 1.200 A 0.456 0.000 0.900 0.500. 0.456 0.000 0.900 0.500 Mirinni 20/ I MI MI 20/ 1 201 I LTG. 3A- SALES TRACK SPARE RECEPT - TOE KICK EMERGENCY DOOR PHONE CHARGER ME CLOCK RECEPT TIME .2 IMO 11011 ME .201 1 KUM Mil :20/ .1 ... . 201 1 Ei 0, 9.720 0.720 1.440 1.440 0.720 0.720 T(:)" 1N KW 0.720 0.180 0.720 0.180 RECEPT - CASHWRAP RECEPT - REFRIGERATOR 1.440 1.440 A R 0.360 0.360 0.360 .111. ig. MI IIIII 11111111111111 IIIIII 20/ I 20, 201 I MI .201 I 20/ M1 IG1 - CASHWRAP I 6 I 8 EU MI INgI i lin IMMI SI MI 42 ..._............................... RECEPT - REFRIGERATOR 0.360 IG2 - CASHWRAP IG3 - CASHWRAP EAS IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHEI S PAR E ,r-s-%:--:2 1. :igi 11111111.1111 sp AR E 20/ I 1. .1111 0.000 0.000 I MEEIMM M1 0.000 0 „ 000 ,,,0,: . ,,; ,:,),., . , „;, IIMMil 0.000 .,‘ 0, 0.360 0.750 IIOMMIIIIIIMMMNEIIIEE 0.360 0.750 IIMMI 0,000 11M=mJ . 0,000 1111 A 0 „ 000 07000 NEM IIMENII 1111M1 0.000 miNgnspAmRoF: mmn=1. S PAR E - S PAR - 0,000 NM 201 ' ;20/ 1 .000 1,3 2 MOM c . 0..000 S PAR E S PAR E.'. :,, , ‘,;, Is1:,,,:: 0,000 0,000 0,000 0 , 000 0.000 S EA A E 9 P AV; E 1111.11111.11116 sp.scE.::. . s P.AR Ei 1111111.111111111 spARE VOL T AGE:" MAINS nal 20V P HAS E. W IR I::'. 3 PANEL_ MAX AMPS .0 Fr 10 Nis .225A 2.25A kiK) E3 4 ACTUAL CONNECTED 5.732 KW 4.266 KW 2.660 KW N.E.0 PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C TOTAL CONNECTED 5.732 KW 4.266 KW 2.660KW 35 AMPS 12.658 KW 12.658 KW PANEL SCHEDULE LEGEND BREAKER OPTIONS LO HANDLE LOCK-ON DEVICE LF HANDLE LOCK-OFF DEVICE PA HANDLE PADLOCK DEVICE ST SHUNT TRIP BREAKER AS POWER LINK AS BREAKER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER BREAKER HACR HEATING, A/C, & REFRIGERATION RATED BREAKER AUX AUXILIARY CONTACTS E:E X 1 S T li STRINNSFORM Ei ' L.0 AD S Li MMARY 1 0 AD (, 0 NIN11:8: 1 HD DE MAN D D E.1\44 ND :.:1 I::: SC 1'1 PT ION KW 17 AC T 0 R KW LIGHTING 9.423 125% 11.779 RECEPTACLES 24.760 1ST 10KW @ 100% 17.380 REMAINING @ 50% HEATING * 1.500 100% 1.500 AIR CONDITIONING* 3.120 100% + 25% OF 3.432 LARGEST MOTOR** WATER HEATER 0.000 100% 0.000 MISCELLANEOUS 4.250 100% 4.250 43.053 T(:)" 1N KW 38.341 NOTES: * USE GREATER LOAD OF THE TWO CATEGORIES ** 125% OF THE LARGEST MOTOR OF COMPRESSOR IN SYSTEM (APPLIED ONLY ON ONE UNT) TR ANS F"(0 R ME 1:1 S 1;.:17E E X !STING 150 KVA, 3 (0 SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: Ct w z w LLI 0 0 z 2 06 2013 O.N.E. Q1-Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: mod 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RgcEIVED C1TYoriTIMLA mnit 1 b 2012 PERMIT CENTEF DRAWN BY: DG/JD NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: PANEL SCHEDULES SHEET NUMBER: E9-1 LABEL LOCATION (TYP) m 1 /2" HIGH ENGRAVED LETTERING (TYP) COVER PLATE LIGHTING CONTACTOR OR CONTROL RELAY (TYP) REFER TO SHEET E9 -0 FOR CONTACTOR AND /OR RELAY LAYOUT. -LABEL LOCATION �1" HIGH BLACK PERMANENT PEN INSIDE ENCLOSURE (TYP) (TYP) LOCATE RELAYS IN ENCLOSURE WHEN APPLICABLE LIGHTING CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE LABELING NOT TO SCALE 305 CONTACTORS BILL OF MATERIALS 1 1A LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 2 1A POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 1B LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 2 1B POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 2A LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 2 2A POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 2B LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 2 2B POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 3A LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 1 3A POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 4A LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2NO CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 1 4A POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) 1 4B LGECR463L20AJA ELECTRICALLY -HELD BASE W /2N0 CONTACTS (CONTACTOR BASE) 2 4B POWER BLOCK LGECR460XP32 ELECTRICALLY -HELD 2N0 POWER BLOCK (2 POLE POWER BLOCK) LABEL "ALL STORE UGHTS TIMECLOCK" WITH 1/8" HIGH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERING SET SCHEDULE FOR 10AM TO 9PM L 120VAC DEDICATED CIRCUIT WITH LOCK -ON CIRCUIT BREAKER N REFER TO SHEET E1 -0 FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER AND LOCATION OF DEVICES —I <301> Om©� N.O. ALL STORE LIGHTS LABEL "EMPLOYEE LIGHTS TIMECLOCK" WITH 1/8" HIGH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERING SET SCHEDULE FOR 8AM TO 11PM EMPLOYEE LIGHTS BLACK BYPASS BUTTON, SEE SHEET E1 -1 FOR LOCATION TAPE OFF GREEN /YELLOW "277V GROUND" N.C. r/ ;071 303) LABEL "SPECIALTY LIGHTS TIMECLOCK" WITH 1/8" HIGH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERING SET SCHEDULE FOR 8AM TO 11PM -0BP -1 - RED GREEN "120V I GROUND" 1 (304 r--- (30, 11 Ei I N.O. SPECIALTY LIGHTS PHOTOCELL/ CONTACTOR LABEL "OUTSIDE LIGHTS TIMECLOCK" WITH 1/8" HIGH BLACK ENGRAVED LETTERING SET SCHEDULE FOR 6AM TO MIDNIGHT OUTSIDE LIGHTS El I N L� N.C. N.CJ N. roe Lx]N HfLI N.c. ro roe LYLJN-C. 1-61 L-'tJN.C. N.C� 302) PC (301) EXTERNAL CONTACTOR () (SCENE 1) (SCENE 2) (SCENE 3) (SCENE 4) LIGHTING CONTROL CODED NOTES (301) TORK MODEL #EW120BC, 7 DAY DIGITAL TIME CLOCK WITH SKIP -A -DAY FEATURE IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE, WITH ONE N.O. 20 AMP AND ONE N.C. 10 AMP RATED CONTACTS. �302> TORK MODEL #2001 PHOTOCELL. 120VAC RATED N.C. CONTACT. INSTALL PHOTOCELL FACING NORTH AND AWAY FROM ANY LIGHTING SOURCE. (303) BYPASS BUTTON, SET AT 2 HOURS. TORK MODEL #SSA200 (304) RELAYS (WITH 2 N.O. AND 2 N.C.) CONTACTS, G.E. MODEL #MCRA022ATJ. LOCATE CONTROL RELAYS IN CONTACTOR ENCLOSURE. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCENE 1 - ALL STORE LIGHTS TIMECLOCK LIGHTS ON (10AM -9PM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OPENS AND DE- ENERGIZES SCENE 1 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS CLOSE AND ENERGIZE LIGHTS. LIGHTS OFF (9PM -10AM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT CLOSES AND ENERGIZES SCENE 1 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS OPEN AND DE- ENERGIZE LIGHTS. SCENE 2 - EMPLOYEE LIGHTS TIMECLOCK LIGHTS ON (8AM-11PM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OPENS AND DE- ENERGIZES SCENE 2 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS CLOSE AND ENERGIZE LIGHTS. LIGHTS OFF (11PM-8AM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT CLOSES AND ENERGIZES SCENE 2 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS OPEN AND DE- ENERGIZE LIGHTS. BYPASS BUTTON FOR SCENE 2 BYPASS BUTTON ENABLED: BYPASS BUTTON CLOSES AND ENERGIZES BYPASS RELAY R -1. RELAY R -1 NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OPENS AND DE- ENERGIZES SCENE 2 CONTACTORS. CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS CLOSES AND ENERGIZES LIGHTS. SCENE 3 - SPECIALTY LIGHTS TIMECLOCK LIGHTS ON (8AM -11PM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OPENS AND DE- ENERGIZES SCENE 3 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS CLOSE AND ENERGIZE LIGHTS. LIGHTS OFF (11PM-8AM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT CLOSES AND ENERGIZES SCENE 3 CONTACTOR(S). CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS OPEN AND DE- ENERGIZE LIGHTS. SCENE 4 - OUTSIDE LIGHTS TIMECLOCK UGHTS ON OR OFF (6AM- MIDNIGHT ADJUSTABLE): LIGHTS OFF (HIGH AMBIENT LIGHT OUTSIDE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT CLOSED. PHOTO CELL NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT OPEN. SCENE 4 CONTACTOR(S) DE- ENERGIZED. CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS OPEN AND DE- ENERGIZE LIGHTS. LIGHTS ON (LOW AMBIENT LIGHT OUTSIDE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT CLOSED. PHOTO CELL NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACT CLOSED. SCENE 4 CONTACTOR(S) ENERGIZED. CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS CLOSE AND ENERGIZE LIGHTS. LIGHTS OFF (MIDNIGHT -6AM ADJUSTABLE): TIMECLOCK NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT OPEN. SCENE 4 CONTACTOR(S) DE- ENERGIZED. CONTACTOR(S) NORMALLY OPEN CONTACTS OPEN AND DE- ENERGIZE LIGHTS. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 Co Lu a STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 STORE LOCATION: W Z LLJ z ots W 0 ec 0 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: CONTACTOR BILL OF MATERIALS LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 300 ARCHITECT INFO: vvd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM CONTACTOR SCHEDULE EXTERNAL CONTACTOR LABEL INTERNAL CONTACTOR PANEL LABEL SCENE MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE CONTACT COIL VOLTAGE CONTACT AMPERE RATING NO. OF POLES NEMA TYPE ENCLOSURE LIGHT FIXTURE VOLTAGE CIRCUITS CONTROLLED N.O. N.C. 1A 1 ALL STORE LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 30 6 NEMA 1 277 D -3,5,9 1B 1 ALL STORE LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 30 6 NEMA 1 120 F -1,3 2A 2 EMPLOYEE LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 30 6 NEMA 1 277 D- 13,32,34,35 28 2 EMPLOYEE LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 30 4 NEMA 1 120 F -5, E -2 3A 3 SPECIALTY LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 30 4 NEMA 1 120 F -2 4A 4 OUTSIDE LIGHTS GENERAL ELECTRIC CR463L20 -AJA ELEC ENERGIZED ELEC HELD 120 20 6 NEMA 1 120 E -3,5 REMARKS: 1. THE ELECTRICALLY HELD CONTACTOR SPECIFIED, (MODEL NUMBER. CR463L20 -AJA), USES A G.E. 2 -POLE CONTACTOR, (MODEL NUMBER CR460XP32,) FOR A TOTAL NU,AQg OF POLES SEE NO. OF POLES COLUMN IN CONTACTOR SCHEDULE. �ti) '� 3b3 ,App,T veQuwkED ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: RECEIVED CITY OFTLI WILA Nnv 1 ti 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: E9 -3 2 DUIT WITH PULLWIRE TO TELEPHONE UTILITY 48" MANAGER'S DESK GENERAL NOTES i [---- � I 1 1 205 1. REFER TO CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM FOR EMPTY CONDUIT SIZES. 1 SERVICE. COORDINATE WIN LANDLORD AND /OR 203 - e TELEPHONE SYSTEM DETAIL NOTES: •f ... _ ............ . L.__._ _ J HUBS AND WIRING FOR POS AND TELEPHONE SYSTEMS FINAL CONNECTIONS, 2. 203 ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY SPENCER ENGINEERING AND LUCENT UTILITY CO. TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO TERMINATE IN " " f1 I 1 ,. » .... _ .. 200 GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 207 TECHNOLOGY RESPECTIVELY. 3. FINAL CONNECTIONS AND WIRING FOR MUSIC SYSTEM ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY PLAY NETWORK. v 204 4. ALL J -BOXES TO BE RECESSED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. ALL COVERS FOR JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLE ABOVE THE DESK SHALL BE FLUSH WITH THE CORK FINISH. PROVIDE EXTENSION RINGS AS REQUIRED. 96" 30" SPACE FOR 15" LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER " NETWORK RACK JUNCTION BOX (200 }.. 35" 6" 200 3/4" THICK PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BOARD. SIZE AS INDICATED. 200 201 ;rwcSY:c; HOE EM GROUND. DEDICATED ISOLATED L ID COPPE R GROUNDING WIRE OF LENGTH NOT TO EXCEED 35 FEET TO A "GE POWERMARK GOLD" EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS BAR CATALOG NUMBER TGK12 OR EQUAL. IF WIRE EXCEEDS 35 FEET, PROVIDE #10 AWG SOLID COPPER GROUNDING WIRE WITH REDUCING CLIP AT BUS BAR. 202 DEDICATED QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE CIRCUITED WITH AN ISOLATED GROUND. REFER TO POWER PLAN FOR CIRCUIT NUMBER. 203 CONDUIT WITH PULL WIRE. REFER TO CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM FOR QUANTITIES AND SIZES. 204 IDENTIFY BOUNDARY LINES AND SPACE USE WITH PAINT OR PERMANENT MARKER AS INDICATED. 205 1/2" THREADED GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE CONNECTED TO FLOOR AND WALL MOUNTED ESCUTCHEONS. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. 206 4" X 4" X 1/2" JUNCTION BOX FOR MUSIC. " 207 (2) 3/4 CONDUITS FOR SPEAKER WIRE AND ADDITIONAL MUSIC EQUIPMENT. 208 (2) 3/4" CONDUIT TO ADT DEVICES. 209 3/4" CONDUIT FOR DEDICATED AND ISOLATED " GROUND RECEPTACLE LOCATED ON BACK BOARD. MANAGER'S DESK CODED NOTES 201 I IG6 SPENCER /AVAYA 66 BLOCK ' 'V' (100) 4 -PLEX D A T A JACK. INSTALL 4-11/16" SQ X 2 -1 / 8" DEEP BOX WITH SINGLE GANG 1/2" PLASTER RING COVER. EXTEND CONDUIT FROM BOX TO POS SWIP CABINET. ® K101) 2'x2' CCTV BACKBOARD. ELEVATION (102) 1 EQUIP 13 JMBER: i9 CATION: (WAY S -(CENTER PIN ILA, WA TRAFFIC COUNTER. INSTALL 4" SQ X 2 -1 /8" DEEP BOX WITH SINGLE GANG (104, --' 2099 ---' 210 PLASTER RING COVER. EXTEND TRAFFIC COUNTER CONDUIT HOMERUN TO BOX. 23" 204 O SPACE FOR AVAYA EQUIP (103) ISOLATED GROUND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR POS EQUIPMENT. INSTALL IN 4" SQ X 2-1/8" DEEP BOX WITH TWO GANG 1/2 PLASTER RING COVER. 208 202 LABEL "POS ONLY" AND CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULE. v - (104) CONVENIENCE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR GENERAL USE POWER. INSTALL 1 JWAP3 IN 4" SQ X 2 -1/8" DEEP BOX WITH TWO GANG 1/2" PLASTER RING COVER. § LABEL "CONVENIENCE" AND CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULE. K200) ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES FOR CCTV EQUIPMENT. INSTALL IN 4" SQ X 2013 .N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 2 -1/8" DEEP BOX WITH TWO GANG 1/2" PLASTER RING COVER. LABEL A 102 � "CCTV" AND CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULE. „ ADT CONSULTANT INFO: _ (201) 4 -PLEX DATA JACK. INSTALL 4- 11/16" SQ X 2 -1/8" DEEP BOX WITH 208 SINGLE GANG 1/2" PLASTER RING COVER. EXTEND CONDUIT FROM BOX TO CPU 209 202 l NUTONE UNIT AND TRANSFORMER ON WALL. -{100 � 202 + I IG4 ± 1111 � I I 6 � _�..... IG3 �_ (203) 12" X 12" X 6" J -BOX TO RECEIVE CONDUIT FROM SURVEILLANCE CAMERAS. FIELD VERIFY WHICH ONE IS APPLICABLE _..,_.......15,x. �.e..�.�,- A ELEVATION 204 Q � � (1) 2" CONDUIT LINE RUN TO A RECESSED J —BOX 6 "X6 "X4 "D. LOCATED � IG1 "' 34 A.F.F. INSTALL PER N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS. ABOVE WORK SURFACE (38 A.F.F.). PROVIDE (1) PULLWIRE BETWEEN 48 Q SS \206 103 J- BOXES. Q 8Q 201 MOTION SENSOR 205 RECEPTACLE FOR CAMERA EQUIPMENT ABOVE MANAGERS ROOM. LOCATE IG3 202 000 4 "X4 "X2 -1 /8" DEEP BOX WITH 1/2" PLASTER RING COVER ABOVE OR JUST ` THE ROOM ROOM OUTSIDE MANAGERS UP IN STOCK AREA AROUND 12' AFF. 208 LABEL "CCTV" AND CIRCUIT TO SINGLE DEDICATED CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON PROFESSIONAL STAMP: �� s Krr,���� 5� wn.5,,� '!;� `\ - tr " It i '‘. �rirNi�`, v s� Lcti`'� n r. I 205 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DEDICATED IG2 20" 205 6" 24 �� 24" A.F.F. 10 191 POWER PLAN AND PANEL SCHEDULE. 202 206) ISOLATED GROUND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR COMPUTER EQUIPMENT. . 203 102 (CPU) INSTALL IN 4 SQ X 2 -1/8 DEEP BOX WITH TWO GANG 1/2 PLASTER RING "CPU CIRCUIT 6 24" MS COVER. LABEL ONLY" AND CIRCUIT AS INDICATED ON POWER PLAN 103 AND PANEL SCHEDULE. TELEPHONE CONDUIT TO TERMINATE IN — ■ .�l a .ar IG4 100 e 207 INSTALL A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SOUND SYSTEM. NEXT TO THE DUPLEX DUPLEX RECEPTACLE r I 0 B -13 (CCTV BACKBOARD ( RECEPTACLE INSTALL (1) SINGLE GANG AND (1) 2 -GANG J -BOX WITH 3/4" C -28 CONDUIT PIPED 6" ABOVE CEILING FOR WIRES. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND P.0 S.) SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. JUNCTION BOX 206 207 103 WAP3 <'208) J-BOX VOLUME CONTROL. REFER TO POWER PLAN AND SOUND SYSTEM DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. ARCHITECT INFO: IACI 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM 200° 204 C -14 IG3 209 RUN CONDUIT FROM ADT PANEL TO 2 "X4" X 1 -1/2" D J -BOX WITH SINGLE • ��, ti `� � �:� � ' FINISHED FLOOR TRANSITION TO RGS CONDUIT FOR ABOVE GRADE ROUTING. 205 "1` IG5 �' 2" PVC SCH 40 WITH PULLWIRE TO TELEPHONE UTILITY SERVICE. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD (SOUND SYSTEM) C -23 GANG MUD RING NEAR SAFE FOR HOLD UP BUTTON. ® (P.O.S.) 210 j JUNCTION BOX AND QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SAFE AND PULL TRIGGER. O !Ile : IG6 . J -BOX FOR THERMOSTAT FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT AT 44" A.F.F. INSTALL 1/2" 210 C-8 207 (N39) CONDUIT WITH BUSHINGS AND PULLWIRE TO ABOVE CEILING FOR CONTROL 0 6 —0 WIRING. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH G.C. PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. VERIFY _ (SAFE) (CCTV)(INTELLEX) _ 200 104 EXACT QUANTITY AND REQUIREMENTS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. AND /OR UTILITY CO. PROCESSING AREA /MANAGER'S DESK DETAIL NOT TO SCALE TELECOM BACKBOARD DETAIL NOT TO SCALE 201 205 ISSUE TYPE: r 1 1 120V 1 r 1 f BY OTHERS 1 1 I 1 1 1 120V 1 1 1 G.C. TO WIRE BUZZER BR2 AND 1 THIS TRANSFORMER TO CIRCUIT. 1 i 1 1 1 * POWER POLE WILL BE PROVIDED BY o 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL 11/09/12 TELECOM BACKBOARD (ADT BACP) (NETWORK RACK) (SPENCER /AVAYA) (PHONE) CASHWRAP VENDOR AND GO UP ABOUT IO',THEN CONNECTTOA THREADED ROD. CREDENZA - ~ ----- 10V 1 ' 1 1 r " 1 2 CONDUIT FOR DATA AND P ONE CASHWRAP 6T WIRELESS ACCESS POINT #1 3/4" (POS) 1 10V 1 1 1 FRONT DOOR 1 CLASS II LOW VOLTAGE WIRING, > 1 1 BY OTHERS STORE FRONT ADT DEVICES 3/4" (ADT) r----- I I JUNCTIONP BOX (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR HOLDUP BUTTON BR2 • FACTORY WIRED FIELD -WIRED REVISIONS: (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR VOLUME CONTROL REAR DOOR 1 - -J IN CASHWRAP 1 BY E.C. 1 1 WIRELESS ACCESS POINT #2 3/4" 3/4 (POS) (1) 3/4" CONDUIT FOR HOLDUP BUTTON (2) 3/4" MANAGERS OFFICE PLAY NETWORK RACK R ,,,..Cir., ° i1V Eil� ....._......_..._._._._.___.,_. °" ° ° °�' 1 I 3 POWER POLE * _1- 16AWG MINIMUM ----�- ____ • BR1 1/2" 1/2" IN 3 1/2 X 1/2 • • ; BL1 1 MANAGER'S DESK ' 1 I i 1 MANAGER'S DESK 1 WIRELESS ACCESS 3/4" (POS) 3/4" 3/4 (POS) TRAFFIC COUNTER 1. J PUSHBUTTON, TYP. ____I . 1 POINT #3 POS .. 2" ( POS)' BY LANDLORD BY LANDLORD BUZZER / BELL SYSTEM NOTES: NUTONE DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM AND ONE COMPLETE BELL SYSTEM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE NECESSARY WIRING, RACEWAYS AND THE FOLLOWING DEVICES. r------------------------ ..--- - - - --, 1 A. BUZZERS (2): NUTONE #LA -201 (6 -10 VOLT); AND BELL (1): NUTONE #LA -201. 1 BY OTHERS EAS 3/4" EAS��' BACKBOARD CCTV BACKBOARD (TEL) DRAWN BY: EM/ NOTES: 1. WIRING DIAGRAM SHOW ALL COMPONENTS FORA NEW STORE. FOR ANY TWO EXISTING COMPONENTS, THE CONDUIT BETWEEN THE COMPONENTS WILL REMAIN AS IS ONLY NEW OR RELOCATED COMPONENTS REQUIRE NEW CONDUIT. 2. CONDUIT LENGTH SHpw _L NOT EXCEED 300FT. 3. ALL CONDUIT SHALL INCLUDE A PULLSTRING. EPARNTE PE `� s �t � r _ RQUIRE1 t) A/E JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 I LOCATE FIRST BUZZER & BELL UNDER SWITCH PLATE AT +7' -O" ABOVE MANAGER'S 1 DESK PER LOCATION ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS (OVERPLATE SHALL BE WHIT. - a a �' B. PUSHBUTTONS (2): NUTONE #PBI 8LWHCL. LOCATE PUSHBUTTONS OUTSIDE REAR 1 BY LANDLORD 1 1 TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL DETAILS STOCK DOOR AND FRONT ENTRY DOOR AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. .__•• _____________________________ ®_ :-. TRANSFORMERS (2): NUTONE #C905 AT +7'-0" ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AS BY OTHERS 1 SHEET NUMBER: E9-4 SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND AT CASHWRAP. 16 a NOT TO SCALE CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM 7T CASHWRAP NOT TO SCALE - 203 D 00 R B ZZER DETAIL U 204 BOX REDUCTION UNISTRUT 3/8" STEEL THREADED ROD AT 10' -0" O.C. & WITHIN 10" OF END OF UNISTRUT \\— TOP OF CHORD. 0M CEILING /BOTTOM OF DECK (p)BOTTOM '-r CONDUIT TO POWER ENTIRE RUN OF FIXTURES JUNCTION AT BOTTOM OF DECK 0 O SEE ARCH. DWGS FOR GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON NCI STREET SAN N HARRISON FRANCISCO, CA 94105 UNISTRUT OF JOIST = BEYOND _ 3/8" NUT, WASHER 0 0 0 MOUNTING HEIGHT UNISTRUT FOR FIXTURES JUNCTION BOX 0 O 0 O Amor SYMMETRICAL REFLECTOR BY LIGHTING VENDOR AT SALES FLOOR FLUORESCENT LIGHTS, U.O.N. ill iEI .) WIRE BALLAST BEYOND w `— PENDANT FIXTURE SEE ARCH. DWGS FOR REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT FIXTURE. TO LIGHTING FIXURE FOR TYPE. MOLRITING HEIGHT itt 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 FLUORESCENT REFER SCHEDULE FLUORESCENT FIXTURE 3T TO SCALE EMPLOYEE AREA LIGHT FIXTURES EMPLOYEE NOT TO SCALE 304 INFO: UNISTRUT �nI -4-* 3/8" STEEL THREADED ROD AT 10' -0" O.C. & WITHIN 10" OF END OF UNISTRUT TOP OF BOTTOM CHORD. OF JOIST BEYOND PERIMETER WALLS /BASICS WALLS POWER POLE DESCRIPTION POWER POLE SET THE GE CR460 SERIES CONTACTOR ARE CONFIGURED TO SUPPORT r IN N.O. POSITION UP TO TWELVE NORMALLY OPEN, "N.O. ", POLES, WITH A MAXIMUM POWER POLE ZOO 0 0 0 "N.C. ", "1" UNISTRUT _ - CLIP OF EIGHT NORMALLY CLOSED, POLES. POSITIONS TO "4" ON BASE CAN BE CONFIGURED AS EITHER N.O. OR N.C. - WHILE POSITIONS "5" AND "6" CAN BE CONFIGURED AS N.O. o ZOO O 0 0 N.O. TAG _ 0 O O O O ONLY. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTfONS PROFESSIONAL •yo STAMP: s. ��� �<� ��`.i, \\,, ,'!;,- � ���`•y. '= �a',�` �a, 4r, i' `a2 o v' ifs; ( �` s ti- I. V 2012 j i _ O O O O O 3/8" NUT, WASHER WIRE '� r %,'• CLIP z o n5 1 6 POWER POLE SET STEP -1 LOCATE THE RELEASE CLIP AT ONE END OF THE POWER POLE. I IN N.C. POSITION (SEE FIGURE 2) AVAILABLE SPACE FOR STEP -2 INSTALL POLE BY SLIDING FOOT INTO SLOT; PULL THE CLIP, AND n�1 440000 L — � — V N.C. TAG — 2 MORE POWER POLES IN N.O. POSITION POSITION POLE ONTO CONTACTOR BASE. RELEASE THE CLIP FOR INSTALLATION. STEP -3 CHECK FOR THE LETTERING ON THE BASE. N.O. SHOULD BE DIRECTIONAL REFLECTOR BY LIGHTING VENDOR AT PERIMETER WALLS /BASICS WALLS BALLAST BEYOND REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING FIGURE 2 0 0 Al — VISIBLE IF POWER POLE IS ASSEMBLED AS NORMALLY OPEN. N.C. SHOULD BE VISIBLE IF POWER POLE IS ASSEMBLED AS NORMALLY CLOSED. (SEE FIGURE 1) fo• ARCHITECT INFO: wd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM CONTACTOR BASE STEP-4- IF INSTALLED IN WRONG POSITION, REMOVE POWER POLE BY PULLING CLIP. ROTATE POWER POLE 180 DEGREES TO CONVERT FIGURE 1 TO N.O. OR N.C. POSITION. FOR MOUNTING HEIGHT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXURE SCHEDULE FOR TYPE. --44' LIGHTING CONTACTOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE FLUORESCENT FIXTURE AT PERIMETER/BASICS WALLS NOT TO SCALE 103 301 ISSUE TYPE: TO SWITCHED AC 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID/PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 SECURE CABLE TO PENDANT 4 OM Oft MID SIMI M OM alb rill a am ammo ma Si a alb aft SUSPEND TO DECK ABOVE USING 3/8" DA. THREADED ROD (2 PER 4' TRACK SECTION) A.C. BALLAST BLUE / / CIRCUIT CTOR BLUE UNISTRUT P- 2679 -6 SWIVEL NUT UNISTRUT P-1000T CHAMfl MANUAL SWITCH, MOTION SENSOR, ETC...) YELLOW RED DRILL THROUGH UNISTRUT AND CONNECT MC CABLING OR FLEX CONDUIT WITH CONDUIT CONNECTOR TO FEED TRACK. ATTACH THREADED ROD TO UNISTRUT O O P TOP OF BOTTOM CORD OF BAR JOIST. ,Z„Z % PROVIDE 3/8' STL. THREADED REVISIONS: LAMP UNISTRUT TO RUN END OF FEED, ROD ®8 12' O.C. 1~l" ��� �NOV 1 b 2012 ����, .. MIT CENTER BATTERY PLUG INDICATOR LAMP AA ALIGN EDGES PS- 200 —K06 UNISTRUT END CAP TO ALIGN WITH TRACK END CAP lig '�� ��� ��� � �Q / �� RED RED BROWN LIGHT ALARMS "AM-6" FLUORESCENT POWER PACK RED BROWN YELLOW TO UNSWITCHED WHITE • YELLOW AC CIRCUIT. USE BLACK BLUE PROPER TAP. ORANGE BLUE TRACK LIVE END FEED CONNECTOR 6,_ �'-- ����. `�� Ill CAP UNUSED WIRE • CONTINUOUS UNISTRUT P -1000T CHANNEL - 20' LENGTH MAX. (USE P-2900 CHANNEL JOINER TO NOTE: DRAWN BY: EM/ NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 JOIN CHANNEL ENDS). UNISTRUT TO RUN LENGTH OF TRACK (TYPa CONNECT EMERGENCY PACK TO THE HOT WIRE OF THE CIRCUIT AHEAD OF LIGHT SWITCH OR CONTACTOR. SEPARATE PEP 1T AND ���� ®�A RE(�,j�ED b k)...730---2) TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL DETAILS UNISTRUT P -1008 SPRING NUT SEE ARCH. DWGS FOR SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR LENGTH(S) OF TRACK. TRACK FIXTURE (TYP.) �� MOUNTING HEIGHT SHEET NUMBER: E9-5 TRACK LIGHTING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE T HMENT DETAIL AT AC NOT TO SCALE EMERGENCY LIGHTING DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE 204 zo1 WIRING 100 DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL SECTION 16000 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. NOTE THE ABBREVIATION G.C. WHEREVER IT APPEARS IN THESE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, SHALL REFER TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS AND THE OTHER SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS WORK IS REQUIRED TO READ THE SPECIFICATIONS AND REVIEW DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF THEIR SUBCONTRACTOR'S WITH ALL DIVISIONS OF WORK. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS WITH A COMPLETE SET OF BID DOCUMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SCHEDULING THE COMPLETION AND INSPECTION OF THIS WORK AND THE WORK OF THIS SUBCONTRACTORS WORK TO COMPLY WITH THE G.C.'S SCHEDULE AND THE PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID TO DETERMINE CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE WORK ANY ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE LISTED SEPARATELY AND QUALIFIED IN THE CONTRACTOR'S BID. SUBMITTAL OF BID SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS AND ANY MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY IN PERFORMANCE OF WORK. REFER TO RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ON THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR INFORMATION IN REGARD TO RESPONSIBILITY OF WORK OR ITEMS WHICH MAY AFFECT BID. B. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, INCIDENTALS AND DETAILS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY, OWNER OR , THE G.C. SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD, POWER COMPANY AND THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AS REQUIRED. FURNISH AND INSTALL EQUIPMENT THAT IS RATED FOR AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS. FURNISH AND INSTALL "CABLE LIMITERS" IF NECESSARY TO LIMIT FAULT CURRENT. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC. OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO SUBMISSION OF BID. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE, MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW, UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES LISTED AND LABELED AND SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT EACH OTHER AND ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE PROVIDED EVEN THOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN BOTH. ANY MATERIAL OR LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NOR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT WHICH IS OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK OR WHICH IS USUALLY INCLUDED IN WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER, SHALL BE PROVIDED AS PART OF CONTRACT. WHERE THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS CALL FOR ITEMS WHICH EXCEED CODES OR THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING THE SYSTEM WITH THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS AS DESIGNED AND DESCRIBED ON THESE DRAWINGS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING, MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SUFFICIENT SERVICE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING, OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE LANDLORD. PATCHING IS TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. C. TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TEMPORARY WIRING AND RELATED GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTION PROTECTION FOR LIGHT AND POWER FOR ALL CONTRACTORS AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR IT'S REMOVAL. THE G.C. SHALL PAY FOR ALL ELECTRICITY PRIOR TO STORE MERCHANDISING AND INCLUDE COST IN BID. D. CODES 1 ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL MANNER AND CONFORM TO THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, LANDLORD'S CRITERIA, THE STATE'S, COUNTY'S, CITY'S AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES, SAFETY AND HEALTH CODES, NFPA CODES, ENERGY CODES, AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE CODES AND REQUIREMENTS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INQUIRE INTO AND COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, AND REGULATIONS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ANY CHANGES REQUIRED BY CODES IN THE BID AND IF THESE CHANGES ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THE BID, THEY MUST BE QUALIFIED AS A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE BID. AFTER CONTRACT IS ISSUED, NO ADDITIONAL COST DUE TO CODE ISSUES SHALL BE REIMBURSED BY THE OWNER TO THE CONTRACTOR. E. LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS & FEES 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL LICENSES, PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND FEES REQUIRED OR RELATED TO HIS WORK. FURNISH TO THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ALL CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. F. TRADE NAMES, MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1 WHERE TRADE NAMES AND MANUFACTURERS ARE USED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED AS A MINIMUM FOR THE BASE BID. ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE PR— QUALIFIED, LISTED IN THIS CONTRACTOR'S BID AND HAVE A COST SAVINGS FOR GAP INC. OF AT LEAST $500 PER TYPE OF EQUIPMENT. ADDITIONALLY, ONLY MANUFACTURERS CONSIDERED AS AN EQUAL OR BETTER IN ALL ASPECTS TO THAT SPECIFIED WILL BE REVIEWED. ALL SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL IN WRITING, THROUGH SHOP DRAWINGS PROCESS, BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE. GAP INC. RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ONLY SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL SUBMISSIONS SHALL BE MADE EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS FOR THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING DELAYS OR CONFLICTS TO THE JOB'S PROGRESS SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE G.C.'S OFFICE AND SUB— CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND CONFIRMED THAT THE SUBMITTALS ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR INDICATE WHERE EXCEPTIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN. G. GUARANTEE 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS AND WORK PROVIDED UNDER HIS CONTRACT AND SHALL MAKE GOOD, REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, ANY DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT WHICH MAY BE DISCOVERED WITHIN A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE (IN WRITING) OF THE INSTALLATION BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER /ENGINEERING MANAGER. EXTENDED WARRANTIES ARE SPECIFIED WITH INDIVIDUAL. EQUIPMENT. 2 THE OWNER SHALL PROVIDE A COMPLETE 12 —MONTH WARRANTY FOR ALL PARTS ON EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE OWNER AND ITS VENDORS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BEAR ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES BEYOND A COMPLETE WORKING SYSTEM, AND AS SUCH, NO ADDITIONAL MONIES SHOULD BE INCLUDED IN THE BID H. RECORD DRAWINGS 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS ON THE JOB SITE TO RECORD DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DRAWINGS, SUCH AS: A LOCATION OF JUNCTION BOXES AND RECEPTACLES B REVISIONS, ADDENDUMS, AND CHANGE ORDERS C SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS MADE NECESSARY BY FIELD CONDITIONS, APPROVED EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS, AND CONTRACTOR'S COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES. 2 AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT AND BEFORE FINAL APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ANY FINAL CORRECTIONS TO DRAWINGS AND CERTIFY THE ACCURACY OF EACH PRINT BY SIGNATURE THEREON. ONE COPY OF DRAWINGS STAMPED SHALL BE PLACED "DO NOT REMOVE" IN THE AS —BUILT DRAWING TUBE. I. DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS 1 DRAWINGS (PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND DETAILS) ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND INDICATE THE GENERAL LOCATION AND INTENT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. WHERE DRAWINGS, EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS, SPECIFICATIONS OR OTHER TRADES CONFLICT OR ARE UNCLEAR, ADVISE THE G.C. IN WRITING PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. OTHERWISE, THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR CONDITIONS SHALL BE FINAL WITH NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION PERMITTED. 2 THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. THE G.C. SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. J. PHASING REQUIREMENTS 1 FOR ANY PHASED STORE CONSTRUCTION, THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL SERVICE CHANGES REQUIRED TO KEEP THE OPERATING PHASE OF THE STORE'S ELECTRIC SERVICE IN OPERATION. CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE WITH THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD (IN WRITING) ONE WEEK PRIOR TO ANY SHUT DOWN OF THE POS, CASH REGISTERS, ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE OR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. ADVISE THE G.C. AT TIME OF BID IF ANY CONFLICTS EXIST. K. DEMOLITION 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COORDINATION OF THE DEMOLITION OF EXISTING WORK AND THE DEMOLITION PROVIDED BY THE G.C. COORDINATE WITH THE G.C. ANY EXISTING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE LEFT INTACT. 2 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SCOPE OF WORK WITH THE G.C. FOR THE REMOVAL OF ALL EXISTING CONDUIT, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM, SWITCHGEAR, PITCH POCKETS AND EQUIPMENT ETC. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR MUST VERIFY WITH THE LANDLORD ALL PRESUMED ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT AND SWITCHGEAR PRIOR TO REMOVAL. PITCH POCKETS SHALL BE REMOVED AND THE ROOF PATCHED, AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD. ALL EXTRANEOUS ITEMS IN THE SPACE OR ON THE ROOF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE NEW WORK MUST BE REMOVED AND ROOF /WALL /FLOOR PATCHED /REPAIRED TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. EXISTING ABANDONED CONDUIT OR EQUIPMENT IN THE FLOOR, EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE, OR OTHERWISE INACCESSIBLE, ARE TO BE CUT OFF AND SEALED BELOW OR WITHIN FLOOR OR WALL LEVEL WHEN THEY ARE NOT TO BE REUSED IN THIS PROJECT. IF REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR CODES, ABANDONED CONDUIT MUST BE REMOVED TO POINT OF ORIGIN. CONFIRM EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE G.C. PRIOR TO 81D AND INCLUDE COSTS IN BID AS DIRECTED BY THE G.C.. L. SLEEVES 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES TO PROTECT EQUIPMENT OR FACILITIES IN THE INSTALLATION. EACH SLEEVE SHALL EXTEND THROUGH IT'S RESPECTIVE FLOOR, WALL OR PARTITION AND SHALL BE CUT FLUSH WITH EACH SURFACE EXCEPT SLEEVES THAT PENETRATE THE FLOOR, WHICH SHALL EXTEND 4" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2 ALL SLEEVES AND OPENINGS THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND /OR FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH CALCIUM SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL, SO AS TO RETAIN THEIR FIRE RATING. 3 SLEEVES IN BEARING AND MASONRY WALLS, FLOORS AND PARTITIONS SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT STEEL PIPE FINISHED WITH SMOOTH EDGES. FOR OTHER THAN MASONRY PARTITIONS, THROUGH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, OR FOR CONCEALED VERTICAL CONDUIT, SLEEVES SHALL BE NO 22 U.S.G GALVANIZED STEEL MINIMUM. M. HANGERS 1 HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS ANGLE IRON, WIRE, UNISTRUT, C— CLAMPS WITH RETAINING CLIPS, CHANNELS, HANGER RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK. 2 HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE, OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO OTHER CONDUIT OR PIPING. HANGERS UPPER ATTACHMENT MUST BE SUPPORTED PER DRAWING DETAILS. HANGING FROM METAL DECK IS NOT PERMITTED. WHERE INTERFERENCES OCCUR, IN ORDER TO SUPPORT CONDUIT, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSTALL TRAPEZE TYPE HANGERS OR SUPPORTS WHICH SHALL BE LOCATED WHERE THEY DO NOT INTERFERE WITH ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, VALVES, JUNCTION BOXES, ACCESS DOORS, OTHER EQUIPMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS AND /OR OTHER TRADES. HANGER TYPES AND INSTALLATION METHODS ARE SUBJECT TO LANDLORD CRITERIA. END OF SECTION 16000 DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. SCOPE OF WORK 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, AND FACILITIES NECESSARY FOR, REASONABLY IMPLIED AND INCIDENTAL TO, THE FURNISHING, INSTALLATION, COMPLETION AND TESTING OF ALL THE WORK FOR THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND AS REQUIRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, TO INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A A COMPLETE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS, SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, MOTOR STARTERS, LIGHTING CONTACTORS, LIGHTING AND TRANSFORMERS. IT IS THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO INCLUDE IN HIS BID FOR PROVIDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR TIE —IN TO LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT OR TO OBTAIN SERVICE FROM LOCAL UTILITY COMPANY. B CONTRACTOR MUST ALSO INCLUDE IN BID ALL NECESSARY MATERIALS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FEEDERS, BRANCH CIRCUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, WIRING DEVICES, COVERPLATES, CONDUITS, ETC. C METERING AND CURRENT TRANSFORMERS AS REQUIRED BY DRAWINGS, THE OWNER., UTIUTY COMPANY, AND /OR LANDLORD. D THE WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS OUTLINED ON THE BID SET DRAWINGS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. WORK SHALL INCLUDE WIRING OF ALL STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, AND POWER WIRING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. E INSTALLATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS INCLUDING ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC. REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING. F A COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR TELEPHONE /DATA INCLUDING TERMINAL BOARD, BRANCH CONDUITS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, GROUND CONDUCTORS, COVER PLATES, ETC. UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. G A COMPLETE EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. H TEMPORARY SERVICE AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, INCLUDING ITS REMOVAL. I FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL SIGNS, CORNICE LIGHTING, CASE LIGHTING, ETC AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. J INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF SPEAKERS, AMPLIFIERS, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FOR SOUND SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. K SMOKE /FIRE ALARM WIRING, DEVICES AND CONDUIT, AS SHOWN OR DESCRIBED ON DRAWINGS OR AS NECESSARY TO MEET LANDLORD, STATE, LOCAL, INSURANCE AND FIRE DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS L INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS STUBBED TO ABOVE CEILING FOR HVAC /LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. ALSO, ANY ADDITIONAL CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT WHERE PLENUM RATED CABLES ARE NOT PERMITTED. WORK NOT INCLUDED. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION ARE NOT INCLUDED IN THIS CONTRACT: A 24 VOLT TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B TELEPHONE INSTRUMENTS AND WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C DATA LINES WIRING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BEFORE STARTING WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING PLANS, SHOP DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES AND CONFRONTATIONS. B. CONDUIT 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL CONDUITS SERVING ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES, HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, TELEPHONE, DATA, SPEAKERS, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE GALVANIZED IMC OR EMT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR ON DRAWINGS. ALL CONDUIT IS TO BE UL LABELED. EMT CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE. CONDUIT UNDER SLAB ON GRADE SHALL BE RIGID STEEL, OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC WITH RIGID STEEL ELLS WHERE PERMITTED BY LANDLORD OR CODE. MINIMUM SIZE OF CONDUIT SHALL BE 1/2" (IF ACCEPTABLE BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS) AND 3/4" FOR ALL IN /UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT. SUPPORT ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING SEISMIC AND SWAY BRACING, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND LOCAL CODES. GENERALLY, ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED EXCEPT FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE ALLOWED ONLY AS NOTED ON PLAN AND AS APPROVED BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. PAINTING OF CONDUITS, NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE BY THE G.C.. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE A FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING APPLICATIONS ONLY: 1 FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS 2 FINAL CONNECTIONS INTO AND OUT OF THE TRANSFORMER 3 FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT 4 INTER— CONNECTIONS BETWEEN ALL LIGHT FIXTURES. (NOT TO INCLUDE HOMERUN FROM FIXTURE TO PANELBOARD WHICH MUST BE EMT OR IMC. FLEX CONDUIT ALSO SHALL NOT BE RUN BETWEEN ROWS OF STRIP FLUORESCENTS OR BETWEEN TRACKS IN OPEN CEILING APPLICATIONS.) 5 FINAL CONNECTIONS WHERE EMT OR IMC CONDUIT IS NOT PRACTICAL 6 IN WALLS (FOR UGHT SWITCHES AND 120 VOLT POWER RECEPTACLES AND HVAC CONTROL EQUIPMENT) 7 IN LOCATIONS SPECIFIED BY N.E.C. 348.20 AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.8M (6FT) IN LENGTH. B FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT OR MC TYPE CABLE MUST BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE IMC OR EMT CONDUIT TO WHICH IT IS CONNECTED. BOTH THE FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND IT'S FITTINGS ARE TO BE LISTED FOR GROUNDING. A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED. ALL CONNECTORS ARE TO BE OF A NEMA APPROVED TYPE. C THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC IS NOT PERMITTED. D CONNECTION TO OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT MUST BE WEATHERPROOF, I.E LIQUIDTIGHT OR SEALTIGHT. 7 PROVIDE PULL —WIRE IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 8 HOME RUNS AND MAIN CONDUIT RUNS ARE TO BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW PROPER SERVICE ACCESS AND OTHER TRADES WORK. CONDUIT MUST BE TRAPEZOID TO ALLOW 3 FEET MINIMUM CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING. 9 ALL CONDUITS MUST BE SIZED PER NEC AND LOCAL CODES. C. OUTLET BOXES 1 ALL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL OF THE STANDARD KNOCKOUT TYPE. NO ROUND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE PERMITTED, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CONCEALED BOXES SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4" SQUARE AND 1-1/2" DEEP, WITH PLASTER RINGS. 2 ALL KNOCKOUT BOXES, UPON WHICH LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE INSTALLED, SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH 3/8" FIXTURE STUDS. 3 EXTERIOR BOXES SHALL BE CAST RUST— RESISTING METAL WITH GASKETED COVERS. 4 INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF FLOORS, CEILINGS, WALLS ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO BE PROVIDED WITH CADDY "QUICK —MOUNT BOX SUPPORT" TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. 5 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, HANDICAP CODES OR LOCAL CODES, OUTLET HEIGHTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: A SWITCH HEIGHT AS INDICATED IN ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS LEGEND. B CONVENIENCE OUTLETS: SALES & NON— SALES: 18" FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTERLINE OF OUTLET C TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. D. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 1 THE PLANS INDICATE ONLY SCHEMATIC ROUTINGS FOR CONDUIT RUNS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDITIONAL BOXES WHERE REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS OR BY CODE. 2 BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF CODE GAUGE SIZE. 3 INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORTED INDEPENDENT OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 4 ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES IN INACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. THE USE OF JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS SHOULD BE IN LOCATIONS NEAR ACCESS FRAMES USED FOR DIFFUSERS AND RETURN AIR GRILLES OR ACCESS PANELS AS LOCATED ON PLANS. 5 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES MUST BE LABELED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER IDENTIFICATION AND SYSTEM TYPE ON COVER. E. WIRING 1 CONDUCTORS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE COPPER AND THE AWG SIZE AND TYPE AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. THE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE 600 VOLT INSULATION, TYPE THW, THWN OR THHN. 2 MINIMUM WIRE SIZE — 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE #12 AWG UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED BY NEC. 3 ON ALL 20 AMP BRANCH CIRCUITS, CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #10 AWG SHALL BE REDUCED TO #10 AWG WITHIN 10 FEET OF PANELBOARD AND DEVICE IN JUNCTION BOXES ON RATED TERMINAL STRIPS. 4 CONDUCTORS MAY BE STRANDED FOR SIZES #10 AWG AND LARGER. CONDUCTORS SIZE #12 SHALL BE SOLID (NOT STRANDED). 5 ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED, EXCEPT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, WHERE REQUIRED BY LANDLORD. CONDUCTOR CONNECTION MUST BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST ADVISE THE C.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WHEN USED. 6 ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE (IE LOW VOLTAGE PLENUM RATED WIRE). 7 THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS ALLOWED FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL CODES. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE UL LISTED HANDLE TIES ON BREAKERS SHARING A NEUTRAL AS REQUIRED BY CODE. ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR SHALL HAVE A DEDICATED FULL SIZE NEUTRAL. 8 THE USE OF ROMEX, BX, ETC IS NOT PERMITTED. 9 WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL "SCOTCH LOCK" FOR #8 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER AND SHALL BE T & B "LOCKTIGHT" FOR #6 AWG AND LARGER. 10 ALL WIRING TO BE COLOR —CODED AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT SYSTEM NEUTRAL: WHITE PHASE A OR L1: BLACK PHASE B OR L2: RED PHASE C OR L3: BLUE GROUND: GREEN ISOLATED GROUND: GREEN W/ YELLOW TRACER F. WIRING DEVICES 277/480 VOLT SYSTEM GRAY BROWN ORANGE YELLOW GREEN GREEN WITH YELLOW TRACER 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, AS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. COLOR OF DEVICES AND PLATES SHALL BE AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS THE DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE TYPES AND RATINGS LISTED BY ARROW —HART, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR PASS & SEYMOUR WEATHERPROOF GFI RECEPTACLES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SINGLE POLE SWITCHES: 20AMP — 120 -277V: HUBBELL "HBL -1221" THREE WAY SWITCHES: 20AMP — 120 -277V: HUBBELL "HBL -1223" DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: 20AMP — 125V: HUBBELL "5362" ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES: 20AMP — 125V: HUBBELL "IG5362" GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING RECEPTACLES: 20AMP — 125V: HUBBELL "GF5352" 2 ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE PASS AND SEYMOUR SERIES "TP'S ELECTRIC MFG.CO. EXCEPT FOR THE FOLLOWING BRANDS. REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 0 a w oc 000004 w T 0° V J 3 LO w M o 0 0 J w Q O CL ce LEI J z 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: ........... BID /PERMIT/LL 10/26/12 11/09/12 REVISIONS: REtivru CITY OF 111K MlA_.....,.. NOV 1 52012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DG /JD NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL IEND SPECIFICATIONS PPROVAL A. OLD NAVY: HUBBEL S SERIES OR PASS AND SEYMOUR SL SERIEtEQU'RED STAINLESS STEEL (AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) SHEET NUMBER: b1131o3 I E13 -0 G. HEATING, VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, AND FIRE PROTECTION WIRING 1 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO MECHANICAL AND TEMPERATURE CONTROL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE INCLUDED IN HIS BID. 2 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL POWER WIRING, LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, AND LINE VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING INDICATED UNDER THE HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL INTERCONNECTING LINE VOLTAGE WIRING BETWEEN RELAYS AND SWITCHES AS REQUIRED. 3 ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT FOR HVAC CONTROL WIRING WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE TO BE IN CONDUIT. REFER TO PLANS FOR REQUIREMENTS AND SIZE. H. SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES 1 SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE, QUICK —MAKE, QUICK —BREAK FUSED OR NON— FUSIBLE WITH RATINGS AND SIZES AS NOTED ON PLANS AND REQUIRED BY CODES. LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75"C RATED. 2 SWITCHES SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF IN OUTDOOR LOCATIONS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FUSED IF NOT PROTECTED WITH A "HACR" BREAKER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE AND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 3 AT SERVICE ENTRANCE, DISCONNECT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL INDICATING THE EQUIPMENT IS UL RATED FOR APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL CODES. 4 GENERAL ELECTRIC CR101/CR1062 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS, LESS OVERLOAD PROTECTION HEATERS, ARE TO BE USED AS A DISCONNECTING MEANS ONLY WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS ABOVE 1-1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS AND 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. MOTORS THAT ARE BELOW THE 1-1/2 HP AT 120 VOLTS, 2 HP AT 240 VOLTS, WATER HEATER AND ROLLING GRILLE ARE TO BE PROVIDED WITH HUBBELL "HBL- 1221, OR 1222" AC SWITCH. 5 MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. I. MOTOR STARTERS 1 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH RESET TYPE OVERLOADS THAT CLOSELY MATCH MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING AND SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY HELD (MINIMUM SIZE #1 IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE) AND BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HP THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (AUXILIARY CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, H-0— A, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE ALL CONTROL DEVICES WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COMBINATION STARTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE SWITCHES AND ONLY USED WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75 C RATED. 2 MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. J. GROUNDING 1 FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYSTEM, #12 AWG MINIMUM, SIZED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ADOPTED EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE AND LOCAL CODES, THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA AND AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 2 ALL CONDUIT, INCLUDING FLEXIBLE CONDUIT, SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. 3 GROUNDING CONNECTIONS MADE TO THE WATER PIPING SYSTEM SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR AND A BONDING JUMPERS INSTALLED AROUND WATER METER PER CODES AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 4 ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL —TO- METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. 5 RUN A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, #12 AWG MINIMUM, IN EACH CONDUIT FEEDING THE CASH WRAP, THE SENSORMATIC, HVAC CONTROL PANEL, AND OTHER COMPUTERIZED EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 6 FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE COPPER WITH GREEN IDENTIFICATION AND SIZED PER N.E.C. 7 ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON— CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE TO BE GROUNDED CONDUIT SYSTEM IS TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCKNUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON— CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE "PENN — UNION" "GPL" TYPE. K. DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1 TRANSFORMERS WHICH ARE NOT PAD MOUNTED SHALL BE SECURELY MOUNTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE, REINFORCED WALLS, OR AS NOTED ON DRAWINGS. USE ADDITIONAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AT POINTS OF MOUNTING TO CUT VIBRATION NOISES. USE FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT WITH GROUNDING BUSHING FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED, SET, MOUNTED AND CONNECTED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO KEEP NOISE LEVELS WITHIN THE SURROUNDING AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS AND MAINTAIN ALL CODE REQUIRED CLEARANCES. LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75"C RATED. 2 TRANSFORMER SHALL BE QUIET TYPE CONSTRUCTION AND HAVE SIX (6) 2-1/2% TAPS, TWO (2) TAPS ABOVE AND FOUR (4) TAPS BELOW NORMAL PRIMARY RATING. 3 MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. L. PANELBOARDS 1 ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING, FULL SIZED COPPER NEUTRAL, 100% GROUND BUSSING, AND OVERALL HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE QUICK —MAKE AND QUICK —BREAK DESIGN, THERMAL — MAGNETIC TYPE, TRIP FREE AND TRIP — INDICATING. ALL PANELS SHALL BE DEAD FRONT AND FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS SHOWN. ALL LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SWITCHING DUTY RATED AND LABELED "SWEDE ". 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY CARD OF THE CIRCUITS AND PLACE IN PANEL DOOR. ALL PANELBOARDS PHASE AMPERAGE SHALL BE BALANCED TO WITHIN 7 PERCENT MAX TO MIN. REARRANGE NON — UGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED AND NOTE CHANGES ON RECORD DRAWINGS. LIGHTING PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKERS MUST BE INSTALLED AND WIRED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. 4 PANELBOARDS MUST BE MOUNTED ON MINIMUM 3/4" A/D PLYWOOD AND PAINTED IN A COLOR TO MATCH THE SURROUNDING WALLS OR A COLOR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODE. PLYWOOD SHALL EXTEND 1 FOOT MINIMUM BEYOND EDGE OF EQUIPMENT. 5 PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING AND LUG CONNECTIONS AS FOLLOWS: 120/208 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 10,000 A.I.0 277/480 VOLT PANELBOARDS: 14,000 A.I.C. VERIFY ACTUAL A.I.0 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE LANDLORD OR UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. ALL LUG CONNECTIONS TO BE 75 DEG C RATED. 6 MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC. M. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS 1 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL UGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS ARE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR IS TO REPLACE ALL NON— WORKING LAMPS PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE DATE AND IS TO INCLUDE COST IN BID. 2 ALL RECESSED INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPLICABLE THERMAL PROTECTION. 3 WHERE FLUORESCENT FIXTURES ARE SPECIFIED, THEY SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH HIGH POWER FACTOR RAPID START BALLASTS, U.L LISTED, C.B.M CERTIFIED, AND E.T.L APPROVED WITH EFFICIENCY FACTORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE ENERGY POLICY ACT OF 1992" AND ITS AMENDMENTS AS A MINIMUM. 4 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ADDITIONAL AUXILIARY SUPPORT STEEL HANGER WIRES ADEQUATELY SIZED TO SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE (MINIMUM TWO PER FIXTURE) FOR ALL FIXTURES IN LAY — IN CEILINGS AND OTHER FIXTURES AS REQUIRED BY THE LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE OFFICIALS. FIXTURES TO FIT TIGHT AGAINST CEILING CONSTRUCTION TO ELIMINATE LIGHT LEAKS. 5 FURNISH AND INSTALL APPLICABLE FIRE RATED DRYWALL BOXES OVER RECESSED FIXTURES IN FIRE RATED CEILINGS AS REQUIRED BY CODES. FIELD COORDINATE AS REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICTS. 6 THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SPLAY WIRING (GUY WIRING) AND SEISMIC BRACING FOR ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY STATE AND LOCAL CODES. 7 WALL — MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE MOUNTED PLUMB WITH BUILDING LINES AND INSTALLED WITH PROPER BOX AND COVER HARDWARE. 8 SURFACE AND STEM MOUNTED FIXTURES TO BE HUNG FROM BOXES SECURELY FIXED TO THE STRUCTURE. USE CANOPY TO COVER MOUNTING HARDWARE. N. LIGHTING CONTROLS 0. TELEPHONE DATA AND COMPUTER WIRING 1 FURNISH AND INSTALL A SYSTEM OF CONDUIT RACEWAYS, OUTLET BOXES, PULL WIRES, AND TERMINAL BOARDS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLANS. TELEPHONE SWITCHING APPARATUS, CONDUCTORS, INSTRUMENTS, MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND APPURTENANCES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT AND WILL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE OWNER. 2 OUTLET BOXES TO BE 4" SQUARE MINIMUM WITH SINGLE DEVICE COVER AND TELEPHONE PLATE. 3 CONDUIT RUNS FROM TELEPHONE BOARD OR MANAGER'S OFFICE FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES TO CASHWRAPS ARE TO BE CONTINUOUS WITH NO JUNCTION BOXES EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 4 ALL PULL WIRES ARE TO BE LABELED FOR PURPOSE DESIGNATED. 5 NO OTHER CIRCUITS ARE TO BE RUN IN SAME CONDUIT FEEDING ISOLATED GROUND RECEPTACLES. P. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS 1 ALL CONNECTIONS AT PANELS AND SWITCHES ARE TO BE MADE, ALL SPLICES COMPLETE, ALL FUSES IN PLACE, AND ALL CIRCUITS CONTINUOUS FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO ITS FINAL DESTINATION, AND ALL COVERS AND PLATES INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION BY THE G.C.'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 2 UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, ALL PARTS OF THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE TESTED AND PROVED FREE OF UNWANTED GROUNDS AND OTHER DEFECTS. 3 ALL OVERLOAD DEVICES, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS, SHALL BE SET AND ADJUSTED TO SUIT THE LOAD CONDITIONS. 4 TEST AND MAKE CORRECTIONS /ADJUSTMENTS FOR PHASE BALANCING. 5 THIS CONTRACTOR IS TO BALANCE THE VOLTAGE LEAVING THE STEP— DOWN TRANSFORMER TO PROVIDE A SECONDARY VOLTAGE OF 120 MINIMUM TO 125 VOLTS MAXIMUM BY ADJUSTING THE TRANSFORMER TAPS ONCE ALL THE FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO THE LOW VOLTAGE PANELBOARD. PROVIDE FINAL BALANCE REPORT TO THE G.C. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCH —OUT. Q. CLEANING 1 AT THE END OF THE PROJECT, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE G.C. ALL DUST, DIRT, DEBRIS, AND FOREIGN MATTER SHALL BE REMOVED FROM ALL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 16050 POWERSTRUT SPECIFICATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. PROVIDE ALL POWERSTRUT METAL FRAMING MATERIAL, RELATED ACCESSORIES (STRUT SYSTEM) AS INDICATED DRAWINGS. B. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, SUPERVISION, ENGINEERING AND INSTALLATION OF THE STRUT SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE FITTING AND SPECIFIED, ON THE CONTRACT FABRICATION REQUIRED FOR WITH THE CONTRACT A. MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS 1. THE MANUFACTURER SHALL NOT HAVE HAD LESS THAN 10 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURING STRUT SYSTEMS. 2. THE MANUFACTURE MUST CERTIFY IN WRITING ALL COMPONENTS SUPPLIED HAVE BEEN PRODUCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN ESTABLISHED QUAUTY ASSURANCE PROGRAM. B. INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS 1. INSTALLER MUST BE POWERSTRUT /UNISTRUT /B— UNE /SUPERSTRUT/ VERSABAR REPRESENTATIVE /INSTALLER WITH NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS EXPERIENCE IN THE INSTALLATION OF STRUT SYSTEMS. 2. ALL STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS MUST BE SUPPLIED BY A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. C. STANDARDS 1. WORK SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: a. FEDERAL CODES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NFPA 70, ARTICLE 352, SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS AND SURFACE NONMETALLIC RACEWAYS b. STATE CODES c. LOCAL CODES d. e. f. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE (AISI) SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD— FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS 1996 EDITION AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES (UL) CLASSIFICATION 5B STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS AND SHOP DRAWINGS 1. SUBMIT STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR APPROVAL BY THE PROJECT ENGINEER. CALCULATIONS MAY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: a. DESCRIPTION OF DESIGN CRITERIA. b. STRESS AND DEFLECTION ANALYSIS. c. SELECTION OF POWERSTRUT FRAMING MEMBERS, FITTING AND ACCESSORIES. d. SEISMIC BRACING. 2• SUBMIT ALL SHOP /ASSEMBLY DRAWINGS NECESSARY TO COMPLETELY INSTALL THE STRUT SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 3. SUBMIT ALL PERTINENT MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED DATA. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. ALL MATERIAL IS TO BE DELIVERED TO THE WORK SITE IN ORIGINAL FACTORY PACKAGING TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE FINISH. B. UPON DELIVERY TO THE WORK SITE, ALL COMPONENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM THE ELEMENTS BY A SHELTER OR OTHER COVERING. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. SEPARATE GUARANTEES SHALL BE ISSUED FROM THE ERECTOR AND MANUFACTURER, VALID FOR A PERIOD OF 1 CALENDAR YEAR, AGAINST ANY DEFECTS THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE INSTALLATION OR MANUFACTURE OF THE STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. POWERSTRUT, B —LINE, VERSABAR OR UNISTRUT. 2.02 MATERIALS A. ALL CHANNEL MEMBERS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM STRUCTURAL GRADE STEEL CONFORMING TO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING ASTM SPECIFICATIONS: A 575, A 576, A 36 OR A 635. B. ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM STEEL CONFORMING TO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING ASTM SPECIFICATIONS: A 575, A 576, A 36 OR A 635. CHANNEL MEMBERS AND FITTINGS ARE BASED ON "POWERSTRUT ". FOR OTHER MANUFACTURERS, USE PARTS THAT ARE EQUIVALENT TO THOSE LISTED. C. PART NO. / DESCRIPTION / FINISH PS 200 K06 / KNOCKOUT RACEWAY / ELECTRO— GALVANIZED (EG) PS 655 / RACEWAY END CAP / EG PS 707 / RACEWAY CLOSURE STRIP /STANDARD PS 2560 / 1/2" CONDUIT CONNECTOR FITTING STANDARD / NO FINISH CHOICE PS 2561 / 3/4" CONDUIT CONNECTOR FITTING STANDARD / NO FINISH CHOICE PS 2632 / SWING GATE CHANNEL HANGER / EG PS 2639 / DUPLEX OUTLET BOX STANDARD / NO FINISH CHOICE PS 2800 / INSIDE STRUT JOINER / CAST ALUMINUM PS 2801 / "T" INSIDE STRUT JOINER / CAST ALUMINUM PS 2802 / "ELBOW" INSIDE STRUT JOINER / CAST ALUMINUM PS 2803 / "CROSS" INSIDE STRUT JOINER / CAST ALUMINUM 2.03 FINISHES A. STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE FINISHED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS OR WHERE MENTIONED ABOVE IN 2.02.C: 1. ELECTRO — GALVANIZED ELECTROLYTIC ALLY ZINC COATED PER ASTM B 633 TYPE III SC 1 PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. THE INSTALLER SHALL INSPECT THE WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. IF WORK AREA CONDITIONS ARE UNSATISFACTORY, INSTALLATION SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL SATISFACTORY CORRECTIONS ARE COMPLETED. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. INSTALLATION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY A FULLY TRAINED MANUFACTURER— AUTHORIZED INSTALLER. B. SET STRUT SYSTEM COMPONENTS INTO FINAL POSITION TRUE TO LINE, LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. C. ANCHOR MATERIAL FIRMLY IN PLACE. TIGHTEN ALL CONNECTIONS TO THEIR RECOMMENDED TORQUES. 3.03 CLEANUP A. UPON COMPLETION OF THIS SECTION OF WORK, REMOVE ALL PROTECTIVE WRAPS AND DEBRIS. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE DUE TO INSTALLATION OF THIS SECTION OF WORK. 3.04 PROTECTION A. DURING INSTALLATION, IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLER TO PROTECT THIS WORK FROM DAMAGE. B. UPON COMPLETIONS OF THIS SCOPE OF WORK, IT SHALL BECOME THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT THIS WORK FROM DAMAGE DURING THE REMAINDER OF CONSTRUCTION ON THE PROJECT UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. FIRE ALARM PANEL SPECIFICATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1. FIRE PANEL AND COMMUNICATOR PURCHASED MUST BE NON — PROPRIETARY a. ACCEPTABLE MODELS: i. SILENT KNIGHT 5204 OR 5207 (NOT ALLOWED IN NEW YORK CITY) ii. ADEMCO 100 FIRELITE 9200 SERIES 2. PANEL MUST BE SEPARATE FROM BURGLAR PANEL. 63 SEPARATE SEPARATE PERMIT ANA APPROVAL REQUIRED REDUCTION GAP INC. CORPORATE ARCHITECTURE 1 HARRISON STREET SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94105 US CL STORE NUMBER: 0000047990 0) LC) LC) STORE LOCATION: w F- M w U w a Q 0 ce W Z 0 I- d 0_1 CA CO 2013 O.N.E. Q1 -Q2 PROTOTYPE DATE: 08/10/12 OPENING: 2013 CONSULTANT INFO: PROFESSIONAL STAMP: ARCHITECT INFO: wd 7007 DISCOVERY BLVD DUBLIN, OH 43017 614.634.7000 T WDPARTNERS.COM ISSUE TYPE: 100% CHECK SET: 10/26/12 BID /PERMIT/LL: 11/09/12 REVISIONS: �m_...�...ti.� OAP 111 1IV4LA tiny 6 2012 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DG /JD NE JOB NUMBER: GAPON0321 TITLE SHEET: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NUMBER: E13-1